Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout2003-169 , . I Is rIf I Is r = If I Is 41 147 1 If r f n� s rf F r A � a r i F a Y If -A Iz 1 If If Ifl 71 if I y .- t 1 T 1 1 `> 0 • • ' • If Is LL I Is Is rr rl ssr s , 14 Is a Y 4 l e ' sr Is Iff- ryrva{ �t It Is Is x. S Is Is Y / no KITMA I If . , h i pit f .v b F .ti Ye e y s . IIr4I— ll Ir," j j. l t r. INDEX ' ADDENDUM # 1 DIVISION 0 - BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS 00020 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS 00100 INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS ' 00310 BID FORM 00452 DISCLOSURE OF RELATIONSHIPS 00456 GENERAL INFORMATION REQUIRED OF BIDDERS ' 00530 EJCDC - Agreement Between Owner and Contractor 00610 PERFORMANCE BOND 00612 PAYMENT BOND 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS ' DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK ' 01050 FIELD ENGINEERING 01060 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS AND NOTIFICATION 01090 REFERENCE STANDARDS 01152 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT - ' 01153 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01200 PROJECT MEETINGS 01201 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE ' 01311 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 01340 SHOP DRAWINGS , PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES 01381 AUDIO-VISUAL DOCUMENTATION 01410 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01510 TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01560 TEMPORARY CONTROLS ' 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 01700 CONTRACT CLOSE-OUT 01710 CLEANING 1 01720 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01730 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 01740 WARRANTIES AND BONDS DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK ' 02016 EXISTING UTILITIES AND UNDERGROUND STRUCTURES 02150 DEWATERING 02200 EARTHWORK 02510 PAVING AND SURFACING 02670 FLUSHING , TESTING AND DISINFECTION 044572000 ' DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK ' 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03400 PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES DIVISION 4 - MASONRY 04340 REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY SYSTEM ' DIVISION 5 - METALS 05100 ACCESS HATCHES 05500 MISCELLANEOUS METALS ' 05510 METAL STAIRS ' DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS 06610 FIBERGLASS FABRICATIONS ' DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 09900 PAINTING ' 09910 CHEMICAL RESISTANT COATING AND LINERS ' DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 10400 INDENTIFYING DEVICES ' DIVISION I1 - PUMPS AND VALVES 11212 CARTRIDGE FILTERS ' 11230 DEGASIFIERS 11235 SCRUBBERS AND RECIRCULATION PUMPS 11240 STATIC MIXER ' 11280 CONTROL VALVES 11300 FRP DUCTWORK , BLOWERS AND DAMPERS 11337 AUTOMATIC SELF-CLEANING INLINE FILTER ' 11507 CAUSTIC FEED EQUIPMENT 11600 LIQUID CHLORINE FEED EQUIPMENT 11900 SUBMERSIBLE WASTEWATER PUMPS 11930 PUMPS -GENERAL ' 11933 PERMEATE SERVICE WATER PUMP 11936 VERTICAL TURBINE TRANSFER PUMPS 044572000 - ii - ' DIVISION 13 - CONTROLS AND SPECIALTIES 13100 LIGHTNING PROTECTION 13441 INSTRUMENTATION COMPONENTS ' 13442 FIELD INSTRUMENT PANELS ' DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL 15100 PIPING AND VALVES ' DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 16000 ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ' 16001 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION 16050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 16460 DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS 16470 PANELBOARDS 16480 MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS 16681 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE ' 16690 ELECTRIC MOTORS 16900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS 16910 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER ' 16950 PERSONAL COMPUTER 044572000 - iii - ADDENDUM NO , 1 June 18, 2003 TO ' CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ' PROJECT TITLE : South R . O . WTP Clearwell Addition , Post Treatment Modifications , and FRP Piping Replacement for ' Indian River County Utilities BID # 5074 KHA Job No . 044572000 ' I . A voluntary pre -bid meeting was held June 11 , 2003 at 2 : 30 p . m . at the Indian River County Administration Building . As a result , this addendum forms a part of the Contract Documents and modifies the original Project Documents as noted . ' Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the space provided on the bid proposal . Failure to do so may subject the bidder to disqualification . ' II . The following people were in attendance : Name Representing Telephone Number Fax Number ' Aaron Bowles IRC Utility Dept . 772 - 567 - 8000 772 - 770- 5143 x1822 ' Harold Seeley IRC Utility Dept . 772 - 770- 5068 772 - 770- 5330 Gerald LeBeau IRC Utility Dept . 772 - 978 - 1830 772 - 770- 5330 Mark Miller Kimley-Horn 561 - 845 - 0665 561 - 863 - 6392 ' Chris Barlow Kimley-Horn 561 - 845 -0665 561 - 863 - 6392 Jose Reyes C & W Engineering 561 -642 - 5333 (not a bidder) Jason Carlson Florida Design 561 - 845 - 1233 561 - 845 - 1233 Tom Clark Florida Design 561 - 845 - 1233 561 - 848 - 5992 Gary Chandler WPC Contractors 904 -268 - 0099 904-268 -2922 Donnie Belloit WPC Contractors 904-268 -0099 904 - 268 -2922 ' Brian Hagerich Wharton- Smith 772 -283 -2944 772 -283 - 3121 Max Glynn Wharton - Smith 772 -283 -2944 772 -283 - 3121 Gil Turner H . C . Warner 772 -288 - 0599 772 -288 -0599 ' Christine King Adams Robinson 407 - 774- 5600 407- 774- 0566 Gary Coleman J . H . Ham 863 -646 - 1448 863 - 644-0784 David McLaren Ortega Ind . Cont . 904-268 -2181 904 -260- 5181 ' Dave Trewin TCS , Inc . 772 - 340- 7337 772 - 340- 7337 Dan Reardon TCS , Inc . 772 - 340- 7337 772 - 340- 7337 Jackie Gallagher Parker Hannifin 952 - 543 - 8406 952 - 543 - 8407 044572000 ADDENDUMI ' Page 1 of 5 III . The following items were discussed : 1 . Kimley-Horn and Associates , Inc . ' • A brief description of the project and schedules were discussed . 2 . Open Questions 1 . Q . Will the contractor be required to a the cost of a building q pay g permit ? ' A . Yes. 2 . Is there a permit fee allowance ? A . The bid form will be revised to include a permit fee allowance, see attached ' 3 . Q . What is the schedule of construction permits ? A . Building permit issuance is expected to take 2 -4 weeks after submittal . The notice to proceed will not be contingent upon building permits , however, IRCU will work with successful bidder in providing more time , should permit issuance duration be lengthy ' and beyond the time frame listed herein . 4 . Q . What is estimated time to prepare and issue contracts? ' A. Contracts should be issued within 4- 6 weeks after the bid date. 5 . Q . What is the Engineers estimate for this project and are funds ' available for it ? A . $ 2. 6 million dollars, Yes. ' 6 . Q . How may we obtain a copy of the Geo- Tech report ? A . A copy of the geotechnical report is included with addendum # 1 in section 00800 . IV . Site Visit ' • No significant questions were raised . V . Written Questions ' The following written questions were received : ' 1 . Q . Regarding Specification Section 13441 , para . 2 . 01 - May we be allowed to bid a BIF venturi as an "approved equal" to the specified PFS ? ' 044572000 ADDENDUM I ' Page 2 of 5 A . All materials and equipment shall meet the specifications of the contract documents. Substitutions that are to be considered `or equal ' ' will be considered during the submittal process, and shall be demonstrated as such by the contractor. ' CHANGES TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SECTION 00310 - BID FORM ' Replace Section 00310 with attached revised Section 00310 Al . SECTION 00800 - SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Amend Section 00800 by adding the attached Geotechnical Services from Dunkelberger Engineering & Testing , Inc . , dated October 21 , 2002 . ' SECTION 1010 — SUMMARY OF WORK Amend paragraph 1 . 01 (A) as follows . ' Furnish all labor and materials necessary to construct a post treatment facility and odor control system , including but not limited to ; two degasifiers , a two stage wet scrubber ' system and all associated piping, recirculation pumps , blowers, and duct work , a concrete clearwell structure including excavation , backfill , grading , yard piping and valve installation, installation of three 50 HP vertical turbine transfer pumps with variable ' frequency drives including all electrical power and controls , painting , sodium hydroxide and sodium hypochlorite chemical system improvements , including bulk tanks , metering pumps , FRP piping replacement of raw water, pretreatment water, concentrate, and permeate with HDPE and stainless steel , four (4) cartridge filter vessels , piping, valves, testing of piping, and bacteriological clearance of system , as depicted on the drawings and described in these documents . Furnish construction trailer(s) including all setup, ' monthly charges and removal costs. The size and quantity shall be determined by the contractor. The trailer(s) shall remain on -site for the duration of the project and be equipped with power, phone lines, and air conditioning. At least one trailer shall be provided for the purpose of project meeting described in Section 01200, and shall include 8 chairs(min), table(s), fax machine and phone, and have a 2-phone line service to trailer. ' SECTION 11212 - CARTRIDGE FILTERS ' Amend paragraph 2 . 02 CARTRIDGE FILTER DESIGN, by changing : Test Pressure , psi from 300 to 195 . ' Amend paragraph 2 . 03 MATERIAL b adding : P Y g : ' 044572000 ADDENDUM I ' Page 3 of 5 Lifting Arm — 304 SS . ' Replace paragraph 2 . 04 ( C) with : The filter elements shall be one piece single open- end units , rated for 5 ' micron filtration, model HFT5M40A- TXN, as manufactured by Parker- Hannifin . ' SECTION 11240 - STATIC MIXER Replace paragraph 2 . 02 (A) with : ' The mixers shall be the static in- line type for turbulent mixing with no moving parts . The mixer shall produce homogeneous mixing , blending , ' and dispersion of 93 % sulfuric acid and scale inhibitor in the raw water. Replace paragraph 2 . 02 (C) with : ' The mixer shall be constructed of 316L SS . ' SECTION 11930 - PUMPS- GENERAL Replace paragraph 3 . 04 with : Clean and disinfect the pumps in accordance with Section 02675 , then flush thoroughly before making final connections to any assembly . ' SECTION 13100 - LIGHTNING PROTECTION ' Replace Section 13100 with attached revised Section 13100(A1 ) . SECTION 15100 — PIPING AND VALVES Amend paragraph 2 . 04 PIPE (A) by deleting : ' 7 . Couplings shall be ductile iron grooved end couplings suitable for performance on steel , stainless steel , and PVC schedule pipe . Couplings shall be galvanized style 77 flexible couplings , as ' manufactured by Victaulic , or equal . Amend Part 2 - PRODUCTS by adding paragraph 2 . 23 : 2 . 23 GROOVED COUPLINGS ' A . All Grooved Couplings shall be galvanized style 77 flexible couplings , as manufactured by Victaulic , or equal . 044572000 ADDENDUM 1 ' Page 4 of 5 DIVISION 16 — ELECTRICAL Replace Division 16 with attached Revised Division 16 (A1 ) . ' DRAWINGS ' Replace Drawing Sheet P-4 with the attached Revise Sheet P- 4. Replace Drawing Sheet P-5 with the attached Revise Sheet P- 5. Replace Drawing Sheet I-2 with the attached Revise Sheet 1-2. ' Replace Drawing Sheet E-5 with the attached Revise Sheet E-5. Replace Drawing Sheet E- 10 with the attached Revise Sheet E- 10. 044572000 ADDENDUM 1 ' Page 5 of 5 SECTION 00020 ' ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS INDIAN RIVER COUNTY ' Indian River County will receive sealed bids until 2 : 00 P . M . on Wednesday , June 25 , 2003 . Each bid shall be submitted in a sealed envelope and shall bear the name and address of the bidder on the outside and the words " South R . O . WTP Clearwell Addition , Post Treatment ' Modifications , and FRP Piping Replacement" . All bids , either mailed or walked in , will be received by the Purchasing Division , 2625 19th Avenue , Vero Beach , Florida , where they will be opened publicly and read aloud at 2 : 00 PM . All bids received after 2 : 00 P . M . , of the day ' specified above , will be returned unopened . INDIAN RIVER COUNTY BID #5074 ' CONSTRUCTION OF South R . O . WTP Clearwell Addition , Post Treatment Modifications , and FRP Piping Replacement ' All material and equipment furnished and all work performed shall be strict accordance with the plans , specifications , and contract documents pertaining thereto , which may be obtained from the Indian River County Utilities Department , 1840 251h Street , Vero Beach , Florida 32960 ( 772- 567 - 8000 x1822 ) . Copies of the plans and the specifications containing the necessary contract documents may be obtained by deposit of a check made payable to Indian River County , in the amount of One Hundred and Fifty Dollars ( $ 150 . 00 ) for each set , which represents cost of printing , handling and mailing and is non refundable . All bids shall be submitted in duplicate on the Bid Proposal forms provided within the ' specifications . A BID BOND must accompany each Bid , and be properly executed by the Bidder and by a qualified surety , or certified check or cashier's check on any bank authorized to do business in the State of Florida , in the sum of not less than five percent ( 5 % ) of the total ' amount of bid , made payable to Indian River County Board of County Commissioners . In the event the Contract is awarded to the Bidder , he will enter into a Contract with the County and furnish the required Performance and Payment Bond . If he fails to do so , he shall forfeit the ' said Bid Bond as liquidated damages . The County reserves the right to delay awarding of the Contract for a period of sixty ( 60 ) days after the bid opening to waive informalities in any bid , or reject any or all bids in whole or in part ' with or without cause/or to accept the bid that , in its judgement , will serve the best interest of Indian River County Florida . A Pre -Bid Conference meeting will be held on Wednesday , June 11 , 2003 at 2 . 30 P M . , in the third floor Conference Room of the Indian River County Administration Building located at 1840 251h Street , Vero Beach , Florida 32960 . ' INDIAN RIVER COUNTY PURCHASING MANAGER ' For Publication in the Vero Beach Press Journal ( Date ( s ) : Wednesday , May 21 , 2003 Please furnish tear sheet and Affidavit of Publication to : Wednesday , May 28 , 2003 INDIAN RIVER COUNTY PURCHASING DIVISION 2625 19th Avenue , Vero Beach , FL 32960 ' 044572000 00020 - 1 SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ( Based Upon EJCDC No . 1910 -12 , 1996 Ed . ) ' 1 . DEFINED TERMS Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders which are defined in the Standard General ' Conditions of the Construction Contract ( No . 1910-8 , 1996 ed . ) have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions . The term " Bidder ' means one who submits a bid directly to Owner , as distinct from a sub- bidder, who submits a bid to a Bidder. The term "Successful Bidder" means the lowest , qualified , responsible and responsive Bidder to whom Owner ( on the basis of Owner's evaluation as hereinafter provided ) makes an award . The term " Bidding Documents " includes the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid , Instructions to Bidders , The Bid Form , and the proposed Contract Documents ( including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids ) . 2 . COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 2 . 1 Complete sets of the Bidding Documents in the number and for the deposit sum , if any , stated in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid may be obtained from Engineer. 2 . 2 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing Bids ; neither Owner nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents . ' 2 . 3 Owner and Engineer , in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms , do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the work and do not confer a license or grant for any other use of the Bidding ' Documents . 3 . QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS ' To demonstrate qualifications to perform the work , each Bidder must bere ared to p p submit , within five days of Owner's request , written evidence , such as financial data , previous experience , present commitments , and other such data as may be necessary to prove to the satisfaction of the Owner that the Bidder is qualified by experience to do the work and is prepared to complete the work within the stated time period . 044572000 00100 - 1 ' 4 . EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 4 . 1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder , before submitting a bid , to ( a ) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly , ( b ) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may affect cost progress , performance , or furnishing of the work , ' ( c) consider federal , state , and local laws and regulations that may affect costs , progress , performance , or furnishing of the work , ( d ) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents , and ( e ) notify Engineer of all conflicts , errors , or discrepancies in the Contract Documents . 4 . 2 Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification of: ' 4 . 2 . 1 Those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site which have been utilized by Engineer in preparation of the Contract ' Documents . Bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such reports , but not upon non -technical data , interpretations , or opinions contained therein or for the completeness ' thereof the purposes of bidding or construction . To obtain access to the site , the following shall be contacted : Gerry ' LeBeau , Water Treatment Plant Superintendent , ph ( 772 ) 978 - 1830 Project work site is located within the South Regional Water Treatment ' Plant , as shown on the construction plans . 4 . 2 . 2 Those drawings of physical conditions in relation to existing surface and ' subsurface conditions ( except underground facilities ) which are at or contiguous to the site which have been utilized by Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents . Bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the ' technical data contained in such drawings , but not upon the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction . Copies of such reports and drawings will be made available by Owner to any Bidder on request . Those reports and drawings are not part of the Contract Documents , but the technical data contained therein upon which Bidder is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraphs 4 . 2 . 1 and 4 . 2 . 2 are incorporated therein by reference . Such technical data has been identified and established in the ' Supplementary Conditions . 4 . 3 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to ' underground facilities at or contiguous to the site is based upon information and data furnished to Owner and Engineer by owners of such underground facilities or others , and Owner does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or ' completeness thereof unless it is expressly provided otherwise in the Supplementary Conditions . ' 4 . 4 Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders on subsurface conditions , underground facilities and other physical conditions , and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to ' differing conditions appear in Paragraphs 4 . 2 and 4 . 3 of the General Conditions . 044572000 00100- 2 4 . 5 Before submitting a Bid , each Bidder will , at Bidder' s own expense , make or ' obtain any additional examinations , investigations , explorations , tests , and studies , and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions ( surface , subsurface and underground facilities ) at or ' contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost , progress , performance , or furnishing of the work and which Bidder deems necessary to determine its Bid for performing and furnishing the work in accordance with the time , price and ' other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents . 4 . 6 On request in advance , Owner will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid . Bidder shall fill all holes , clean up , and restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations . ' 4 . 7 The lands upon which the work is to be performed , right-of-way and easements for access thereto and other lands designed for use by the Contractor in ' performing the work are identified in the Contract Documents . All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by and paid for by the Contractor . ' Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by the Owner unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents . ' 4 . 8 The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 4 , that without exception the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the work required by the Contract Documents and such means , methods , techniques , sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in or required by ' the Contract Documents , and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the work . ' 5 . INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 5 . 1 All questions about the meanings or intent of the Contract Documents are to be ' directed to the Utilities Department staff - Aaron J . Bowles , P . E . , Environmental Engineer with Indian River County Utilities . Interpretation or clarifications considered necessary by Engineer in response to such questions will be issued ' by Addenda mailed or delivered to all parties recorded by Engineer as having received the Bidding Documents . Questions received less than ten days prior to the date for the opening of Bids may not be answered . Only questions answered ' by formal written Addenda will be binding . Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect . ' 5 . 2 Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by Owner or Engineer . ' 044572000 00100 - 3 ' 6 . BID SECURITY ' 6 . 1 Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid security made payable to Owner in an amount of five percent of the Bidder's maximum bid price and in the form of a certified or bank check or a Bid Bond issued by a surety meeting the ' requirements of Paragraph 5 . 1 of the General Conditions . 6 . 2 The Bid security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required Contract security , whereupon the Bid security will be returned . If the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Agreement and furnish the required Contract security ' within fifteen days after the Notice of Award , Owner may annul the Notice of Award , and the Bid security of that Bidder will be forfeited . ' The Bid security of other Bidders whom Owner believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by the Owner until the earlier of the seventh day after the effective date of the Agreement or the sixty-first day ' after the Bid opening , whereupon Bid security furnished by such Bidders will be returned . Bid security with bids which are not competitive may be returned before the end of the sixty-day period . ' 7 . CONTRACT TIME The number of days within which , or dates by which , the work is to be substantially completed and also complete and ready for final payment ( the Contract Time ) are set forth in the Bid Form and the Agreement . ' 8 . LIQUIDATED DAMAGES Provisions for liquidated damages , if any , are set forth in the Agreement . ' 9 . SUBSTITUTE OR " OR EQUAL " ITEMS ' The Contract , if awarded , will be on the basis of materials and equipment described in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or equal' items . Whenever it is indicated in the Drawings or specified in ' the Specifications that a substitute or "or equal' item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by Contractor if acceptable to Engineer , application for such acceptance will not be considered by Engineer until after the Effective Date of the ' Agreement . The procedure for submission of any such application by Contractor and consideration by Engineer is set forth in Paragraphs 6 . 7 . 1 , 6 . 7 . 2 , and 6 . 7 . 3 of the General Conditions and may be supplemented in the General Requirements . ' 10 . BID FORM ' 10 . 1 The Bid Form is included with the Bidding Documents ; additional copies may be obtained from Engineer ( or the issuing office ) . ' 10 . 2 All blanks on the Bid Form must be completed in ink or by typewriter . ' 044572000 00100 - 4 10 . 3 Bids by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the ' president or a vice president ( or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign ) and the corporate seal must be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary . The corporate address and state of incorporation must be shown below the signature . 10 . 4 Bids by partnership must be executed in the partnership name and signed ' by a partner, whose title must appear under the signature , and official address of the partnership must be shown below the signature . ' 10 . 5 All names must be typed or printed below the signature . 10 . 6 The Bid shall contain an acknowledgment of receipt of all Addpnda (the ' number of which must be filled in on the Bid Form ) . 10 . 7 The address and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid ' must be shown . 11 . SUBMISSION OF BIDS ' Bids shall be submitted at the time and place indicated in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid and shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed envelope , marked with Project title ' ( and , if applicable , the designated portion of the Project for which the Bid is submitted ) and name and address of the Bidder and accompanied by the Bid security and other required documents . If the Bid is sent through the mail or other delivery system , the ' sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate envelope with the notation " BID ENCLOSED " on the face of it . The Bidder shall submit the Bid in duplicate on the forms , or an exact copy of the forms , furnished herewith . The blank spaces on the Bid Form shall be filled in correctly for each Bid Item for which a Bid is submitted . 11 . 2 The Owner will consider only those bids received from parties who have obtained Contract Documents directly from the Owner or the Owner's Engineer. Contract Documents are not transferable to other parties for ' bidding purposes . Bids received from firms whose names are not recorded by the Owner or the Engineer as having secured documents for this Contract will be rejected . 12 . MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 12 . 1 Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed ( in the manner that a Bid must be executed ) and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted at any time prior to the opening of Bids . 12 . 2 If, within two business days after Bids are opened , any Bidder files a duly ' signed , written notice with Owner and promptly thereafter demonstrates to ' 044572000 00100 - 5 the reasonable satisfaction of Owner that there was a material and substantial mistake in the preparation of its Bid , that Bidder may withdraw ' its Bid and the Bid security will be returned . Thereafter , that Bidder will be disqualified from further bidding on the work to be provided under the Contract Documents . ' 13 . OPENING OF BIDS ' Bids will be opened and ( unless obviously non - responsive ) read aloud publicly . An abstract of the amounts of base Bids and major alternates ( if any ) will be made available to Bidders after the opening of Bids . ' 14 . BIDS TO REMAIN SUBJECT OF ACCEPTANCE ' All bids will remain subject to acceptance for sixty days after the day of the Bid opening , but the Owner may , in its sole discretion , release any Bid and return the Bid security prior to that date . ' 15 . AWARD OF CONTRACT ' 15 . 1 Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bids , to waive any and all informalities not involving price , time , or charges in the work , and to negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder, and the right to ' disregard all non - conforming , non- responsive , unbalanced , or conditional Bids . Also , Owner reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder if Owner believes that it would not be in the best interest of the Project to ' make an award to the Bidder, whether because the bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by Owner . ' Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices . Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum . 15 . 2 In evaluating Bids , Owner will consider theuali q fications of the Bidder , whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements , and ' such alternates , unit prices , and other data , as may be requested in the Bid Form or prior to -the Notice of Award . ' 15 . 3 Owner may consider the qualifications and experience of subcontractors , suppliers , and other persons and organizations proposed for those portions of the work as to which the identity of subcontractors , suppliers , and other persons and organizations must be submitted as provided in the Supplementary Conditions . Owner may consider the operating costs , maintenance requirements , performance data and guarantees of major ' items of materials and equipment proposed for incorporation in the work when such data is required to be submitted prior to the Notice to Award . ' 15 . 4 Owner may conduct such investigations as Owner deems necessary to 044572000 00100 -6 1 ' assist in the evaluation of any Bid and establish the responsibility , P Y . qualifications , and financial ability of Bidders , proposed subcontractors , ' suppliers , and other persons and organizations to perform and furnish the work in accordance with the Contract Documents to Owner's satisfaction within the prescribed time . ' 15 . 5 If the Contract is to be awarded , it will be awarded to the lowest Bidder whose evaluation by Owner indicates to Owner that the award will be in ' the best interests of the Project . 15 . 6 If the Contract is to be awarded , Owner will give the Successful Bidder a ' Notice of Award within sixty days after the day of the Bid opening . 15 . 7 More than one Bid from an individual , firm , partnership , corporation , or ' association under the same or different names will not be considered . Reasonable grounds for believing that one Bidder is financially interested in more than one proposal for the same work will cause the rejection of all ' proposals in which such Bidders are believed to be interested . Any or all proposals will be rejected if there is reason to believe that collusion exists among the Bidders , and no participants in such collusion will be ' considered in future proposals for the same work . 15 . 8 Within ten ( 10 ) calendar days of the date of award of the Contract , the ' Bidder to whom the Contract is awarded shall execute and deliver the necessary documents entering into the Contract with the Owner. Payment Bond for the total amount of the Bid and Performance Bond for ' 125 % of the Bid shall have been furnished , executed , and delivered before the Contract will be executed by the Owner. 15 . 9 Failure upon the part of the Bidder to whom the Contract has been ' awarded to execute and deliver the Contract and the Surety Corporation Bond in the manner and within the time provided shall be just cause for annulment of the award and for the exclusion of the Bidder from bidding ton subsequent projects , at the Owner's discretion . It is understood and agreed by said Bidder, that if the award is annulled for the above persons , the certified check or Bid Bond shall become the property of the Owner, ' not as a penalty , but as liquidated damages . 16 . CONTRACT SECURITY ' Paragraph 5 . 1 of the General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions set forth Owner' s requirements as to Performance and Payment Bonds . When the Successful ' Bidder delivers the executed Agreement to Owner, it must be accompanied by the required Performance and Payment Bonds . ' The Performance Bond shall contain a specific provision that delay damages are covered by the Performance Bond . ' 044572000 00100 - 7 17 . SIGNING OF AGREEMENT When Owner gives Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement with all other written Contract Documents attached . Within ten days thereafter, Contractor shall sign and ' deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement and attached documents to Owner with required bonds . Within a reasonable time thereafter , Owner shall deliver one fully signed counterpart to Contractor . Each counterpart is to be accompanied by a complete set of the drawings with appropriate identification . END OF SECTION ' 044572000 00100 - 8 AMOPY SECTION 00310 BID FORM ' (Based Upon EJCDC No . 1910 - 18 , 1996 Ed .) PROJECT IDENTIFICATION : South R . O . WTP Clearwell Addition Post Treatment Modifications , and FRP Piping Replacement THIS BID IS SUBMITTED TO : Indian River County 2625 19th Avenue ' Vero Beach , FL 32960 The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees , if this Bid is accepted , to enter into an agreement with Owner in the form included in the Contract Documents to perform and furnish all work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the Contract Price and within the Contract Time indicated in the Contract Documents and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents . ' 2 . Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders , including without limitation those dealing with the disposition of Bid Security . This Bid will remain subject to acceptance for sixty days after the day of Bid opening . ' Bidder will sign and submit the Agreement with the bonds and other documents required by the Bidding Requirements within ten days after the date of Owner's Notice of Award . 3 . In submitting this Bid , Bidder represents , as more fully set forth in the Agreement , that : ' (a) Bidder has examined copies of all the Bidding Documents and of the following Addenda (receipt of all which is hereby acknowledged ) : ' Date Number ' 6 / 19 / 2003 nnP (b ) Bidder has familiarized itself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents , the work, site , locality , and all local conditions and laws and regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress , performance or finishing of the work . t ( c ) Bidder has studied carefully all reports and drawings of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions which are identified in Paragraph SC -4 . 2 of the Supplementary Conditions of the extent of the technical data contained in such reports and drawings upon which Bidder is entitled to rely . ' (d) Bidder has obtained and carefully studied ( or assumes responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations , investigations , explorations , tests , reports and studies (in addition to or to supplement those referred to in (c) above) which pertain to the ' subsurface or physical conditions at or contiguous to the site or otherwise may affect the cost , progress , performance or furnishing of the work as Bidder considers necessary for 044572000 ' 00310 (A1 ) - 1 ' the performance or furnishing of the work at the contract price , within the contract time and . in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the contract documents , including specifically the provisions of Paragraph 4 . 2 of the General Conditions ; and no additional examination , investigations , explorations , test , reports , studies or similar information or date or will be required by Bidder for such purposes . ' . (e) Bidder has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or indicated on the Contract Documents with respect to existing underground facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of said underground facilities . No ' additional examinations , investigations , explorations , tests , reports , studies or similar information or data in respect of said underground facilities are or will be required by Bidder in order to perform and furnish the work at the contract price , within the contract time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents , including specifically the provisions of Paragraph 4 . 3 of the General Conditions . (f) Bidder has correlated the results of all such observations , examinations , investigations , ' explorations , tests reports and p p studies with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents . ' (g) Bidder has given Engineer written notice of all conflicts , errors or discrepancies that it has s discovered in the Contract Documents and the written resolution thereof by Engineer is acceptable to Bidder . ( h ) This bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed person , ' firm , or corporation and is not submitted in conformity with any agreement or rules of any group , association , organization or corporation ; Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to submit a false or sham Bid ; Bidder has not ' solicited or induced any person , firm or corporation to refrain from bidding ; and Bidder has not sought by collusion to obtain for itself any advantage over any other Bidder or over Owner. ' 4 . Bidder will complete and include with the bid the Schedule of Bid Items attached to this Proposal . The quantities shown on the Schedule of Bid Items are approximate quantities to be used for the purpose of comparing bids . The actual quantities may vary . It is further understood that the actual amount of the Agreement, and payments thereunder, will be based upon the actual quantities placed into the work. ' 5 . Bidder agrees that the work will be completed in accordance with the following time frame : ' (a) Within 290 calendar days from the effective date of Notice to Proceed , the CONTRACTOR shall complete the following tasks : 1 . Install all pipes , structures , tanks , pumps , blowers , scrubbers , degasifiers , filters , and appurtenant items . 2 . Perform all start -up and testing . 3 . Provide a system to the OWNER which is of beneficial use and allows the ' OWNER to provide potable water to their customers with normal operations . ' Completion of all tasks outlined above ( i . e . , Subparagraphs a) constitute Substantial Completion . 044572000 00310 (A1 ) -2 (b) From 291 calendar days to 320 calendar days from the effective date of Notice to Proceed , the CONTRACTOR shall complete the following tasks : 1 . Clean up project area . 2 . Restore all disturbed areas to their pre -construction condition . ' 3 . Correct all deficiencies noted by Engineer. 4 . Remove all equipment and material from project site . 5 . Perform contract close-out procedures . ' Completion of all tasks outlined above (i . e . Subparagraphs a and b) constitute Final Completion . ' Completion of all tasks outlined med above ( i . e . , Subparagraphs a, b , and c ) constitute Final Completion . 6 . The following documents are attached to and made a condition of this Bid : ' (a) Schedule of Bid Items . (b) Required Bid Security in the Form of Insurance . 7 . Communications concerning this Bid shall be addressed to : Aaron J . Bowles , P .E . Indian River County Utilities ' Ph (772 ) 567 - 8000 U822 The address of Bidder indicated below is as follows : ' WPC Industrial Contractors , Ltd . 11651 Philips Hwy , Jacksonville , FL 32256 ' 8 . The terms used in this Bid which are defined in the General Conditions of the Construction Contract include as part of the Contract Documents have the meanings ' assigned to them in the General Conditions . ' SUBMITTED ON : June 25 , 2003 044572000 ' 00310 (A1 ) - 3 BID FORM for BID # 5074 SOUTH RO WTP CLEARWELL ADDITION, POST TREATMENT MODIFICATIONS , AND FRP PIPING REPLACEMENT No. Item UNIT QTY UNIT PRICE TOTAL 1 MISC. COSTS : Mobilization, Bonds , Building Permit and Insurance IS I 1 . 1 Building Permit Allowance �O IS 1 $ 1000.00 $ 1000. 00 2 SITE WORK I 3 CLEARWELL STRUCTURE / MECHANICAL IS I 4 TRANSFER PUMPS and DISCHARGE PIPING2 O LS I 5 24-inch UNDERGROUND PIPING to STORAGE TANKS LF 265 6 18-inch UNDERGROUND PIPING to STORAGE TANKS LF 255 /3 Z 7 TANK CONNECTIONS ! 7 O S Y EA 2 � S 8 EXISTING DEGASIFIER DEMOLITIONO LS I 9 PERMEATE AND BLEND WATER PIPING SYSTEM IS I 10 CHEMICAL CONTAINMENT PIPING SYSTEM ! 2 d 0 D LS 1 I1 CAUSTIC SYSTEM 00 IS 1 12 CHLORINE SYSTEM IS 1 13 SCALE INHIBITOR SYSTEM IS I a 14 RELOCATE ZINC ORTHOPHOSPHATE IS I a 15 DEGASIFIER AND ODOR CONTROL SYSTEMS IS 1 / 16 DEGASIFIER AND SCRUBBER ACCESS PLATFORMS IS 1 J 17 BLOWDOWN SUMP PUMP SYSTEM IS I 0, 00 18 ELECTRICAL LS 1 0-0 19 INSTRUMENTATION IS I 7 20 EXTERIOR RAW WATER PIPING SYSTEM IS I 21 HYDAC SAND SEPARATOR INSTALLATIONOc . LS t / 22 CARTRIDGE FILTERS EA4 000 23 24-inch 316 SS , RAW / FEED WATER LF 110 a0 2 24 16-inch 316 SS , RAW / FEED WATER / LF loo p G 25 12 -inch 316 SS , RAW / FEED WATER IS I ' 26 10-inch 316 SS, RAW / FEED WATER LS I 60 27 24-inch STATIC MIXER EA 2 28 18 -inch LUG STYLE SS BUTTERFLY VALVES EA 2 29 12 -inch LUG STYLE SS BUTTERFLY VALVES ! DG _ I EA 5 LO O 30 10-inch LUG STYLE SS BUTTERFLY VALVES EA 8 ' 31 INTERIOR PROCESS PIPING, PERMEATE7 LS l � 32 INTERIOR PROCESS PIPING, CONCENTRATE IS I PROJECT TOTAL = ' Amount 111 words : 64jv O G T Name of Bidder: 1 i - ' 044572000 00310 (A1 ) -4 ' MAJOR EQUIPMENT J Q SCHEDULE The Bidder shall base the lump sum bid upon the NAMED Manufacturer/Supplier listed in the following ' major equipment schedule . Deducts for substitutes equipment will not be considered in the determination of the low Bidder. The Bidder agrees to accept as full payment for the lump sum work proposed under this project , as herein specified and shown on the Drawings , based upon the undersigned ' s own estimate of quantities and costs , the following lump sum of: Ste/ �it� 8 �✓ U� Z' kJollar 4 "Y andCents $ g Substitutes will not be considered after the Owner ' s receipt of the Bidder' s Proposal . hey actual ount t ' be paid to the Contractor shall be the amount of the lump sum bid as adjusted for reductions resulting from substitute equipment . ' The major equipment schedule below lists major equipment to be provided . The Bidder must indicate which Manufacturer/Supplier of equipment they intend to provide , by circling one of the NAMED Manufacturer/Suppliers listed and if the Bidder desires to propose a SUBSTITUTE , by writing in an "or ' equal " substitute and amount of deduct from the lump sum bid offered , if any , for accepted "or equal " substitute equipment . NAMED Manufacturer/Suppliers are defined as those listed in the Schedule . SUBSTITUTE Manufacturer/Suppliers are defined as those proposed and written in by the Bidder in the ' space designated as "Substitute" . When the Bidder writes in a SUBSTITUTE, they must also circle one of the NAMED Manufacturer/Suppliers listed . Should the Owner not accept the write -in SUBSTITUTE , then the Bidder must provide the circled item for the amount included in the Lump Sum Bid and at no ' increase in the Contract amount. Should a Bidder fail to indicate which manufacturer or supplier their Bid is based on , or circles more than one listed Manufacturer/Supplier per equipment item , the Bidder shall provide the "A" NAMED Manufacturer/Supplier for their Bid for the amount included in the Lump Sum ' Bid and at no increase in the Contract amount . Allowance of SUBSTITUTE equipment does not constitute a waiver of the Specifications . SUBSTITUTE equipment/suppliers will generally be deemed equal provided the "equal" product is equal or better than the product named and described in the Specifications and is equal or better in function , performance , reliability , quality and general configuration . Determination of equality in reference to the project design ' requirements will be made by the Owner and the Engineer in accordance to the General Conditions . No SUBSTITUTE equipment will be considered unless , in the opinion of the Owner and the Engineer, it conforms to the Contract Drawings and Specification , except for make and manufacturer. ' Design of this project is based upon the NAMED manufacturer ' s equipment or product noted as the "A " item below . Should a Bidder propose furnishing SUBSTITUTE equipment and it is accepted , they shall comply with the following : L The Bidder shall submit within 60 days after Notice to Proceed ALL DIMENSIONAL , ' MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND STRUCTURAL CHANGES AND/OR REQUIREMENTS FOR THE UNIT ' S USE AND SHALL REIMBURSE THE ENGINEER THROUGH THE OWNER FOR ANY ASSOCIATED REDESIGN AND/OR MODIFICATIONS TO THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS . The Bidder ' s Proposal shall include in the deduct for substitute equipment all additional ' 044572000 00310 (A1 ) - 5 ' construction costs (mechanical , architectural , structural , electrical and engineering g g redesign costs) associated with that SUBSTITUTE equipment or material . The bid shall also include any paid -up licenses necessary for the use of the equipment if required by the ' manufacturer. 2 . Any redesign prepared by the Engineer. Reimbursement for engineering redesign shall be based on the Engineer' s raw salary costs times a multiplier of 3 . 10 plus any direct, non - labor expenses such as travel , per diem or reproduction services . The Owner will bill the ' Contractor monthly based on the Engineer ' s invoice to the Owner. The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner, who will in turn reimburse the Engineer, within 30 days of receipt of the Owner' s billing . Failure to pay the Owner, or authorize the Owner to pay the Engineer directly from funds due to the Contractor from the Owner, within 30 days , shall ' constitute grounds for the Owner' s withholding partial payments to the Contractor. 3 . The Bidder agrees that delays caused by redesign necessary for SUBSTITUTE equipment shall not constitute grounds for a contract modification , change order, claim or extension ' of contract time . ' SUBSTITUTE (WRITE-IN) EQUIPMENT SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS MAJOR EQUIPMENT SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ` SUBSTITUTE" (WRITE - IN) MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIERS INDICATED IN THE MAJOR EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE . THE FOLLOWING MUST BE SUBMITTED WITHIN 7 DAYS OF THE BID OPENING . FAILURE TO SUBMIT ALL THE APPLICABLE REQUESTED INFORMATION WITH THE PROPOSAL SHALL ' RESULT IN A DETERMINATION THAT THE WRITE-IN "SUBSTITUTE" IS "NOT EQUAL" . A . Dimensional and weight information on components and assemblies . '- B . Catalog information . ' C . Manufacturer' s specifications , including complete descriptions of the materials of construction and paint system . D . Horsepower, voltage , phase requirements of all motors supplied . E . Auxiliary utility requirements for each component , such as water, power, air etc . F . Functional description of any package instrumentation and control systems supplied . ' G. List of parameters monitored , controlled or alarmed . H . Addresses and phone numbers of nearest service center and a listing of the manufacturers ' or manufacturers ' representative ' s services available for this project. I . Addresses and phone numbers of the nearest parts warehouse capable of providing full parts replacement and repair service . J . A list of the three most recent installations where similar equipment e ui b the q p y manufacturer or manufacturers ' representative is currently in service ; include contact name , telephone ' 044572000 00310 (A1 ) -6 ' number, mailing address , and the names of the Engineer, Owner and installation contractor; if three installations do not exist, the list shall include all that do exist , if any . ' K. Description of structural , electrical, mechanical , and all other changes or modifications necessary to adapt the equipment or system to the arrangement shown and/or functions described on the Drawings and in the Technical Specifications . ' L . List of anand all exceptions xceptions to the Contract Documents (including the Technical Specifications) . ' M . Any additional space requirements necessary ryto provide minimum clear space around ' equipment . N. Any specific bid submittal information listed in the applicable specification sections . O . List of installations with contact name , address , and phone number for at least five installations that have been in service for 5 years . ' P. If above -described reference list cannot be completed , provide a warranty bond . If neither is submitted , the substitute equipment will not be considered . The following table lists the NAMED equipment Manufacturer/Supplier as applicable for each major equipment item. The Bidder shall circle one of the named equipment manufacturers , even when a substitute is proposed for the Owner ' s consideration . ' MAJOR EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ' Section Description Manufacturer/ Amount of Deduct Number Supplier for Substitute Equipment 11212 Cartridge Filter Vessels OParker Hannifin B . $ n / a (Substitute) 11230 Degasifiers JAWS (Duall -TSC Jacobs ) ' ( Substitute ) $ n / a 11235 Scrubbers and 0 JAWS (Duall-TSC Jacobs ) Recirculation Pumps B . $ n / a (Substitute) 1 ' 044572000 00310 (A1 ) - 7 11240 Static Mixers A . Komax Systems B . Koch Engineering , Co . C )Chemineer, Inc . D . $ n / a (Substitute) 11300 FRP Ductwork , Blowers , A MET-PRO/Duall -TSC Jacobs and Dampers B . $ n / a (Substitute) 11507 Caustic Feed Equipment, A . WALCHEM ' Metering Pump Z. Pulsafeeder C . Prominent D . $ n / a ' (Substitute) 11507 Caustic Feed Equipment, A j Tanks Direct ' Bulk Storage Tank B . $ n / a ( Substitute) 11600 Liquid Chlorine Feed A . WALCHEM Equipment, Metering (t:)Pulsafeeder Pump C . Prominent D . (Substitute) ' 11600 Liquid Chlorine Feed , Snyder Industries , Inc . Bulk Storage Tank B . Poly-Processing C . Chemtainer ' D $ n / a (Substitute) 11900 Submersible Wastewater ABS ' Pumps FLYGT C . $ n / a ' (Substitute) 11933 Permeate Service Water OSta-Rite ' Pump B . $ n / a (Substitute) 11936 Vertical Turbine Transfer A . LayneNerti -Line ' Pumps B . Flowserve C . Peerless ' D . $ n / a (Substitute) ' 044572000 00310 (A1 ) - 8 ' 13441 Instrumentation Components , O PFS Venturi Flow Meters B . BIF C . $ n / a ( Substitute) 11280 Control Valves - Actuators (AA�Limitorque ' $ n / a B . (Substitute ) tTrench Safety Bidder acknowledges that included in the various items of the Proposal and in the total Bid Price are costs for complying with the Florida Trench Safety Act (90-96 , Laws of Florida) , effective October 1 , 1990 . Bidder further identifies the costs to be summarized below : Trench Safety Units of Measure Unit Unit Cost Extended Cost Measure (Quantity) (Description ) ' A . TrenchBox LF 1E500 $ 3 . 00 $ 4 , 500 . 00 B . C . ' D . Total $�� � � jcomplete the abo ay result in the Bid being declared non -responsive .�A'�- 11651 Phillips Hwy . Address ( Street) Jonathan loftident of Gen . Partner Jacksonville , FL 32256 Title Address ( City, State , Zip) ' CG — 0046 - 120 June 25 , 2003 License Number (If Applicable) Date (SEAL — if Bid is by a corporation) N / A�/�/ ATTEST : 044572000 ' 00310 (A1 ) - 9 If Bidder is : ' AN INDIVIDUAL By: ' (Individual 's Name) (SEAL) Doing business as : Business address : Ph e Number: If Bidder is : A PARTNE P By : ' (SEAL) Jonathan Belloit President of the General Partner ( GeneralParmer) = WPC Industrial Contractors , Ltd . Business address : 11651 Phillips Hwy . ' Jacksonville , FL 32256 Phone Number: 904 - 268 - 0099 ' 044572000 00310 (A1 ) - 10 ' If Bidder is : A CORPORATION By . _ ( Corporation Name) (State of Corporation) By : - / (Name of Person Authorized to-Sign) (Title) (Corporate Seal) ATTEST : ZZ Business address : By : (SEAL) ' ( General Partner) Bus ' ess address : ' If Bidder is : A JOINT VENTURE By :_ , L (Name) ' (Address) / By: _ / (Namgy .i(Address) (Each joint venturer must sigh. The manner of signing for each individual , partnership and corporation ' that is a part to the join4t4enture should be in the manner indicated above. ) Z" r 044572000 ' 00310 (A1 ) - 11 ' SWORN STATEMENT UNDER SECTION 287 . 133 (3 ) ( a)) O FLORIDA STATUTES , ON PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES ' (To be signed in the presence of a notary public or other officer authorized to administer oaths . STATE OF Florida ' COUNTYOF Duval ' Before me, the undersigned authority, personally appeared Jonathan Belloit who being by me first duly sworn , made the following statement: The business address of WPC Industrial Contractors Ltd . (name of Bidder or Contractor) is 11651 Phillips Hwy . , Jacksonville , FL 32256 2 . My relationship to WPC Industrial Contractors , Ltd ' (name of Bidder or Contractor) is President of the General Partner - (relationship , such as sole proprietor, partner, president, vice president) . ' 3 . I understand that aublic entity crime P y e as defined in Section 287 . 133 of Florida Statutes includes a violation of any state or federal law by a person with respect to and directly related to the transaction of business with any public entity in Florida or with an agency or political subdivision of any other state or with the United States , including , but not limited to, any Bid or Contract for goods or services to be provided to any public entity or such an agency or political subdivision and involving ' antitrust , fraud , theft, bribery, collusion , racketeering, conspiracy, or material misrepresentation . 4 . I understand that "convicted " or "conviction " is defined by the statute to mean a finding of guilt or a conviction of a public entity crime , with or without an adjudication of guilt, in any ' federal or state trial court of record relating to charges brought by indictment or information after July 1 , 1989 , as a result of a jury verdict, nonjury trial , or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere . ' 5 . I understand that " affiliate " is defined by the statute to mean ( 1 ) a predecessor or successor of a person or a corporation convicted of a public entity crime , or (2 ) an entity under the control of any natural person who is active in the management of the entity and who has been convicted of a public ' entity crime, or (3 ) those officers , directors , executives , partners , shareholders , employees , members, and agents who are active in the management of an affiliate, or (4) a person or corporation who knowingly entered into a joint venture with a person who has been convicted of a public entity crime in Florida during ' the preceding 36 months . 6 . Neither the Bidder or Contractor nor any officer, director, executive, partner, ' shareholder, employee , member or agent who is active in the management of the Bidder or Contractor nor any affiliate of the Bidder or Contractor has been convicted of a public entity crime subsequent to July 1 , 1989 . (Draw a line through Paragraph 6 if Paragra>of applies) 7 . There�s' en a cf a public e ' c ' me by the Bidder or Contr r, ' or an officer, director, teG'"ive , partner, shem ees , member or agent of the Bid or Contractor who is ac�five in the managementer or Contractor or an affiliate o� e Bidder or I Contractor. determination has been madeo Section 287 . 133 ( 3 ) by ord of the Division of Ad rative Hearings that it is not in the . est for the name of the co victed person or affiliate ' 044572000 00310 (A1 ) - 12 to appear on convicted ven=ion name of the convicdreio or affiliate is T. A copy of the order of Admini§tr�f ve Hearings is a ed tis statement . ' (Draw a line through Paragraph 7 if Paragraph 6 above applies) Sworn to and subscribed before me in the state and county first mention bove on the 25th day of June , 20 03 ' J ' (affix seal) �)%�v 0 � R Notary Public 1 - 7 - 04 u� CC 897713 My commission expires OF FSO ' 044572000 00310 (A 1 ) - 13 SECTION 00452 DISCLOSURE OF RELATIONSHIPS THIS FORM MUST BE SIGNED IN THE PRESENCE OF A NOTARY PUBLIC ' OR OTHER OFFICER AUTHORIZED TO ADMINISTER OATHS . ' This sworn statement is submitted with Bid , Proposal or Contract No . 5074 for South RO WTP Clearwell Addition , Post Treatment Modifications , FRP Piping Replacement ' 1 . This sworn statement is submitted by : WPC Industrial on ract nrG i Ltd . (Name of entity submitting sworn statement) whose business address is : 11651 Phillips Hwy . Jacksonville FL 32256 and ' ( if applicable ) its Federal Employer Identification Number ( FEIN ) is 59 . 3463 861 ( If the entity has no FEIN , include the Social Security Number of the individual signing this sworn statement . N / A ) . ' 2 . My name is Jonathan Belloit (Please print name of individual signing ) - ' and my relationship to the entity named above is President of General Partner 3 . 1 understand that an "affiliate " as defined in Section 105 . 08 , Indian River County Code , ' means : The term "affiliate " includes those officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, and agents who are active in the management of ' the entity. 4 . 1 understand- that the relationship with a County Commissioner or County employee that ' must be disclosed is as follows : Father, mother, son, daughter, brother, sister, uncle, aunt, first cousin, nephew, niece, husband, wife, father-in -law, mother-in-law, ' daughter-in-law, son-in -law, brother-in -law, sister-in -law, step- father, stepmother, stepson, stepdaughter, stepbrother, stepsister, half brother, half sister, grandparent or grandchild. 5 . Based on information and belief, the statement which I have marked below is true in relation to the entity submitting this sworn statement . [ Please indicate which statement applies . ] XXX Neither the entity submitting this sworn statement , nor any officers , directors , ' executives , partners , shareholders , employees , members , or agents who are active in management of the entity , have any relationships as defined in Section 105 . 08 , Indian River County Code , with any County Commissioner or County employee . The entity submitting this sworn statement , or one or more of the officers , directors , ' executives , partners , shareholders , employees , members , or agents who are active in management of the entity have the following relationships with a County Commissioner or County employee : 044572000 ' 00452 - 1 Name of Affiliate Name of County Relationship or Entity Commissioner or employee 2 . 3 . 4 . 5 . 6 . 7 . 8 . ( Si ture) Jonathan Belloit June 25 2003 ( date) STATE OF FLORIDA ' COUNTY OF DUVAL Personally appeared before me , the undersigned authority , Jonathan Belloit ' who after first being sworn by me , affixed his/her signature in the space provided above on this 25th day of June 20o_. ' Notary Pub � lic , State at rge � 'r v �, , My Commission Expires : I � I � I.( �y ` � )R 1 E, X .1 1:11 rte.; 1 - 7 - 04 �;t; 897713 �- Bl Ot- �,. ' * * END OF SECTION 044572000 ' 00452 - 2 SECTION 00456 GENERAL INFORMATION REQUIRED OF BIDDERS The undersigned Bidder Guarantees the truth and accuracy of all statements and answers herein contained . Failure to comply with these requirements may be considered sufficient justification to disqualify a Bidder. Additional sheets shall be attached as required . Documentation Submitted with the Bid No : 5074 for South RO WPP . . . ' 1 . Contractors Name / Address : WPC Industrial Contractors , Ltd . 11651 Phillips Hwy . , Jacksonville , FL 32256 2 . Contractor' s Telephone & FAX Numbers : 904 - 268- 0099 , FAX 904 - 268- 2922 ' 3 . Contractor' s License No : Florida CG-0046- 120 ' 4 . Number of years as a Contractor in construction work of the type involved in this contract : 37 years ' 5 . What is the last project of this nature that you have completed ? Prineville RO WPP Expansion Improvements , City of Port St Lucie , FL $ 5 . 8 million , April 2003 completion ' 6 . Have you ever failed to complete work awarded to you , and if so , where and why? No 7 . List the names and titles of ALL officers of Contractor' s firm : Jonathan Belloit President of General Partner Philip Starr Vice Pres . of General Partner ' Robert E . Greene Sec . /Treas / of ' Gen . Partner 8 . Name of person who inspected site or proposed work for your firm : Name : Donnie Belloit Date of Inspections : 6 / 11 / 2003 9 . We normally perform 70 % of the work with our own forces . List trades ' below Sitework , Mechanical , Piping ' 044572000 00456 - 1 10 . Construction Firm shall have constructed similar type projects within the past ten ( 10 ) ' years . Provide details as indicated below : Project Name : North RO WTP Expansion Contract Amount : $ 4 . 37 million Owner : Martin County , FL Phone No . 772- 223 - 7943 ( Ted Robbins ) ' ConsultanUEngineer. Kimley-Horn & Asso Phone No . 561 - 845- 0665 ( Mark Miller ) Project Description : All labor . materials , capacity , including • wellhead as mhly1p ' Rn rain , chemical systems , Rn' proceS4 nl ant n i nrs/valves post trey ent mod , f, ria tions , lime Dl ant modi f i raf i ons , replace 2 HS Pumps . 5 . 0 MG conyr,-ete Completion Datege tank , site work , electrical . ' March 2003 11 . 5a . Please state your bonding capacity per project . ' N/A b . Please state your total bonding capacity . ' $ 30 million C . Please provide name , address and contact person of your bonding company . ( a ent ) Greene-Hazel & Associates , P . O . Box 1020 9 ., Jack onville,__,�M 32247 Bill Hardaker 12 . State the true , exact , correct and complete name of the partnership , corporation or trade name under which you do business . ( If corporation , state the name of the president and ' secretary . If a partnership , state the name of all partners . If a trade name , state the name of the individuals who do business under the trade name ) . WPC Industrial Contractors , Ltd . ( Legal Name of FIRM ) ' a . The business is a Limited Partnership ' ( Insert form of business entity ) b . The address of the principal place of business is : ' 11651 Phillips Hwy . Jacksonville FL 32256 ' 044572000 00456 - 2 1 13 . ( Continued ) PROJECT Scheduled Actual Days Days ' Crescent City WTP Expan . 180 In progress Phase II LTC RO WTP 540 In progress ' Northport 60 In progress Dallas , GA WWTP 180 In progress LTC RO WTP Phase 1 405 In progress Prineville RO WTP Expan . 395 395 ' White Springs WTP 410 In progress Baldwin , GA WWTP Expan . 930 In progress ' Cross City WTP Expan . 587 719 * North RO WTP Expan . 450 583 * ' White Springs WWTPs 360 360 River Park WW Improve . 270 270 ' Mandarin Reuse WRF 252 252 Choctaw WWTP Expan . 210 210 Buckman Odor Control 365 594* Prineville Backwash Basin 255 255 ' Hilliard WWTP Expan . 270 540 * Deerwood/Comm . Hall WTPs 365 444* ' Branford WWTP Modifica . 130 190 * Spruce Creek WWTF Expan . 180 180 ' UCF Force Main 330 330 D . B . Lee/Grant St . WWTPs 450 640* ' Crawfordville Sewer 545 545 Buckman Biosolids 548 878 * * Indicates that all Change Order days were requested by Owner, not WPC . Page 00456 - 3 A t ' C . The names of the corporate s or partners , or4r}d4,vidtr8l a trade name are as follows : 9 doing business under ' Water Processing Coman WPC Industrial Contractors , Inc . 13 . CONSTRUCTION FIRM shall demonstrate the ability to complete projects on time within the contract completion dates . List ALL projects with the last five years (started , underway , or completed ) : Project : Please see attached . ' Contract Schedule (days ) : Actual Completion Schedule ( days ) : 14 . List ALL projects within the last five years started underway , ' liquidated damages ( LD ) were incurred , either direct ) or indirectly) : in which Y Y) : Project : n/a LD Amount : n/ a LD Unit price : n/a 15 . CONSTRUCTION FIRM shall specifically name proposed superintendents to be utilized on this project and identify years of experience by the proposed superintendents within the previous five years . It must be demonstrated that the experience is with the current firm . Name : Larry Wilke Position : Superintendent ' Years of Experience with BIDDER : 10 ( Years in construction = 30 ) Type of Work Responsible for: All work on Job site ' License : 16 . Provide a list of proposed subcontractors with trade for this pro ' ect . 10 1 1 ' 044572000 00456 - 3 17 . List any consultants employed to prepare your submittal or presentation to Indian River County Board of County Commissioners and disclose any fees paid or required for these services , including any contingency fee . None - N /A NOTE : If requested by the County , the Bidder shall furnish a notarized financi stat ment, references a d ther information , sufficiently comprehensive to permit an appraisal of his current fi anci conditio . l By : ff'l (Signature) Pr ident of General Partner ( Position or Title) June 25 , 2003 ' (Date) 044572000 00456 - 4 SECTION 00530 - EJCDC STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR ' ON THE BASIS OF A STIPULATED PRICE ' THIS AGREEMENT, dated the day of in the year 2003 by and between Indian River County , a political subdivision of the State of Florida (hereinafter called ' OWNER) and WPC Industrial Contractors . LTD . ( hereinafter called CONTRACTOR) . OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth , agree as follows : ARTICLE 1 . WORK ' CONTRACTOR shall complete all work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents . The work is generally described as follows : ' Furnish all labor and materials necessary to construct a post treatment facility and odor control system , including but not limited to ; two degasifiers , a two stage wet scrubber system and all ' associated piping , recirculation pumps , blowers , and duct work , a concrete clearwell structure including excavation , backfill , grading , yard piping and valve installation , installation of three 50 HP vertical turbine transfer pumps with variable frequency drives including all electrical power ' and controls , painting, sodium hydroxide and sodium hypochlorite chemical system improvements , including bulk tanks , metering pumps , FRP piping replacement of raw water, pretreatment water, concentrate, and permeate with HDPE and stainless steel , four (4) cartridge ' filter vessels, piping , valves , testing of piping, and bacteriological clearance of system , as depicted on the drawings and described in these documents . Furnish construction trailer( s) including all setup , monthly charges and removal costs . The size and quantity shall be ' determined by the contractor. The trailer( s) shall remain on- site for the duration of the project and be equipped with power, phone lines , and air conditioning . At least one trailer shall be provided for the purpose of project meeting described in Section 01200, and shall include 8 chairs (min) , table(s) , fax machine and phone, and have a 2 -phone line service to trailer. ' CONTRACTOR , as an independent contractor and not as an employee , shall furnish , for the sum amount of $2 , 707 , 080 . 00 , all of the necessary labor, material , and equipment to perform the work described above in accordance with the Contract Documents . ' ARTICLE 2 . ENGINEER The project has been designed by Kimley- Horn and Associates , Inc . , hereinafter called ' ENGINEER , and who is to act as OWNER'S representative , assume all duties and responsibilities and have the rights and authority assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the work in accordance with the Contract Documents . 044572000 00530- 1 ARTICLE 3 . CONTRACT TIME. ' 3 . 1 The work will be completed in accordance with the following time frame . ' ( a ) Within 290 calendar days from the effective date of Notice to Proceed , the CONTRACTOR shall complete the following tasks : ' 1 . Install all pipes , structures , tanks , pumps , blowers , scrubbers , degasifiers , filters , and appurtenant items . ' 2 . Perform all start- up and testing . 3 . Provide a system to the OWNER which is of benefical use and allows the OWNER to provide potable water to their customers ' with normal operations . Completion of all tasks outlined above ( i . e . , Subparagraphs a ) constitute Substantial Completion . ' ( b ) From 291 calendar days to 320 calendar days from the effective date of Notice to Proceed , the CONTRACTOR shall complete the following tasks : 1 . Clean up project area . 2 . Restore all disturbed areas to their pre-construction condition . ' 3 . Correct all deficiencies noted by Engineer. 4 . Remove all equipment and material from project site . 5 . Perform contract close-out procedures . ' Completion of all tasks outlined above ( i . e . , Subparagraphs a and b ) constitute Final Completion . 3 . 2 Liquidated Damages . OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the work is not ' completed within the times specified in Paragraph 3 . 1 above , plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions . They also recognize the delays , expense and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the ' actual loss suffered by OWNER if the work is not completed on time . Accordingly , instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for delay ( but not as a penalty) CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER four-hundred ' and fifty dollars ($450 . 00 ) for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3 . 1 for Substantial Completion , if CONTRACTOR shall neglect, refuse or fail to complete the remaining work within the Contract Time or any proper extension thereof granted by OWNER , CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER four- hundred and fifty dollars ( $450 . 00 ) for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3 . 1 for completion and readiness for final payment . ARTICLE 4 . CONTRACT PRICE . 4 . 1 OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for completion of the work in accordance with the Contract Documents in current funds in the amount of $2 , 707 , 080 . 00 , 044572000 ' 00530 -2 1 ARTICLE 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES . CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions . Applications for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as ' provided in the General Conditions . 5 . 1 Progress Payments . OWNER shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR'S Applications for Payment as recommended by ENGINEER , on or about the 30th day of each month during construction as provided below. All progress payments will be on the basis of the progress of the work measured by the schedule of values established in Paragraph 2 . 9 of the General Conditions (and in the case of Unit Price Work based on the number of units completed ) , or, in the event there is no schedule of values , as ' provided in the General Requirements . 5 . 1 . 1 Prior to Substantial Completion, progress will be made in an amount equal to the percentage indicated below, but, in each case , less the aggregate of ' payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine , or OWNER may withhold , in accordance with Paragraph 14 . 7 of the General Conditions . ' 90% of work completed . If work has been 50 % completed as determined by ENGINEER , and if the character and progress of the work have been 1 satisfactory to OWNER and ENGINEER , OWNER , on recommendation of ENGINEER , may determine that as long as the character and progress of the work remain satisfactory to them , there will be no additional retainage ' on account of work completed , in which case the remaining progress payments prior to Substantial Completion will be in an amount equal to 100% of the work completed . ' 50% of materials and equipment not incorporated in the work ( but delivered , suitably stored and accompanied by documentation satisfactory to OWNER ' as provided in Paragraph 14 . 2 of the General Conditions ) . 5 . 1 . 2 Upon Substantial Completion in an amount sufficient to increase total ' payments to CONTRACTOR to 100 % of the Contract price , less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine , or OWNER may withhold , in accordance with Paragraph 14 . 7 of the General Conditions . ' 5 . 2 Final payment . Upon final completion and acceptance of the work in accordance with Paragraph 14 . 13 of the General Conditions , OWNER shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said ' Paragraph 14 . 13 . ARTICLE 6 . INTEREST, Not Applicable . ' 044572000 00530 - 3 ' ARTICLE 7 . CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS . ' In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement , CONTRACTOR makes the following representations : ' 7 . 1 CONTRACTOR has familiarized itself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents , work , site , locality , and all local conditions and laws and regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress , performance or furnishing of the ' work . 7 . 2 CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all reports of explorations and tests of ' subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions which are identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in Paragraph 4 . 2 of the General Conditions , and accepts the determination set forth in Paragraph SG4 . 2 of the ' Supplementary Conditions of the extent of thetechnical data contained in such reports and drawings upon which CONTRACTOR is entitled to rely . 7 . 3 CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for ' obtaining and carefully studying ) all such examinations , investigations , explorations , tests , reports and studies ( in addition to or to supplement those referred to in Paragraph 7 . 2 above ) which pertain to the subsurface or physical conditions at or ' contiguous to the site or otherwise may affect the cost , progress , performance or furnishing of the work as CONTRACTOR considers necessary for the performance of furnishing of the work at the Contract Price , within the Contract Time and in ' accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents , including specifically the provisions of Paragraph 4 . 2 of the General Conditions ; and no additional examinations , investigations , explorations , tests , reports , studies ' or similar information or data are or will be required by CONTRACTOR for such purposes . ' 7 . 4 CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or indicated on the Contract Documents with respect to existing underground facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of ' said underground facilities . No additional examinations , investigations , explorations , tests , reports , studies or similar information or data in respect of said underground facilities are or will be required by CONTRACTOR in order to perform ' and furnish the work at the Contract Price , within the Crntract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents , including specifically the provisions of Paragraph 4 . 3 of the General Conditions . ' 7 . 5 CONTRACTOR has correlated the results of all such observations , examinations , investigations , explorations , tests , reports and studies with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents . ' 7 . 6 CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts , errors or discrepancies that he has is covered in the Contract Documents and thewritten ' resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to CONTRACTOR . 044572000 00530-4 ' ARTICLE 8 . CONTRACT DOCUMENTS . ' The Contract Documents which comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the work consist of the following : ' 8 . 1 This Agreement (Section 00530 ) . 8 . 2 Performance and other bonds ( Sections 00610 and 00620 ) . ' 8 . 3 Notice of Award and Notice to Proceed . 8 . 4 General Conditions (Section 00700 ) . 8 . 5 Supplementary Conditions (Section 00800 ) . ' 8 . 6 Specifications as listed herein the table of contents of thesedocuments . 8 . 7 Drawings consisting of a coversheet and sheets 2 through 57 , inclusive , with each ' bearing the title SOUTH RO WTP CLEARWELL ADDITION , POSTTREATMENT MODIFICATIONS , AND FRP PIPING REPLACEMENT FOR INDIAN RIVER COUNTY UTILITIES . ' 8 . 8 Addenda numbers 1 to 1 , inclusive . ' 8 . 9 CONTRACTOR' S Bid ( Section 00310) . 8 . 10 Indian River County Water and Wastewater Utility Standards . 8 . 11 The following , which may be delivered or issued after the effective date of the Agreement and are not attached hereto : All written amendment and other ' documents amending , modifying , or supplementing the Contract Documents pursuant to Paragraphs 3 . 4 and 3 . 5 of the General Conditions . There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 8 . The Contract Documents may only be amended , modified or supplemented as provided in Paragraphs 3 . 4 and 3 . 5 of the General Conditions . ARTICLE 9 . MISCELLANEOUS ' 9 . 1 Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Article 1 of the General Conditions will have the meanings indicated in 11he General Conditions . 9 . 2 No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract ' Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound ; and specifically but without limitation moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such ' consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law ) , and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment , no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or ' responsibility under the Contract Documents . 044572000 00530 - 5 ' 9 . 3 OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners , successors , assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto , its partners , successors , assigns and legal representatives in respect of all covenants , agreements and ' obligations contained in the Contract Documents . 9 . 4 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE PROPERLY LICENSED TO PRACTICE ' ITS TRADE OR TRADES WHICH ARE INVOLVED IN THE COMPLETION OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE WORK THEREUNDER . ' 9 . 5 This agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Florida . Venue for any lawsuit brought by either party against the other party or otherwise arising out of this agreement shall be in Indian River County, Florida , or, in the event of ' federal jurisdiction , in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Florida . 9 . 6 In addition to any other required insurance , the CONTRACTOR shall , at least ten ' ( 10) days prior to the effective date of this contract , provide to the COUNTY a certificate of commercial general liability insurance with a reputable insurance company authorized to do business in the State of Florida , subject to approval by ' the COUNTY's risk manager in an amount not less than $ 3 , 000 , 000 combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage , including coverage for premises/operations , products/completed operations , contractual liability, and independent contractors , in accordance with the COUNTY's Administrative Policy Manual . The CONTRACTOR shall , at least ten ( 10) days prior to the effective date of this contract, provide to the COUNTY a certificate of business auto liability ' insurance with a reputable insurance company authorized to do business in the State of Florida , subject to approval by the COUNTY's risk manager, in an amount not less than $3 , 000 , 000 per occurrence combined single limit for bodily injury and ' property damage , including coverage for owned autos and other vehicles , hired autos and other vehicles , non-owned autos and other vehicles , in accordance with the COUNTY's Administrative Policy Manual . The commercial general liability and ' auto liability insurance policies shall name Indian River County, a political subdivision of the State of Florida , as an additional insured . In addition , the CONTRACTOR shall , at least ten ( 10) days prior to the effective date of this ' contract, provide to the COUNTY a certificate of worker's compensation insurance , including employer's liability with a reputable insurance company authorized to do business in the State of Florida subject to approval by the County's risk manager, ' with a limit of $ 100 , 000 per accident, $ 500 , 000 disease (policy limit) , and $ 1009000 disease (each employee ) in compliance with all state and federal laws , and in accordance with the COUNTY's Administrative Policy Manual . The ' CONTRACTOR shall provide to the COUNTY at least thirty (30) days= written notice by registered mail , return receipt requested , addressed to the COUNTY's risk manager, prior to cancellation or modification of any required insurance . CONTRACTOR shall cause any subcontractor performing any work to provide to ' COUNTY certificates of insurance under the same conditions and with the same policy limits as required of the CONTRACTOR . 044572000 00530-6 9 . 7 CONTRACTOR agrees to indemnify and hold harmless OWNER , together with its ' agents , employees , and officers , from liabilities , damages , losses , and costs , including but not limited to , reasonable attorney's fees , to the extent caused by the negligence , recklessness or intentional wrongful misconduct of the ' CONTRACTOR and persons employed or utilized by the CONTRACTOR in the performance of this Agreement . This indemnification and hold harmless provision shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement. Article 10 . OTHER PROVISIONS . ' IN WITNESS WHEREOF , OWNER AND CONTRACTOR have signed this Agreement in triplicate . One counterpart each has been delivered to OWNER, CONTRACTOR , and ' ENGINEER . All portions of the Contract Documents have been signed or identified by OWNER and CONTRACTOR or by ENGINEER on their behalf. This Agreement will be effective on 1) rj' 2003 . OWNER CONTRACTOR 01Indian Rover Qaunly d4ct aegi Contractors - LTD . Board n BY z ' Kenneth R . Macht , Chairman (CORPORATE SEAL) rlit�t A 0 (P & Attest: Attest: J . K . Barton , Clerk of the Circuit Court Deputy Clerk Approved By: A ro d as to Form an gal fficiency: J mes E . Chandle , County Administrator my Attorney ' 044572000 00530-7 ' Address for giving notices Address for giving notices ' 1840 25th Street 11651 Philips Hwy Vero Beach , Florida 32960 Jacksonville , Florida 32256 ' ( If OWNER is a public body , License No . Florida GC-0046- 120 attach evidence of authority ' to sign and resolution or other documents authorizing execution Agent for service of process : of Agreement) ( If CONTRACTOR is a corporation , attach ' evidence of authority to sign ) ' END OF SECTION t ' 044572000 00530-8 3 OD IN TW RECORDS OF .\ ' V st SECTION 00610 CLERK CIRCUIT CO RT PERFORMANCE BOND INDIAN RIVER CO., FLA. ' Bond 108561919 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS : BY THIS BOND , we WPC Industrial Contractors , LTD . as Principal , and — FidelitV and Deposit co of Maryland , a corporation , as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the County of Indian River, Florida , in the sum of Three Million Three Hundred Eighty-three Thousand Eight Hundred and Fifty Dollars ($3 , 383 , 850 . 00) , rn ' amounting to 125 % of the total bid price . For the payment of said sum we bind ourselves , our N heirs , executors , administrators and assigns , jointly and severally , for the faithful performance of tV ' a certain written Contract , dated the day of , 2003 , entered into between the Principal and the County of Indian River, for : Project Name : South R . O . WTP Clearwell Addition , Post Treatment Modifications , and FRP Piping Replacement County Project Bid Number: 5074 0 c.a Project Location : South Regional Water Treatment Plant C7) ' Project Description : Furnish all labor and materials necessary to construct a post treatment w facility and odor control system, including but not limited to; two degasifiers , a two stage wet y scrubber system and all associated piping , recirculation pumps , blowers, and duct work, a -� ' concrete clearwell structure including excavation, backfill, grading, yard piping and valve installation installation of three 50 HP vertical turbine transfer pumps with variable frequency ry ' drives including all electrical power and controls , painting, sodium hydroxide and sodium hypochlorite chemical system improvements, including bulk tanks , metering pumps, FRP piping replacement of raw water, pretreatment water, concentrate, and permeate with HDPE and ' stainless steel , four (4) cartridge filter vessels, piping, valves, testing of piping, and bacteriological clearance of system , as depicted on the drawings and described in these ' documents . Furnish construction trailer(s) including all setup , monthly charges and removal costs . The size and quantity shall be determined by the contractor. The trailer(s) shall remain on- site for the duration of the project and be equipped with power, phone lines, and air ' conditioning . At least one trailer shall be provided for the purpose of project meeting described in Section 01200, and shall include 8 chairs (min) , table ( s) , fax machine and phone, and have a 2 - phone line service to trailer. ' A copy of said Contract is Incorporated herein b reference and is � y , made a part hereof as If fully copied herein . _ CT NOW , THEREFORE , THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH , that if the Principal shall in all respects comply with the terms and conditions of said Contract and its cs obligations thereunder , including all of the Contract Documents therein referred to and made a � part thereof, and such alterations as may be made in the Contract Drawings and Specifications ' as therein provided for , and shall indemnify and save harmless the County of Indian River against and from all expenses , damages , injury or conduct , want of care of skill , negligence or default , including patent infringement on the part of the Principal , his agents or employees , in the ' 044572000 00610 - 1 execution or performance of said Contract , including errors in the Drawings furnished by the ' Principal , and further, if the Principal shall promptly make payments to all who supply him with labor and/or materials used directly or indirectly by the Principal in the prosecution of the Work ' provided for in said Contract , then this obligation shall be null and void ; otherwise , the Principal and Surety , jointly and severally , agree to pay the County of Indian River any difference between the sum that the County of Indian River may be obliged to pay for the completion of said Work , by contract or otherwise , and any damages , whether direct , indirect , or consequential , including reasonable attorney ' s fees ( including appellate proceedings ) , which the County of Indian River may incur as a result of the failure of the Principal to properly execute all ' of the provisions of the Contract . AND , the said Principal and Surety hereby further bind themselves , their successors , executors , ' administrators and assigns , jointly and severally , that they will amply and fully protect the County of Indian River against , and will pay any and all amounts , damages , costs and judgments which may be recovered against or which the County of Indian River may be called upon to pay to any ' person or corporation by reason of any damage arising from the performance of the said work , repair or maintenance thereof, or the manner of doing the same , or his agents or his servants , or the infringements of any patent rights by reason of the use of any material furnished or work done , as aforesaid or otherwise . ' AND , the said Surety , for value received hereby stipulates and agrees that no ch Y � Y n P g age , ' extension of time , alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the work to be performed thereunder, or the Specifications or Drawings accompanying the same , shall in any way affect its obligations on this Bond , and it does hereby waive notice of any such change , extension of time , alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the Work or to the ' Specifications or Drawings . AND , the said Principal and Surety jointly and severally covenant and agree that this Bond will ' remain in full force and effect for a period of one year commencing on the date of Substantial Completion as established on the Certificate of Substantial Completion as issued by the County of Indian River. ' IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the above bound parties executed this instrument under their several seals , this day of , 2003 , the name and corporate seal of ' each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative , pursuant to authority of its governing body . WHEN THE PRINCIPAL IS AN INDIVIDUAL : ' Signed , sealed and delivered in the presence of: c Witness Signature of Individual n v c Address Printed Name of Individual ' n a Witness ' 044572000 00610 - 2 WHEN THE PRINCIPAL IS A CORPORATION : ' Attest : ' Secr Lary Name rporation WPC NDDSTRTAT . CONTRACTORS , LTD . BY : jfYlo� o (Affix Corporate SEAL ) Printed Name - ' Official Title ' CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE PRINCIPAL �066M E • G59X9 N . , certify that I am the Secretary of the corporation named as Principal in the within bond ; that �: ) &44pjaT , who signed the said bond on ' behalf of the Principal was thenra . d* ,6ff of said corporation : that I know his signature , and his signature thereto is genuine ; and that said Bond was duly signed , sealed and attested for and on behalf of Said corporation by authority of Its governing body . Secretary ( SEAL ) ' TO BE EXECUTED BY CORPORATE SURETY : ' Attest : - U . / j ' S r ry Corporate Surety FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT CO . OF MARYLAND Business Address P • 0 . Box 1227 , Baltimore , MD 21203 ' BY : C7iC�� (Affix Corporate SEAL ) Attorney- In - Fact Teri Love C Name of Local Agency Greene—Hazel Associates , Inc . rL Business Address 1301 Riverplace Blvd . 12300 C. ' Jacksonville , FL 32207 ( 904 ) 398- 1234 u ' 044572000 00610 - tSTATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF INDIAN RIVER Before me , a Notary Public , duly commissioned , qualified and acting , personally appeared Teri Love , to me well known , who being by me first duly sworn upon oath , says thatIs the attorney-in -fact for the . .Fi de7 i r $ ey De Rosa t- co and that has been i authorizes yFidleity & Deposit Co . of PID to execute the foregoing bond on9malf of the CONTRACTOR named therein In favor of the County of Indian River, Florida . Subscribed and ' sworn to before me this3lst day of July , 2003 . N�1 ry Public , State of A ;` ida JUDITH L. DUPRIES My Commission Expires `,.~ NOTARY PUBLIC , STATE OF FLORIDA My commission expires May 251 2005 to%;; Commission No. D D 012704 END OF SECTION C C ' r c c C C ' C ' 044572000 00610 - 6 ' Bond 108561919 SECTION 00612 PAYMENT BOND ' KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS : ' BY THIS BOND , we WPC Industrial Contractors LTD . , as Principal , and Fidelity and Deposit Co . of Ma land a corporation , as Surety , are held and firmly bound unto the County of Indian River, Florida , in the ' sum of Two Million Seven Hundred Seven Thousand and Eighty Dollars ( $ 2 , 707 , 080 . 00 ) , amounting to 100% of the total bid price . For the payment of said sum we bind ourselves , our heirs , executors , administrators and assigns , jointly and severally , for the faithful performance of ' a certain written Contract , dated the day of , 2003 , entered into between the Principal and the County of Indian River, for: Project Name : South R . O . WTP Clearwell Addition , Post Treatment Modifications , and FRP Piping Replacement County Project Bid Number : 5074 ' Project Location : South Regional Water Treatment Plant ' Project Description : Furnish all labor and materials necessary to construct a post treatment facility and odor control system, including but not limited to ; two degasifiers , a two stage wet ' scrubber system and all associated piping, recirculation pumps , blowers, and duct work, a concrete clearwell structure including excavation, backfill , grading, yard piping and valve installation, installation of three 50 HP vertical turbine transfer pumps with variable ' frequency drives including all electrical power and controls, painting, sodium hydroxide and sodium hypochlorite chemical system improvements , including bulk tanks , metering pumps, FRP piping replacement of raw water, pretreatment water, concentrate , and permeate with ' HDPE and stainless steel , four (4) cartridge filter vessels , piping , valves, testing of piping, and bacteriological clearance of system, as depicted on the drawings and described in these ' documents . Furnish construction trailer(s) including all setup , monthly charges and removal costs . The size and quantity shall be determined by the contractor. The trailer(s) shall remain on-site for the duration of the project and be equipped with power, phone lines , and ' air conditioning . At least one trailer shall be provided for the purpose of project meeting described in Section 01200, and shall include 8 chairs (min), table(s) , fax machine and phone, and have a 2 -phone line service to trailer. ' A copy of said Contract is incorporated herein by reference and is made a part hereof as iffully copied herein . C ' NOW , THEREFORE , THE CONDITIONSF O THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH , that , if the c Principal shall promptly make payments to all claimants , as herein below defined , then this r ' obligation shall be void ; otherwise , this Bond shall remain in full force and effect , subject to the C following terms and conditions : on 1 . A claimant is defined as any person supplying the Principal with labor, material or Co supplies , used directly or indirectly by the Principal or any subcontractor in the `= ' 044572000 00612 - 1 prosecution of the Work provided for in said Contract , and is further defined in ' Section 713 . 01 of the Florida Statutes . ' B . The provisions of Section 255 . 05 Florida Statute shall apply . The above named Principal and Surety hereby jointly and severally agree with the County of Indian River that every claimant as herein defined , who has not been paid in full before the 1 expiration of a period of ninety ( 90 ) days after performance of the labor or after complete delivery of materials and supplies by such claimant, may sue on this Bond for the use of such claimant , prosecute the suit to final judgment for such sums or sums as may be justly due claimant, and have execution thereon . The County of Indian River shall not be liable for the payment of any costs or expenses of any such suit . No suit or action shall be commenced hereunder by any claimant : ' 1 . Unless claimant , other than one havingdirect a contract with the Principal , shall within forty- five (45 ) days after beginning to furnish labor, materials or supplies for the prosecution of the work , furnish the Principal and Surety with a notice that he intends to look to this Bond for protection . 2 . Unless claimant , other than one having a direct contract with the Principal , shall within ninety ( 90 ) days after such claimant 's performance of the labor or complete delivery of materials or supplies , deliver to the Principal and Surety written notice of the performance of such labor or delivery of such material or supplies and the nonpayment therefore . ' 3 . After the expiration of one ( 1 ) year from the performance of the labor or completion of delivery of the materials or supplies ; it being understood , however, that if any limitation embodied in this Bond is prohibited by any law controlling the construction hereof, such ' limitations shall be deemed to be amended , so as to be equal to the minimum period of limitation permitted by such law . ' 4 . Other than in a state court of competent jurisdiction in and for Indian River County , Florida , or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Florida , and not elsewhere . The Surety , for value received , herebystipulates p ates and agrees that no charge , extension of time , alteration of or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or ' to the Specifications applicable thereto , shall in any way affect its obligations on this Bond , and the Surety hereby waives notice of any such change , extension of time , alterations of or addition to the terms of the Contract , or to the work or to the Specifications . ' The Surety represents and warrants to the Count of County Indian River that it has a Best' s Key Rating � Guide , General Policyholder' s rating of "A" and Financial Size Category of Class "X" . CY The Principal and Surety jointly and severally covenant and agree that this Bond will remain in u full force and effect for a period of one year commencing on the date of Substantial Completion ' as established on the Certificate of Substantial Completion as issued by the County of Indian c River. C.: ' R ' 044572000 00612 - 2 The Principal and Surety jointly and severally , agree to pay the County of Indian River all losses , ' damages , expenses , costs , and attorney's fees , including appellate proceedings , that the County of Indian River sustains because of a default by the Principal under the Contract. _ ' IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the above bound parties executed this instrument under their several seals , this day of , 2003 the name and corporate seal of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned ' representative , pursuant to authority of its governing body . ' WHEN THE PRINCIPAL IS AN INDIVIDUAL : ' Witness Signature of Individual Address Printed Name of Individual Witness Address c a r\ U c G ' 044572000 00612 - 3 ' WHEN THE PRINCIPAL IS A CORPORATION : Attest : - 0 (W 1 Secretary Name of Corporation WPC INDUSTRIAL CONTRACTORS , LTD . BY : Zt 9 ' (Affix Corporate SEAL ) ' Printed Name Official Title f - CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE PRINCIPAL ' I 07 E . SEN£ , certify that I am the Secretary of the corporation named as Principal in the within bond ; that (3EG(,p t r , who signed the said bond on behalf of the Principal was then ► E.J'T of said corporation : that I know his signature , and his signature thereto is genuine ; and that said Bond was duly signed , sealed and attested for and on behalf of Said corporation by authority of Its governing body . ' Secretary ( SEAL) ( AL) ' TO BE EXECUTED BY CORPORATE SURETY: '' Akcr,�4ary S d Corporate Surety FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT CO . OF MARYLAND Business Address P - O . Bog 1227 , Baltimore , PID 21203 BY: cC7i� ' (Affix Corporate SEAL ) c Attorney- In - Fact Teri Love C n _L ' Name of Local Agency Greene-Hazel & Associates , Inc . c L G Business Address 1301 Riverplace Blvd . 12300 Mr Jacksonville , FL 32207 044572000 ( 904 ) 398- 1234 00612 - 5 STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF INDIAN RIVER Before me , a Notary Public, duly commissioned , qualified and acting , personally appeared- Teri Love , to me well known , who being by me first duly sworn upon oath , says that4ft s the attorney-in-fact for the _Fidelity & Deposit Co . and thais has been authorized by Fidelity & Deposit Co . of rID to execute the foregoing bond on behalf of the -' CONTRACTOR named therein in favor of the County of Indian River, Florida . Subscribed and sworn to before me this 31st day of July 2003 . Not Public , State of Florida JUDITH L. DUPRIES . : NOTARY PUBLIC, STATE OF FLORIDA My Commission Expires : _ •: fi9�tmfmission expires May 25,005 commission No . DD012704 * ' END OF SECTION " C C n C1 -z ' c CIA U 044572000 00612 - 6 p Fidelity and Deposit Company of Maryland ' Home Office: P. O. Box 1227, Baltimore, MD 212034227 BOND ' ( Public Work) In compliance of F. S . Chapter 255. 05( 1 )(a ) ' BOND NO . : 08561919 ' CONTRACTOR . WPC Industrial Contractors , Ltd . 11651 Phillips Highway ' Jacksonville , FL 32256 ( 904 ) 268-0099 ' SURETY COMPANY : Fidelity & Deposit Company of Maryland 4010 Boyscout Blvd . #600 Tampa , FL 33607 (813) 873 -2055 OWNER NAME : County of Indian River 2625 19th Avenue ' Vero Beach , FL 32960-3335 ( 772 ) 567 -8000 ' OBLIGEE NAME : ( If contracting entity same as above ' is different from the owner, the contracting public entity) BOND AMOUNT : $ 2 , 707 , 080 . 00 CONTRACT NO . ( if applicable ) : IRC Bid 15074 / South County Water Plant earwe Addition utilities Department DESCRIPTION OF WORK : South RO WTP Clearwell Addition , Post Treatment ' Modifications , and FRP Piping Replacement O PROJECT LOCATION : n U ' c LEGAL DESCRIPTION : G r G a ' FRONT PAGE All other Bond page(s) are deemed subsequent to this page regardless of any page number(s) that may be pre-printed thereon . ' Power of Attorney FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND - HOME OFFICE , P . O . BOX 1227 , BALTIMORE , MD 21203 -1227 Know ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS : That the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, a corporation of the State of Maryland, by F . L . BORLEIS , Vice-President, and T. C . JOHNSON, Assistant Secretary, in pursuance of authority granted by Article Vl , Section 2 , of the By-Laws of said Company, which are set forth on the reverse side hereof and are hereby certified to be in full force and effect, on the date hereof, does hereby nominate, constitute and appoint Theresa F. Greene, Thomas A. Haz6 udith B. Daiiries, William R. Hardaker and Teri Love, all of Jacksonville, Florida , EACH its true and lawful agi % d Attorct =Fact, to make, execute, seal and deliver, for, and on its behalf as surety, and as its act and deed : any;aird all bonds;Vd' undertakings and the execution of such bonds ' or undertakings in pursuance of these presents , shall,\be*s binding,lipbir said Company, as fully and amply , to all intents and purposes , as if they had been duly executed aod,*Knowledged by the regularly elected officers of the Company at its office in Baltimore , Md . , in their own proper pe6'bi! :' This poweT;Qf attorney revokes those issued on behalf of Theresa F. ' Greene , etal , dated August 3 , 1987 and on behalf of William ardaker dated Aucrust 3 1987 . . The said Assistant Secretary does herea� . e>'ti that, ���` ` b �� , fy #lze:; extract set forth on the reverse side hereof is a true copy of �N, ., i Article VI , Section 2 , of the By o € ota d -Company;=a�n : is now in force . ' IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Vice-Presided and Assistant Secretary have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed the Corporate Seal of the:�sai3l FIDELITI'':AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND , this 3rd day of February , A . D . 2000 . �\`✓ \` ATTEST: FIDELITY AMS} DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND By : T. C. Johns Assistant Secretary F. L. Borleis Vice-President ' State of Maryland ss : County Of Harford On this 3rd day of February, 2000 before the subscriber, a Notary Public of the State of Maryland, duly commissioned and qualified, came F . L . BORLEIS , Vice- President and T. C . JOHNSON, Assistant Secretary of the ' FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, to me personally known to be the individuals and officers described in and who executed the preceding instrument, and they each acknowledged the execution of the same , and being by me duly sworn , severally and each for himself deposeth and saith , that they are the said officers of the Company ' aforesaid , and that the seal affixed to the preceding instrument is the Corporate Seal of said Company; and that the said Corporate Seal and their signatures as such officers were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said Corporation . ' IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal the day and year first above written . Q u - PJC 14 AY CU r Patricia A . Trombetti Notary Public C ' My Commission Expires : October 9 , 2002 c L1428-031 -5166 EXTRACT FROM BY-LAWS OF FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND ' "Article VI Section 2 . The Chairman of the Board , or the President, or any Executive Vice-President, or any of the Senior Vice-Presidents or Vice- Presidents specially authorized so to do by the Board of Directors or by the Executive ' Committee, shall have power, by and with the concurrence of the Secretary or any one of the Assistant Secretaries, to appoint Resident Vice- Presidents, Assistant Vice-Presidents and Attorneys- in-Fact as the business of the Company may require, or to authorize any person or persons to execute on behalf of the Company any bonds, undertaking, ' recognizances , stipulations, policies, contracts , agreements , deeds, and releases and assignments of judgements, decrees , mortgages and instruments in the nature of mortgages, . . . and to affix the seal of the Company thereto . " ' CERTIFICATE ' I , the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, do hereby certify that the original Power of Attorney of which the foregoing is a full , true and correct copy, is in full force and effect on the date of this certificate ; and I do further certify that the Vice-President who executed the said Power of Attorney was one of the additional Vice- Presidents specially authorized by the Board of Directors to appoint any Attorney- in-Fact as ' provided in Article VI , Section 2 , of the By- Laws of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND . This Power of Attorney and Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at a meeting duly called and ' held on the 10th day of May, 1990 . RESOLVED : "That the facsimile or mechanically reproduced seal of the company and facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any Vice- President, Secretary, or Assistant Secretary of the Company, whether made heretofore ' or hereafter, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed . " IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seal of the said ' Company, this ' day of t Assistant Secretary *41 S: CD CT ' U Z Cr ' ACORD„ CERTIFICAI 4F LIABILITY INSURAN " OP to T DATE (MMIDCIY" YYl PRODUCER WATER- 1 07 31 03 i. THIS CERTIFICAT S ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATIO 4rsene -Hazel i Associatoa , Inc . ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE ' HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND , EXTEND OR 1301 Riverplace Blvd , Ste 2300 ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW Jacksonville PL 32207 Phone ; 904 -398 - 1234 Fax : 904 - 396 - 7432 I INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC Nk HSC Industr* e; Contractors Ltd N�vI!cRA ae•rss•s• TsuSuA1 =q,,,,,u,c• co I 23396 ' w�r�C% Industria Contractors Inc asu�FRs WPC Pro sing Cq . Inc . Brown i Evanston Insurance Comps,y 35375 1g dwe A Jo } nt VV�e►nture INSURER C: Jack orpivifieprLHinnINSURER C: ' ;Nr ages E COVERAGES THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO TME INSURED NAAAED ABOVE FOR TME POLICY RaR;CD NOtCATED. NorMTHSTINNDW3 ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHK,'H TH ',S CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, TME INSURANCE A"ORCED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCri POLICIES . AqZ LIMITS ITS SHOWN MAY HAVE 51!9N .REDUCED BY PAID CLAM , LSI! NSRtl T17e oP INs ANDE . . . - ^POLICY NUh16ER n_^ rMMlCp1;, DATFY E 31"WWT 7 -- LIMITS GENERALLIABLR7 DA114V ,+PE ce 1511000 , 000 A X X i O•,MMFPCIAL r4FINEPAI, A3u,nr CPP2005844 01 / 01 / 03 0 ]. / 01 / 04 I SRL :ASES (EaawPit. rr) I s SO , b00 _ CLAMS L!ACB $ _iC.GIJR j M 9�0 EXF (Any cne Demi; SS 000 ' -•I - - I j I I TVISCNAL S AOS' IN.;Us 1 , C00 000 -_ 3ENERAL AGGR5GAT6 eCN'L AGC4 'sGAT6 UNIT A=PL as $cc I i RRCCUCTS . COMP/OF AGG S 2 , 000 QQb f2 , , 000 , ' FCI„ICY X I LCC I j (- ._. . -. AUTOMOBILE LABILITY 'J 00 , 11 j ^OM �IN .0 31kGI.E I-PARA CA2005995 Fe $ 110001000 C 1 / 0104 L % 0 ALTOS I -----..-.... ... .. . y----- --_ . . . _-I Si?b; FCIiLFp AUTO i ! � I I 4 � Ro URv NON- OWNIM AUTOS i 13CCLY IN.'Ur?Y ! =ROPFRTY GAAIACF I f I i /P�r Ac9'drK; i ARAGE L431UTY i A00 ONLY . cA ACt�109N* f AI'I` AUTO ' -- F—� ,^,Tt.ER THAN ;,:A WCC f I AUOONL'r ' — Aiv S j EXCESSNMBR"eLLA L'ABLITY II aACH GCCVRP. E4 � n A ! X OCCUR � O.A,N�auAOG � L � , s 5 , 000 , 00 CU2005843 I 01 / 01 % 03 01 / 01 / 04 Acs Pten*= $ 5 , 000 000_ I _ � oExlc-rtjL _ f j- ' s ' ! iX I �ErEImaN s 10 , 000 b WORKERS COMPENSATION ANO ! IMR.OY6R3 LIABILITY ! ITCpy LTI!TS L.i_c A IANYP�orRr�'CR prN, EWT(ECLM'M WC1309152 01 / 01 / 03 OFFICS91wENI�ER FXCL 01 / 01 / 04 ic.� cACHar�, �wT _ s _ 500 , 000 =7E07 ' ! IE._ 09s49C - CASPAOL_VECS 5001000 I S�EC;AL 'RCYtSICT75 De10`N j rE.- O'9oA 3F . PO,ICY LIMIT I f FJQb � b .7 OTM�R I C Prof . 6 Poll Liab 03CPL00093 1 03 / 18 / 03 03 / 18 / 04 Per Claim $ 11000 , 000 ' OEscRMT;QN CeCPERATION$ / LOCAT$043I VEHICLES L !XCLVBpNtACO_D BY ENDORSEMENT / S?ECIALPRO41MUN8 I Aggregate $ 2 , 000 , 000 Indian River County , a Political Subdivision of the State of Florida , as Additional inured . 1 CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCE 'IAATION ' County of indiar_ River COVSNRZ SHOULD ANY Cr THE ABOVE DEGCRISM POLICIES BE CANCELLED 3EWDRE THE EXPIRAi10N, DATE THEREOF, TI-!I! 33UIN0 INSURER VAL '_ ENCEAVOR TO MAIL ,3.() — DAYS warn, E.r ' Board Of County (,' oIIl>aLsslOneY! PurcPurchasingDivision NOTICE TO THE CERTIFN ICATE HOLDER NAD TO THE LEFT. BUT FAzLURE TO 00 3O 5MA_L Aivi ' 2 625 19th Avenue IMPOSE NO CBJGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KI N9 UPON THE INSURER. ITS AGENTS OR j Vcro HEach FL 32960 - 3333 ARPRESENTATIVEG AUTH �DENTATNE ACORD 25 (2001 /08) Nil • ' 0 ACORD CORPORATION ' This document has important legal consequences ; consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its use or modification . This document should be adapted to the particular circumstances of the ' contemplated Project and the Controlling Law . ' STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Prepared by ENGINEERS JOINT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS COMMITTEE and ' Issued and Published Jointly By [ INSERT LOGOS] ' PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS IN PRIVATE PRACTICE a practice division of the NATIONAL SOCIETY OF PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS AMERICAN CONSULTING ENGINEERS COUNCIL ' AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General [seal ] Contractors of America Construction Specifications Institute ' [seal] These General Conditions have been prepared for use with the Owner-Contractor Agreements ( No . 1910 -8-A- 1 or 1910-8-A-2 ) ( 1996 Editions ) . Their provisions are interrelated and a change in one may necessitate a change in the other. Comments concerning their usage are contained in the EJCDC User's Guide ( No . 1910- 50) . For guidance in the preparation of Supplementary Conditions , see Guide to the Preparation of Supplementary Conditions ( No . 1910 - 17 ) ( 1996 Edition ) . tJCDC No . 1910-8 ( 1996 Edition ) Copyright ©1996 ' National Society of Professional Engineers 1420 King Street , Alexandria , VA 22314 American Consulting Engineers Council ' 1015 15th Street N . W. , Washington , DC 20005 American Society of Civil Engineers 345 East 47th Street, New York , NY 10017 ' TABLE OF CONTENTS Page ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 ' 1 . 01 Defined Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 1 . 02 Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 ' ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 2 . 01 Delivery of Bonds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 2 . 02 Copies of Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 2 . 03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 2 .04 Starting the Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 2 . 05 Before Starting Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 2 . 06 Preconstruction Conference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 ' 2 . 07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS : INTENT, AMENDING , REUSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 . . 8 ' 3 . 01 Intent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 3 . 02 Reference Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 3 . 03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 ' 3 . 04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 3 . 05 Reuse of Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 . . . . . . . . . . . 9 ' ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS ; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS ; REFERENCEPOINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 4 . 01 Availability of Lands . . . . . . . 0 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 . . . . . P . . . . . . . . . . . b b . . . . . . . . 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P ' . 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 4 . 02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 ' 4 . 03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 4 . 04 Underground Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 4 . 05 Reference Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 ' 4 . 06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 ARTICLE5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 ' 5 . 01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 5 . 02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 5 . 03 Certificates of insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 ' 5 . 04 CONTRACTOR 's Liability Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 5 . 05 OWNER 's Liability insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 . . . . . . . . . 13 5 . 06 Property Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 5 .07 Waiver of Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 . . . . . . . . . . . 14 ' 5 . 08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 5 . 09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 5 . 10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property Insurer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 . . . . . . . . . . . 15 ' ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR 'S RESPONSIBILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 6 . 01 Supervision and Superintendence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 . . . . 15 6 . 02 Labor; Working Hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 . . . . . . . . . . 15 ' 6 . 03 Services, Materials, and Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 6 . 04 Progress Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 6 . 05 Substitutes and "Or- Equals " . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 . - . . . . . . 16 ' 6 . 07 Patent Fees and Royalties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 044572000 00700 - 2 ' 6 . 08 Permits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 6 . 09 Laws and Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 ' 6 . 10 Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 6 . 11 Use of Site and Other Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 6 . 12 Record Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 6 . 13 Safety and Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 6 . 14 Safety Representative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 6 . 15 Hazard Communication Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 6 . 16 Emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 ' 6 . 17 Shop Drawings and Samples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 6 . 18 Continuing the Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 6 . 19 CONTRACTOR 's General Warranty and Guarantee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 6 . 20 Indemnification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 ' ARTICLE 7 - OTHER WORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0000 . 21 7 . 01 Related Work at Site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 ' 7 . 02 Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 ARTICLE 8 - OWNER 'S RESPONSIBILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 ' 8 . 01 Communications to Contractor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 8 . 02 Replacement of ENGINEER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 8 . 03 Furnish Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 ' 8 . 04 Pay Promptly When Due . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 8 . 05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 8 . 06 Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 ' 8 . 07 Change Orders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 8 . 08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 8 . 09 Limitations on OWNER 's Responsibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 8 . 10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 ' 8 . 11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER 'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 9 . 01 OWNER 'S Representative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 ' 9 . 02 Visits to Site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 9 . 03 Project Representative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 9 . 04 Clarifications and Interpretations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 9 . 05 Authorized Variations in Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 9 . 06 Rejecting Defective Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 9 . 07 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 ' 9 .09 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 9 . 10 Limitations on ENGINEER 's Authority and Responsibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 ' ARTICLE 10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK ; CLAIMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 10 . 01 Authorized Changes in the Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 10 . 02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 ' 10 . 03 Execution of Change Orders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 10 . 04 Notification to Surety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I . . . . 24 10 . 05 Claims and Disputes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . & . 0 . . . . 24 ' ARTICLE 11 - COST OF THE WORK ; CASH ALLOWANCES ; UNIT PRICE WORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 000 . . 25 11 . 01 Cost of the Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 . . . . . . . . . . 25 11 . 02 Cash Allowances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . 26 ' 11 . 03 Unit Price Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 044572000 00700 - 3 ' ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE ; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 12 . 01 Change of Contract Price . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 12 . 02 Change of Contract Times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 12 . 03 Delays Beyond CONTRACTOR 's Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 12 . 04 Delays Within CONTRACTOR 's Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 ' 12 . 06 Delay Damages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS ; CORRECTION , REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVEWORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 ' 13 . 01 Notice of Defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 13 . 02 Access to Work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 13 . 03 Tests and Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 ' 13 . 04 Uncovering Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 13 . 05 OWNER May Stop the Work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 13 . 06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 ' 13 . 07 Correction Period. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 13 . 08 Acceptance of Defective Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 13 . 09 OWNER May Correct Defective Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 ' ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 14 . 01 Schedule of Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 14 . 02 Progress Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 14 . 03 CONTRACTOR 's Warranty of Title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 14 . 04 Substantial Completion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 14 . 05 Partial Utilization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 ' 14 . 06 Final Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 14 . 07 Final Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 14 . 08 Final Completion Delayed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 14 . 09 Waiver of Claims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 15 . 01 OWNER May Suspend Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 ' 15 . 02 OWNER May Terminate for Cause . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 15 . 03 OWNER May Terminate For Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 15 . 04 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 ' ARTICLE 16 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 16 . 01 Methods and Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 ' ARTICLE 17 - MISCELLANEOUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 17 . 01 Giving Notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 17 . 02 Computation of Times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 17 . 03 Cumulative Remedies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 17 . 04 Survival of Obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 17 . 05 Controlling Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 ' 044572000 00700 - 4 ' GENERAL CONDITIONS ' ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY negotiations , representations , or agreements , whether written or oral . 1 . 01 Defined Terms 12 . Contract Documents--The Contract Documents ' establish the rights and obligations of the parties and include the A. Wherever used in the Contract Documents and Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Docu- printed with initial or all capital letters , the terms listed below will ments ), CONTRACTOR's Bid ( including documentation have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the accompanying the Bid and any post Bid documentation singular and plural thereof. submitted prior to the Notice of Award ) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Notice to Proceed , the Bonds , 1 . Addenda--Written or graphic instruments issued these General Conditions , the Supplementary Conditions , the ' prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct , or change the Specifications and the Drawings as the same are more Bidding Requirements or the Contract Documents . specifically identified in the Agreement , together with all Written Amendments , Change Orders , Work Change Directives , Field 2. Agreement--The written instrument which is Orders , and ENGINEER's written interpretations and ' evidence of the agreement between OWNER and clarifications issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agree- CONTRACTOR covering the Work . ment. Approved Shop Drawings and the reports and drawings of subsurface and physical conditions are not Contract 3. Application for Payment--The form acceptable to Documents . Only printed or hard copies of the items listed in ' ENGINEER which is to be used by CONTRACTOR during the this paragraph are Contract Documents . Files in electronic course of the Work in requesting progress or final payments and media format of text, data , graphics , and the like that may be which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation furnished by OWNER to CONTRACTOR are not Contract as is required by the Contract Documents . Documents . 4 . Asbestos--Any material that contains more than 13 . Contract Price--The moneys payable by OWNER one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos to CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in accordance fibers into the air above current action levels established by the with the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement ' United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. (subject to the provisions of paragraph 11 . 03 in the case of Unit Price Work ). 5 . Bid--The offer or proposal of a bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be 14 . Contract Times--The number of days or the dates ' performed. stated in the Agreement to: ( i) achieve Substantial Completion ; and ( ii ) complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment 6. Bidding Documents--The Bidding Requirements as evidenced by ENGINEER's written recommendation of final and the proposed Contract Documents ( including all Addenda payment. ' issued prior to receipt of Bids ). 15 . CONTRACTOR--The individual or entity with 7 . Bidding Requirements--The Advertisement or whom OWNER has entered into the Agreement. Invitation to Bid , Instructions to Bidders , Bid security form , if any, ' and the Bid form with any supplements . 16. Cost of the Work--See paragraph 11 . 01 .A for definition . 8 . Bonds--Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security . 17. Drawings--That part of the Contract Documents ' prepared or approved by ENGINEER which graphically shows 9. Change Order--A document recommended by the scope , extent, and character of the Work to be performed by ENGINEER which is signed by CONTRACTOR and OWNER CONTRACTOR. Shop Drawings and other CONTRACTOR and authorizes an addition , deletion , or revision in the Work or submittals are not Drawings as so defined . ' an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times , issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement . 18. Effective Date of the Agreement--The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if 10 . Claim--A demand or assertion by OWNER or no such date is indicated , it means the date on which the ' CONTRACTOR seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two parties Contract Times , or both, or other relief with respect to the terms to sign and deliver. of the Contract . A demand for money or services by a third party is not a Claim . 19. ENGINEER--The individual or entity named as ' 11 . Contract--The entire and integrated written such in the Agreement. agreement between the OWNER and CONTRACTOR 20 . ENGINEER's Consultant--An individual or entity concerning the Work . The Contract supersedes prior having a contract with ENGINEER to furnish services as ' ENGINEER's independent professional associate or consultant 044572000 00700 - 5 ' with respect to the Project and who is identified as such in the oil , oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene, and oil mixed with Supplementary Conditions . other non-Hazardous Waste and crude oils . ' 21 . Field Order--A written order issued by ENGI- 34 . Project--The total construction of which the Work NEER which requires minor changes in the Work but which to be performed under the Contract Documents may be the does not involve a change in the Contract Price or the Contract whole, or a part as may be indicated elsewhere in the Contract Times . Documents . ' 22 . General Requirements--Sections of Division 1 of 35. Project Manual--The bound documentary the Specifications . The General Requirements pertain to all information prepared for bidding and constructing the Work. A sections of the Specifications. listing of the contents of the Project Manual , which may be bound in one or more volumes , is contained in the table(s ) of 23. Hazardous Environmental Condition--The contents. presence at the Site of Asbestos , PCBs , Petroleum , Hazardous Waste, or Radioactive Material in such quantities or 36. Radioactive Material--Source, special nuclear, or ' circumstances that may present a substantial danger to persons byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 or property exposed thereto in connection with the Work. (42 USC Section 2011 et seq . ) as amended from time to time. 24 . Hazardous Waste--The term Hazardous Waste 37 . Resident Project Representative The authorized ' shall have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the Solid representative of ENGINEER who may be assigned to the Site Waste Disposal Act (42 USC Section 6903) as amended from or any part thereof. time to time. ' 38. Samples--Physical examples of materials , 25. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations--Any equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some and all applicable laws , rules , regulations , ordinances , codes , portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which and orders of any and all governmental bodies , agencies , such portion of the Work will be judged. ' authorities , and courts having jurisdiction . 39. Shop Drawings--All drawings , diagrams , illustra- 26. Liens--Charges , security interests , or tions , schedules , and other data or information which are encumbrances upon Project funds , real property, or personal specifically prepared or assembled by or for CONTRACTOR ' property, and submitted by CONTRACTOR to illustrate some portion of the Work. 27. Milestone--A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date 40 . Site--Lands or areas indicated in the Contract or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. Documents as being furnished by OWNER upon which the Work is to be performed , including rights-of-way and easements 28. Notice of Award--The written notice by OWNER for access thereto, and such other lands furnished by OWNER to the apparent successful bidder stating that upon timely which are designated for the use of CONTRACTOR. ' compliance by the apparent successful bidder with the conditions precedent listed therein , OWNER will sign and 41 . Specifications--That part of the Contract deliver the Agreement. Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, systems , standards , and workmanship as t 29. Notice to Proceed--A written notice given by applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable OWNER to CONTRACTOR fixing the date on which the Con- thereto. tract Times will commence to run and on which CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work under the Contract Documents . 42. Subcontractor--An individual or entity having a ' direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any other 30. OWNER--The individual , entity, public body, or Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the authority with whom CONTRACTOR has entered into the Site. Agreement and for whom the Work is to be performed . ' 43 . Substantial Completion--The time at which the 31 . Partial Utilization--Use by OWNER of a substan- Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point tially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which it is where, in the opinion of ENGINEER , the Work (or a specified intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial Completion part thereof) is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the ' of all the Work. Contract Documents , so that the Work (or a specified part thereof) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended . 32 . PCBs--Polychlorinated biphenyls . The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially com- pleted" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial ' 33 . Petroleum--Petroleum , including crude oil or any Completion thereof. fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14 . 7 44. Supplementary Conditions--That part of the pounds per square inch absolute ), such as oil , petroleum , fuel Contract Documents which amends or supplements these ' General Conditions . 044572000 00700 - 6 ' Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement 45. Supplier--A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, indicating otherwise). The use of any such term or adjective distributor, materialman , or vendor having a direct contract with shall not be effective to assign to ENGINEER any duty or CONTRACTOR or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by CONTRACTOR or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary or any Subcontractor. to the provisions of paragraph 9. 10 or any other provision of ' 46. Underground Facilities--All underground the Contract Documents . pipelines , conduits , ducts , cables , wires , manholes, vaults , B . Day tanks , tunnels , or other such facilities or attachments , and any encasements containing such facilities, including those that 1 . The word "day" shall constitute a calendar day of ' convey electricity , gases , steam, liquid petroleum products , 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. telephone or other communications , cable television , water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals , or traffic or C . Defective other control systems . ' 1 . The word "defective," when modifying the word 47. Unit Price Work--Work to be paid for on the basis "Work," refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or of unit prices . deficient in that it does not conform to the Contract Documents or does not meet the requirements of any 48 . Work--The entire completed construction or the inspection, reference standard , test, or approval referred various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment the result of performing or providing all labor, services , and (unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been documentation necessary to produce such construction, and assumed by OWNER at Substantial Completion in furnishing, installing , and incorporating all materials and equip- accordance with paragraph 14. 04 or 14. 05). ment into such construction, all as required by the Contract Documents . D . Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide ' 49. Work Change Directive--A written statement to 1 . The word "furnish ," when used in connection with CONTRACTOR issued on or after the Effective Date of the services , materials , or equipment, shall mean to supply Agreement and signed by OWNER and recommended by and deliver said services , materials , or equipment to the ' ENGINEER ordering an addition , deletion , or revision in the Site (or some other specified location ) ready for use or Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen subsurface or installation and in usable or operable condition. physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed or to emergencies . A Work Change Directive will not change the 2. The word "install ," when used in connection with Contract Price or the Contract Times but is evidence that the services , materials , or equipment, shall mean to put into parties expect that the change ordered or documented by a use or place in final position said services , materials , or Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently equipment complete and ready for intended use. issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times . 3. The words "perform" or "provide," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall 50. Written Amendment--A written statement mean to furnish and install said services , materials, or modifying the Contract Documents , signed by OWNER and equipment complete and ready for intended use. CONTRACTOR on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and normally dealing with the nonengineering or nontechnical 4 . When "furnish," "install ," "perform," or "provide" is rather than strictly construction-related aspects of the Contract not used in connection with services, materials , or Documents . equipment in a context clearly requiring an obligation of 1 . 02 Terminology CONTRACTOR, "provide" is implied . E. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents , A. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives words or phrases which have a well-known technical or ' construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract 1 . Whenever in the Contract Documents the terms Documents in accordance with such recognized meaning . "as allowed , " "as approved , " or terms of like effect or import are used , or the adjectives "reasonable , " "suitable," ' "acceptable, " "proper," "satisfactory," or adjectives of like ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS effect or import are used to describe an action or determination of ENGINEER as to the Work, it is intended ' that such action or determination will be solely to evaluate, 2 . 01 Delivery of Bonds in general , the completed Work for compliance with the requirements of and information in the Contract Documents A. When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed and conformance with the design concept of the completed Agreements to OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall also deliver to ' Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the 044572000 00700 - 7 ' OWNER such Bonds as CONTRACTOR may be required to sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress furnish . payments during performance of the Work. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and ' 2 . 02 Copies of Documents profit applicable to each item of Work. A. OWNER shall furnish to CONTRACTOR up to ten C. Evidence of Insurance: Before any Work at the Site is copies of the Contract Documents . Additional copies will be started , CONTRACTOR and OWNER shall each deliver to the furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction . other, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions , certificates of insurance (and other 2 . 03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to evidence of insurance which either of them or any additional Proceed insured may reasonably request) which CONTRACTOR and ' OWNER respectively are required to purchase and maintain in A. The Contract Times will commence to run on the accordance with Article 5. thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement or, if a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the Notice to 2 . 06 Preconstruction Conference ' Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within 30 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. In no event A. Within 20 days after the Contract Times start to run , will the Contract Times commence to run later than the sixtieth but before any Work at the Site is started , a conference day after the day of Bid opening or the thirtieth day after the attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER, and others as Effective Date of the Agreement, whichever date is earlier. appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules 2 . 04 Starting the Work referred to in paragraph 2 . 05. B , procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals, processing Applications for A. CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work on the Payment, and maintaining required records. date when the Contract Times commence to run. No Work shall be done at the Site prior to the date on which the Contract 2. 07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules Times commence to run. A. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- ments ,Before Starting Construction ments , at least ten days before submission of the first Application for Payment a conference attended by LON- A. CONTRACTOR's Review of Contract Documents: TRACTOR, ENGINEER, and others as appropriate will be held Before undertaking each part of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall to review for acceptability to ENGINEER as provided below the carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check schedules submitted in accordance with paragraph 2. 05. 13. and verify pertinent figures therein and all applicable field CONTRACTOR shall have an additional ten days to make measurements . CONTRACTOR shall promptly report in writing corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the to ENGINEER any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy schedules . No progress payment shall be made to CON- which CONTRACTOR may discover and shall obtain a written TRACTOR until acceptable schedules are submitted to interpretation or clarification from ENGINEER before proceeding ENGINEER. with any Work affected thereby; however, CONTRACTOR shall ' not be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any 1 . The progress schedule will be acceptable to conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in the Contract ENGINEER if it provides an orderly progression of the Documents unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should Work to completion within any specified Milestones and ' have known thereof. the Contract Times. Such acceptance will not impose B . Preliminary Schedules: Within ten days after the on ENGINEER responsibility for the progress schedule, for sequencing , scheduling , or progress of the Work nor Effective Date of the Agreement (unless otherwise specked in interfere with or relieve CONTRACTOR from the General Requirements), CONTRACTOR shall submit to CONTRACTOR's full responsibility therefore. ' ENGINEER for its timely review: 2. CONTRACTOR's schedule of Shop Drawing and 1 . a preliminary progress schedule indicating the Sample submittals will be acceptable to ENGINEER if it times (numbers of days or dates ) for starting and provides a workable arrangement for reviewing and ' completing the various stages of the Work, including any processing the required submittals . Milestones specified in the Contract Documents ; 3 . CONTRACTOR's schedule of values will be ' 2. a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing and acceptable to ENGINEER as to form and substance if it Sample submittals which will list each required submittal provides a reasonable allocation of the Contract Price to and the times for submitting , reviewing , and processing component parts of the Work . such submittal; and 3. a preliminary schedule of values for all of the Work which includes quantities and prices of items which when added together equal the Contract Price ' and subdivides the Work into component parts in 044572000 00700 - 8 i ' code, or of any instruction of any Supplier, CONTRAC- TOR shall report it to ENGINEER in writing at once. ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS : INTENT, CONTRACTOR shall not proceed with the Work AMENDING , REUSE affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by paragraph 6. 16.A) until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the 3 . 01 Intent methods indicated in paragraph 3 . 04 ; provided, however, that CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to A. The Contract Documents are complementary; what OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any such is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all . conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy unless CON- TRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known ' B . It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a thereof. functionally complete Project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents . Any labor, B . Resolving Discrepancies documentation, services, materials , or equipment that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from 1 . Except as may be otherwise specifically stated in prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the Contract Documents, the provisions of the Contract the intended result will be provided whether or not specifically Documents shall take precedence in resolving any called for at no additional cost to OWNER. conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy between the C. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract provisions of the Contract Documents and: Documents shall be issued by ENGINEER as provided in Article a . the provisions of any standard , specification , 9. manual , code, or instruction (whether or not specifi- cally incorporated by reference in the Contract 3 . 02 Reference Standards Documents ); or A. Standards, Specifications, Codes, Laws, and b. the provisions of any Laws or Regulations Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the 1 . Reference to standards , specifications , manuals , Contract Documents would result in violation of such or codes of any technical society, organization, or Law or Regulation). ' association, or to Laws or Regulations , whether such reference be specific or by implication , shall mean the 3 . 04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents standard , specification , manual, code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or A. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide ' on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no for additions , deletions , and revisions in the Work or to modify Bids ), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the terms and conditions thereof in one or more of the following the Contract Documents . ways : (i ) a Written Amendment; ( ii) a Change Order; or (iii ) a 2. No provision of any such standard , specification, Work Change Directive. manual or code, or any instruction of a Supplier shall be B . The requirements of the Contract Documents may be effective to change the duties or responsibilities of supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work OWNER , CONTRACTOR, or ENGINEER, or any of may be authorized , by one or more of the following ways : (i ) a ' their subcontractors , consultants , agents , or employees Field Order; ( ii) ENGINEER's approval of a Shop Drawing or from those set forth in the Contract Documents , nor Sample; or (iii ) ENGINEER's written interpretation or clarifi- shall any such provision or instruction be effective to cation. assign to OWNER, ENGINEER, or any of ENGINEER's Consultants , agents , or employees any duty or authority 3 . 05 Reuse of Documents to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility A. CONTRACTOR and any Subcontractor or Supplier or inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract other individual or entity performing or furnishing any of the ' Documents . Work under a direct or indirect contract with OWNER: (i) shall not have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the 3 . 03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies Drawings , Specifications , or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of ENGINEER or ' A. Reporting Discrepancies ENGINEER's Consultant, including electronic media editions ; and ( ii ) shall not reuse any of such Drawings , Specifications , 1 . If, during the performance of the Work, other documents , or copies thereof on extensions of the Project CONTRACTOR discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity, or any other project without written consent of OWNER and ' or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or ENGINEER and specific written verification or adaption by between the Contract Documents and any provision of ENGINEER . This prohibition will survive final payment , any Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of completion , and acceptance of the Work, or termination or the Work or of any standard , specification , manual or completion of the Contract . Nothing herein shall preclude ' 044572000 00700 - 9 ' CONTRACTOR from retaining copies of the Contract sequences , and procedures of construction to be Documents for record purposes . employed by CONTRACTOR, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS ; SUBSURFACE AND 2. other data , interpretations , opinions , and PHYSICAL CONDITIONS ; REFERENCE POINTS information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings ; or ' 4 . 01 Availability of Lands 3 . any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such A. OWNER shall furnish the Site. OWNER shall notify other data , interpretations , opinions , or information . ' CONTRACTOR of any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of the Site with 4 . 03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions which CONTRACTOR must comply in performing the Work . OWNER will obtain in a timely manner and pay for easements A. Notice: If CONTRACTOR believes that any subsur- ' for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing face or physical condition at or contiguous to the Site that is facilities . If CONTRACTOR and OWNER are unable to agree uncovered or revealed either: on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times , or both , as 1 - is of such a nature as to establish that any a result of any delay in OWNER's furnishing the Site , "technical data" on which CONTRACTOR is entitled to CONTRACTOR may make a Claim therefore as provided in rely as provided in paragraph 4 .02 is materially paragraph 10.05. inaccurate; or B . Upon reasonable written request, OWNER shall 2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the furnish CONTRACTOR with a current statement of record legal Contract Documents ; or title and legal description of the lands upon which the Work is to be performed and OWNER's interest therein as necessary for 3 . differs materially from that shown or indicated in giving notice of or filing a mechanic's or construction lien against the Contract Documents ; or such lands in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations. 4 . is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from C. CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional lands conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as ' and access thereto that may be required for temporary inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. Documents ; 4 . 02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions then CONTRACTOR shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary conditions or performing any Work in connection therewith Conditions identify: (except in an emergency as required by paragraph 6. 16.A), notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing about such condition. 1 . those reports of explorations and tests of CONTRACTOR shall not further disturb such condition or subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site that perform any Work in connection therewith (except as aforesaid ) ENGINEER has used in preparing the Contract Docu- until receipt of written order to do so. ments ; and ' B. ENGINEER's Review: After receipt of written notice 2. those drawings of physical conditions in or relat- as required by paragraph 4. 03.A, ENGINEER will promptly ing to existing surface or subsurface structures at or review the pertinent condition , determine the necessity of contiguous to the Site (except Underground Facilities ) OWNER's obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect ' that ENGINEER has used in preparing the Contract thereto, and advise OWNER in writing (with a copy to Documents . CONTRACTOR) of ENGINEER's findings and conclusions . B . Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR on Technical C. Possible Price and Times Adjusbnents Data Authorized.- CONTRACTOR may rely upon the general accuracy of the 'technical data" contained in such reports and 1 . The Contract Price or the Contract Times , or drawings , but such reports and drawings are not Contract Docu- both, will be equitably adjusted to the extent that the ments . Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary existence of such differing subsurface or physical Conditions . Except for such reliance on such "technical data , " condition causes an increase or decrease in CONTRACTOR may not rely upon or make any Claim against CONTRACTOR's cost of, or time required for, perfor- OWNER, ENGINEER, or any of ENGINEER's Consultants with mance of the Work ; subject, however, to the following : respect to: ' a . such condition must meet any one or more 1 . the completeness of such reports and drawings of the categories described in paragraph 4 . 03.A; for CONTRACTOR's purposes , including , but not limited and to, any aspects of the means , methods , techniques , 044572000 00700 - 10 ' b. with respect to Work that is paid for on a Unit Price Basis , any adjustment in Contract Price c . coordination of the Work with the owners of will be subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9 . 08 such Underground Facilities , including OWNER, ' and 11 . 03 . during construction, and 2. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any d . the safety and protection of all such Under- adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times if: ground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto ' a. CONTRACTOR knew of the existence of resulting from the Work. such conditions at the time CONTRACTOR made a B . Not Shown or Indicated final commitment to OWNER in respect of Contract ' Price and Contract Times by the submission of a Bid 1 . If an Underground Facility is uncovered or or becoming bound under a negotiated contract; or revealed at or contiguous to the Site which was not shown or indicated , or not shown or indicated with b. the existence of such condition could reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents , CON- reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a TRACTOR shall , promptly after becoming aware thereof result of any examination , investigation , exploration , and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby test, or study of the Site and contiguous areas or performing any Work in connection therewith (except required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract in an emergency as required by paragraph 6. 16.A), ' Documents to be conducted by or for CON- identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give TRACTOR prior to CONTRACTOR's making such written notice to that owner and to OWNER and ENGI- final commitment; or NEER. ENGINEER will promptly review the Under- ground Facility and determine the extent, if any, to which ' c. CONTRACTOR failed to give the written a change is required in the Contract Documents to notice within the time and as required by paragraph reflect and document the consequences of the existence 4. 03.A. or location of the Underground Facility. During such time , CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the safety ' 3 . If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to and protection of such Underground Facility. agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract 2. If ENGINEER concludes that a change in the Times , or both , a Claim may be made therefore as Contract Documents is required , a Work Change provided in paragraph 10.05. However, OWNER, Directive or a Change Order will be issued to reflect and ENGINEER, and ENGINEER's Consultants shall not be document such consequences . An equitable liable to CONTRACTOR for any claims , costs , losses , or adjustment shall be made in the Contract Price of damages (including but not limited to all fees and Contract Times , or both , to the extent that they are ' charges of engineers , architects , attorneys , and other attributable to the existence or location of any professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated or resolution costs ) sustained by CONTRACTOR on or in not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the connection with any other project or anticipated project. Contract Documents and that CONTRACTOR did not know of and could not reasonably have been expected 4. 04 Underground Facilities to be aware of or to have anticipated . If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or A. Shown or Indicated. The information and data shown on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment ' or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing in Contract Price or Contract Times , OWNER or Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site is based on CONTRACTOR may make a Claim therefore as information and data furnished to OWNER or ENGINEER by the provided in paragraph 10. 05. owners of such Underground Facilities , including OWNER, or by others . Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Sup- 4 . 05 Reference Points plementary Conditions : A. OWNER shall provide engineering surveys to 1 . OWNER and ENGINEER shall not be establish reference points for construction which in responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any ENGINEER's judgment are necessary to enable CON- such information or data ; and TRACTOR to proceed with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve 2. the cost of all of the following will be included in the established reference points and property monuments , and the Contract Price, and CONTRACTOR shall have full shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written responsibility for: approval of OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall report to ENGINEER whenever any reference point or property a . reviewing and checking all such information monument is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of ' and data , necessary changes in grades or locations , and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such b. locating all Underground Facilities shown or reference points or property monuments by professionally indicated in the Contract Documents , qualified personnel . 044572000 00700 - 11 ' special conditions under which such Work may be resumed 4 . 06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site safely. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any ' A. Reports and Drawings: Reference is made to the adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a Supplementary Conditions for the identification of those reports result of such Work stoppage or such special conditions under and drawings relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition which Work is agreed to be resumed by CONTRACTOR, either identified at the Site, if any , that have been utilized by the party may make a Claim therefore as provided in paragraph ' ENGINEER in the preparation of the Contract Documents . 10 . 05. B . Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR on Technical F . If after receipt of such written notice CONTRACTOR Data Authorized. CONTRACTOR may rely upon the general does not agree to resume such Work based on a reasonable ' accuracy of the `technical data" contained in such reports and belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Work under drawings , but such reports and drawings are not Contract such special conditions , then OWNER may order the portion of Documents . Such "technical data" is identified in the the Work that is in the area affected by such condition to be Supplementary Conditions . Except for such reliance on such deleted from the Work. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot "technical data ," CONTRACTOR may not rely upon or make agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any Claim against OWNER, ENGINEER or any of ENGINEER's an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of Consultants with respect to: deleting such portion of the Work , then either party may make a Claim therefore as provided in paragraph 10. 05. OWNER may ' 1 . the completeness of such reports and drawings have such deleted portion of the Work performed by OWNER's for CONTRACTOR's purposes, including , but not limited own forces or others in accordance with Article 7. to, any aspects of the means , methods , techniques , sequences and procedures of construction to be G . To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and ' employed by CONTRACTOR and safety precautions Regulations, OWNER shall indemnify and hold harmless and programs incident thereto; or CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors , ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants and the officers, directors , partners , employees , 2. other data , interpretations , opinions and agents , other consultants, and subcontractors of each and any ' information contained in such reports or shown or of them from and against all claims , costs , losses , and damages indicated in such drawings ; or (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers , architects , attorneys , and other professionals and all court or 3. any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs ) arising out of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition, provided that other data , interpretations, opinions or information . such Hazardous Environmental Condition: (i ) was not shown or indicated in the Drawings or Specifications or identified in the C. CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for any Contract Documents to be included within the scope of the ' Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at Work, and (ii ) was not created by CONTRACTOR or by anyone the Site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible . Nothing in this para- Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be graph 4 . 06. E shall obligate OWNER to indemnify any individual within the scope of the Work. CONTRACTOR shall be or entity from and against the consequences of that individual's ' responsible for a Hazardous Environmental Condition created or entity's own negligence. with any materials brought to the Site by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors , Suppliers , or anyone else for whom CON- H . To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and TRACTOR is responsible. Regulations , CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless ' OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants , and the D . If CONTRACTOR encounters a Hazardous officers , directors , partners, employees , agents , other Environmental Condition or if CONTRACTOR or anyone for consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from whom CONTRACTOR is responsible creates a Hazardous and against all claims , costs , losses , and damages (including ' Environmental Condition , CONTRACTOR shall immediately: (i ) but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers , architects , secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (ii ) stop all Work in attorneys , and other professionals and all court or arbitration or connection with such condition and in any area affected thereby other dispute resolution costs ) arising out of or relating to a (except in an emergency as required by paragraph 6. 16); and Hazardous Environmental Condition created by CONTRACTOR ' (iii) notify OWNER and ENGINEER (and promptly thereafter or by anyone for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. Nothing confirm such notice in writing ). OWNER shall promptly consult in this paragraph 4 . 06. F shall obligate CONTRACTOR to with ENGINEER concerning the necessity for OWNER to retain indemnify any individual or entity from and against the a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take corrective consequences of that individual 's or entity's own negligence. action , if any. I . The provisions of paragraphs 4 . 02, 4 . 03, and 4 . 04 are E . CONTRACTOR shall not be required to resume Work not intended to apply to a Hazardous Environmental Condition in connection with such condition or in any affected area until uncovered or revealed at the Site. after OWNER has obtained any required permits related thereto and delivered to CONTRACTOR written notice: (i ) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Work ; or ( ii ) specifying any 044572000 00700 - 12 ' ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE A. CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and as will provide protection from claims set forth ' 5. 01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds below which may arise out of or result from CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work and CONTRACTOR's other A. CONTRACTOR shall furnish performance and obligations under the Contract Documents , whether it is to be payment Bonds , each in an amount at least equal to the performed by CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor or Supplier, ' Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to payment of all CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract perform any of the Work , or by anyone for whose acts any of Documents . These Bonds shall remain in effect at least until them may be liable: one year after the date when final payment becomes due, ' except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations or by the 1 . claims under workers' compensation, disability Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall also furnish such benefits , and other similar employee benefit acts; other Bonds as are required by the Contract Documents . 2 . claims for damages because of bodily injury, ' B . All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by Laws or CONTRACTOR's employees ; Regulations , and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of 3. claims for damages because of bodily injury, ' Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 CONTRACTOR's employees ; (amended ) by the Financial Management Service , Surety Bond Branch, U . S . Department of the Treasury. All Bonds signed by 4. claims for damages insured by reasonably ' an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such available personal injury liability coverage which are agent's authority to act. sustained : ( i ) by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such C. If the surety on any Bond furnished by CON- person by CONTRACTOR , or ( ii ) by any other person ' TRACTOR is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its for any other reason ; right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of 5. claims for damages , other than to the Work itself, paragraph 5. 01 . 8, CONTRACTOR shall within 20 days because of injury to or destruction of tangible property thereafter substitute another Bond and surety , both of which wherever located , including loss of use resulting shall comply with the requirements of paragraphs 5. 01 . 8 and therefrom ; and 5.02. 6. claims for damages because of bodily injury or 5 . 02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor A. All Bonds and insurance required by the Contract vehicle . Documents to be purchased and maintained by OWNER or ' CONTRACTOR shall be obtained from surety or insurance B . The policies of insurance so required by this companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the jurisdiction paragraph 5 . 04 to be purchased and maintained shall : in which the Project is located to issue Bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required . Such surety 1 . with respect to insurance required by paragraphs ' and insurance companies shall also meet such additional 5. 04.A. 3 through 5. 04 .A. 6 inclusive, include as requirements and qualifications as may be provided in the additional insureds (subject to any customary exclrsion Supplementary Conditions . in respect of professional liability ) OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants , and any other individuals or ' 5. 03 Certificates of Insurance entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions , all of whom shall be listed as additional insureds , and include A. CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER, with copies coverage for the respective officers , directors , partners , to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary employees, agents , and other consultants and ' Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of subcontractors of each and any of all such additional insurance requested by OWNER or any other additional insureds , and the insurance afforded to these additional insured ) which CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and insureds shall provide primary coverage for all claims maintain . OWNER shall deliver to CONTRACTOR, with copies covered thereby; ' to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions , certificates of insurance (and other evidence of 2. include at least the specific coverages and be insurance requested by CONTRACTOR or any other additional written for not less than the limits of liability provided in insured ) which OWNER is required to purchase and maintain. the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or ' Regulations , whichever is greater; 5 . 04 CONTRACTOR 's Liability Insurance 3 . include completed operations insurance; ' 044572000 00700 - 13 ' 4 . include contractual liability insurance covering extended coverage , theft , vandalism and malicious CONTRACTOR's indemnity obligations under para- mischief, earthquake, collapse , debris removal , graphs 6 . 07 , 6. 11 , and 6 .20; demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and ' Regulations , water damage, and such other perils or 5. contain a provision or endorsement that the causes of loss as may be specifically required by the coverage afforded will not be canceled , materially Supplementary Conditions ; changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days prior written notice has been given to OWNER and 3 . include expenses incurred in the repair or CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured replacement of any insured property ( including but not identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a limited to fees and charges of engineers and architects ); certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the CONTRAC- 4 . cover materials and equipment stored at the Site ' TOR pursuant to paragraph 5 . 03 will so provide); or at another location that was agreed to in writing by OWNER prior to being incorporated in the Work, 6. remain in effect at least until final payment and at provided that such materials and equipment have been all times thereafter when CONTRACTOR may be included in an Application for Payment recommended correcting , removing , or replacing defective Work in by ENGINEER; accordance with paragraph 13 . 07; and 5. allow for partial utilization of the Work by ' 7. with respect to completed operations insurance, OWNER; and any insurance coverage written on a claims-made basis , remain in effect for at least two years after final 6. include testing and startup; and payment (and CONTRACTOR shall furnish OWNER ' and each other additional insured identified in the 7. be maintained in effect until final payment is Supplementary Conditions , to whom a certificate of made unless otherwise agreed to in writing by OWNER, insurance has been issued , evidence satisfactory to CONTRACTOR, and ENGINEER with 30 days written OWNER and any such additional insured of continuation notice to each other additional insured to whom a certifi- of such insurance at final payment and one year cate of insurance has been issued . thereafter). B . OWNER shall purchase and maintain such boiler and 5. 05 OWNER 's Liability Insurance machinery insurance or additional property insurance as may be ' required by the Supplementary Conditions or Laws and A. In addition to the insurance required to be provided by Regulations which will include the interests of OWNER, CONTRACTOR under paragraph 5. 04, OWNER, at OWNER's CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors , ENGINEER, ENGINEER's option, may purchase and maintain at OWNER's expense Consultants , and any other individuals or entities identified in the ' OWNER's own liability insurance as will protect OWNER Supplementary Conditions , each of whom is deemed to have an against claims which may arise from operations under the insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional Contract Documents . insured. ' 5. 06 Property Insurance C. All the policies of insurance (and the certificates or other evidence thereof) required to be purchased and A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary maintained in accordance with paragraph 5 . 06 will contain a Conditions , OWNER shall purchase and maintain property provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be insurance upon the Work at the Site in the amount of the full canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least replacement cost thereof (subject to such deductible amounts 30 days prior written notice has been given to OWNER and as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured to whom a required by Laws and Regulations ). This insurance shall : certificate of insurance has been issued and will contain waiver ' provisions in accordance with paragraph 5 . 07. 1 . include the interests of OWNER, CONTRAC- TOR, Subcontractors , ENGINEER, ENGINEER's D . OWNER shall not be responsible for purchasing and Consultants , and any other individuals or entities identi- maintaining any property insurance specified in this paragraph ' fied in the Supplementary Conditions, and the officers , 5.06 to protect the interests of CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors , directors , partners , employees , agents , and other or others in the Work to the extent of any deductible amounts consultants and subcontractors of each and any of that are identified in the Supplementary Conditions . The risk of them , each of whom is deemed to have an insurable loss within such identified deductible amount will be bome by ' interest and shall be listed as an additional insured ; CONTRACTOR , Subcontractors , or others suffering any such loss , and if any of them wishes property insurance coverage 2. be written on a Builder's Risk "all-risk" or open within the limits of such amounts , each may purchase and peril or special causes of loss policy form that shall at maintain it at the purchaser's own expense. ' least include insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings , false work, and materials E . If CONTRACTOR requests in writing that other and equipment in transit , and shall insure against at special insurance be included in the property insurance policies least the following perils or causes of loss : fire , lightning , provided under paragraph 5. 06 , OWNER shall , if possible, ' 044572000 00700 - 14 ' include such insurance, and the cost thereof will be charged to insurers will have no rights of recovery against CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR by appropriate Change Order or Written Subcontractors , ENGINEER , or ENGINEER's Consultants and Amendment. Prior to commencement of the Work at the Site , the officers , directors , partners , employees , agents , and other ' OWNER shall in writing advise CONTRACTOR whether or not consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them. such other insurance has been procured by OWNER. 5. 08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds 5. 07 Waiver of Rights ' A. Any insured loss under the policies of insurance A. OWNER and CONTRACTOR intend that all policies required by paragraph 5 . 06 will be adjusted with OWNER and purchased in accordance with paragraph 5.06 will protect made payable to OWNER as fiduciary for the insureds , as their OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors , ENGINEER, interests may appear, subject to the requirements of any ENGINEER's Consultants, and all other individuals or entities applicable mortgage clause and of paragraph 5. 08 . B . OWNER identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as shall deposit in a separate account any money so received and insureds or additional insureds (and the officers , directors , shall distribute it in accordance with such agreement as the partners , employees , agents , and other consultants and parties in interest may reach . If no other special agreement is subcontractors of each and any of them ) in such policies and reached , the damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced , the will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages moneys so received applied on account thereof, and the Work caused by the perils or causes of loss covered thereby. All such and the cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of or Written Amendment. payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insureds or additional insureds B . OWNER as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and thereunder. OWNER and CONTRACTOR waive all rights settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the parties in against each other and their respective officers , directors , interest shall object in writing within 15 days after the ' partners, employees , agents , and other consultants and occurrence of loss to OWNER's exercise of this power. If such subcontractors of each and any of them for all losses and objection be made, OWNER as fiduciary shall make settlement damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the with the insurers in accordance with such agreement as the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other parties in interest may reach. If no such agreement among the property insurance applicable to the Work; and , in addition, parties in interest is reached , OWNER as fiduciary shall adjust waive all such rights against Subcontractors , ENGINEER, and settle the loss with the insurers and , if required in writing by ENGINEER's Consultants , and all other individuals or entities any party in interest, OWNER as fiduciary shall give bond for identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as the proper performance of such duties . ' insureds or additional insureds (and the officers , directors , partners , employees , agents, and other consultants and 5. 09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to subcontractors of each and any of them) under such policies for Replace losses and damages so caused . None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may A. If either OWNER or CONTRACTOR has any objection have to the proceeds of insurance held by OWNER as trustee to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the Bonds or or otherwise payable under any policy so issued . insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the other party in accordance with Article 5 on the basis of ' B . OWNER waives all rights against CONTRACTOR, non-conformance with the Contract Documents , the objecting Subcontractors , ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants , and party shall so notify the other party in writing within 10 days after the officers , directors , partners, employees , agents , and other receipt of the certificates (or other evidence requested ) required consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for: by paragraph 2. 05. C. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall each ' provide to the other such additional information in respect of 1 . 1oss due to business interruption, loss of use, or insurance provided as the other may reasonably request. If other consequential loss extending beyond direct either party does not purchase or maintain all of the Bonds and physical loss or damage to OWNER's property or the insurance required of such party by the Contract Documents , ' Work caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or such party shall notify the other party in writing of such failure to other peril whether or not insured by OWNER; and purchase prior to the start of the Work , or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage. Without 2. Ioss or damage to the completed Project or part prejudice to any other right or remedy , the other party may elect ' thereof caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or to obtain equivalent Bonds or insurance to protect such other other insured peril or cause of loss covered by any party's interests at the expense of the party who was required to property insurance maintained on the completed Project provide such coverage, and a Change Order shall be issued to or part thereof by OWNER during partial utilization adjust the Contract Price accordingly. pursuant to paragraph 14 . 05, after Substantial Com- pletion pursuant to paragraph 14 . 04 , or after final 5 . 10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property payment pursuant to paragraph 14 . 07 . Insurer ' C . Any insurance policy maintained by OWNER covering A. If OWNER finds it necessary to occupy or use a any loss , damage or consequential loss referred to in paragraph portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion 5. 07 . 8 shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of of all the Work as provided in paragraph 14 . 05, no such use or payment of any such loss , damage, or consequential loss , the occupancy shall commence before the insurers providing the ' 044572000 00700 - 15 i property insurance pursuant to paragraph 5. 06 have facilities , temporary facilities , and all other facilities and acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected any incidentals necessary for the performance, testing , startup, and changes in coverage necessitated thereby. The insurers completion of the Work . ' providing the property insurance shall consent by endorsement on the policy or policies , but the property insurance shall not be B . All materials and equipment incorporated into the canceled or permitted to lapse on account of any such partial Work shall be as specified or, if not specified , shall be of good use or occupancy. quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract ' Documents . All warranties and guarantees specifically called for by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES OWNER. If required by ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence ( including reports of required tests) ' as to the source, kind , and quality of materials and equipment. 6. 01 Supervision and Superintendence All materials and equipment shall be stored , applied , installed , connected , erected , protected , used , cleaned , and conditioned A. CONTRACTOR shall supervise , inspect, and direct in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, ' the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Docu- thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be ments . necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents . CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the 6. 04 Progress Schedule means , methods , techniques , sequences , and procedures of construction, but CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for A. CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the progress schedule the negligence of OWNER or ENGINEER in the design or established in accordance with paragraph 2 . 07 as it may be specification of a specific means , method, technique, sequence, adjusted from time to time as provided below. ' or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. CON- 1 . CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for TRACTOR shall be responsible to see that the completed Work acceptance (to the extent indicated in paragraph 2. 07) complies accurately with the Contract Documents . proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will ' not result in changing the Contract Times (or B . At all times during the progress of the Work, Milestones ). Such adjustments will conform generally to CONTRACTOR shall assign a competent resident superin- the progress schedule then in effect and additionally will tendent thereto who shall not be replaced without written notice comply with any provisions of the General Re- to OWNER and ENGINEER except under extraordinary quirements applicable thereto. circumstances . The superintendent will be CONTRACTOR's representative at the Site and shall have authority to act on 2 . Proposed adjustments in the progress schedule behalf of CONTRACTOR. All communications given to or that will change the Contract Times (or Milestones ) shall ' received from the superintendent shall be binding on be submitted in accordance with the requirements of CONTRACTOR . Article 12. Such adjustments may only be made by a Change Order or Written Amendment in accordance 6 . 02 Labor; Working Hours with Article 12. ' A. CONTRACTOR shall provide competent, suitably 6. 05 Substitutes and "Or-Equals" qualified personnel to survey, lay out, and construct the Work as required by the Contract Documents . CONTRACTOR shall at A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is all times maintain good discipline and order at the Site. specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, B . Except as otherwise required for the safety or the specification or description is intended to establish the type, protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or function, appearance, and quality required. Unless the ' adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract specification or description contains or is followed by words Documents , all Work at the Site shall be performed during reading that no like, equivalent, or "or-equal" item or no regular working hours , and CONTRACTOR will not permit substitution is permitted , other items of material or equipment or overtime work or the performance of Work on Saturday, material or equipment of other Suppliers may be submitted to ' Sunday, or any legal holiday without OWNER's written consent ENGINEER for review under the circumstances described (which will not be unreasonably withheld ) given after prior below. written notice to ENGINEER . 1 . "Or-Equal" Items: If in ENGINEER's sole discre- tion an item of material or equipment proposed by CON- 6 . 03 Services, Materials, and Equipment TRACTOR is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will A. Unless otherwise specified in the General Re- be required , it may be considered by ENGINEER as an ' quirements , CONTRACTOR shall provide and assume full "or-equal" item , in which case review and approval of responsibility for all services , materials , equipment, labor, the proposed item may , in ENGINEER's sole discretion , transportation, construction equipment and machinery , tools , be accomplished without compliance with some or all of appliances , fuel , power, light, heat , telephone, water, sanitary the requirements for approval of proposed substitute ' 044572000 00700 - 16 items . For the purposes of this paragraph 6.05.A. 1 , a identified in the application , and available proposed item of material or equipment will be engineering , sales , maintenance, repair, and considered functionally equal to an item so named if: replacement services will be indicated . The ' application will also contain an itemized estimate of a . in the exercise of reasonable judgment all costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly ENGINEER determines that: (i) it is at least equal in from use of such substitute item, including costs of quality , durability, appearance, strength , and design redesign and claims of other contractors affected by ' characteristics ; ( ii ) it will reliably perform at least any resulting change, all of which will be considered equally well the function imposed by the design by ENGINEER in evaluating the proposed substitute concept of the completed Project as a functioning item . ENGINEER may require CONTRACTOR to whole, and ; furnish additional data about the proposed substitute ' item . b. CONTRACTOR certifies that: (i ) there is no increase in cost to the OWNER; and (ii ) it will B. Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures: If a conform substantially, even with deviations , to the specific means , method , technique, sequence, or procedure of ' detailed requirements of the item named in the construction is shown or indicated in and expressly required by Contract Documents . the Contract Documents , CONTRACTOR may furnish or utilize a substitute means , method, technique, sequence, or procedure 2 . Substitute Items of construction approved by ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information to allow ENGINEER, in a. If in ENGINEER's sole discretion an item of ENGINEER's sole discretion, to determine that the substitute material or equipment proposed by CONTRACTOR proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by the does not qualify as an "or-equal" item under Contract Documents . The procedure for review by ENGINEER ' paragraph 6. 05.A. 11 it will be considered a proposed will be similar to that provided in subparagraph 6. 05.A.2. substitute item. C. Engineer's Evaluation: ENGINEER will be allowed a b. CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient infor- reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or ' mation as provided below to allow ENGINEER to submittal made pursuant to paragraphs 6. 05.A and 6. 05. 6. determine that the item of material or equipment ENGINEER will be the sole judge of acceptability. No ` or-equal" proposed is essentially equivalent to that named or substitute will be ordered , installed or utilized until and an acceptable substitute therefore. Requests ENGINEER's review is complete, which will be evidenced by ' for review of proposed substitute items of material or either a Change Order for a substitute or an approved Shop equipment will not be accepted by ENGINEER from Drawing for an ` or equal . " ENGINEER will advise anyone other than CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR in writing of any negative determination . ' c. The procedure for review by ENGINEER D. Special Guarantee: OWNER may require CON- will be as set forth in paragraph 6.05.A. 2.d , as TRACTOR to furnish at CONTRACTOR's expense a special supplemented in the General Requirements and as performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any ENGINEER may decide is appropriate under the substitute. ' circumstances . E . ENGINEER's Cost Reimbursement: ENGINEER will d. CONTRACTOR shall first make written record time required by ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consul- application to ENGINEER for review of a proposed tants in evaluating substitute proposed or submitted by ' substitute item of material or equipment that CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraphs 6. 05.A. 2 and 6. 05. 6 CONTRACTOR seeks to furnish or use. The and in making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the application shall certify that the proposed substitute provisions of any other direct contract with OWNER for work on item will perform adequately the functions and the Project) occasioned thereby. Whether or not ENGINEER ' achieve the results called for by the general design, approves a substitute item so proposed or submitted by CON- be similar in substance to that specified , and be TRACTOR, CONTRACTOR shall reimburse OWNER for the suited to the same use as that specified . The appli- charges of ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants for cation will state the extent, if any, to which the use evaluating each such proposed substitute. ' of the proposed substitute item will prejudice CONTRACTOR's achievement of Substantial F. CONTRACTOR 's Expense: CONTRACTOR shall Completion on time, whether or not use of the provide all data in support of any proposed substitute or proposed substitute item in the Work will require a "or-equal" at CONTRACTOR's expense. ' change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with OWNER 6. 06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others for work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute item and whether or not A. CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcontractor, ' incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item Supplier, or other individual or entity ( including those acceptable in connection with the Work is subject to payment of to OWNER as indicated in paragraph 6. 06. 6 ), whether initially any license fee or royalty. All variations of the pro- or as a replacement, against whom OWNER may have reason- posed substitute item from that specified will be able objection . CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ ' 044572000 00700 - 17 ' any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity to Supplier who is listed as an additional insured on the property furnish or perform any of the Work against whom insurance provided in paragraph 5. 06, the agreement between CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection. the CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor or Supplier will ' contain provisions whereby the Subcontractor or Supplier B . If the Supplementary Conditions require the identity of waives all rights against OWNER, CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER, certain Subcontractors, Suppliers , or other individuals or entities ENGINEER's Consultants , and all other individuals or entities to be submitted to OWNER in advance for acceptance by identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as OWNER by a specified date prior to the Effective Date of the insureds or additional insureds (and the officers , directors , Agreement, and if CONTRACTOR has submitted a list thereof partners , employees , agents , and other consultants and in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions , OWNER's subcontractors of each and any of them ) for all losses and acceptance (either in writing or by failing to make written objec- damages caused by, arising out of, relating to, or resulting from ' tion thereto by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and the Bidding Documents or the Contract Documents ) of any such any other property insurance applicable to the Work . If the Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity so identified insurers on any such policies require separate waiver forms to may be revoked on the basis of reasonable objection after due be signed by any Subcontractor or Supplier, CONTRACTOR ' investigation . CONTRACTOR shall submit an acceptable will obtain the same. replacement for the rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, and the Contract Price will be adjusted by 6 . 07 Patent Fees and Royalties the difference in the cost occasioned by such replacement, and ' an appropriate Change Order will be issued or Written A. CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and royalties Amendment signed . No acceptance by OWNER of any such and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, whether the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, initially or as a replacement, shall constitute a waiver of any right design, process , product, or device which is the subject of ' of OWNER or ENGINEER to reject defective Work. patent rights or copyrights held by others . If a particular invention, design , process , product, or device is specified in the C. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to OWNER Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and and ENGINEER for all acts and omissions of the if to the actual knowledge of OWNER or ENGINEER its use is ' Subcontractors, Suppliers , and other individuals or entities subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of performing or furnishing any of the Work just as CONTRACTOR any license fee or royalty to others , the existence of such rights is responsible for CONTRACTOR's own acts and omissions . shall be disclosed by OWNER in the Contract Documents . To Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations , ' any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, any contractual relationship between OWNER or ENGINEER ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants , and the officers , and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other individual or directors , partners , employees or agents , and other consullants entity, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of OWNER or of each and any of them from and against all claims , costs , ' ENGINEER to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due losses , and damages (including but not limited to all fees and any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity charges of engineers , architects , attorneys, and other except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations . professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs ) arising out of or relating to any infringement of ' D . CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors , of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of Suppliers , and other individuals or entities performing or furnish- any invention, design, process , product, or device not specified ing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with CON- in the Contract Documents . ' TRACTOR. 6 . 08 Permits E . CONTRACTOR shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers , and such other individuals or entities performing or A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary ' furnishing any of the Work to communicate with ENGINEER Conditions , CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all through CONTRACTOR. construction permits and licenses . OWNER shall assist CONTRACTOR, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and F . The divisions and sections of the Specifications and licenses . CONTRACTOR shall pay all governmental charges ' the identifications of any Drawings shall not control and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work CONTRACTOR in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids , or, if there Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any are no Bids , on the Effective Date of the Agreement. specific trade. CONTRACTOR shall pay all charges of utility owners for ' connections to the Work, and OWNER shall pay all charges of G . All Work performed for CONTRACTOR by a such utility owners for capital costs related thereto, such as Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate plant investment fees . agreement between CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor or ' Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier 6 . 09 Laws and Regulations to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of OWNER and ENGINEER. A. CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply with Whenever any such agreement is with a Subcontractor or all Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the ' 044572000 00700 - 18 ' Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable charges of engineers , architects , attorneys , and other Laws and Regulations , neither OWNER nor ENGINEER shall professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute be responsible for monitoring CONTRACTOR's compliance with resolution costs ) arising out of or relating to any claim or ' any Laws or Regulations . action , legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against OWNER, ENGINEER , or any other B. If CONTRACTOR performs any Work knowing or party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations , based upon CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work . ' CONTRACTOR shall bear all claims, costs , losses , and damages ( including but not limited to all fees and charges of B . Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work: engineers, architects , attorneys , and other professionals and all During the progress of the Work CONTRACTOR shall keep the court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs ) arising out Site and other areas free from accumulations of waste ' of or relating to such Work; however, it shall not be materials , rubbish , and other debris . Removal and disposal of CONTRACTOR's primary responsibility to make certain that the such waste materials , rubbish , and other debris shall conform to Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and applicable Laws and Regulations . Regulations , but this shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of ' CONTRACTOR's obligations under paragraph 3. 03. C . Cleaning: Prior to Substantial Completion of the Work CONTRACTOR shall clean the Site and make it ready for C. Changes in Laws or Regulations not known at the utilization by OWNER. At the completion of the Work CON- time of opening of Bids (or, on the Effective Date of the TRACTOR shall remove from the Site all tools , appliances , ' Agreement if there were no Bids) having an effect on the cost or construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials time of performance of the Work may be the subject of an and shall restore to original condition all property not designated adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times . If OWNER and for alteration by the Contract Documents . CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment, a Claim may D . Loading Structures: CONTRACTOR shall not load be made therefore as provided in paragraph 10.05. nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall CONTRACTOR 6 . 10 Taxes subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or ' pressures that will endanger it. A. CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales , consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by CONTRACTOR in 6. 12 Record Documents accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the ' Project which are applicable during the performance of the A. CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a safe place at the Work. Site one record copy of all Drawings , Specifications , Addenda , Written Amendments , Change Orders , Work Change Directives , 6. 11 Use of Site and Other Areas Field Orders , and written interpretations and clarifications in ' good order and annotated to show changes made during A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas construction . These record documents together with all approved Samples and a counterpart of all approved Shop 1 . CONTRACTOR shall confine construction equip- Drawings will be available to ENGINEER for reference. Upon ' ment, the storage of materials and equipment, and the completion of the Work, these record documents , Samples , and operations of workers to the Site and other areas Shop Drawings will be delivered to ENGINEER for OWNER. permitted by Laws and Regulations , and shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and other areas with 6. 13 Safety and Protection construction equipment or other materials or equipment. CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for any A. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for damage to any such land or area , or to the owner or initiating , maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and occupant thereof, or of any adjacent land or areas programs in connection with the Work . CONTRACTOR shall ' resulting from the performance of the Work. take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or 2. Should any claim be made by any such owner or loss to: occupant because of the performance of the Work, ' CONTRACTOR shall promptly settle with such other 1 . all persons on the Site or who may be affected party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by by the Work; arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. 2 . all the Work and materials and equipment to be ' incorporated therein , whether in storage on or off the 3. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Site; and Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's 3 . other property at the Site or adjacent thereto , ' Consultant, and the officers , directors , partners , including trees , shrubs , lawns , walks , pavements , employees , agents , and other consultants of each and roadways , structures , utilities , and Underground Facili- any of them from and against all claims , costs , losses , ties not designated for removal , relocation , or and damages ( including but not limited to all fees and replacement in the course of construction . ' 044572000 00700 - 19 B . CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable Laws 6 . 17 Shop Drawings and Samples and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or property, or ' to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or A. CONTRACTOR shall submit Shop Drawings to loss ; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with the such safety and protection . CONTRACTOR shall notify owners acceptable schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals. of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and other All submittals will be identified as ENGINEER may require and ' utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, in the number of copies specified in the General Requirements . and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal , The data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with relocation , and replacement of their property. All damage, respect to quantities , dimensions , specked performance and injury, or loss to any property referred to in paragraph 6. 13.A. 2 design criteria , materials , and similar data to show ENGINEER ' or 6. 13 .A. 3 caused , directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by the services , materials , and equipment CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other proposes to provide and to enable ENGINEER to review the individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them information for the limited purposes required by paragraph to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of 6. 17 . E . ' them may be liable, shall be remedied by CONTRACTOR (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or B . CONTRACTOR shall also submit Samples to Specifications or to the acts or omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with the ENGINEER or ENGINEER's Consultant, or anyone employed acceptable schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals . ' by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be Each Sample will be identified clearly as to material , Supplier, liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in pertinent data such as catalog numbers , and the use for which part, to the fault or negligence of CONTRACTOR or any intended and otherwise as ENGINEER may require to enable Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity directly or ENGINEER to review the submittal for the limited purposes ' indirectly employed by any of them ). CONTRACTOR's duties required by paragraph 6. 17 . E . The numbers of each Sample to and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work be submitted will be as specified in the Specifications . shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and ENGINEER has issued a notice to OWNER and C . Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the ' CONTRACTOR in accordance with paragraph 14. 07 . 13 that the Contract Documents or the schedule of Shop Drawings and Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in Sample submittals acceptable to ENGINEER as required by connection with Substantial Completion). paragraph 2.07, any related Work performed prior to ENGINEER's review and approval of the pertinent submittal will ' 6. 14 Safety Representative be at the sole expense and responsibility of CONTRACTOR. A. CONTRACTOR shall designate a qualified and D . Submittal Procedures experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the 1 . 13efore submitting each Shop Drawing or Sam- maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and ple, CONTRACTOR shall have determined and verged : programs. a . all field measurements , quantities , dimen- ' 6. 15 Hazard Communication Programs sions , specified performance criteria , installation requirements , materials , catalog numbers , and A. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for coordinating similar information with respect thereto; any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard t communication information required to be made available to or b. all materials with respect to intended use, exchanged between or among employers at the Site in fabrication , shipping , handling , storage, assembly, accordance with Laws or Regulations . and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; ' 6. 16 Emergencies c. all information relative to means, methods , A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of techniques , sequences , and procedures of construc- persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, tion and safety precautions and programs incident ' CONTRACTOR is obligated to act to prevent threatened dam- thereto; and age, injury, or loss . CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER prompt written notice if CONTRACTOR believes that any d . CONTRACTOR shall also have reviewed significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with ' Documents have been caused thereby or are required as a other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the result thereof. If ENGINEER determines that a change in the requirements of the Work and the Contract Docu- Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by ments . CONTRACTOR in response to such an emergency , a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued . 2. Each submittal shall bear a stamp or specific written indication that CONTRACTOR has satisfied CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract ' 044572000 00700 - 20 Documents with respect to CONTRACTOR's review 6. 18 Continuing the Work and approval of that submittal . A. CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to 3 . At the time of each submittal , CONTRACTOR the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with shall give ENGINEER specific written notice of such OWNER. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample resolution of any disputes or disagreements , except as submitted may have from the requirements of the permitted by paragraph 15. 04 or as OWNER and Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written com- CONTRACTOR may otherwise agree in writing . munication separate from the submittal ; and , in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop 6 . 19 CONTRACTOR's General Warranty and Guarantee Drawing and Sample submitted to ENGINEER for ' review and approval of each such variation . A. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to OWNER, ENGINEER, and ENGINEER's Consultants that all Work will be E. ENGINEER's Review in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. CONTRACTOR's warranty and guarantee hereunder ' 1 . ENGINEER will timely review and approve Shop excludes defects or damage caused by: Drawings and Samples in accordance with the schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals acceptable to 1 . abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or ENGINEER. ENGINEER's review and approval will be operation by persons other than CONTRACTOR, Sub- only to determine if the items covered by the submittals contractors , Suppliers , or any other individual or entity will , after installation or incorporation in the Work, con- for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible; or form to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the 2. normal wear and tear under normal usage. ' completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents . B . CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be 2. ENGINEER's review and approval will not extend absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of to means, methods , techniques, sequences, or Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or procedures of construction (except where a particular a release of CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform the Work in means , method, technique, sequence, or procedure of accordance with the Contract Documents : construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents ) or to safety precautions or 1 . observations by ENGINEER; programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the 2 . recommendation by ENGINEER or payment by assembly in which the item functions. OWNER of any progress or final payment; 3. ENGINEER's review and approval of Shop 3. the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Drawings or Samples shall not relieve CONTRACTOR Completion by ENGINEER or any payment related from responsibility for any variation from the require- thereto by OWNER ; ' ments of the Contract Documents unless CONTRAC- TOR has in writing called ENGINEER's attention to 4 . use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof each such variation at the time of each submittal as re- by OWNER; quired by paragraph 6. 17. D. 3 and ENGINEER has given written approval of each such variation by specific 5. any acceptance by OWNER or any failure to do written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying so; the Shop Drawing or Sample approval ; nor will any approval by ENGINEER relieve CONTRACTOR from 6. any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or responsibility for complying with the requirements of Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of accept- paragraph 6. 17. D . 1 . ability by ENGINEER; F. Resubmittal Procedures 7. any inspection , test, or approval by others ; or ' 1 . CONTRACTOR shall make corrections required 8. any correction of defective Work by OWNER. by ENGINEER and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit as 6 . 20 Indemnification required new Samples for review and approval . CON- TRACTOR shall direct specific attention in writing to A. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regula- revisions other than the corrections called for by ENGI- tions , CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless NEER on previous submittals . OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants , and the ' officers , directors , partners , employees , agents , and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims , costs , losses, and damages ( including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects , ' 044572000 00700 - 21 ! attorneys , and other professionals and all court or arbitration or 1 . written notice thereof will be given to CONTRAC- other dispute resolution costs ) arising out of or relating to the TOR prior to starting any such other work; and performance of the Work, provided that any such claim , cost, ' loss , or damage: 2. if OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if 1 . 1s attributable to bodily injury, sickness , disease, any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible Times that should be allowed as a result of such other ' property (other than the Work itself), including the loss work, a Claim may be made therefore as provided in of use resulting therefrom ; and paragraph 10 . 05. 2. is caused in whole or in part by any negli- B . CONTRACTOR shall afford each other contractor gent act or omission of CONTRACTOR, any Sub- who is a parry to such a direct contract and each utility owner contractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity (and OWNER, if OWNER is performing the other work with directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform OWNER's employees ) proper and safe access to the Site and a any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of ! may be liable, regardless of whether or not caused in materials and equipment and the execution of such other work part by any negligence or omission of an individual or and shall properly coordinate the Work with theirs . Unless entity indemnified hereunder or whether liability is otherwise provided in the Contract Documents , CONTRACTOR imposed upon such indemnified party by Laws and shall do all cutting , fitting , and patching of the Work that may be Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such required to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts individual or entity. come together and properly integrate with such other work. CONTRACTOR shall not endanger any work of others by B . In any and all claims against OWNER or ENGINEER cutting , excavating , or otherwise altering their work and will only ' or any of their respective consultants, agents , officers, directors, cut or alter their work with the written consent of ENGINEER partners , or employees by any employee (or the survivor or and the others whose work will be affected. The duties and personal representative of such employee) of CONTRACTOR, responsibilities of CONTRACTOR under this paragraph are for any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity the benefit of such utility owners and other contractors to the ! directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of extent that there are comparable provisions for the benefit of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, CONTRACTOR in said direct contracts between OWNER and the indemnification obligation under paragraph 6. 20.A shall not such utility owners and other contractors . be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages , compensation , or benefits payable by or for CON- C. If the proper execution or results of any part of TRACTOR or any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other CONTRACTOR's Work depends upon work performed by individual or entity under workers' compensation acts, disability others under this Article 7, CONTRACTOR shall inspect such benefit acts , or other employee benefit acts . other work and promptly report to ENGINEER in writing any delays , defects , or deficiencies in such other work that render it C . The indemnification obligations of CONTRACTOR unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of under paragraph 6.20.A shall not extend to the liability of CONTRACTOR's Work. CONTRACTOR's failure to so report ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants or to the officers , will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and ' directors , partners, employees , agents, and other consultants proper for integration with CONTRACTOR's Work except for and subcontractors of each and any of them arising out of: latent defects and deficiencies in such other work . 1 . the preparation or approval of, or the failure to 7 . 02 Coordination ' prepare or approve, maps , Drawings, opinions , reports , surveys , Change Orders , designs , or Specifications; or A. If OWNER intends to contract with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the Site, the 2. giving directions or instructions, or failing to give following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions : them , if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage. 1 . the individual or entity who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various contractors will be identified; ' ARTICLE 7 - OTHER WORK 2 . the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized ; and 7 . 01 Related Work at Site ' 3 . the extent of such authority and responsibilities A. OWNER may perform other work related to the will be provided . Project at the Site by OWNER's employees , or let other direct contracts therefore, or have other work performed by utility B . Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary ' owners . If such other work is not noted in the Contract Conditions , OWNER shall have sole authority and responsibility Documents , then : for such coordination . 044572000 00700 - 22 ' ARTICLE 8 - OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the perfor- mance of the Work . OWNER will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform the Work in accordance ' 8 . 01 Communications to Contractor with the Contract Documents . A. Except as otherwise provided in these General Condi- 8. 10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition tions , OWNER shall issue all communications to ' CONTRACTOR through ENGINEER. A. OWNER's responsibility in respect to an undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set forth in paragraph 8 . 02 Replacement of ENGINEER 4 . 06 . ' A. In case of termination of the employment of ENGI- 8 . 11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements NEER, OWNER shall appoint an engineer to whom CONTRACTOR makes no reasonable objection, whose status A. If and to the extent OWNER has agreed to furnish under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former ENGI- CONTRACTOR reasonable evidence that financial NEER. arrangements have been made to satisfy OWNER's obligations under the Contract Documents , OWNER's responsibility in 8 . 03 Furnish Data respect thereof will be as set forth in the Supplementary Conditions . ' A. OWNER shall promptly furnish the data required of OWNER under the Contract Documents . ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING 8 . 04 Pay Promptly When Due CONSTRUCTION ' A. OWNER shall make payments to CONTRACTOR promptly when they are due as provided in paragraphs 14 . 02. 0 9 . 01 OWNER'S Representative and 14 . 07 . C. ' A. ENGINEER will be OWNER's representative during 8. 05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests the construction period . The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of ENGINEER as OWNERS A. OWNER's duties in respect of providing lands and representative during construction are set forth in the Contract easements and providing engineering surveys to establish Documents and will not be changed without written consent of reference points are set forth in paragraphs 4.01 and 4.05. OWNER and ENGINEER. Paragraph 4. 02 refers to OWNERS identifying and making available to CONTRACTOR copies of reports of explorations 9. 02 Visits to Site and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface A. ENGINEER will make visits to the Site at intervals structures at or contiguous to the Site that have been utilized by appropriate to the various stages of construction as ENGINEER ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents . deems necessary in order to observe as an experienced and ' qualified design professional the progress that has been made 8 . 06 Insurance and the quality of the various aspects of CONTRACTOR's executed Work. Based on information obtained during such A. OWNER's responsibilities, if any, in respect to pur- visits and observations , ENGINEER, for the benefit of OWNER , ' chasing and maintaining liability and property insurance are set will determine, in general , if the Work is proceeding in forth in Article 5. accordance with the Contract Documents . ENGINEER will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections on 8 . 07 Change Orders the Site to check the quality or quantity of the Work. ' ENGINEER's efforts will be directed toward providing for A. OWNER is obligated to execute Change Orders as OWNER a greater degree of confidence that the completed indicated in paragraph 10. 03. Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents . On the basis of such visits and observations, ENGINEER will keep 8. 08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals OWNER informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor A. OWNER's responsibility in respect tv certain inspec- to guard OWNER against defective Work. tions , tests , and approvals is set forth in paragraph 13 . 03 . B . B . ENGINEER's visits and observations are subject to all ' the limitations on ENGINEER's authority and responsibility set 8 . 09 Limitations on OWNER 's Responsibilities forth in paragraph 9. 10, and particularly, but without limitation, during or as a result of ENGINEER's visits or observations of A. The OWNER shall not supervise, direct , or have CONTRACTOR's Work ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control or authority over, nor be responsible for, control , or have authority over or be responsible for CONTRACTOR's means , methods , techniques , sequences , or CONTRACTOR's means , methods , techniques , sequences , or procedures of construction , or the safety precautions and procedures of construction , or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR ' 044572000 00700 - 23 to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the A. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to Shop performance of the Work. Drawings and Samples , see paragraph 6. 17 . ' 9 . 03 Project Representative B . In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to A. If OWNER and ENGINEER agree, ENGINEER will Change Orders , see Articles 101 11 , and 12 . furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist ENGINEER C . In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to ' in providing more extensive observation of the Work. The Applications for Payment, see Article 14. responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as 9. 08 Determinations for Unit Price Work provided in paragraph 9. 10 and in the Supplementary ' Conditions . If OWNER designates another representative or A. ENGINEER will determine the actual quantities and agent to represent OWNER at the Site who is not ENGINEER's classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR. Consultant, agent or employee, the responsibilities and authority ENGINEER will review with CONTRACTOR the ENGINEER's and limitations thereon of such other individual or entity will be preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a ' as provided in the Supplementary Conditions . written decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application for Payment or otherwise). ENGINEER's written decision 9 . 04 Clarifications and Interpretations thereon will be final and binding (except as modified by ENGINEER to reflect changed factual conditions or more ' A. ENGINEER will issue with reasonable promptness accurate data ) upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR, subject to such written clarifications or interpretations of the requirements the provisions of paragraph 10 . 05. of the Contract Documents as ENGINEER may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and 9. 09 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents ' reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents . Such and Acceptability of Work written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR A. ENGINEER will be the initial interpreter of the are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the ' extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or acceptability of the Work thereunder. Claims , disputes and Contract Times, or both, that should be allowed as a result of a other matters relating to the acceptability of the Work , the written clarification or interpretation, a Claim may be made quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work , the therefore as provided in paragraph 10. 05. interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents ' pertaining to the performance of the Work , and Claims seeking 9 . 05 Authorized Variations in Work changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times will be referred initially to ENGINEER in writing , in accordance with the A. ENGINEER may authorize minor variations in the provisions of paragraph 10 . 05, with a request for a formal ' Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which decision. do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible with the design concept of B . When functioning as interpreter and judge under this the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the paragraph 9. 09, ENGINEER will not show partiality to OWNER ' Contract Documents . These may be accomplished by a Field or CONTRACTOR and will not be liable in connection with any Order and will be binding on OWNER and also on CON- interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such TRACTOR, who shall perform the Work involved promptly. If capacity . The rendering of a decision by ENGINEER pursuant OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on to this paragraph 9.09 with respect to any such Claim, dispute, ' entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any or other matter (except any which have been waived by the adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as making or acceptance of final payment as provided in paragraph a result of a Field Order, a Claim may be made therefore as 14 . 07) will be a condition precedent to any exercise by OWNER provided in paragraph 10. 05. or CONTRACTOR of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or 9 . 06 Rejecting Defective Work Regulations in respect of any such Claim, dispute, or other matter. A. ENGINEER will have authority to disapprove or reject ' Work which ENGINEER believes to be defective, or that 9. 10 Limitations on ENGINEER 's Authority and Respon- ENGINEER believes will not produce a completed Project that sibilities conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a A. Neither ENGINEER's authority or responsibility under functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents . this Article 9 or under any other provision of the Contract ENGINEER will also have authority to require special inspection Documents nor any decision made by ENGINEER in good faith or testing of the Work as provided in paragraph 13. 04 , whether either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or not the Work is fabricated , installed , or completed . or the undertaking , exercise, or performance of any authority or responsibility by ENGINEER shall create , impose, or give rise to 9 . 07 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments any duty in contract, tort, or otherwise owed by ENGINEER to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other 044572000 00700 - 24 ' individual or entity, or to any surety for or employee or agent of 10 . 03 Execution of Change Orders any of them . A. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall execute appropri- ' B . ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control , or have ate Change Orders recommended by ENGINEER (or Written authority over or be responsible for CONTRACTOR's means , Amendments ) covering : methods , techniques , sequences , or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for 1 . changes in the Work which are: (i ) ordered by ' any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and OWNER pursuant to paragraph 10. 01 .A, (ii ) required Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. because of acceptance of defective Work under para- ENGINEER will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure graph 13. 08 .A or OWNER's correction of defective to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Work under paragraph 13 . 09, or ( iii ) agreed to by the ' Documents . parties ; C. ENGINEER will not be responsible for the acts or 2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times omissions of CONTRACTOR or of any Subcontractor, any which are agreed to by the parties , including any Supplier, or of any other individual or entity performing any of undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually the Work. performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; and D. ENGINEER's review of the final Application for ' Payment and accompanying documentation and all mainte- 3 . changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times nance and operating instructions , schedules , guarantees , which embody the substance of any written decision Bonds , certificates of inspection, tests and approvals , and other rendered by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraph 10. 05; documentation required to be delivered by paragraph 14 . 07 .A provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change ' will only be to determine generally that their content complies Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision with the requirements of, and in the case of certificates of in- in accordance with the provisions of the Contract spections , tests , and approvals that the results certified indicate Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations , but compliance with, the Contract Documents . during any such appeal, CONTRACTOR shall carry on ' the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as E. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set provided in paragraph 6. 18.A. forth in this paragraph 9. 10 shall also apply to ENGINEER's Consultants , Resident Project Representative, and assistants . 10 .04 Notification to Surety ARTICLE 10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK ; CLAIMS A. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents ( including , but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Times) 10. 01 Authorized Changes in the Work is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be CONTRACTOR's A. Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice responsibility. The amount of each applicable Bond will be to any surety , OWNER may, at any time or from time to time, adjusted to reflect the effect of any such change. ' order additions, deletions , or revisions in the Work by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, CONTRACTOR shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be ' performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided ). B . If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree ' on entitlement to, or on the amount or extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times , or both , that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a Claim may be made therefore as provided in paragraph 10 . 05. ' 10 . 02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work A. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to an increase in ' the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended , modified , or supplemented as provided in paragraph 3. 04, except in the case of an emer- gency as provided in paragraph 6. 16 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13 .04 . B . ' 044572000 00700 - 25 10. 05 Claims and Disputes ARTICLE 11 - COST OF THE WORK; CASH ALLOWANCES ; A. Notice: Written notice stating the general nature of UNIT PRICE WORK ' each Claim , dispute, or other matter shall be delivered by the claimant to ENGINEER and the other party to the Contract 11 . 01 Cost of the Work promptly (but in no event later than 30 days) after the start of the event giving rise thereto. Notice of the amount or extent of the A. Costs Included: The term Cost of the Work means ' Claim, dispute, or other matter with supporting data shall be the sum of all costs necessarily incurred and paid by CON- delivered to the ENGINEER and the other party to the Contract TRACTOR in the proper performance of the Work. When the within 60 days after the start of such event (unless ENGINEER value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when a Claim allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of ' accurate data in support of such Claim , dispute, or other Cost of the Work , the costs to be reimbursed to CONTRACTOR matter). A Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price shall be will be only those additional or incremental costs required prepared in accordance with the provisions of paragraph because of the change in the Work or because of the event 12 . 01 . B . A Claim for an adjustment in Contract Time shall be giving rise to the Claim. Except as otherwise may be agreed to ' prepared in accordance with the provisions of paragraph in writing by OWNER, such costs shall be in amounts no higher 12 . 02. B . Each Claim shall be accompanied by claimant's than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall include written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire only the following items , and shall not include any of the costs adjustment to which the claimant believes it is entitled as a itemized in paragraph 11 . 01 . 13. ' result of said event. The opposing party shall submit any response to ENGINEER and the claimant within 30 days after 1 . Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ receipt of the claimant's last submittal (unless ENGINEER of CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work allows additional time). under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by ' OWNER and CONTRACTOR. Such employees shall B . ENGINEER's Decision: ENGINEER will render a include without limitation superintendents , foremen, and formal decision in writing within 30 days after receipt of the last other personnel employed full time at the Site. Payroll submittal of the claimant or the last submittal of the opposing costs for employees not employed full time on the Work ' party, if any. ENGINEER's written decision on such Claim, shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on dispute, or other matter will be final and binding upon OWNER the Work. Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited and CONTRACTOR unless : to, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits , which shall include social security contributions , unem- ' 1 . an appeal from ENGINEER's decision is taken ployment, excise, and payroll taxes , workers' within the time limits and in accordance with the dispute compensation , health and retirement benefits , bonuses , resolution procedures set forth in Article 16; or sick leave, vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto. The expenses of performing Work outside of regular 2. if no such dispute resolution procedures have working hours , on Saturday, Sunday, or legal holidays , been set forth in Article 16, a written notice of intention shall be included in the above to the extent authorized to appeal from ENGINEER's written decision is by OWNER. delivered by OWNER or CONTRACTOR to the other ' and to ENGINEER within 30 days after the date of such 2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished decision, and a formal proceeding is instituted by the and incorporated in the Work , including costs of appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field within 60 days after the date of such decision or within services required in connection therewith . All cash ' 60 days after Substantial Completion, whichever is later discounts shall accrue to CONTRACTOR unless (unless otherwise agreed in writing by OWNER and OWNER deposits funds with CONTRACTOR with which CONTRACTOR), to exercise such rights or remedies as to make payments, in which case the cash discounts the appealing party may have with respect to such shall accrue to OWNER. All trade discounts , rebates ' Claim , dispute, or other matter in accordance with and refunds and returns from sale of surplus materials applicable Laws and Regulations . and equipment shall accrue to OWNER, and CONTRACTOR shall make provisions so that they may C. If ENGINEER does not render a formal decision in be obtained. ' writing within the time stated in paragraph 10 . 05. 6 , a decision denying the Claim in its entirety shall be deemed to have been 3 . Payments made by CONTRACTOR to issued 31 days after receipt of the last submittal of the claimant Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors . or the last submittal of the opposing party, if any. If required by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall obtain ' competitive bids from subcontractors acceptable to D . No Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price or OWNER and CONTRACTOR and shall deliver such Contract Times (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in bids to OWNER, who will then determine, with the accordance with this paragraph 10. 05 . advice of ENGINEER , which bids , if any, will be acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as ' 044572000 00700 - 26 CONTRACTOR's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this paragraph 11 . 01 . h. Minor expenses such as telegrams , long distance telephone calls , telephone service at the Site , 4 . Costs of special consultants (including but not expressage, and similar petty cash items in connection ' limited to engineers , architects , testing laboratories , with the Work. surveyors , attorneys , and accountants ) employed for services specifically related to the Work . i . When the Cost of the Work is used to ' determine the value of a Change Order or of a Claim, 5. Supplemental costs including the following : the cost of premiums for additional Bonds and insurance required because of the changes in the Work or caused a . The proportion of necessary transportation, by the event giving rise to the Claim . travel , and subsistence expenses of CONTRACTOR's ' employees incurred in discharge of duties connected j . When all the Work is performed on the basis of with the Work. cost-plus , the costs of premiums for all Bonds and insurance CONTRACTOR is required by the Contract ' b. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, Documents to purchase and maintain. of all materials , supplies , equipment, machinery, appliances , office, and temporary facilities at the Site, B . Costs Excluded. The term Cost of the Work shall not and hand tools not owned by the workers , which are include any of the following items : ' consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost, less market value, of such items used but not consumed 1 . Payroll costs and other compensation of which remain the property of CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR's officers , executives , principals (of partnerships and sole proprietorships ), general manag- ' c. Rentals of all construction equipment and ers , engineers , architects , estimators , attorneys, audi- machinery , and the parts thereof whether rented from tors , accountants , purchasing and contracting agents, CONTRACTOR or others in accordance with rental expediters , timekeepers, clerks, and other personnel agreements approved by OWNER with the advice of employed by CONTRACTOR, whether at the Site or in ' ENGINEER, and the costs of transportation , loading, CONTRACTOR's principal or branch office for general unloading , assembly, dismantling, and removal thereof. administration of the Work and not specifically included All such costs shall be in accordance with the terms of in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications said rental agreements . The rental of any such equip- referred to in paragraph 11 . 01 .A. 1 or specifically ' ment, machinery , or parts shall cease when the use covered by paragraph 11 . 01 .A. 4 , all of which are to be thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. considered administrative costs covered by the CONTRACTOR's fee. d . Sales , consumer, use, and other similar taxes ' related to the Work, and for which CONTRACTOR is 2. Expenses of CONTRACTOR's principal and liable, imposed by Laws and Regulations . branch offices other than CONTRACTOR's office at the Site. e . Deposits lost for causes other than negli- gence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone 3. Any part of CONTRACTOR's capital expenses , directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for including interest on CONTRACTOR's capital employed whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty for the Work and charges against CONTRACTOR for payments and fees for permits and licenses . delinquent payments . ' f. Losses and damages (and related 4 . Costs due to the negligence of CONTRACTOR, expenses ) caused by damage to the Work , not any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them ' CONTRACTOR in connection with the performance of may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction the Work (except losses and damages within the of defective Work , disposal of materials or equipment deductible amounts of property insurance established in wrongly supplied , and making good any damage to accordance with paragraph 5. 06. D), provided such property. ' losses and damages have resulted from causes other than the negligence of CONTRACTOR, any 5. Other overhead or general expense costs of any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed kind and the costs of any item not specifically and by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be expressly included in paragraphs 11 . 01 .A and 11 .01 . 13 . ' liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of OWNER. No such C. CONTRACTOR's Fee: When all the Work is losses , damages , and expenses shall be included in the performed on the basis of cost-plus , CONTRACTOR's fee shall Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining be determined as set forth in the Agreement. When the value of CONTRACTOR's fee. any Work covered by a Change Order or when a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost g . The cost of utilities , fuel , and sanitary facilities at of the Work , CONTRACTOR's fee shall be determined as set the Site. forth in paragraph 12 . 01 . C . ' 044572000 00700 - 27 D. Documentation: Whenever the Cost of the Work for 2. there is no corresponding adjustment with any purpose is to be determined pursuant to paragraphs respect any other item of Work; and ' 11 . 01 .A and 11 . 01 . 13 , CONTRACTOR will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally accepted 3. if CONTRACTOR believes that CONTRACTOR accounting practices and submit in a form acceptable to ENGI- is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of NEER an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting having incurred additional expense or OWNER believes ' data . that OWNER is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of 11 .02 Cash Allowances any such increase or decrease . ' A. It is understood that CONTRACTOR has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE ; CHANGE Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be OF CONTRACT TIMES performed for such sums as may be acceptable to OWNER and ' ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR agrees that: 1 . the allowances include the cost to CONTRAG 12 . 01 Change of Contract Price TOR (less any applicable trade discounts ) of materials A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change ' and equipment required by the allowances to be Order or by a Written Amendment. Any Claim for an adjustment delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes ; and in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice submitted by the party making the Claim to the ENGINEER and the other 2. CONTRACTOR's costs for unloading and party to the Contract in accordance with the provisions of para- handling on the Site, labor, installation costs , overhead, graph 10. 05. profit, and other expenses contemplated for the allow- ances have been included in the Contract Price and not B. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or in the allowances , and no demand for additional of any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be ' payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. determined as follows : B . Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order 1 . where the Work involved is covered by unit will be issued as recommended by ENGINEER to reflect actual prices contained in the Contract Documents, by applica- ' amounts due CONTRACTOR on account of Work covered by tion of such unit prices to the quantities of the items allowances , and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly involved (subject to the provisions of paragraph 11 . 03 ); adjusted . or ' 11 . 03 Unit Price Work 2. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents , by a A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an of the Work is to be Unit Price Work , initially the Contract Price allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in ' will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount accordance with paragraph 12. 01 . C. 2 ); or equal to the sum of the unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each 3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of prices contained in the Contract Documents and agree- items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for ment to a lump sum is not reached under paragraph the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial 12. 01 . B . 2, on the basis of the Cost of the Work Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and (determined as provided in paragraph 11 . 01 ) plus a classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR's fee for overhead and profit (deter- will be made by ENGINEER subject to the provisions of mined as provided in paragraph 12. 01 . C). paragraph 9. 08 . C. CONTRACTOR's Fee: The CONTRACTOR's fee for B . Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount overhead and profit shall be determined as follows : ' considered by CONTRACTOR to be adequate to cover CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit for each separately 1 . a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or identified item. 2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon , then a fee based ' C. OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a Claim for an on the following percentages of the various portions of adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with the Cost of the Work: paragraph 10 . 05 if: a . for costs incurred under paragraphs ' 1 . the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work 11 . 01 .A. 1 and 11 . 01 .A. 2 , the CONTRACTOR's fee performed by CONTRACTOR differs materially and shall be 15 percent ; significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; and ' 044572000 00700 - 28 ' b . for costs incurred under paragraph A. The Contract Times (or Milestones ) will not be 11 . 01 . A. 3 , the CONTRACTOR's fee shall be five extended due to delays within the control of CONTRACTOR. percent; Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor ' or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of c. where one or more tiers of subcontracts CONTRACTOR. are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon , the intent of paragraph 12 . 05 Delays Beyond OWNER's and CONTRACTOR's ' 12. 01 . C . 2 .a is that the Subcontractor who actually Control performs the Work , at whatever tier, will be paid a fee of 15 percent of the costs incurred by such A. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing Subcontractor under paragraphs 11 . 01 .A. 1 and any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones ) ' 11 .01 .A. 2 and that any higher tier Subcontractor and due to delay beyond the control of both OWNER and CONTRACTOR will each be paid a fee of five CONTRACTOR, an extension of the Contract Times (or percent of the amount paid to the next lower tier Milestones ) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such Subcontractor; delay shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. d . no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under paragraphs 11 . 01 .A.4 , 12 . 06 Delay Damages 11 . 01 .A. 5, and 11 .012 ; ' A. In no event shall OWNER or ENGINEER be liable to e. the amount of credit to be allowed by CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any other CONTRACTOR to OWNER for any change which person or organization , or to any surety for or employee or results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting ' of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction in from: CONTRACTOR's fee by an amount equal to five percent of such net decrease; and 1 . delays caused by or within the control of CON- TRACTOR; or ' f. when both additions and credits are involved in any one change, the adjustment in 2. de►ays beyond the control of both OWNER and CONTRACTOR's fee shall be computed on the CONTRACTOR including but not limited to fires , floods , basis of the net change in accordance with para- epidemics , abnormal weather conditions , acts of God , or ' graphs 12 . 01 . C. 2 .a through 12 . 01 . C. 2. e, inclusive . acts or neglect by utility owners or other contractors per- forming other work as contemplated by Article 7 . 12 . 02 Change of Contract Times B . Nothing in this paragraph 12 . 06 bars a change in ' A. The Contract Times (or Milestones ) may only be Contract Price pursuant to this Article 12 to compensate changed by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any CONTRACTOR due to delay, interference, or disruption directly Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones ) attributable to actions or inactions of OWNER or anyone for shall be based on written notice submitted by the party making whom OWNER is responsible. ' the claim to the ENGINEER and the other party to the Contract in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 10. 05 . ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS ; CORRECTION , B . Any adjustment of the Contract Times (or Milestones ) REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK ' covered by a Change Order or of any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones ) will be determined in accordance with the provisions of this Article 12 . 13 . 01 Notice of Defects ' 12 . 03 Delays Beyond CONTRACTOR 's Control A. Prompt notice of all defective Work of which OWNER or ENGINEER has actual knowledge will be given to A. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing CONTRACTOR. All defective Work may be rejected , corrected , any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones ) or accepted as provided in this Article 13. ' due to delay beyond the control of CONTRACTOR, the Contract Times (or Milestones ) will be extended in an amount equal to 13 . 02 Access to Work the time lost due to such delay if a Claim is made therefore as provided in paragraph 12 . 02.A. Delays beyond the control of A. OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants , CONTRACTOR shall include, but not be limited to , acts or other representatives and personnel of OWNER, independent neglect by OWNER , acts or neglect of utility owners or other testing laboratories, and governmental agencies with contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7 , jurisdictional interests will have access to the Site and the Work fires , floods , epidemics , abnormal weather conditions , or acts of at reasonable times for their observation , inspecting , and ' God . testing . CONTRACTOR shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of 12 . 04 Delays Within CONTRACTOR 's Control CONTRACTOR's Site safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. t044572000 00700 - 29 t observation, inspection, or testing as ENGINEER may require, 13 . 03 Tests and Inspections that portion of the Work in question , furnishing all necessary labor, material , and equipment. If it is found that such Work is ' A. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER timely notice of defective, CONTRACTOR shall pay all Claims, costs, losses , readiness of the Work for all required inspections , tests , or and damages ( including but not limited to all fees and charges approvals and shall cooperate with inspection and testing of engineers , architects , attorneys , and other professionals and personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests . all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs ) arising ' out of or relating to such uncovering , exposure, observation , B . OWNER shall employ and pay for the services of an inspection, and testing , and of satisfactory replacement or independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections , tests , reconstruction ( including but not limited to all costs of repair or or approvals required by the Contract Documents except: replacement of work of others ); and OWNER shall be entitled to ' an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are 1 . for inspections , tests , or approvals covered by unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a paragraphs 13. 03. 0 and 13 . 03 . D below; Claim therefore as provided in paragraph 10. 05. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall be ' 2. that costs incurred in connection with tests or allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the inspections conducted pursuant to paragraph 13 . 04. 6 Contract Times (or Milestones ), or both , directly attributable to shall be paid as provided in said paragraph 13. 04 . B ; and such uncovering , exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement, and reconstruction. If the parties are unable to ' 3 . as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract agree as to the amount or extent thereof, CONTRACTOR may Documents. make a Claim therefore as provided in paragraph 10. 05. C. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having 13 . 05 OWNER May Stop the Work ' jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected , tested , or approved by an employee or other A. If the Work is defective, or CONTRACTOR fails to representative of such public body , CONTRACTOR shall supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that the ' inspections , tests , or approvals , pay all costs in connection completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents , therewith , and furnish ENGINEER the required certificates of OWNER may order CONTRACTOR to stop the Work, or any inspection or approval . portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been elimi- nated ; however, this right of OWNER to stop the Work shall not ' D . CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for arranging and give rise to any duty on the part of OWNER to exercise this right obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any for the benefit of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any inspections , tests , or approvals required for OWNER's and Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or ENGINEER's acceptance of materials or equipment to be employee or agent of any of them . ' incorporated in the Work; or acceptance of materials , mix designs , or equipment submitted for approval prior to 13 . 06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work CONTRACTOR's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. Such inspections , tests, or approvals shall be performed A. CONTRACTOR shall correct all defective Work, ' by organizations acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER. whether or not fabricated , installed , or completed , or, if the Work has been rejected by ENGINEER, remove it from the Project E. If any Work (or the work of others ) that is to be and replace it with Work that is not defective. CONTRACTOR inspected , tested , or approved is covered by CONTRACTOR shall pay all Claims , costs, losses , and damages (including but ' without written concurrence of ENGINEER, it must, if requested not limited to all fees and charges of engineers , architects , by ENGINEER, be uncovered for observation . attorneys , and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs ) arising out of or relating to such F . Uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13 . 03 . E correction or removal ( including but not limited to all costs of shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense unless CONTRACTOR repair or replacement of work of others ). has given ENGINEER timely notice of CONTRACTOR's intention to cover the same and ENGINEER has not acted with 13 . 07 Correction Period reasonable promptness in response to such notice. ' A. If within one year after the date of Substantial 13 . 04 Uncovering Work Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special A. If any Work is covered contrary to the written request guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any ' of ENGINEER, it must , if requested by ENGINEER, be specific provision of the Contract Documents , any Work is found uncovered for ENGINEER's observation and replaced at to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the land or CONTRACTOR's expense. areas made available for CONTRACTOR's use by OWNER or permitted by Laws and Regulations as contemplated in ' B . If ENGINEER considers it necessary or advisable that paragraph 6 . 11 .A is found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall covered Work be observed by ENGINEER or inspected or promptly , without cost to OWNER and in accordance with tested by others , CONTRACTOR, at ENGINEER's request , OWNER's written instructions : (i ) repair such defective land or shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available for areas , or ( ii ) correct such defective Work or, if the defective ' 044572000 00700 - 30 ' Work has been rejected by OWNER, remove it from the Project A. If CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time after and replace it with Work that is not defective, and ( iii ) satisfac- written notice from ENGINEER to correct defective Work or to torily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to remove and replace rejected Work as required by ENGINEER ' other Work , to the work of others or other land or areas resulting in accordance with paragraph 13. 06.A, or if CONTRACTOR therefrom . If CONTRACTOR does not promptly comply with the fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract terms of such instructions , or in an emergency where delay Documents , or if CONTRACTOR fails to comply with any other would cause serious risk of loss or damage, OWNER may have provision of the Contract Documents , OWNER may, after seven ' the defective Work corrected or repaired or may have the days written notice to CONTRACTOR, correct and remedy any rejected Work removed and replaced , and all Claims , costs , such deficiency. losses , and damages ( including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers , architects , attorneys , and other B . In exercising the rights and remedies under this ' professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute paragraph, OWNER shall proceed expeditiously. In connection resolution costs ) arising out of or relating to such correction or with such corrective and remedial action, OWNER may exclude repair or such removal and replacement ( including but not CONTRACTOR from all or part of the Site, take possession of limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others ) will all or part of the Work and suspend CONTRACTOR's services ' be paid by CONTRACTOR. related thereto, take possession of CONTRACTOR's tools , appliances , construction equipment and machinery at the Site, B . In special circumstances where a particular item of and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial at the Site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but ' Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item which are stored elsewhere. CONTRACTOR shall allow may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the OWNER, OWNER's representatives , agents and employees , Specifications or by Written Amendment. OWNER's other contractors , and ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants access to the Site to enable OWNER to exercise ' C. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work the rights and remedies under this paragraph . resulting therefrom) has been corrected or removed and replaced under this paragraph 13. 07, the correction period C. All Claims , costs , losses , and damages ( including but hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an not limited to all fees and charges of engineers , architects , ' additional period of one year after such correction or removal attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or and replacement has been satisfactorily completed . other dispute resolution costs) incurred or sustained by OWNER in exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph D . CONTRACTOR's obligations under this paragraph 13 . 09 will be charged against CONTRACTOR, and a Change ' 13.07 are in addition to any other obligation or warranty. The Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the provisions of this paragraph 13 . 07 shall not be construed as a Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and OWNER substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract statute of limitation or repose. Price. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of the ' adjustment, OWNER may make a Claim therefore as provided 13 . 08 Acceptance of Defective Work in paragraph 10. 05. Such claims , costs , losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair, or A. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by ' replacement of defective Work , OWNER (and , prior to correction , removal , or replacement of CONTRACTOR's ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment, ENGINEER) defective Work . prefers to accept it, OWNER may do so. CONTRACTOR shall pay all Claims, costs , losses , and damages ( including but not D . CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an extension of ' limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects , the Contract Times (or Milestones ) because of any delay in the attorneys , and other professionals and all court or arbitration or performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by other dispute resolution costs) attributable to OWNER's OWNER of OWNER's rights and remedies under this paragraph evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work 13. 09. (such costs to be approved by ENGINEER as to reasonableness ) and the diminished value of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by CONTRACTOR pursuant to this ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND sentence. If any such acceptance occurs prior to ENGINEER's COMPLETION ' recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and OWNER shall be 14 . 01 Schedule of Values entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, ' reflecting the diminished value of Work so accepted . If the A. The schedule of values established as provided in parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER paragraph 2. 07 . A will serve as the basis for progress payments may make a Claim therefore as provided in paragraph 10 . 05. If and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment the acceptance occurs after such recommendation , an acceptable to ENGINEER. Progress payments on account of ' appropriate amount will be paid by CONTRACTOR to OWNER. Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed . 13 . 09 OWNER May Correct Defective Work ' 044572000 00700 - 31 ' 14 . 02 Progress Payments any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents , to a final determination of quantities A. Applications for Payments and classifications for Unit Price Work under ' paragraph 9. 08 , and to any other qualifications 1 . At least 20 days before the date established for stated in the recommendation ); and each progress payment ( but not more often than once a month), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for c. the conditions precedent to ' review an Application for Payment filled out and signed CONTRACTOR's being entitled to such payment by CONTRACTOR covering the Work completed as of appear to have been fulfilled in so far as it is the date of the Application and accompanied by such ENGINEER's responsibility to observe the Work. supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents . If payment is requested on the basis of 3 . By recommending any such payment ENGI- materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work NEER will not thereby be deemed to have represented but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at that: (i ) inspections made to check the quality or the another location agreed to in writing , the Application for quantity of the Work as it has been performed have ' Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work invoice, or other documentation warranting that in progress , or involved detailed inspections of the Work OWNER has received the materials and equipment free beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to and clear of all Liens and evidence that the materials ENGINEER in the Contract Documents ; or (ii ) that there and equipment are covered by appropriate property may not be other matters or issues between the parties insurance or other arrangements to protect OWNER's that might entitle CONTRACTOR to be paid additionally interest therein, all of which must be satisfactory to by OWNER or entitle OWNER to withhold payment to OWNER . CONTRACTOR. ' 2. Beginning with the second Application for 4 . Neither ENGINEER's review of CONTRACTOR's Payment, each Application shall include an affidavit of Work for the purposes of recommending payments nor CONTRACTOR stating that all previous progress ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment, ' payments received on account of the Work have been including final payment, will impose responsibility on applied on account to discharge CONTRACTOR's ENGINEER to supervise, direct, or control the Work or legitimate obligations associated with prior Applications for the means , methods , techniques , sequences , or for Payment. procedures of construction , or the safety precautions ' and programs incident thereto, or for CONTRACTOR's 3. The amount of retainage with respect to pro- failure to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable gress payments will be as stipulated in the Agreement. to CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work. Additionally, said review or recommendation will not B . Review of Applications impose responsibility on ENGINEER to make any examination to ascertain how or for what purposes 1 . ENGINEER will , within 10 days after receipt of CONTRACTOR has used the moneys paid on account each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a of the Contract Price, or to determine that title to any of ' recommendation of payment and present the the Work, materials , or equipment has passed to Application to OWNER or return the Application to OWNER free and clear of any Liens . CONTRACTOR indicating in writing ENGINEER's reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the 5. ENGINEER may refuse to recommend the whole ' latter case, CONTRACTOR may make the necessary or any part of any payment if, in ENGINEER's opinion, it corrections and resubmit the Application . would be incorrect to make the representations to OWNER referred to in paragraph 14. 02 . 6 .2. ENGI- 2. ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment NEER may also refuse to recommend any such pay- requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a ment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence representation by ENGINEER to OWNER, based on or the results of subsequent inspections or tests , revise ENGINEER's observations on the Site of the executed or revoke any such payment recommendation Work as an experienced and qualified design previously made, to such extent as may be necessary in ' professional and on ENGINEER's review of the Appli- ENGINEER's opinion to protect OWNER from loss cation for Payment and the accompanying data and because: schedules , that to the best of ENGINEER's knowledge, information and belief: a . the Work is defective , or completed Work ' has been damaged , requiring correction or replace- a . the Work has progressed to the point ment; indicated ; b. the Contract Price has been reduced by b. the quality of the Work is generally in accor- Written Amendment or Change Orders ; dance with the Contract Documents (subs ect to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion , to the results of 044572000 00700 - 32 ' c. OWNER has been required to correct 14 . 04 Substantial Completion defective Work or complete Work in accordance with paragraph 13 . 09; or A. When CONTRACTOR considers the entire Work ready for its intended use CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER d. ENGINEER has actual knowledge of the and ENGINEER in writing that the entire Work is substantially occurrence of any of the events enumerated in para- complete (except for items specifically listed by CONTRACTOR graph 15. 02.A. as incomplete) and request that ENGINEER issue a certificate ' of Substantial Completion . Promptly thereafter, OWNER, CON- C. Payment Becomes Due TRACTOR , and ENGINEER shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If ENGINEER does 1 . Ten days after presentation of the Application for not consider the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will Payment to OWNER with ENGINEER's recommenda- notify CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefore. If tion , the amount recommended will (subject to the ENGINEER considers the Work substantially complete, ENGI- provisions of paragraph 14 . 02. D ) become due , and NEER will prepare and deliver to OWNER a tentative certificate when due will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR. of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the certificate a D. Reduction in Payment tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. OWNER shall have seven days after receipt of the 1 . OWNER may refuse to make payment of the full tentative certificate during which to make written objection to amount recommended by ENGINEER because: ENGINEER as to any provisions of the certificate or attached list. If, after considering such objections , ENGINEER concludes a. claims have been made against OWNER on that the Work is not substantially complete , ENGINEER will account of CONTRACTOR's performance or fur- within 14 days after submission of the tentative certificate to ' nishing of the Work; OWNER notify CONTRACTOR in writing , stating the reasons therefore. If, after consideration of OWNER's objections , b. Liens have been filed in connection with the ENGINEER considers the Work substantially complete, Work, except where CONTRACTOR has delivered ENGINEER will within said 14 days execute and deliver to ' a specific Bond satisfactory to OWNER to secure OWNER and CONTRACTOR a definitive certificate of Sub- the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens ; stantial Completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or corrected ) reflecting such changes from the tenta- c. there are other items entitling OWNER to a tive certificate as ENGINEER believes justified after consider- set-off against the amount recommended ; or ation of any objections from OWNER. At the time of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial Completion ENGINEER d. OWNER has actual knowledge of the occur- will deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a written rence of any of the events enumerated in para- recommendation as to division of responsibilities pending final ' graphs 14.02 . B . 5. a through 14 .02 . B . 5. c or para- payment between OWNER and CONTRACTOR with respect to graph 15. 02.A. security , operation , safety, and protection of the Work , maintenance, heat, utilities , insurance, and warranties and 2. If OWNER refuses to make payment of the full guarantees . Unless OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree ' amount recommended by ENGINEER, OWNER must otherwise in writing and so inform ENGINEER in writing prior to give CONTRACTOR immediate written notice (with a ENGINEER's issuing the definitive certificate of Substantial copy to ENGINEER) stating the reasons for such action Completion , ENGINEER's aforesaid recommendation will be and promptly pay CONTRACTOR any amount binding on OWNER and CONTRACTOR until final payment. ' remaining after deduction of the amount so withheld . OWNER shall promptly pay CONTRACTOR the amount B . OWNER shall have the right to exclude so withheld , or any adjustment thereto agreed to by CONTRACTOR from the Site after the date of Substantial OWNER and CONTRACTOR , when CONTRACTOR Completion, but OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR corrects to OWNER's satisfaction the reasons for such reasonable access to complete or correct items on the tentative action. list. 3 . If it is subsequently determined that OWNER's 14 . 05 Partial Utilization refusal of payment was not justified , the amount wrongfully withheld shall be treated as an amount due A. Use by OWNER at OWNER's option of any as determined by paragraph 14 . 02. C . 1 . substantially completed part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents , or which OWNER, ' 14 . 03 CONTRACTOR 's Warranty of Title ENGINEER, and CONTRACTOR agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by A. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title to OWNER for its intended purpose without significant interference all Work , materials , and equipment covered by any Application with CONTRACTOR's performance of the remainder of the ' for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will Work , may be accomplished prior to Substantial Completion of pass to OWNER no later than the time of payment free and all the Work subject to the following conditions . clear of all Liens . ' 044572000 00700 - 33 ' 1 . OWNER at any time may request CON- required by subparagraph 5. 04 . 13 . 7 ; (ii ) consent of the TRACTOR in writing to permit OWNER to use any such surety, if any , to final payment; and ( iii ) complete and part of the Work which OWNER believes to be ready for legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to its intended use and substantially complete . If OWNER ) of all Lien rights arising out of or Liens filed in CONTRACTOR agrees that such part of the Work is connection with the Work. substantially complete, CONTRACTOR will certify to OWNER and ENGINEER that such part of the Work is 3. In lieu of the releases or waivers of Liens ' substantially complete and request ENGINEER to issue specified in paragraph 14 . 07 . A. 2 and as approved by a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the OWNER, CONTRACTOR may furnish receipts or Work. CONTRACTOR at any time may notify OWNER releases in full and an affidavit of CONTRACTOR that: and ENGINEER in writing that CONTRACTOR (i ) the releases and receipts include all labor, services , considers any such part of the Work ready for its material , and equipment for which a Lien could be filed ; intended use and substantially complete and request and (ii ) all payrolls, material and equipment bills , and ENGINEER to issue a certificate of Substantial other indebtedness connected with the Work for which Completion for that part of the Work. Within a OWNER or OWNER's property might in any way be reasonable time after either such request, OWNER, responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied . If CONTRACTOR, and ENGINEER shall make an any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a inspection of that part of the Work to determine its release or receipt in full , CONTRACTOR may furnish a status of completion . If ENGINEER does not consider Bond or other collateral satisfactory to OWNER to ' that part of the Work to be substantially complete, indemnify OWNER against any Lien . ENGINEER will notify OWNER and CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefore. If ENGINEER B . Review of Application and Acceptance considers that part of the Work to be substantially ' complete, the provisions of paragraph 14.04 will apply 1 . If, on the basis of ENGINEER's observation of with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of the Work during construction and final inspection, and that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in ENGINEER's review of the final Application for Payment respect thereof and access thereto. and accompanying documentation as required by the ' Contract Documents , ENGINEER is satisfied that the 2. No occupancy or separate operation of part of Work has been completed and CONTRACTOR's other the Work may occur prior to compliance with the obligations under the Contract Documents have been requirements of paragraph 5. 10 regarding property fulfilled , ENGINEER will , within ten days after receipt of ' insurance. the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing ENGINEER's recommendation of payment and present 14 . 06 Final Inspection the Application for Payment to OWNER for payment. At the same time ENGINEER will also give written notice ' A. Upon written notice from CONTRACTOR that the to OWNER and CONTRACTOR that the Work is entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, acceptable subject to the provisions of paragraph 14. 09. ENGINEER will promptly make a final inspection with OWNER Otherwise, ENGINEER will return the Application for and CONTRACTOR and will notify CONTRACTOR in writing of Payment to CONTRACTOR, indicating in writing the ' all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in incomplete or defective. CONTRACTOR shall immediately take which case CONTRACTOR shall make the necessary such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment. remedy such deficiencies . 14 . 07 Final Payment C. Payment Becomes Due 1 . Thirty days after the presentation to OWNER of A. Application for Payment the Application for Payment and accompanying docu- mentation , the amount recommended by ENGINEER 1 . After CONTRACTOR has , in the opinion of will become due and , when due , will be paid by OWN- ENGINEER, satisfactorily completed all corrections ER to CONTRACTOR. identified during the final inspection and has delivered , ' in accordance with the Contract Documents, all main- 14 . 08 Final Completion Delayed tenance and operating instructions , schedules , guaran- tees , Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance A. If, through no fault of CONTRACTOR, final completion certificates of inspection , marked-up record documents of the Work is significantly delayed , and if ENGINEER so (as provided in paragraph 6. 12), and other documents , confirms , OWNER shall , upon receipt of CONTRACTOR's final CONTRACTOR may make application for final payment Application for Payment and recommendation of ENGINEER, following the procedure for progress payments . and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and ' 2 . The final Application for Payment shall be accepted . If the remaining balance to be held by OWNER for accompanied (except as previously delivered ) by: (i ) all Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage documentation called for in the Contract Documents , stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished including but not limited to the evidence of insurance as required in paragraph 5. 01 , the written consent of the surety ' 044572000 00700 - 34 ' to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by CON- B. If one or more of the events identified in paragraph TRACTOR to ENGINEER with the Application for such 15. 02 .A occur, OWNER may, after giving CONTRACTOR (and ' payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and the surety, if any) seven days written notice, terminate the conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not services of CONTRACTOR, exclude CONTRACTOR from the constitute a waiver of Claims. Site , and take possession of the Work and of all CONTRACTOR's tools , appliances , construction equipment, ' 14 . 09 Waiver of Claims and machinery at the Site, and use the same to the full extent they could be used by CONTRACTOR (without liability to A. The making and acceptance of final payment will CONTRACTOR for trespass or conversion ), incorporate in the constitute: Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which ' OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored 1 . a waiver of all Claims by OWNER against elsewhere, and finish the Work as OWNER may deem CONTRACTOR, except Claims arising from unsettled expedient. In such case, CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to Liens, from defective Work appearing after final receive any further payment until the Work is finished . If the ' inspection pursuant to paragraph 14 . 06, from failure to unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs , comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any losses , and damages ( including but not limited to all fees and special guarantees specified therein , or from charges of engineers , architects , attorneys , and other CONTRACTOR's continuing obligations under the professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute ' Contract Documents ; and resolution costs ) sustained by OWNER arising out of or relating to completing the Work, such excess will be paid to 2 . a waiver of all Claims by CONTRACTOR against CONTRACTOR. If such claims , costs , losses, and damages OWNER other than those previously made in writing exceed such unpaid balance, CONTRACTOR shall pay the ' which are still unsettled . difference to OWNER . Such claims , costs , losses , and damages incurred by OWNER will be reviewed by ENGINEER as to their reasonableness and , when so approved by ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND ENGINEER, incorporated in a Change Order. When exercising ' TERMINATION any rights or remedies under this paragraph OWNER shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. 15. 01 OWNER May Suspend Work C . Where CONTRACTOR's services have been so ' terminated by OWNER, the termination will not affect any rights A. At any time and without cause, OWNER may suspend or remedies of OWNER against CONTRACTOR then existing the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than 90 or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of consecutive days by notice in writing to CONTRACTOR and moneys due CONTRACTOR by OWNER will not release CON- ENGINEER which will fix the date on which Work will be TRACTOR from liability. resumed. CONTRACTOR shall resume the Work on the date so fixed . CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an adjustment in the 15 . 03 OWNER May Terminate For Convenience Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, ' directly attributable to any such suspension if CONTRACTOR A. Upon seven days written notice to CONTRACTOR makes a Claim therefore as provided in paragraph 10. 05. and ENGINEER, OWNER may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of OWNER, elect to 15 . 02 OWNER May Terminate for Cause terminate the Contract. In such case , CONTRACTOR shall be ' A. The occurrence of any one or more of the following paid (without duplication of any items ): events will justify termination for cause: 1 . for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the ' 1 . CONTRACTOR's persistent failure to perform effective date of termination , including fair and the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work ; ( including , but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or 2. for expenses sustained prior to the effective date ' failure to adhere to the progress schedule established of termination in performing services and furnishing under paragraph 2. 07 as adjusted from time to time labor, materials , or equipment as required by the pursuant to paragraph 6. 04); Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work , plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and 2 . CONTRACTOR's disregard of Laws or Regula- profit on such expenses ; tions of any public body having jurisdiction ; 3 . for all claims , costs , losses , and damages 3 . CONTRACTOR's disregard of the authority of ( including but not limited to all fees and charges of ' ENGINEER; or engineers , architects , attorneys , and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution 4 . CONTRACTOR's violation in any substantial costs ) incurred in settlement of terminated contracts way of any provisions of the Contract Documents . with Subcontractors , Suppliers , and others ; and ' 044572000 00700 - 35 ' 4. for reasonable expenses directly attributable to 17 . 02 Computation of Times termination . A. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract ' Documents by days , it will be computed to exclude the first and B . CONTRACTOR shall not be paid on account of loss of include the last day of such period . If the last day of any such anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal of or resulting from such termination . holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction , such day will be ' omitted from the computation . 15. 04 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate 17 . 03 Cumulative Remedies A. If, through no act or fault of CONTRACTOR, the Work ' is suspended for more than 90 consecutive days by OWNER or A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General under an order of court or other public authority, or ENGINEER Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to fails to act on any Application for Payment within 30 days after it the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be construed is submitted , or OWNER fails for 30 days to pay CON- in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available ' TRACTOR any sum finally determined to be due, then to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available CONTRACTOR may, upon seven days written notice to by Laws or Regulations , by special warranty or guarantee, or by OWNER and ENGINEER, and provided OWNER or other provisions of the Contract Documents, and the provisions ENGINEER do not remedy such suspension or failure within of this paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in ' that time, terminate the Contract and recover from OWNER the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, payment on the same terms as provided in paragraph 15. 03 . In obligation , right, and remedy to which they apply. lieu of terminating the Contract and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if ENGINEER has failed to act on an 17. 04 Survival of Obligations ' Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted , or OWNER has failed for 30 days to pay CONTRACTOR any sum A. All representations , indemnifications , warranties , and finally determined to be due, CONTRACTOR may, seven days guarantees made in, required by, or given in accordance with after written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER, stop the Work the Contract Documents , as well as all continuing obligations ' until payment is made of all such amounts due CONTRACTOR , indicated in the Contract Documents , will survive final payment, including interest thereon . The provisions of this paragraph completion , and acceptance of the Work or termination or 15. 04 are not intended to preclude CONTRACTOR from making completion of the Agreement . a Claim under paragraph 10 . 05 for an adjustment in Contract ' Price or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or damage 17 . 05 Controlling Law directly attributable to CONTRACTOR's stopping the Work as permitted by this paragraph . A. This Contract is to be governed by the law of the state in which the Project is located . ' ARTICLE 16 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION ' 16. 01 Methods and Procedures A. Dispute resolution methods and procedures , if any, shall be as set forth in the Supplementary Conditions . If no ' method and procedure has been set forth , and subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9. 09 and 10. 05, OWNER and CON- TRACTOR may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or ' Regulations in respect of any dispute. ARTICLE 17 - MISCELLANEOUS ' 17. 01 Giving Notice A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it ' is intended , or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail , postage prepaid , to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. 044572000 00700 - 36 SECTION 00800 ' SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS ' SC -1 . 00 Introduction These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract ( No . 1910-8 , 1996 Edition ) and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below . All provisions , which are not so amended or supplemented , remain in full force ' and effect . The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions . SC -1 . 01 Defined Terms ' SC- 1 . 01 . A . 37 . Add the following language at the end of GC- 1 . 01 . A . 37: The Engineer will provide a Resident Project Representative for this project with duties , responsibilities and limitations of authority as outlined at the end of these Supplementary Conditions . ' SC -2 . 05 Before Starting Construction ' SC-2 . 05 . C . Delete paragraph GC 2. 05. 0 in its entirety and insert the following paragraph in its place: ' C . Evidence of Insurance: CONTRACTOR shall not commence work under this Contract until he has obtained all insurance required under Article 5 and such insurance has been approved by the OWNER , nor shall the CONTRACTOR allow any Subcontractor to commence work on his subcontract until all similar insurance ' required of the Subcontractor has been so obtained and approved . All such insurance shall remain in effect until final payment and at all times thereafter when CONTRACTOR may be correcting , removing or replacing defective Work in accordance with Article 13 . SC -3 . 06 Coordination of Plans , Specifications , and Special Provisions ' SC-3 . 06 Add the following new paragraphs immediately after paragraph GC-3. 05: ' SC-3 . 06 Coordination of Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions A . In case of discrepancy , the governing order of the documents shall be as follows : 1 . Written Interpretations 2 . Addenda 3 . Specifications ' 4 . Supplementary Conditions 5 . General Conditions 6 . Approved Shop Drawings 7 . Drawings 8 . Referenced Standards . 044572000 00800 - 1 B . Written/computed dimensions shall govern over scaled dimensions . SC4 . 02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions SC-4 . 02 Add the following new paragraphs immediately after paragraph GC-4. 02. 8 : ' C . In preparation of Drawings and Specifications , ENGINEER or ENGINEER 's Consultants relied upon the following reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the Site : ' 1 . Report dated October 21 , 2002 , prepared by Dunkelberger Engineering & Testing , Inc . , entitled : Geotechnical Services , New Clearwell Structure , Indian River County Utilities , South RO plant , Indian River County , Florida , consisting of eight pages . The "technical data " contained in such report on which CONTRACTOR may rely is geotechnical data . D . In the preparation of Drawings and Specifications , ENGINEER or ENGINEER 's Consultants relied upon the following drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and subsurface structures (except Underground Facilities ) which ' are at or contiguous to the Site : 1 . Survey and available plant record drawings . ' E . Copies of reports and drawings itemized in SC-4 . 02 . 0 and SC-4 . 02 . D that are not included with Bidding Documents may be examined at during regular ' business hours . These reports and drawings are not part of the Contract Documents , but the "technical data " contained therein upon which CONTRACTOR may rely as identified and established above are incorporated therein by reference . CONTRACTOR is not entitled to rely upon other information and data utilized by ' ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants in the preparation of Drawings and Specifications . tSC -4 . 06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site SC-4 . 06 G . Delete paragraph GC-4. 06 G. SC -5 . 01 Performance , Payment and Other Bonds SC-5 . 01 .A. Delete paragraph GC-5. 01 . A in its entirety and insert the following paragraphs in its place: ' A . Within ten ( 10) days of receipt of the Contract Documents for execution , the CONTRACTOR shall furnish a Performance Bond in an amount equal to 125 % of the Contract Price and a Payment Bond in an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Price . ' 1 . The CONTRACTOR shall provide two separate bonds . A combined Payment and Performance Bond for 125 % of the Contract Price is not an acceptable substitute . 2 . In lieu of the Performance and Payment Bonds , the CONTRACTOR may furnish an alternative form of security in the form of cash , money order , certified check , cashier' s check , irrevocable letter of credit or a security as ' listed in Part II of F . S . Chapter 625 . Any such alternative form of security shall be for the same purpose , and be for the same amount and subject to 044572000 ' 00800 - 2 the same conditions as those applicable to the bond otherwise required . The ' OWNER shall make the determination of the value of an alternative form of security . 3 . Such Bonds shall continue in effect for one ( 1 ) year after acceptance of the Work by the OWNER . SC -5 . 04 CONTRACTOR ' s Liability Insurance ' SC-5 . 04 Add the following new paragraphs immediately after paragraph GC-5. 04. 6: ' C . The limits of liability for the insurance required by paragraph 5 . 04 of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by Laws and Regulations . : ' 1 . Worker's Compensation : To meet statutory limits in compliance with the Worker' s Compensation Law of Florida . This policy must include Employer Liability with a limit $ 100 , 000 for each accident , $ 500 , 000 disease ( policy ' limit) and $ 100 , 000 disease (each employee ) . Such policy shall include a waiver of subrogation as against OWNER and ENGINEER on account of injury sustained by an employee (s ) of the CONTRACTOR . ' 2 . Commercial General Liability : Coverage shall provide minimum limits of liability of $ 1 , 000 , 000 per occurrence Combined Single Limit for Bodily Injury and Property Damage . This shall include coverage for: a . Premises/Operations b . Products/Completed Operations C . Contractual Liability ' d . Independent Contractors . 3 . Business Auto Liability : Coverage shall provide minimum limits of liability of $ 1 , 000 , 000 per occurrence Combined Single Limit for Bodily Injury and Property Damage . This shall include coverage for: ' a . Owner Autos b . Hired Autos C. Non-Owned Autos . 4 . CONTRACTOR's "All Risk" Insurance : CONTRACTOR shall secure Builders ' Risk "All Risk" insurance at his expense and provide properly completed and executed " Certificates of Insurance and Insurance Endorsement" formsin ' the exact wording and format presented in these Contract Documentsbefore starting work . 5 . Special Requirements : a . Ten ( 10 ) days prior to the commencement of any work under this Contract , certificates of insurance and endorsement forms in the exact wording and format as presented in these Contract Documents ' will be provided to the OWNER 's Risk Manager for review and approval . b . Indian River County , a political subdivision of the State of Florida will ' be named as "Additional Insured " on both the General Liability , Auto Liability and Builder' s Risk "All Risk" Insurance . C. The OWNER will be given thirty ( 30 ) days notice prior to cancellation or modification of any stipulated insurance . Such notification will be in writing by registered mail , return receipt requested and addressed to the OWNER 's Risk Manager. ' d . An appropriate " Indemnification " clause shall be made a provision of the Contract ( see paragraph 6 . 20 of the General Conditions ) . 044572000 ' 00800 - 3 e . It is the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to insure that all ' subcontractors comply with all insurance requirements . f. It should be remembered that these are minimum requirements , which are subject to modification in response to high hazard operation . g . Insured must be authorized to do business and have an agent for service of process in Florida and have an AAA policyholder's rating and financial rating of a least Class XI in accordance with the most current Best' s Rating . 1 SC -5 . 06 Property Insurance SC-5 . 06 Delete Section GC-5. 06 in its entirety. SC -5 . 07 Waiver of Rights SC-5 . 07 Delete Section GC-5. 07 in its entirety. ' SC -5. 10 Partial Utilization , Acknowledgement of Property Insurer SC-5 . 10 A. Delete paragraph GC-5. 10 A . ' SC -6 . 02 Labor ; Working Hours SC-6 . 02 . B . Add the following paragraphs immediately after paragraph GC- 6. 02. 8: ' 1 . Regular working hours are defined as Monday through Friday , excluding County Holidays , from 7 a . m . to 5 p . m . 2 . County Holidays are : New Year's Day , Good Friday , Memorial Day , Independence Day , Labor Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving , Christmas Eve and Christmas Day . Working on these days will not be permitted without prior written permission and approval from the Engineer . ' 3 . The CONTRACTOR shall receive no additional compensation for overtime work , i . e . , work in excess of eight hours in any one calendar day or 40 hours in any one calendar week , even thought such overtime work may be required under emergency conditions and may be ordered by the ENGINEER in writing . 4 . All costs of inspection and testing performed during overtime work by the CONTRACTOR , which is allowed solely for the convenience of the CONTRACTOR , shall be borne by the ' CONTRACTOR , and a credit given to the County to deduct the costs of all such inspection and testing from any partial payments otherwise due the CONTRACTOR . 5 . No work shall commence before 7 a . m . or continue after 7 p . m . except in case of emergency ' upon specific permission of the ENGINEER . 044572000 00800 - 4 SC -6 . 06 Concerning Subcontractors , Suppliers , and Others SC-6 . 06 . C . Add the following sentence at the end of paragraph GC-6. 06. C: OWNER or ENGINEER may furnish to any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, to the extent practicable , information about amounts paid to CONTRACTOR on account of Work performed for CONTRACTOR by a particular Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity. SC -6 . 08 Permits ' SC-6 . 08 Add the following paragraphs immediately after paragraph GC-6. 08.A : B . The OWNER has obtained the following permits : 1 . FDEP Water Construction Permit C . The CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all other required permits and ' licenses . The CONTRACTOR shall provide copies of the permits to the OWNER and ENGINEER and shall comply with all conditions contained in the permits at no extra cost to the OWNER . tD . The CONTRACTOR shall be familiar with all permit requirements during construction and shall be responsible for complying with these requirements . The cost of this effort shall be included in the pay item in which the work is most closely associated with . ' SC -6 .20 Indemnification ' SC-6 . 20 Delete existing paragraph CG -6 . 20 A in its entirety and insert the following : CONTRACTOR agrees to indemnify and hold harmless OWNER , together with its agents , employees , and officers , from liabilities , damages , losses , and costs , including but not limited to , reasonable attorney's fees , to the extent caused by the negligence , recklessness or intentional wrongful misconduct of the CONTRACTOR ' and persons employed or utilized by the CONTRACTOR in the performance of this Agreement. This indemnification and hold harmless provision shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement. SC - 13 . 03 Test and Inspections ' SC- 13 . 03 . 13 . Delete the first sentence ofparagraph GC- 13. 03. 6 (up to the colon) in its entirety, and insert the following sentences in its place: B . OWNER shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory ' to perform all initial inspections , tests , or approvals required by the Contract 044572000 00800 - 5 Documents except those inspections , tests , or approvals listed immediately below . ' Subsequent inspections , tests , or approvals required after initial failing inspections , tests , or approvals shall be paid for by the CONTRACTOR by backcharge to subsequent applications for payment . The following inspections , tests , or approvals ' shall be provided by and paid for by the CONTRACTOR . 14 . 02 Progress Payments SC- 14 . 02 . B . 5 . Delete paragraph GC- 14. 02. B. 5. d in its entirety and insert the following paragraph in ' its place: d . ENGINEER has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events ' enumerated in paragraph 15 . 02 . A; or SC- 14 . 02 . 13 . 5 . Add the following sentences at the end of paragraph GC- 14. 02. B. 5: e . OWNER has been required to pay ENGINEER or ENGINEER ' s Consultant additional compensation because of CONTRACTOR delays or rejection of ' defective Work ; or f. OWNER has been required to pay an independent testing laboratoryfor subsequent inspections , tests , or approvals taken after initial failing inspections , tests , or ' approvals . SC - 14 . 02 . C . 1 Delete paragraph GC- 14. 02. C. in its entirety and insert the following paragraph in its place: C . Payment Becomes Due 1 Payment shall be made by OWNER to CONTRACTOR according to the Florida Prompt Payment Act . ' SC- 16 Add the following new paragraphs immediately after paragraph SC- 16. 01 . ' SC- 16 . 02 Venue This contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of Florida . Venue for any lawsuit by either party against the other party or otherwise arising out of this contract ' shall be in Indian River County , Florida , and in the event of federal jurisdiction , in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Florida . SC -17 Miscellaneous Add the following new paragraph immediately after paragraph GC 17. 05: SC- 17 . 06 Liens ' A . This project is a " Public Works" under Chapter 255 , Florida Statutes . No merchant's liens may be filed against the OWNER . Any claimant may apply to the OWNER for a copy of this Contract . The claimant shall have a right of action against the CONTRACTOR for the amount due him . Such action shall not involve the OWNER in any expense . Claims against the CONTRACTOR are subject to timely prior notice to the CONTRACTOR as specified in Florida Statutes Section 255 . 05 . The ' CONTRACTOR shall insert the following paragraph in all subcontracts hereunder : " Notice : Claims for labor, materials and supplies are not assessable against Indian 044572000 00800 - 6 River County and are subject to proper prior notice to ( CONTRACTOR ' S Name ) and ' to ( CONTRACTOR Surety Company Name ) , pursuant to Chapter 255 of the Florida Statutes . This paragraph shall be inserted in every sub -subcontract hereunder. " The payment due under the Contract shall be paid by the OWNER to the ' CONTRACTOR only after the CONTRACTOR has furnished the OWNER with an affidavit stating that all persons , firms or corporations who are defined in Section 713 . 01 , Florida Statutes , who have furnished labor or materials , employed directly ' or indirectly in the Work , have been paid in full . The OWNER may rely on said affidavit at face value . The CONTRACTOR does hereby release , remiss and quit- claim any and all rights he may enjoy perfecting any lien or any other type of ' statutory common law or equitable lien against the job . ' DUTIES , RESPONSIBILITIES AND LIMITATIONS OF AUTHORITY OF RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE ' A . GENERAL ' Resident Project Representative is ENGINEER' S Agent , will act as directed by and under the supervision of ENGINEER , and will confer with ENGINEER regarding his actions . Resident Project Representative's dealings in matters pertaining to the on -site Work shall in ' general be only with ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR , and dealings with Subcontractors shall only be through or with the full knowledge of CONTRACTOR . Written communication with OWNER will be only through or as directed by ENGINEER . ' B . DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES ' Resident Project Representative will : 1 . Schedules : Review the progress schedule , schedule of Shop Drawing submissions and schedule of values prepared by CONTRACTOR and consult with ENGINEER ' concerning their acceptability . 2 . Conferences : Attend preconstruction conferences . Arrange a schedule of progress meetings and other job conferences as required in consultation with ENGINEER and ' notify those expected to attend in advance . Attend meetings , and maintain and circulate copies of minutes thereof. 3 . Liaison : ' a . Serve as ENGINEER' S liaison with CONTRACTOR , working principally through CONTRACTOR'S superintendent and assist him in understanding the intent of the Contract Documents . Assist ENGINEER in serving as OWNER'S liaison with CONTRACTOR when CONTRACTOR'S operations affect OWNER' S on -site operations . b . As requested by ENGINEER , assist in obtaining from OWNER additional details ' or information , when required at the job site for proper execution of the Work . 4 . Shop Drawings and Samples : a . Receive and record date of receipt of Shop Drawings and samples , receive ' samples which are furnished at the site by CONTRACTOR , and notify ENGINEER of their availability for examination . b . Advise ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR or his superintendent immediately of the ' commencement of any Work requiring a Shop Drawing or sample submission if the submission has not been approved by the ENGINEER . 044572000 ' 00800 - 7 5 . Review of Work , Rejection of Defective Work , Inspections and Tests : a . Conduct on -site observations of the Work in progress to assist ENGINEER in determining if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents and that completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents . ' b . Report to ENGINEER whenever he believes that any Work is unsatisfactory , faulty or defective or does not conform to the Contract Documents , or does not meet the requirements of any inspections , tests or approval required to be made or has ' been damaged prior to final payment ; and advise ENGINEER when he believes Work should be corrected or rejected or should be uncovered for observation , or requires special testing , inspection or approval . ' c. Verify that tests , equipment and systems startups and operating and maintenance instructions are conducted as required by the Contract Documents and in presence of the required personnel , and that CONTRACTOR maintains adequate ' records thereof; observe , record and report to ENGINEER appropriate details relative to the test procedures and startups . d . Accompany visiting inspectors representing public or other agencies having ' jurisdiction over the Project , record the outcome of these inspections and report to ENGINEER . 6 . Interpretation of Contract Documents : Transmit to CONTRACTOR engineer's clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents . 7 . Modifications : Consider and evaluate CONTRACTOR' S suggestions for modifications in Drawings or Specifications and report them with recommendations to ENGINEER . 8 . Records : a . Maintain at the job site orderly files for correspondence , reports of job conferences , Shop Drawings and samples submissions , reproductions of original Contract Documents including all Addenda , change orders , field orders , additional Drawings issued subsequent to the execution of the Contract , ENGINEER' S clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents , progress reports , and other Project related documents . ' b . Keep a diary or log book , recording hours on the job site , weather conditions , data relative to questions of extras or deductions , list of visiting officials and representatives of manufacturers , fabricators , suppliers and distributors , daily ' activities , decisions , observations in general and specific observations in more detail as the case of observing test procedures . Send copies to ENGINEER . c . Record names , addresses and telephone numbers of all contractors , ' Subcontractors and major suppliers of materials and equipment . 9 . Reports : a . Furnish ENGINEER periodic reports as required of progress of the Work and CONTRACTOR'S compliance with the approved progress schedule and schedule of Shop Drawing submissions . b . Consult with ENGINEER in advance of scheduled major tests , inspections or start ' of important phases of the Work . c . Report immediately to ENGINEER upon the occurrence of any accident . 10 . Payment Requisitions : Review applications for payment with Contractor for compliance ' with the established procedure for their submission and forward them with recommendations to ENGINEER , noting particularly their relation to the schedule of values , Work completed and materials and equipment delivered at the site but not incorporated in the Work . 11 . Certificates , Maintenance and Operation Manuals : During the course of the Work , verify that certificates , maintenance and operation manuals and other data required to ' be assembled and furnished by CONTRACTOR are applicable to the items actually installed ; and deliver this material to ENGINEER for his review and forwarding to 044572000 00800 - 8 1 OWNER prior to final acceptance of the Work . ' 12 . Completion : a . Before ENGINEER issues a Certificate of Substantial Completion , submit to CONTRACTOR a list of observed items requiring completion or correction . 1 b . Conduct final inspection in the company of ENGINEER , OWNER and CONTRACTOR and prepare a final list of items to be completed or corrected . c . Verify that all items on final list have been completed or corrected and make 1 recommendations to ENGINEER concerning acceptance . C . LIMITATIONS OF AUTHORITY 1 Except upon written instructions of ENGINEER , Resident Project Representative : 1 . Shall not authorize any deviation from the Contract Documents or approve any substitute materials or equipment . 2 . Shall not exceed limitations on ENGINEER'S authority as set forth in the Contract Documents . 1 3 . Shall not undertake any of the responsibilities of CONTRACTOR , Subcontractors or CONTRACTOR' S superintendent , or expedite the Work . 4 . Shall not advise on or issue directions relative to any aspect of the means , methods , 1 techniques , sequences or procedures of construction unless such is specifically called for in the Contract Documents . 5 . Shall not advise on or issue directions as to safety precautions and programs in 1 connection with the Work . 6 . Shall not authorize OWNER to occupy the Project in whole or in part . 7 . Shall not participate in specialized field or laboratory tests . * * END OF SECTION 1 1 i 1 1 044572000 1 00800 - 9 UUNKELBERGER ENGINEERING & TESTING , INC . LD' Geotechnical Materials Testingilnspection s Environmental ' KimleY-Horn & Associates October 21 , 2002 4431 Embarcadero Drive Project No . 02 - 11 - 1300 West Palm Beach, Florida 33407 Attention : Mr . Mark D . Miller, RE . . . via fax and U. S. Mail Subject : Geotechnical Services ' New Clearwell Structure Indian River County Utilities South RO Plant ' Indian River County , Florida Gentlemen : ' INTRODUCTION ' Pursuant to your authorization , Dunkelberger Engineering & Testing, Inc . has completed geotechnical services in accordancewith the contract agreement dated September 25 , 2002 . This report presents the methods of study, factual data from the field exploration and laboratory examination of the subsoils , geotechnical engineering evaluations, and recommendations for design and construction . PROJECT CONSIDERATIONS We understand the proposed construction will consist of a new clearwell structure and post- treatment modifications consisting of a scrubber and blower structure for the existing South RO Water Treatment Plant in Indian River County. The scrubber and blower structures will be 25 ' feet high and will be founded on a grade level slab . The clearwell structure will have plan dimensions of 40 feet by 30 feet with its bottom about 4 to 5 feet below the existing grade level . The scrubberlblow slab and clearwell structure will both be constructed with reinforced cast-in- place concrete . We have assumed that the maximum foundation contract stress below area ' loaded slabs will not exceed 1 , 000 pounds per square foot (psf) and the maximum contact stress below shallow strip footings will not exceed 2 , 500 psf. 523A N . W. Enterprise Drive • Port St . Lucie , Florida 34986 Phone : ( / 72 ) 343 - 9787 e Fax ( 772 ) 343 - 9404 E nla ' detpa GrJelcoJtil ' ' et rrct '. ,"f � ,.�p Erin Kimley-Horn & Associates Page 2 ' Project No . 02 - 11 - 1300 ' GEOTECHNICAL SCOPE OF WORK Field Exploration The subsurface conditions in the proposed structure areas were explored utilizing two (2) Standard Penetration Test ( SPT) borings each drilled to 25 feet beneath the existing ground ' surface . The borings were drilled with truck-mounted machinery employing mud rotary procedures . Samples of the in-place materials were recovered at frequent vertical intervals using a standard split-barrel driven with a 140-pound hammer freely falling 30 inches (the SPT after ' ASTM D 1586) . Boring locations are presented on Sheet 1 . Laboratory Examination ' Samples recovered from the borings were placed in moisture-proof containers and returned to our laboratory for visual examination and classification in accordance with the Unified Soil Classification System (ASTM D 2487) . EnpineerinlZ Evaluation and Report ' Factual data from the field and laboratory work was evaluated with respect to the proposed construction to develop recommendations for foundation design and related construction . This report summarizes the data, analysis and recommendations . SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS Stratigraphy The SPT borings show the subsurface soils to the depth of interest to be sands . In general , the subsoils consist of a surficial layer of relatively clean sand over dark colored , weakly cemented ' sand (hardpan) followed by relatively clean sand to the terminal depths of exploration at 25 feet . Generalized stratigraphic data and descriptions are listed below . Stratum Depth Material Description Condition ' No . Interval feet 1 0 . 0 - 1 . 0 Gray fine SAND , upper 12 inches with roots (SP) Loose 2 1 .0 - 3 . 0 Dark brown fine SAND, slightly silty, weakly cemented , Medium dense ' organic stained ( SP- SM) (Hardpan) 3 3 . 0 - 25 . 0 Light brown to brown fine SAND , trace silt to slightly silty Medium dense ( SP , SP-SM) to dense ' KimleY-Horn & Associates Page 3 ' Project No . 02 - 11 - 1300 Detailed graphical representations of the subsurface stratigraphy are presented on Sheet 1 . The ' SPT data indicates the subsoils are loose to medium dense in terms of relative density . ' Groundwater Groundwater levels were measured in the borings at the time of drilling ( October 1 , 2002) . The ' depth to the water table was 3 . 1 and 3 . 5 feet below the ground surface at TBA and TB -2 , respectively. These groundwater levels are representative of conditions at the time of their measurement. Groundwater levels will fluctuate above and below these levels in response to ' rainfall , drainage , and other such conditions . ' SITE GEOTECHNICAL SUITABILITY The results of this subsurface study indicate the site is suitable for the planned construction from a geotechnical viewpoint . The proposed structures may be supported on conventional shallow foundations ( i . e . , spread footings and/or mats) following normal site preparation and densification of the subsoils . Ground improvement by roller compaction must be performed ' carefully owing to the proximity of the new construction areas to existing plant structures . Groundwater levels are relatively shallow at the project site , and therefore must be considered in both design and construction . Excavations below grade will bottom in relatively clean sands, and below the water table . As such , the cuts will need to be carefully dewatered and braced to enable safe underground works, while protecting the integrity of existing structures . BUILDING FOUNDATIONS Foundation Soil Preparation ' In order to provide for uniform foundation soils with adequate shearing strength and minimal compressibility, we recommend that the scrubber and blower structure footprints are prepared in the manner described below. 1 . Clear the building pad areas of any vegetation existing at the time of construction . Currently, the site is covered with mowed grass . Grub the stripped ground surface and remove roots that are concentrated or of diameter greater than 1 /4- inch . 2 . Once the clearing and grubbing is complete , the footprints of the proposed structures should be roller compacted . Owing to the presence of nearby existing structures, surface compaction of the areas should be performed using a compactor that is modest in size, such as a 1 -ton ( static weight) WACKER W- 74 walk-behind vibratory drum roller. The soil Kimle -Horn & Associates Page 4 Y g ' Project No . 02 - 11 - 1300 ' densification should encompass the entire structure footprint plus a perimeter margin which extends at least 5 feet beyond the maximum outside lines of the structure footprint . Each section of subgrade should be subjected to multiple, overlapping (minimum of 20 percent overlap) coverages of the compactor as it operates at its maximum vibrational frequency and normal walking speed . Compaction should continue until no additional settlement is visually discernible at the subgrade surface . In no case, however, should any ' section of subgrade receive less than 10 passes of the compaction equipment . Density control should be exercised in the upper 12 inches of the proof-rolled subgrade . Soils in this interval should be compacted to not less than 95 percent of the ASTM D 1557 ' maximum dry density. 3 . Structural fill needed to raise the pads to proposed subgrade elevations should consist of ' sands with not more than 10 % passing the U . S . Standard No . 200 sieve . The structural fill should be placed in thin lifts ( 12 - inch thick loose measure) , near the optimum moisture content for compaction , and be uniformly compacted to a firm and stable condition and to ' at least 95 percent of the ASTM D 1557 maximum dry density. 4 . Detrimental impacts of vibration induced stresses to nearby structures may be lessened ' through the excavation of a vibration isolation trench that extends to depth of two feet below the water table and is located between the existing and proposed structures . ' Buildinp, Foundation Support The proposed scrubber and blower structures may be supported on shallow foundation systems . ' It is anticipated that monolithic thickened edge slabs will be used to support these buildings . Thickened edge portions of the slabs should bottom at least 12 inches below the adjacent exterior grade, and have a minimum width of 16 inches . As such , the footings should be designed for an ' allowable bearing pressure of 2 , 500 pounds per square foot (psf) . The thickened edge portion of the footing should be well reinforced to resist the moments that result from eccentric loading. ' Foundations designed and constructed in accordance with these recommendations are expected to sustain tolerable total and differential settlements . Owing to the granular nature of the profile components , settlement should occur rapidly and be virtually complete by the end of the ' construction period . CLEARWELL STRUCTURE ' Excavations and Dewatering The materials found in the borings can be excavated using conventional earthmoving equipment . ' Below grade excavations should be made in accordance with all applicable State and Federal Kimley- Horn & Associates Page 5 Project No . 02 - 11 - 1300 requirements . Per the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 29 CFR Part 1926 , Sub-part P - "Excavations , " the subsoils at the site fall within the Type C criteria. We expect dry excavation sideslopes to be stable when cut on a 2 : 1 slope (horizontal : vertical) . We recommend that the contractor exercise extreme caution in any decision to place men and equipment in unbraced excavations , particularly when wetted , and/or subjected to surcharge loads as well as vibrational forces . ' Considering the measured groundwater depths and the anticipated cut requirements, it is expected that excavations for the proposed clearwell structure will require dewatering to enable ' construction in a dry condition . Where this is the case, groundwater levels should be maintained at least 24 inches below the excavation bottom . The dewatering means and methods should be determined by the contractor. However, we expect that the dewatering may be accomplished by ' pumping from wells, wellpoints or sumps , or a combination thereof. The proposed excavations will bottom roughly 4 to 5 feet below finished grades . Soils found in ' the borings at this depth consist of relatively clean sands . We recommend the following parameters be used in the design : ' Moist Soil Unit Weight 120 pounds per cubic foot Buoyant Soil Unit Weight 55 pounds per cubic foot Angle of Internal Friction 30 degrees ' Earth Pressure Coefficients Active , Ka - 0 . 33 Passive, Kp - 3 . 00 ' At-Rest , Ka - 0 . 50 Foundation Support Thero osed clearwell structure may be supported on a reinforced concrete mat foundation that p P ' is designed for an allowable soil contact pressure of 1 , 000 pounds per square foot. We recommend the foundation concrete be cast upon the existing granular soils that are compacted to at least 95 percent of maximum density (ASTM D 1557) to a depth of at least 12 inches . ' Alternatively, the upper 12 inches of foundation soils may be over- excavated and replaced with washed gravel that meets the size requirements of FDOT No . 57 stone . Structure Backfill Soils placed adjacent to the structures ' exterior walls should consist of sands (ASTM D 2487) ' containing not more than 10% passing the U. S . Standard No . 200 sieve . Backfill should be placed in loose lifts not more than in 12 - inch thick (maximum) . To avoid developing excessive lateral earth pressures , only light-weight walk-behind compaction equipment should be used within 5 feet of the wall face . Backfill soils should be compacted to 95 percent of the ASTM D 1 Kimley-Horn & Associates Page 6 ' Project No . 02 - 11 - 1300 ' 1557 maximum dry density. Materials from the excavation are expected to meet the requirements for structure backfill . Lateral Earth Pressures Stresses on buried structure walls should be based upon the at-rest condition, and the lateral earth ' pressure parameters listed above . As such, lateral earth pressures should be calculated using equivalent fluid pressures of 60 pounds per square foot per foot depth (psf/foot) above the water table and 30 psf/foot below the water table . These pressures are in addition to surcharge and/or ' hydrostatic pressures that may be acting on the structure walls . Uplift Considerations ' Design of the below- grade components of the structure should account for the position of the groundwater. The design must account for hydrostatic uplift forces acting on the base . Those ' forces would be resisted by a combination of structure dead weight and the weight of the soil backfill overlying the foundation edges . Total and buoyant soil unit weights of 120 and 55 pcf, respectively, should be used for design . LIMITATIONS OF STUDY DET has Y completed a subsurface stud in connection with the new clearwell structure and post- e treatment modifications to be constructed at the South RO Water Treatment Plant in Indian River ' County, Florida . The objectives of the study were to evaluate the subsurface conditions existing in the proposed structure areas and to provide recommendations for foundation design and ' related construction. DET warrants that the factual data, recommendations and professional advice provided herein are based on recognized practices in the disciplines of soil mechanics, foundation engineering and engineering geology. No other warranties are expressed or implied . 000 Kimley-Horn & Associates Page 7 ' Project No . 02 - 11 - 1300 ' We trust that the information presented in this report is clear and understandable . Should it require any clarification or amplification , however, please feel free to contact us . ' Very truly yours , ' DUNKELBERGER ENGINEERING & TESTING, INC . ' Hieu H . Huynh , E . I . a ' g E . Dii*plberger, P Staff Engineer e President FL Registration: 4 2 1300rpt �U/ v d ' HHH/CED/pg ' Attachment : Boring Locations and Subsurface Profiles cc : Addressee (2) FF- l� v 4 z BORING NO . TB - 1 TB - 2 N N o O o- I -o2 io- 1-02 �S 5IQ 5 TB- 1 z— 2 z 00 0 W EXISTING STORAGE TANKS ZEA 11 NEW CWELL ? z Q POST— TREATMENT 3O O STRUCTURES = LLj H H w 15 15 w 02B0 20 20 Zot BORING LOCATION PLAN N . T. S. 25 25 SUBSURFACE PROFILES Scale: 1 " 0 5' LEGEND NOTES C fin SW, upper 12 Inches SP — Unified Soll Classification Syflem 1 Borin s were drilled on October 1 , 2002, usin w`ttt roofs Group Symbol (ASTM 0 2487) O q g o Central Mine Equipment ( CME 55) drilling Dark brown fine SAND, slightly silty, rig. m O2 weakly cemented, organic stained B — Standard Penetration Test ( SPT) ( SP — SM ) ( Hardpan ) TB - 1 Borinq location and number ( 3) Strata boundorlse are approximate and represent Coll strata at each tset hole location only. Soil OLight brown to brown fine SAND, — transltions may be more gradual than implied. trace slit to slightly silty (SP , SP— SM ) 3 , s , t Depth of groundwater (feet ) ( 4) Groundwater depths shown on the subsurface Dw,wwJD BORING LOCATIONS k SUBSURFACE PROFILES 10- 1 -02 date measured profiles represent groundwater surfaces on the NEW CLEARWELL STRUCTURE dates shown. Groundwater level fluctuations CHEDKM HHH N — Indicates the number of blows of a 140 should be anticipated throughout the year. INDIAN RIVER COUNTY UTILITIES Pound hammer, freely failing a distance of 30 APPROVED CED INDIAN RIVER COUNTY FLORIDA nches, requlred to drive o 2— Inch diameter sampler 12 Inches (ASTM D 1586) 9fNF AS SHOWN ®r�i l DUNKELSERGER ENGINEERING & TESTING , INC . HA — Hand Auger t0 4 feet In order t0 avoid REVISED �Y—rr• Geofechniml • Molenols /�rM1nq/Inspection • Envlronmen(o� poeelble conflict with underground utllitles WTE 10- 2 - 02 RNR00J. 02- 11 - 1300 C"EL7 1 ' SECTION 01010 ' SUMMARY OF WORK PART I - GENERAL 1 . 01 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A . Furnish all labor and materials necessary to construct a post treatment facility and odor control system, including but not limited to ; two degasifiers , a two stage wet scrubber system and ' all associated piping, recirculation pumps , blowers , and duct work, a concrete clearwell structure including excavation , backfill , grading, yard piping and valve installation , installation of three 50 HP vertical turbine transfer pumps with variable frequency drives including all electrical power ' and controls, painting, sodium hydroxide and sodium hypochlorite chemical system improvements , including bulk tanks, metering pumps, FRP piping replacement of raw water, pretreatment water, concentrate, and permeate with HDPE and stainless steel , four (4) cartridge ' filter vessels , piping, valves , testing of piping , and bacteriological clearance of system , as depicted on the drawings and described in these documents . Furnish construction trailer(s) including all setup , monthly charges and removal costs . The size and quantity shall be ' determined by the contractor. The trailer(s) shall remain on- site for the duration of the project and be equipped with power, phone lines , and air conditioning . At least one trailer shall be ' provided for the purpose of project meeting described in Section 01200, and shall include 8 chairs(min), table(s), fax machine and phone, and have a 2 -phone line service to trailer. ' B . Contractor shall schedule tie-ins to existing in- service piping with treatment plant operations , and shall be scheduled during ` off peak ' demand flow periods for the water treatment plant . All work shall be coordinated with plant operations staff. ' C . Contractor's Duties : 1 . Except as specifically noted, provide and pay for: ' a. Mobilization and demobilization b . Labor, materials , and equipment . C . Tools, construction equipment, and fuel . ' d . Water and utilities required for construction . e . Freight and sales tax . ' 1 . 02 CONTRACTS A . Construct the Work under a Lump Sum contract . t044572000 01010- 1 B . Subcontractors (when used) will work directly for the contractor. 1 . 03 WORK BY OTHERS AND FUTURE WORK A . The Owner reserves the right to add to the work in accordance with the Contract Documents . 1 . 04 WORK SEQUENCE 4 A . Sequence of work will be discussed and decided at the Pre- Work Conference . Certain areas may be assigned priority to accommodate Owner's needs . The following is a suggested sequence to minimize impacts to the WTP : Sequence of Work 1 . Construct chemical lines up to vaults, temporary lines to injection points , and place into service . 2 . Construct new clearwell with all associated electrical , mechanical equipment and piping up to tie-ins (tanks , permeate, raw water, etc . ) . Test and place into service. 3 . Construct tie-ins, abandon existing piping . Pretreatment, raw water permeate, and concentrate piping inside and around RO process building can be constructed at any time during the duration of project schedule . Minimize the number of sequential plant shutdowns required for whole project . 1905 CONTRACTOR' S USE OF THE PREMISES A . All work shall be within the limits of construction shown on the plans . B . Access to the site shall be limited to the existing plant access road . Contractor shall not obstruct or park along this access road or any plant roadways or parking areas . C . Time restrictions for performing work : All work shall be performed during daylight working hours , Monday through Friday, 6 : 00 AM to 6 : 00 PM . The Contractor may extend working hours only if approved in writing by the Owner. 044572000 01010-2 1906 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS A . Products furnished to the site and paid for by Owner: Sand Separator ' B . Owner's Responsibilities : 1 . Arrange for and deliver Owner-reviewed shop drawings , product data, and ' samples to Contractor. 2 . Arrange and pay for product delivery to site . 3 . On delivery, inspect products jointly with Contractor. 4 . Submit claims for transportation damage and replace damaged , defective, or deficient items . 5 . Arrange for manufacturers' warranties , inspections, and service . C . Contractor's Responsibilities : 1 . Review Owner-reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples . 2 . Receive and unload products at site ; inspect for completeness or damage ' jointly with Owner. 3 . Handle, store, install , and finish products . 4 . Repair or replace items damaged after receipt . ' 1 . 07 OWNER OCCUPANCY ' A . The Owner will occupy the site during the entire period of construction for the conduct of normal treatment plant operations . ' B . Cooperate with Owner to minimize conflict and to facilitate Owner' s operations . C . Schedule the Work to accommodate this requirement . ' END OF SECTION ' 044572000 01010- 3 �1 r-y CCS . ti � O V O � N O N a a H u SECTION 01050 FIELD ENGINEERING PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 DESCRIPTION A . Contractor shall provide and pay for field engineering and surveying services required for the project . 1 . Survey work is required in execution of the project . B . Owner's representative will identify existing control points , as required . L02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE : ' A . Section 01010 - Summary of Work . B . Section 01300 - Submittals ' C . Section 01720 - Project Record Drawings 1 . 03 QUALIFICATIONS OF SURVEYOR A . Qualified Land Surveyor registered in the State of Florida. ' L04 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS A . Existing horizontal and vertical control points for the project are those designated on the drawings . ' 1 . 05 PROJECT SURVEY REQUIREMENTS A . Establish lines by instrumentation or similar appropriate means . B . Horizontal alignment for the proposed construction will be controlled by property lines , and existing structures . The Contractor shall be responsible to establish reference lines and necessary offsets to establish piping alignment, and equipment and structure location . ' C . Vertical alignment for the proposed construction will be based on the existing grades and benchmark identified on the drawings . The Contractor shall be ' responsible to establish proposed grades . The grade stakes shall be provided by the Contractor. 044572000 01050 - 1 1 . 06 RECORDS A . Maintain a complete, accurate log of all control and survey work as it progresses . B . On completion of project, prepare record drawings in accordance with related specification section . f L07 SUBMITTALS A . Submit name and address of Surveyor/Engineer to Owner. B . On request, submit copies of field notes . 1 .08 EXAMINATION A . Contractor is responsible for verifying survey control points prior to initiation of work . B . Contractor shall promptly notify Engineer of any discrepancies discovered . 1 .09 QUALITY CONTROL A. Quality control of the Work shall be the Contractor's responsibility and Contractor shall make every effort to produce the best quality work, as specified on the drawings and specifications . B . Twenty-four (24) hour notification to the Engineer by the Contractor shall be required for all specified field investigations unless otherwise noted . PART 2 — PRODUCTS Not used . PART 3 — EXECUTION Not used . END OF SECTION 044572000 01050- 2 SECTION 01060 ' REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS AND NOTIFICATION PART 1 -- GENERAL ' 1 . 01 PERMITS REQUIRED ' A. Florida Department of Environmental Protection : The general permit from the Florida Department of Environmental Protection ( FDEP ) for the project is being obtained . B . INDIAN RIVER COUNTY: The Contractor, along with the Utilities Department , must obtain right-of-way permit(s) from Indian River County prior to initiating construction . It typically requires one week processing time to receive a right-of-way permit . There is no processing fee for the permit. One set of construction plans must be submitted along with a permit application to the Indian River County Engineering Department. Some of the conditions of the County right-of-way permits are as follows : 1 . Applicant shall not begin construction of any kind in the County right- of-way prior to application and issuance of a valid permit by Indian River County. 2 . Any area disturbed in the County right-of-way must be restored by applicant to a condition equal to or better than existing just prior to construction , including but not limited to compaction , grading , paving , ' seeding and mulching , sodding , etc. , as the case may be . The quality of construction , materials , and workmanship shall be in accordance with County standards . All disturbed areas shall be restored within 48 hours after excavation . 3 . Applicant shall notify the County Engineering Division at least 48 ' hours prior to the placement of concrete , paving of asphalt, installation of culverts , or backfilling of trenches , so that the County may inspect installations as necessary . Applicant shall further notify ' the County in writing of its request for final inspection and approval at the completion of the permitted activity . 4 . The applicant shall assume responsibility for all maintenance , replacement , or removal of any right-of-way improvement authorized by this permit ; and applicant further agrees by acceptance of this permit to indemnify and save harmless the County , its officers , employees , or agents , from any damages , claims , causes of action , or losses , whether for personal injury , loss of life or property damage , arising from the actions or omissions of applicant , its officers , agents , or employees , associated with the placement , maintenance or removal of installations authorized by this permit . The applicant agrees to use all reasonable care under the given circumstances to ' assure that members of the traveling public are not unreasonably ' 044572000 01060 - 1 inconvenienced nor endangered by the activities conducted hereunder, including the use of reflectorized barriers , warning signals , flagmen , or other prudent measures . 5 . The validity of this permit is contingent upon applicant obtaining necessary permits from any other agencies having jurisdiction . Issuance of this permit does not relieve applicant of liability for trespass to private property . 6 . This permit shall be considered a license only, for the limited purpose of installation , placement, and maintenance of the improvements specified on the face hereof, and does not convey any other right , title , or interest of the County in the subject right-of-way property . 7 . Applicant agrees to remove or alter such installations without objection or cost to the County as the County may direct, at any time and within a reasonable time after receipt of direction by the County Engineer or his authorized representative . 8 . Applicant is cautioned that electrical , water and sewer, or other installations or utilities may be located within the construction area , and applicant shall use diligent efforts to first detect and locate all such installations , and shall coordinate construction with all other lawful users of said right-of-way . Applicant shall be liable in every manner for all damages proximately resulting from its interference with or interruption of services provided by other lawful right-of-way users . 9 . In cases where a concrete driveway is to extend to a paved road , that portion of the driveway from property line to the edge of the road pavement shall be a minimum thickness of six (6 ) inches . If the road is unpaved , the concrete/asphalt driveway shall not extend beyond the property line . C . Other Permits Required : The Contractor is responsible for obtaining any discharge permits that may be required by local drainage districts . 1 . 02 NOTIFICATION A . Indian River County : The Contractor is required to notify the Indian River County Utilities Department 48 hours prior to initiating construction (Aaron Bowles , 561 -567-8000 x1822). The Contractor is required to notify the Indian River County Road and Bridge Department 72 hours prior to blocking any County roads or detouring any traffic (Jim Davis , P . E . , 561 -567-80009 Extension 245 ) . 044572000 01060 - 2 B . Utility Companies : Contractor shall notify the following known utility companies in the area 48 hours prior to initiating construction : U . N . C . L . E . , 1 -800-432-4770 Southern Bell Telephone , W . G . Gallagher, 561 -468-5538 ' TCI Cablevision , Craig Bowers , 561 -567-3444 Ext . 51 C . The Contractor shall give the Engineer not less than seven (7 ) calendar days notice of the time and place (or places ) where he will start the work . ' D . When the Contractor's excavating operations encounter prehistoric remains or artifacts of historical or archeological significance , the operations shall be temporarily discontinued in that area and the Engineer shall be notified . The Engineer will consult archaeological authorities and determine the disposition of the remains or artifacts . The Contractor agrees that he will make no claim ' for additional payment or for extension of time because of any delays in or alteration of his procedure due to removal of any such remains or artifacts . ' PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not applicable ' PART 3 - EXECUTION ' Not applicable END OF SECTION 044572000 01060 - 3 [THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY] 044572000 01060 - 4 ' SECTION 01090 REFERENCE STANDARDS PART 1 -- GENERAL ' 1 . 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED Abbreviations and acronyms used in Contract Documents to identify reference ' standards . 1 . 02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A . Application : When a standard is specified by reference , comply with requirements and recommendations stated in that standard , except when ' requirements are modified by the Contract Documents , or applicable codes establish stricter standards . B . Publication Date : The publication in effect on the date of issue of ' Contract Documents , except when a specific publication date is specified . ' 1 . 03 ABBREVIATIONS , NAMES , AND ADDRESSES OR ORGANIZATIONS A . Obtain copies of reference standards direct from publication source , when needed for proper performance of work , or when required for submittal by ' Contract Documents . B . The following , as appropriate to project , is a list of referenced standards ' and their mailing addresses for requesting copies of standards : AA Aluminum Association ' 818 Connecticut Avenue , NW Washington , D . C . 20006 AABC Associated Air Balance Council ' 1000 Vermont Avenue , NW Washington , D . C . 20005 ' AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials 444 North Capitol Street , NW Washington , D . C . 20001 ' ACI American Concrete Institute Box 19150 Redford Station Detroit , MI 48219 ADC Air Diffusion council ' 435 North Michigan Avenue Chicago , IL 60611 044572000 01090 - 1 Al Asphalt Institute Asphalt Institute Building College Park , MD 20740 AISC American Institute of Steel Construction 1221 Avenue of the Americas New York , NY 10020 AISI American Iron and Steel Institute 100016 th Street, NW Washington , D . C . , 20036 AMCA Air Movement and Control Association 30 West University Drive Arlington Heights , IL 60004 ANSI American National Standards Institute 1430 Broadway New York , NY 10018 ARI Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute 1815 North Fort Myer Drive Arlington , VA 22209 ASHRAE American Society of Heating , Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers 345 East 47th Street New York , NY 10017 ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers 345 East 47th Street New York , NY 10017 ASPA American Sod Producers ' Association Association Building Ninth and Minnesota Hastings , NE 68901 ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineers 960 Illuminating Building Cleveland , OH 44113 ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 1916 Race Street Philadelphia , PA 19103 AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute 2310 South Walter Reed Drive Arlington , VA 22206 AWPA American Wood- Preservers Association 7735 Old Georgetown Road Bethesda , MD 20014 044572000 01090 - 2 ' AWS American Welding Society 2501 NW 7th Street Miami , FL 33125 AWWA American Water Works Association 6666 W . Quincy Avenue ' Denver, CO 80235 CDA Corper Development Association 57t Floor, Chrysler Building 405 Lexington Avenue New York , NY 10017 ' CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute 1101 Connecticut Avenue Washington , D . C . 20036 ' CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute 180 North LaSalle Street , Suite 2110 Chicago , IL 60601 ' FDOT Florida Department of Transportation Haydon Burns Building 605 Suwannee Street ' Tallahassee , FL 32301 FM Factory Mutual System 1151 Boston - Providence Turnpike Norwood , MA 02062 FS Federal Specifications ' General Services Administration Specifications and Information Distribution Section (WFSIS) ' Washington Navy Yard , Bldg . 197 Washington , D . C . 20407 GA Gypsum Association ' 1603 Orrington Avenue Evanston , IL 60201 MFMA Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association 2400 East Devon , Suite 205 Des Plaines , IL 60018 ' MIL Military Specification Naval Publications and Forms Center 5801 Tabor Avenue ' Philadelphia , PA 19120 MLSFA Metal Lath / Steel Framing Association 221 North LaSalle Street ' Chicago , IL 60601 044572000 01090 - 3 NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers 221 North LaSalle Street Chicago , IL 60601 NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau 8224 Old Courthouse Road Vienna , VA 22180 NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association 2101 L Street , NW Washington , D . C . 20037 NFPA National Fire Protection Association 470 Atlantic Avenue Boston , MA 02210 NFPA National Forest Products Association 1619 Massachusetts Avenue , NW Washington , D . C . 20036 NOFMA National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association 804 Sterick Building Memphis , TN 38103 NSF National Sanitation Foundation NSF Building 3475 Plymouth Road Ann Arbor, MI 48106 NSWMA National Solid Waste Management Association 1120 Connecticut Avenue , NW Washington , D . C . 20036 NTMA National Terrazzo and Mosaic Association 3166 Des Plaines Avenue Des Plaines , IL 60018 PCA Portland Cement Association 5420 Old Orchard Road Skokie , IL 20076 PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute 20 North Wacker Drive Chicago , IL 60606 PS Product Standard U . S . Department of Commerce Washington , D . C . 20203 RCSHSB Red Cedar Shingle and Handsplit Shake Bureau 515116 th Avenue Bellevue , WA 98004 044572000 01090 - 4 SDI Steel Deck Institute Box 3812 St . Louis , MO 63122 SDI Steel Door Institute 712 Lakewood Center North ' Cleveland , OH 44107 SIGMA Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association 111 East Wacker Drive ' Chicago , IL 60601 SJI Steel Joint Institute ' 1703 Parham Road , Suite 204 Richmond , VA 23229 SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors ' National Association 8224 Old Courthouse Road Vienna , VA 22180 TCA Technical Aid Series Construction Specifications Institute 1150 Seventeenth Street , NW Washington , D . C . 20036 TCA Tile Council of America , Inc . Box 326 ' Princeton , NJ 08540 UL Underwriters Laboratories , Inc . 333 Pfingston Road Northbrook , IL 60062 PART 2 -- PRODUCTS ' Not Applicable PART 3 -- EXECUTION ' Not Applicable ' END OF SECTION ' 044572000 01090 - 5 J J Q Z Z ui H _Z Y 0 Z O m LO O d' L~L. O L1J. J LL C� Q CO 2 H u ' SECTION 01152 ' APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT PART 1 -- GENERAL ' 1901 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED Submit Applications for Payment to Engineer in accordance with the schedule established by Conditions of the contract and Agreement between Owner and Contractor. 1 . 02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A . In other parts of the Construction Documents : 1 . Agreement between Owner and Contractor 2 . General Conditions of the Contract ' 3 . Article 14 — Payments to Contractor and Completion B . Specified in Other Sections : ' 1 . Section 01000 : Summary of Work 2 . Section 01700 : Contract Closeout ' 1 . 03 FORMAT AND DATA REQUIRED A . Submit itemized applications typed in a format approved by Engineer. All applications for payment must be numbered , dated , and signed by the Contractor. ' B . Provide itemized data on payment application (format , schedules , line items and values accepted by Engineer) . ' 1 . 04 PREPARATION OF APPLICATION FOR EACH PROGRESS PAYMENT A . Application Form : 1 . Fill in required information , including that for Change Orders executed prior to the date of submittal of application 2 . Fill in summary of dollar values ' 3 . Execute certification with the signature of a responsible officer of the contract firm 4 . Have resident project representative review and sign application ' prior to submission to Engineer ' 044572000 01152 - 1 1 . 05 SUBSTANTIATING DATA FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS A . When the Owner or the Engineer requires substantiating data , Contractor shall submit suitable information , with a cover letter identifying : 1 . Project 2 . Application number and date 3 . Detailed list of enclosures 4 . For stored products : a . Item number and identification b . Description of specific material B . Submit one copy of data and cover letter for each copy of application . 1 . 06 PREPARATION OF APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT A . Application for payment is required for progress payments B . Only one application will be acceptable in any one month 1 . 07 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE A . Submit Applications for Payment to Engineer at the time stipulated in the Agreement B . Number: Four copies of each progress Application B . When Engineer finds the Application properly completed and correct , he will transmit the applications for payment to the Owner PART 2 -- PRODUCTS Not applicable PART 3 -- EXECUTION Not applicable END OF SECTION 044572000 01152 - 2 ' SECTION 01153 ' CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES PART 1 -- GENERAL ' 1 . 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE A . Promptly implement Change Order Procedures ' 1 . Provide full written data required to evaluate changes . 2 . Maintain detailed records of work done on a time-and - material/force account basis . 3 . Provide full documentation to Engineer on request. ' B . Designate in writing the member of Contractor's organization : 1 . Who is authorized to accept changes in the Work ' 2 . Who is responsible for informing others in the contractor' s employ of the authorization of changes in the Work . ' C . Owner will designate in writing the person who is authorized to execute Change Orders . 1 . 02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A . The amount of established unit prices . ' B . Conditions of the Contract : 1 . Methods of determining cost or credit to owner resulting from changes in Work made on a time-and - materials basis . 2 . Contractor' s claims for additional costs . C . Section 01152 : Applications for payment . D . Section 01311 : Construction schedules . ' E . Section 01370 : Schedule of Values . F . Section 01720 : Project Record Documents . ' 1 . 03 DEFINITIONS ' A . Change Order : See General Conditions 044572000 01153 - 1 1 . 04 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES A . Owner or Engineer may initiate changes by submitting a proposal Request to Contractor . Request will include the following : 1 . Detailed description of the Change , Products , and location of the change in the Project . 2 . Supplementary or revised Drawings and Specifications . 3 . The projected time span for making the change , and a specific statement as to whether overtime work is , or is not , authorized . 4 . A specific period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid . 5 . Such request is for information only , and is not an instruction to execute the changes , nor to stop work in progress . B . Contractor may initiate changes by submitting a written notice to Engineer, containing : 1 . Description of the proposed changes 2 . Statement of the reason for making the changes . 3 . Statement of the effect on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time . 4 . Statement of the effect on the work of separate contractors . 5 . Documentation supporting any changes in Contract Sum or Contract Time , as appropriate . 1905 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE AUTHORIZATION A . In lieu of Proposal Request , Engineer may issue a "Work Directive Change " for Contractor to proceed with a change for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. B . Authorization will describe changes in the work , both additions and deletions , with attachments of revised Contract Documents to define details of the change . C . Owner and Engineer will sign and date the Work Directive Change as authorization for the Contractor to proceed with the Changes . 1 . 06 DOCUMENTATION OF PROPOSALS AND CLAIMS A . Support each quotation for a lump sum proposal , and for each unitprice which has not previously been established , with sufficient substantiating data to allow Engineer to evaluate the quotation . B . On request , provide additional data to support time and cost computation including the following : 1 . Labor required . 044572000 01153 - 2 ' 2 . Equipment required . 3 . Products required : ' a . Recommended source of purchase and unit cost . b . Quantities required . 4 . Taxes , insurance bonds . ' 5 . Credit for work deleted from Contract , similarly documented . 6 . Overhead and profit . 7 . Justification for any change in Contract Time . ' C . Support each claim for additional costs , and for work done on a time-and - material / force account basis , with documentation as required for a lump sum proposal , plus the following additional information : 1 . Name of the Owner's authorization agent who ordered the work , and date of the order. ' 2 . Dates and time work performed , and by whom . 3 . Time record , summary of hours worked , and hourly rates paid . 4 . Receipts and invoices for : ' a . Equipment used , listing dates and times of use . b . Products used , listing quantities . C. Subcontracts . ' D . Document requests for substitutions for Products as specified in Section 01600 . 1 . 07 PREPARATION OF CHANGE ORDERS A . Engineer will prepare each Change Order. ' B . Form : Change Order format provided in the Contract Documents . C . Change Order will describe changes in the Work , both additions and deletions , with attachments of revised Contract Documents to define ' details of change . D . Change Order will provide an accounting of the adjustment in the Contract Sum and in the Contract Time . r1 . 08 LUMP SUM / FIXED PRICE CHANGE ORDER ' A . Content of Change Orders will be based on either: 1 . Engineer' s Proposal Request and Contractor' s responsible ' Proposal as mutually agreed upon between Owner and Contractor. 2 . Contractor's Proposal for a change , as recommended by Engineer. ' B . Owner and Engineer will sign and date the Change Order as authorization for the contractor to proceed with the changes . ' C . Contractor shall sign and date the Change Order to indicate agreement with the terms therein . 044572000 01153 - 3 1 W0 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER A . Content of Change Orders will be based on , either: 1 . Engineer definition of the scope of the required changes . 2 . Contractor's Proposal for a change , as recommended by Engineer. 3 . Survey of completed work B . The amount of the unit prices shall be : 1 . Those stated in the Agreement . 2 . Those mutually agreed upon between Owner and Contractor. C . When quantities of each of the items affected by the Change Order can be determined prior to start of the work : 1 . Owner and Engineer will sign and date the Change Order as authorization for Contractor to proceed with the changes . 2 . Contractor shall sign and date the Change Order to indicate agreement with the terms therein . D . When quantities of the items cannot be determined prior to ' start of the work : 1 . Engineer or Owner will issue a Change Order directing Contractor to proceed with the change on the basis of unit prices , and will cite the applicable unit prices . 2 . At completion of the change , Engineer will determine the cost of such work based on the unit prices and quantities used . a . Contractor shall submit documentation to establish the number of units of each item and any claims for a change in Contract Time . 3 . Engineer will sign and date a second Change Order to establish the change in Contract Sum and in Contract Time . 4 . Owner and Contractor will sign and date the second Change Order to indicate their agreement with the terms therein . 1 . 10 TIME AND MATERIAL / FORCE ACCOUNT CHANGE ORDER / CONSTRUCTION AUTHORIZATION A . Engineer and owner will issue a Work Directive Change directing Contractor to Proceed with the changes on a time-and - material / force account basis . B . At completion of the change , Contractor shall submit itemized accounting and supporting data as provided in the Article " Documentation of Proposals and Claims " of this section . 044572000 01153 - 4 ' C . Engineer will determine the allowable cost of such work , as provided in General Conditions and Supplementary Condition . iD . Engineer will sign and date the Change Order to establish the change in Contract Sum and in Contract Time . ' E . Owner and Contractor will sign and date the Change Order to indicate their agreement therein . ' 1 . 11 CORRELATION WITH CONTRACTOR' S SUBMITTALS A . Contractor shall periodically revise Schedule of Values and Request for ' Payment forms to record each change as a separate item of Work , and to record the adjusted Contract Sum . ' B . Contractor shall periodically revise the Construction Schedule to reflect each change in Contract Time . ' 1 . Revise sub-schedules to show changes for other items of work affected by the changes . ' C . Upon completion of work under a Change Order, enter pertinent changes in Record Documents . PART 2 -- PRODUCTS Not Applicable ' PART 3 -- EXECUTION Not Applicable END OF SECTION ' 044572000 01153 - 5 J J Q Z Z ui F- Z_ Y o Z o0 J � m � � d' r- LL O LU J W C� Q IL CO 2 H u ' SECTION 01200 PROJECT MEETINGS ' PART 1 — GENERAL 1 . 01 DESCRIPTION A . Engineer shall schedule and administer a preconstruction meeting, periodic progress meetings , and specially called meetings throughout the progress of the work . ' Engineer shall : 1 . Distribute written notice of each meeting . ' 2 , Make physical arrangements for meetings . 3 . Preside at meetings . 4 . Record the minutes , include all significant proceedings and decisions . ' 5 . Reproduce and distribute copies of minutes : a. To all participants in the meeting . b . To all parties affected by decisions made at the meeting . B . Representatives of contractors, subcontractors and suppliers attending the meetings shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents . 1 . 02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE Section 01010 - Summary of Work ' 1 . 03 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING A. To be held prior to the Notice to Proceed . B . Location : The project site , or as designated by the Engineer . ' C . Attendance : ' 1 . Owner' s Representative 2 , Engineer ' s Representative 3 . Contractor 4 , Contractor' s Superintendent 5 . Major Subcontractors 6 . Others as appropriate ' 044572000 01200- 1 1 . 04 PROGRESS MEETINGS A . Hold periodic meetings as required by progress of the work . Preferably, monthly at the beginning of the project , twice per month toward the latter part of the project , then weekly during start-up , commissioning, and operational testing . a� B . Location of the meetings : Project site , or as designated by the Owner or Engineer. C . Attendance : 1 . Owner' s Representative 2 . Engineer' s Representative 1 3 . Subcontractors as appropriate 4 . Suppliers as appropriate 1 . 05 EMERGENCY MEETINGS A . May be called by Owner, Engineer or Contractor with a minimum of three hours notice to resolve conditions of an emergency nature . PART 2 — PRODUCTS Not used . PART 3 — EXECUTION Not used . END OF SECTION 044572000 01200 -2 SECTION 01201 PRE -CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE ' PART 1 -- GENERAL 1 .01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A . Engineer shall schedule and administer the preconstruction conference ' and shall perform the following duties : 1 . Prepare agenda for meeting . 2 . Give notice of meeting three days in advance of meeting date . 3 . Make physical arrangements for meeting . 4 . Preside at meeting . 5 . Record the minutes which shall include all significant proceedings and ' decisions . 6 . Reproduce and distribute copies of minutes within fifteen ( 15 ) working days after meeting . Minutes shall be distributed to all participants in ' the meeting and to all parties affected by decisions made at the meeting . 1 . 02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A . Section 01000 : Summary of Work . B . Section 01311 : Construction Schedule . C . Section 01340 : Shop Drawings , Product Data and Samples . D . Section 01720 : Project Record Documents . 1 . 03 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A . Engineer will schedule meeting with Contractor, Owner and other affected ' parties . B . Location of the preconstruction meeting : The project site or a nearby ' office to be selected by Owner/ Engineer. C . Attendance : ' 1 . Owner/Owner' s representative . 2 . Engineer/Engineer' s representative and his professional ' consultant . 3 . Contractor/Contractor' s superintendent . 4 . Local utilities representatives . 5 . Local government agencies representative . ' 044572000 01201 - 1 D . Agenda : 1 . Record of Attendance . 2 . Project Summary Description . 3 . Local Utilities to be affected . a . Water lines b . Sewer lines C. Gas lines d . Telephone lines e . Cable TV lines f. Electric lines g . Highways h . Railroads 4 . Contractor Responsibilities : a . Start date b . Completion date C . Liquidated damages d . Contract amount e . Work schedule f. Space utilization g . Rights-of-Way occupancy h . Progress Payment Application i . As-builts ( Records/Drawings ) j . Photographs k . Shop drawings I . Subcontractors M . Project coordination n . Guarantee , Warranties , Maintenance Manuals 5 . Owner Responsibilities : a . Property and right-of-way purchase b . Monthly meetings C. Special meetings d . Partial and final payment e . Change Orders f. Periodic site visits g . Public announcements and public relations h . Project acceptance 6 . Engineer Responsibilities : a . Technical representative of Owner b . Interpreter of contract documents C . Periodic inspections of job progress d . Reviews partial and final payment applications e . Prepares Change Orders 044572000 01201 - 2 f. Checks and approves shop drawings g . Reviews record drawings h . Performs final inspection and issues certificate of completion ' 7 . Resident Inspector Responsibilities : a . Engineer's and Owner's representative on site b . Review materials and work and reports any deficiencies to ' Engineer C . Reviews applications for payment d . Works with Contractor on public notification of work items e . Attends progress meetings f. Observes testing work g . Maintains daily diary of work tasks h . Furnishes reports to Engineer as deemed advisable PART 2 -- PRODUCTS Not Applicable PART 3 -- EXECUTION ' Not Applicable ' END OF SECTION ' 044572000 01201 - 3 J J a Z O z w _z Y p �t z O m L � LL � 00 W J w a CL z SECTION 01311 ' CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES PART 1 -- GENERAL ' 1 . 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Promptly after award of the Contract , Contractor shall prepare and ' submit to the Engineer estimated construction progress for the Work , with sub-schedules of related activities which are essential to its progress . ' B . Coordinate the work and scheduling with and around other contractors and individual trades performing work on the Project . ' C . Submit revised progress schedules with each application for payment . iD . Progress Schedule shall become part of Contract Documents after approval by Engineer. ' 1 . 02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A . In other parts of the Contract Documents : ' 1 . General Conditions : ' a . Articles 2 and 6 — Schedules , Reports , and Records b . Sections 6 . 1 and 6 . 2 — Supervision by Contractor ' C . Article 15 — Supervision of Work , Termination , and Delay B . Specified in other sections : 1 . Section 01000 : Summary of Work 2 . Section 01201 : Preconstruction Conference 3 . Section 01340 : Shop Drawings , Product Data , and Samples ' 1 . 03 FORM OF SCHEDULES A . Prepare schedules in the form of a horizontal bar chart as follows : 1 . Provide separate horizontal bar for each trade or operation 2 . Horizontal time scale : Identify the first work day of each ' week . 044572000 01311 - 1 3 . Scale and spacing : To allow space for notations and future revisions . 4 . Minimum sheet size : 11 " x 17 " B . Format of listings : The chronological order of the start of each item of work . h C . Identification of listings : By major specification section numbers . 1 . 04 CONTENT OF SCHEDULES A . Construction Progress Schedule shall : ;. f 1 . Show the complete sequence of construction by activity . 2 . Show the dates for the beginning and completion of each major element of construction ; specifically list : a . Subcontractor work b . Utility construction C . Restoration 3 . Show projected percentage of completion for each item , as of the first day of each month . 1 .05 PROGRESS REVISIONS A . Indicate progress of each activity to date of submission B . Show changes occurring since previous submission of Schedule : 1 . Major changes in scope . 2 . Activities modified since previous submission . 3 . Revised projections of progress and completion . 4 . Other identifiable changes . C . Provide a narrative report as needed to define : 1 . Problem areas , anticipated delays , and the impact on the schedule . 2 . Corrective action recommended , and its effect . 3 . The effect of changes on schedules of other prime contractors . 1 . 06 SUBMISSIONS A. Submit initial schedules within ten ( 10 ) days after award of Contract ; Engineer will review schedules for information only . B . Submit revised progress schedules with each application for payment . 044572000 01311 - 2 C . Submit the number of opaque reproductions which the Contractor ' requires , plus two (2 ) additional copies ; one for Owner and one for Engineer. 1 . 07 DISTRIBUTION ' A . Distribute copies of approved schedules to : 1 . Job site file 2 . Subcontractors 3 . Other concerned parties B . Instruct recipients to report promptly to the Contractor, in writing , any problems anticipated by the projections shown in the ' schedule . PART 2 -- PRODUCTS ' Not Applicable ' PART 3 -- EXECUTION Not Applicable END OF SECTION 044572000 01311 - 3 J J Q Z AWAO Z W _Z Y p �t g o N �- m l� LL O W O J W CD Q CL U) 2 ' SECTION 01340 SHOP DRAWINGS , PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES PART 1 -- GENERAL ' 1 . 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A . Submit Shop Drawings , Product Data , Samples and Certificates ' required by the Contract Documents . B . Review and approval by Contractor of submitted material . ' 1 .02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS ' A . In other parts of the Contract Documents : 1 . Definitions and Additional Responsibilities of Parties : ' a . General Conditions of the Contract ( 1 ) Sections 6 . 23 — 6 . 28 : Shop Drawings B . Specified in other sections : ' 1 . Section 01311 : Construction Schedules . 2 . Section 01720 : Record Documents ' C . Designate in the construction schedule , or in separate coordinated schedule , the dates for the submission and the dates that reviewed Shop Drawings , Product Data and Samples will be ' needed . 1 . 03 SHOP DRAWINGS ' A . Drawings shall be presented in a clear and thorough manner. Details shall be identified by reference to sheet and detail of schedule shown on Contract Drawings . B . Minimum sheet size : Manufacturer' s standard ; adequate to ' clearly illustrate . 044572000 ' 01340 - 1 1 . 04 PRODUCT DATA A . Preparation : 1 . Clearly mark each copy to identify applicable products , models , options , and other data . 2 . Show performance characteristics and capacities . 3 . Show dimensions and clearances required . 4 . Show wiring or piping diagrams and controls . B . Manufacturers standard schematic drawings and diagrams : 1 . Modify drawings and diagrams to delete information which r is not applicable to the work . 2 . Supplement standard information to provide information specifically applicable to the work . 3 . Include manufacturer's installation instructions when required by the Specifications Section . 1 . 05 SAMPLES A . Office Samples : Limit to items requiring color, pattern and similar selections and shall be sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate : 1 . Full range of color, texture and pattern 2 . Submit samples for selection of finishes within sixty (60 ) days after date of Agreement , or when directed by Engineer. B . Field Samples and Mock-ups : 1 . Functional characteristics of the product, with integrally- related parts and attachment devices . 2 . Contractor shall erect , at the Project Site , at a location acceptable to the Engineer 3 . Size of Area : that specified in the respective specification section . 4 . Fabricate each sample and mockup complete and finished . 5 . Include identification on each sample , giving full information . 6 . Remove samples at conclusion of Work , or when acceptable to the Engineer. 044572000 01340 - 2 ' 1 . 06 MANUFACTURER ' S CERTIFICATES ' A . Submit Certificates , in duplicate , in accordance with requirements of each specification section . 1 . 07 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES ' A . Review Shop Drawings , Product Data and samples prior to P submission . ' B . Determine and verify : ' 1 . Field measurements 2 . Field construction criteria 3 . Catalog numbers and similar data 4 . Conformance with specifications C . Coordinate each submittal with requirements of the work and of ' the Contract Documents , D . Notify the Engineer in writing at the time of submission of ANY ' AND ALL DEVIATIONS in the submittals from requirements of the Contract Documents . All of the Contractor's comments and notations shall be in red ink . E . Begin no fabrication of work which requires submittals until return of submittals with Engineer's approval . ' 1 .08 SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A . Make submittals promptly in accordance with approved schedule , ' and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the work of any other Contractor. ' B . Number of submittals required : 1 . Shop Drawings : Submit the number of opaque ' reproductions which the contractor requires , plus four (4 ) copies which will be retained by the Engineer . 2 . Product Data : Submit the number of copies which the Contractor requires , plus four (4 ) which will be retained by ' the Engineer. 3 . Samples : Submit the number stated in each specification section . C . Submittals shall contain : ' 1 . The date of submission and the dates of any previous submissions . 044572000 01340 - 3 2 . The project title and number 3 . Contract identification 4 . The name of: a . Contractor b . Supplier C . Manufacturer 5 . Identification of the project , with specification section number. 6 . Field dimensions , clearly identified as such . 7 . Relation to adjacent or critical features of the Work or materials . 8 . Applicable standards , such as ASTM or Federal } Specification numbers . 9 . Identification of deviations from Contract Documents 10 . Identification of revisions on resubmittals . 11 . An 8 " x 3 " blank space for Contractor and Engineer stamps 12 . Contractor's stamp or review and approval , initialed or signed , certifying to review of initialed or signed , certifying to review of submittal , verification of products , field measurements and field construction criteria , and coordination of the information within the submittal with requirements of the work and of Contract Documents . 1 . 09 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A . Make any corrections or changes in the submittals required by the Engineer and resubmit until approved . B . Shop Drawings and Product Data : 1 . Revise initial drawings or data , and resubmit as specified for initial submittal . 2 . Indicate any changes which have been made other than those requested by the Engineer. C . Samples : Submit new samples as required for initial submittal . 1 . 10 DISTRIBUTION A . Distribute reproductions of Shop Drawings and copies of Product Data which carry the Engineer' s stamp or review to : 1 . Job site file . 2 . Record Documents file . 3 . Other affected contractors 4 . Subcontractors 5 . Supplier or fabricator 044572000 01340 - 4 ' B . Distribute samples which carry the Engineer' s stamp of approval as directed by the Engineer. ' 1 . 11 ENGINEER' S DUTIES A . Review submittals with reasonable promptness and in accordance ' with schedule . B . Affix stamp and initials / signature , and indicate requirements for resubmittal , or review without comments of submittal . All of Engineer's comments shall be made in green ink . ' C . Return submittals to Contractor for distribution , or for resubmission . ' PART 2 now PRODUCTS ' Not Applicable PART 3 -- EXECUTION ' Not Applicable END OF SECTION 044572000 01340 - 5 J J Q Z Z W F- _Z Y o cn Qo J � o m Ln � LL o0 LU J W C7 Q CL U) 2 F- u ' SECTION 01381 ' AUDIO -VISUAL DOCUMENTATION PART 1 -- GENERAL ' 1 . 01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK Prior to commencing the Work , the Contractor shall have a continuous ' color audio-video tape recording taken along the entire length of the Project to serve as a record of preconstruction conditions . The preconstruction swale elevations shall be recorded at 100 ' intervals . ' 1 . 02 APPROVAL ' No construction shall begin prior to review and acceptance of the tapes covering the construction area by the Owner of Engineer. The Engineer shall have the authority to reject all or any portion of a videotape not ' conforming to specifications and order that it be redone at no additional charge . The Contractor shall reschedule unacceptable coverage within five (5 ) days after being notified . The Engineer shall designate those ' areas , if any , to be omitted from or added to the audio-video coverage . Tape recordings shall not be made more than thirty ( 30 ) days prior to beginning of construction in any area . All tapes and written records shall become property of Owner. The tapes shall be delivered to the Owner as ' soon as possible after recording . 1 . 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE The Contractor shall engage the services of a professional electrographer. The color audio-video tapes shall be prepared by a responsible commercial firm known to be skilled and regularly engaged in the business of preconstruction color audio-video tape documentation . ' PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2 . 01 GENERAL ' All equipment , accessories , materials , and labor to perform this service shall be furnished by the Contractor . ' 2 . 02 QUALITY The total audio-video system shall reproduce bright , sharp , clear pictures with accurate colors and shall have minimal distortion , tearing , rolls , or other imperfections . The audio portion of the recording shall reproduce the commentary of the camera operator with proper volume and clarity ' and be free from distortion and interruptions . 044572000 01381 - 1 2 . 03 CAMERA The color video camera used in the recording system shall have a horizontal resolution of 300 lines at center , a luminance signal -to- noise ratio of 45dB , and a minimum illumination requirement of 25 foot candles . 2 . 04 TAPES Audio-video tapes shall be new . Reprocessed tapes will not be acceptable . The tapes shall be one-half inch , high energy , extended still frame capable videocassette , shall be interchangeable with the color videocassette player, and shall be compatible for playback with the player- receiver. PART 3 -- EXECUTION w 3 . 01 VIDEOTAPING PROCEDURES A . Each tape shall begin with the current date , project name , and municipality , and be followed by the general location ; i . e . , name of street , house address , viewing side , and direction of progress . The audio track shall consist of an original live recording . The recording shall contain the narrative commentary . B . All video recordings must , by electronic means , display continuously and simultaneously generate , with the actual taping , transparent digital information to include the date and time of recording , and station numbers , if shown on the Drawings . The date information shall contain the month , day , and year. The time information shall contain the hour, minute , and second . Additional information shall be displayed periodically . Such information shall include , but not be limited to , project name , contract number, name of street , house address , direction of travel , and the viewing side . The transparent information shall appear on the screen . C . All taping shall be done during times of good visibility . No taping shall be done during precipitation , mist , or fog . The recording shall be done only when sufficient sunlight is present to properly illuminate the subjects of recording and to produce bright , sharp video recordings of those subjects . D . The rate of speed in the general direction of travel of the vehicle used during taping shall not exceed 44 feet per minute . Panning , zoom - in , and zoom-out rates shall be sufficiently controlled to maintain a clear view of the object . 044572000 01381 - 2 E . Tape coverage shall include all surface features located within the ' zone of influence of construction supported by appropriate audio coverage . Such coverage shall include , but not be limited to , existing driveways , sidewalks , curbs , pavements , ditches , mailboxes , landscaping , culverts , fences , signs , and headwalls ' within the area covered . F . When conventional wheeled vehicles are used , the distance from ' the camera lens to the ground shall not be more than twelve ( 12 ) feet . In some instances , audio-video tape coverage may be required in areas not accessible by conventional wheeled ' vehicles . Such coverage shall be obtained by walking or special conveyance approved by the Engineer. END OF SECTION 044572000 01381 - 3 J J Q Z Z LU Z Y Z g m LL o � L11 O 000 � r- CL � I ' SECTION 01410 ' TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES PART 1 -- GENERAL 1901 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A . Owner may employ and pay for the services of an independent ' testing laboratory to perform certain specified testing in addition to what is called for in the Contract Documents . Owner shall pay for all additional testing . 1 . Contractor shall cooperate with the laboratory to facilitate the execution of its required services . ' 2 . Employment of the laboratory shall in no way relieve Contractor's obligations to perform the work of the Contract . B . Contractor will employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform certain specified testing . All testing ' described in the contract Documents shall be paid for by the Contractor. 1 . 02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A . General Conditions of the contract : Inspections and testing required by laws , ordinances , rules , regulations , orders or ' approvals of public authorities . B . Respective sections of specifications : Certification of Products . ' 1 . 03 QUALIFICATION OF LABORATORY A . Meet " Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualification , " published by American Council of Independent Laboratories . ' B . Meet basic requirements of ASTM E329 , " Standards of Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for ' Concrete and Steel as Used in Construction . " C . Authorized to operate in the State in which the Project is located . ' D . Submit copy of report of inspection of facilities made by Materials Reference Laboratory of National Bureau of Standards during the most recent tour of Inspection , with memorandum of remedies of ' any deficiencies reported by the inspection . ' 044572000 01410 - 1 E . Testing Equipment : 1 . Calibrated at reasonable intervals by devices of accuracy traceable to either : a . National Bureau of Standards b . Accepted values of national physical constants . 1 . 04 LABORATORY DUTIES A. Cooperate with Engineer and Contractor; provide qualified personnel after due notice . B . Perform specified inspections , sampling , and testing of materials and methods of construction : 1 . Comply with specified standards 2 . Ascertain compliance of materials with requirements of Contract Documents . C . Promptly notify Engineer and Contractor of observed irregularities or deficiencies of work or products . D . Promptly submit written report of each test and inspection ; one copy each to Engineer, Owner, and Contractor, and one copy to Record Documents File . Each report shall include : 1 . Date issued 2 . Project title and number 3 . Testing laboratory name , address , and telephone number 4 . Name and signature of laboratory inspector 5 . Date and time of sampling or inspection 6 . Record of temperature and weather conditions 7 . Date of test 8 . Identification of product and specification section 9 . Location of sample or test in the Project 10 . Type of inspection or test 11 . Results of tests and compliance with Contract Documents 12 . Interpretation of test results , when requested by Engineer E . Perform additional tests as required by Engineer or the Owner 1 . 05 LIMITATIONS OF AUTHORITY OF TESTING LABORATORY A . Laboratory in not authorized to : 1 . Release , revoke , alter , or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents 2 . Approve or accept any portion of the work 044572000 01410 - 2 ' 3 . Perform any duties of the Contractor ' 1 . 06 CONTRACTOR ' S RESPONSIBILITIES A . Cooperate with laboratory personnel , and provide access to work ' and to manufacturer' s facilities . B . Secure and deliver to the laboratory adequate quantities of representational samples of materials proposed to be used and ' which require testing . C . Provide to the laboratory the preliminary design mix proposed to be used for concrete , and other material mixes which require control by the testing laboratory . ' D . Furnish copies of product test reports as required . E . Furnish incidental labor and facilities : 1 . To provide access to work to be tested 2 . To obtain and handle samples at the project site or at the ' source of the product to be tested 3 . To facilitate inspections and tests 4 . For storage and curing of test samples F . Notify laboratory , in advance of operations to allow for laboratory assignments of personnel and scheduling of tests . ' PART 2 -- PRODUCTS Not applicable ' PART 3 -- EXECUTION 1 Not applicable END OF SECTION ' 044572000 01410 - 3 J J Q Z Z LU F- _Z Y Z C) Q O J O m L U. O L11 J ui C7 Q an 2 F- u ' SECTION 01510 ' TEMPORARY UTILITIES PART 1 -- GENERAL ' 1 . 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A . Furnish , install , and maintain temporary utilities required for construction ; remove on completion of entire project . B . Provide temperature , ventilation , and lighting requirements , if ' applicable , as specified in each individual section . 1 . 02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS ' Section 01000 : Summaryof Work 1 . 03 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A . Comply with National Electric Code . B . Comply with federal , state , and local codes and regulations , and with utility company requirements . PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2 . 01 MATERIALS ( GENERAL) ' Materials may be new or used , but must be adequate in capacity for the required usage . They MUST NOT create unsafe conditions , and MUST NOT violate requirements of applicable codes and standards . 2 . 02 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY AND LIGHTING tA . The Contractor must maintain power to all existing buildings and areas . B . The Contractor is responsible for providing and paying for all power required for his operations . Contractor shall make ' arrangements with Owner for temporary power. C . Contractor is responsible for arranging power for his office trailers (s ) , power tools , etc . , at his own expense . The Contractor ' shall pay the costs of all power used . 044572000 ' 01510 - 1 D . Provide POWER CENTERS for miscellaneous tools and equipment used in the work : 1 . Weatherproof distribution box with minimum of four 20- amp . , 120 -volt grounded outlets . 2 . Locate so that power is available at any point of use with minimum 100-foot CONSTRUCTION -TYPE power cords . 3 . Provide circuit breaker protection for each outlet . E . Provide adequate artificial lighting for all areas of work , when natural light is not adequate for work , and for areas accessible to persons other than Contractor's employees . F . If Contractor requires service other than specified above , he shall arrange for, provide maintenance , and pay all costs incurred . 2 . 03 TEMPORARY WATER Contractor shall make arrangements with Owner for all temporary water at the project site . Contractor shall pay for all temporary water required for his operations . 2 . 04 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A . Contractor shall provide temporary sanitary facilities in compliance with laws and regulations . B . Contractor shall provide for regular service , cleaning , and maintenance of temporary facilities and enclosures . PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3 . 01 GENERAL A . Comply with applicable requirements specified in Section 02670 — Submersible Wastewater Pumping Station , as well as state and local codes . B . Maintain and operate systems to ensure continuous service . 044572000 01510 - 2 ' 3 . 02 REMOVAL A . Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when their use is no longer required . ' B . Clean and repair damage caused by temporary installations or use of temporary facilities . C . Restore existing facilities used for temporary services to specified , or to original , condition . END OF SECTION 044572000 ' 01510 - 3 J J Q Z Z W F- Z_ Y O J N m LO O LL O LL W J W 0 Q U) F- u fSECTION 01560 TEMPORARY CONTROLS PART 1 -- GENERAL ' 1 . 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED ' A . Furnish , install , and maintain temporary control facilities required for construction ; remove on completion of entire project any features not intended to remain on the project site . B . Provide noise control , dust control , water control , debris control , pollution control and erosion control as specified in the appropriate sections of these documents . ' 1 . 02 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES ' A . Comply with federal , state , and local codes and regulations and utility company requirements . B . Comply with Department of Transportation requirements . PART 2 -- PRODUCTS ' 2 . 01 MATERIALS ( GENERAL) A . Materials may be new or used , but must be adequate in capacity ' and quality for the required usage , MUST NOT create unsafe conditions and MUST NOT violate requirements of applicable codes and standards . ' 2 . 02 TEMPORARY NOISE CONTROL A . Mechanical equipment shall be fitted with mufflers to reduce noise from internal combustion type engines . ' B . Bells , sirens , alarms , etc . , shall be adjusted to provide adequate warnings to personnel on the project site ; however, they shall be regulated to an intensity that is amenable to the neighboring ' communities . C . Exterior construction work noises shall be kept to a minimum during evening , night , and early morning hours . In addition , ' weekend and holiday noises shall be limited to acceptable levels . D . In addition to on -site control , noise considerations shall be made ' to off-site vehicles and equipment ( mobilization , demobilization , deliveries , etc . ) . 044572000 01560 - 1 2 . 03 TEMPORARY DUST CONTROL Dust formed as a result of the construction shall be controlled by the Contractor. Cleaning of work areas and application of dust control I It materials are the most effective methods of dust control . 2 . 04 TEMPORARY WATER CONTROL } A . The flow of water through the construction site shall be controlled by the Contractor such that it does not damage any constructed items ; however, it shall be diverted and channeled to effectively leave the site as soon as possible . Puddling and ponding on the site is not permitted . B . Water shall be controlled such that it does not enter excavated areas , nor is deposited on or against constructed features . 2 . 05 TEMPORARY DEBRIS CONTROL A . Provision shall be made by each Contractor to have available adequate containers to hold any and all debris that is to be generated from the project . Containers should be - covered to prevent wind blowing paper, plastic , and lightweight products around and off the site . B . Instructions shall be given to personnel to utilize the trash containers . Containers shall be placed in convenient places at the site . C . At least once per week , a thorough cleaning of trash and debris shall be made at the construction site . An acceptable method of disposal shall be employed . END OF SECTION 044572000 01560 - 2 tSECTION 01600 ' MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 -- GENERAL 1 . 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A . Products B . Workmanship ' C . Manufacturer' s Instructions D . Transportation and Handling ' E . Storage and Protection ' F . Substitutions and Product Options 1 . 02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS ' A . Section 01000 : Summary of Work — Provisions and performance of work under the Contract . ' B . Section 01090 : Reference Standards — Provision and identification of publication sources for referenced standards . ' C . Section 01340 : Shop Drawings , Product Data and Samples — Submittal of manufacturer' s drawings , descriptive literature , samples and certificates . D . Section 01710 : Cleaning — Manufacturer's recommendation and procedures for cleaning . E . Section 01740 : Warranties and Bonds — Form and time of submission . ' 1 . 03 PRODUCTS ' A . Products include material , equipment and systems . B . Comply with specifications and referenced standards as minimum . C . Manufactured and fabricated components required to be supplied in quantity with a Specification section shall be the same , and shall be interchangeable . ' 044572000 01600 - 1 D . When project is alteration and additional work DO NOT use materials and equipment removed from existing structure , except as specifically allowed by notation or indication by Contract Documents . 1 . 04 WORKMANSHIP A . Comply with industry standards except when more restrictive tolerances or specified requirements indicate more rigid standards or more precise workmanship . B . Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality . C . Secure products in place with positive anchorage devises designed and sized to withstand stresses , vibration , and rocking . 1 . 05 MANUFACTURER ' S INSTRUCTIONS A . When work is specified to comply with manufacturer's printed instructions , obtain and distribute copies to persons involved , and maintain one set at job site in field office . B . Perform work in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and specified requirements . C . Should a conflict exist between Specifications and manufacturer's instructions , consult with Engineer. 1 . 06 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING 14 A . Arrange deliveries of products in accordance with construction schedules ; coordinate to avoid delay of progress , conflict with work and with conditions at the site . B . Transport products by methods to avoid product damage ; deliver in undamaged condition in manufacturer's unopened containers or packaging , dry . C . Provide equipment and personnel to handle product by methods to prevent soiling or damage . D . Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply with requirements , quantities are correct and products are undamaged . 044572000 01600 - 2 IM STORAGE AND PROTECTION ' A . Store products in accordance with manufacturer' s instructions , with seals and labels intact and legible . ' B . Store sensitive products in weather-tight enclosures ; maintain within temperatures and humidity ranges recommended/required by manufacturer' s instructions . C . For exterior storage of fabricated products , place on sloped supports above ground . Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering ; provide ventilation to avoid condensation . D . Store loose granular materials on solid surfaces in a well -drained area ; prevent mixing with foreign matter. ' E . Arrange storage to provide access for inspection . Periodically inspect to assure products are undamaged , and are maintained under required conditions . ' F . After installation , provide coverings to protect products from damage from traffic and construction operations , remove when no ' longer needed . 1 . 08 PRODUCT OPTIONS ' A . Within 30 days after date of Contract , submit complete list of major products proposed , with name of manufacturer , trade name and model . B . Options : ' 1 . Products specified only be reference standard : Any product meeting that standard . 2 . Product specified by naming several manufacturers : ' Product of any named manufacturer meeting specifications . 3 . Products specified by naming one or more manufacturers and "or equal " : Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not specifically named . 1 . 09 SUBSTITUTIONS ' A . Only within 30 days after date of Contract will Engineer consider requests from Contractor for substitutions . Subsequently , ' substitutions will be considered only when a product becomes unavailable due to no fault of the Contractor . 044572000 01600 - 3 B . Document each request with complete data , drawings and samples as appropriate , substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents including : 1 . Comparison of the qualities of the proposed substitution with the specified . 2 . Changes required in other elements of the work because of the substitution . 3 . Effect on the construction schedule . 4 . Cost data comparing the proposed substitution with the product specified . 5 . Any required license fees or royalties 6 . Availability of maintenance service , and the source replacement materials . C . Request constitutes a representation that Contractor: 1 . Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds , in all respects , specified product. 2 . Will provide the same warranty for substitution as for specified product . 3 . Will coordinate installation and make other changes which may be required for work to be complete in all respects . 4 . Waives claims for additional costs which may subsequently become apparent . D . Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on Shop Drawing or Product Data submittals without separate written request , or when acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents , E . Engineer will review to determine acceptability of proposed substitution , and will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection in writing within a reasonable time . PART 2 -- PRODUCTS Not applicable PART 3 -- EXECUTION Not applicable END OF SECTION 044572000 01600 - 4 ' SECTION 01700 ' CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART 1 -- GENERAL ' 1 . 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A . Comply with requirements stated in General and Special Conditions of the Contract and in Specifications for administrative procedures in closing out the work . B . Related requirements in other parts of the Contract Documents : 1 . Fiscal provisions , legal submittals , and additional administrative ' requirements ; General Conditions of the Documents : ' a . Paragraph 6 . 19 — Record Documents b . Paragraph 14 . 11 — Final Inspection C. Paragraph 14 . 8 — Substantial Completion ' d . Paragraph 14 . 12 — Application for Final Payment e . Paragraph 14 . 13 — Final Payment and Acceptance f. Paragraph 13 . 1 — Guarantee of Work ' C . Related requirements specified in other sections : 1 . Section 01710 : Cleaning ' 2 . Section 01720 : Project Record Documents 3 . Section 01740 : Warranties and Bonds ' 1 . 02 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A . When Contractor considers his work is substantially complete , he shall submit to Engineer: 1 . A written notice that the work , or designated portion thereof, is ' substantially complete . 2 . A list of items to be completed or corrected . B . Within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice , Engineer will make an inspection to determine the status of completion . C . Should Engineer determine that the work is not substantially complete : 1 . Engineer will promptly notify the Contractor, in writing , giving the reasons . ' 2 . Contractor shall remedy the deficiencies in the work , and shall send a second written notice of substantial completion to Engineer 3 . Engineer will re- inspect the work ' 044572000 01700 - 1 D . When Engineer concurs that the work is substantially complete , he will : 1 • Prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion , accompanied by a list of items to be completed or corrected 2 . Submit the Certificate to Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of the responsibilities assigned to them in the certificate . 1 . 03 FINAL INSPECTION A. When Contractor considers the work is complete , he shall submit written certification that : ;z 1 . Contract Documents have been reviewed 2 . Work has been inspected for compliance with Contract Documents 3 . Work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents 4 . Equipment and systems have been tested in the presence of the Owner's representative and are operational 5 . Equipment and systems instructions to Owner's personnel have been completed in accordance with Section 01730 6 . Work is completed and ready for final inspection B . Engineer will make an inspection to verify the status of completion with reasonable promptness after receipt of such certification . C . Should Engineer consider that the work is incomplete or defective : 1 . Engineer will promptly notify the Contractor, in writing , listing the incomplete or defective work. 2 . Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy the stated deficiencies , and send a second written certification to Engineer that the work is complete . 3 . Engineer will re- inspect the work D . When Engineer finds that the work is acceptable under the Contract Documents, he shall request the Contractor to make closeout submittals . 1 . 04 RE -INSPECTION FEES Should the Engineer perform re-inspection due to failure of the work to comply with the claims of status of completion made by the Contractor, Contractor will compensate Engineer/Owner for such additional services . 044572000 01700 - 2 1 .05 ADDITIONAL SERVICES ' Should Engineer be required to provide representation at the site for the administration of the Contract for Construction , more than thirty days after the specified Date of Substantial Completion of the work , Contractor will compensate Engineer for such additional services . 1 . 06 CONTRACTOR' S CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS TO ENGINEER ' A . Evidence of compliance with requirements ofovernin authorities : 9 9 Certificate of Occupancy B . Project Record Documents : To requirements of Section 01720 ' C . Operating and Maintenance Data : Instructions to Owner's personnel conforming to requirements of Section 01730 D . Warranties and Bonds : To requirements of Section 01740 ; also , see Item H below ' E . Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials : To requirements of each specification section F . Evidence of Payment and Release of Liens : To requirements of General and Supplementary Conditions G . Certificate of Insurance for Products and Completed Operations H . One ( 1 ) Year Maintenance Bond ' I . Certificate of Operation from equipment manufacturers 1 . 07 FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS ' A . Submit a final statement of accounting to Engineer B . Statement shall reflect all adjustments to the Contract Sum : ' 1 . The original Contract Sum 2 . Additions and deductions resulting from : a . Previous change orders b . Allowances C . Unit prices ' d . Deductions for uncorrected work e . Deductions for liquidated damages f. Deductions for re- inspection payments ' g . Other adjustments ' 044572000 01700 - 3 3 . Total Contract sum , as adjusted 4 . Previous payments 5 . Sum remaining due C . Engineer will prepare a final change order, reflecting approved adjustments to the Contract sum which were not previously made by change order. 1 . 08 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A. Contractor shall submit the final Application pp ion for Payment in accordance with procedures and requirements stated in the Conditions of the Contract . t PART 2 -- PRODUCTS Not applicable PART 3 -- EXECUTION Not applicable END OF SECTION 044572000 01700 - 4 ' SECTION 01710 ' CLEANING PART 1 -- GENERAL ' 1 . 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED Execute cleaning , during progress of the work , and at completion of the work , as ' required by General conditions . 1 . 02 DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with codes , ordinances , regulations , and anti- pollution laws . ' PART 2 -- PRODUCTS ' 2 . 01 MATERIALS A . Use only those cleaning materials which will not create hazards to health or property and which will not damage finishes and surfaces . B . Use only those cleaning materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of the surface material to be cleaned . ' C . Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended b cleaning ng material manufacturer. ' PART 3 -- EXECUTION ' 3 . 01 DURING CONSTRUCTION A . Execute periodic cleaning to keep the work , the site , and adjacent ' properties free from accumulation of waste materials , rubbish , and windblown debris resulting from construction operations . ' B . Dispose of waste materials , cartons , crating , debris , and rubbish at designated waste receptacles . C . Contractor shall maintain a broom-cleaned site during the entire construction phase . D . For exterior utility work (such as underground pipelines , roadways , ' service areas , etc . ) , these shall be cleaned daily . Not less frequently than once weekly . Roadways shall be mechanically broomed . ' 044572000 01710 - 1 3 . 02 DUST CONTROL A . General Contractor shall broom-clean interior spaces prior to the start of completing painting and continue cleaning on an as- needed basis until painting is finished . B . Schedule operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from the cleaning process will not fall on wet or newly-coated surfaces . 3 . 03 FINAL CLEANING A . Remove grease , mastic , adhesives , dust , dirt , stains , fingerprints , labels , and other foreign materials . B . Contractor shall broom-clean paved surface ; rake-clean other surfaces of the grounds . C . Prior to final completion , Contractor shall conduct an inspection of all work areas to verify that the entire work area is clean . END OF SECTION 044572000 01710 - 2 ' SECTION 01720 ' PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 -- GENERAL ' 1 . 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A . Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one record copy of the ' following : 1 . Drawings 2 . Specifications 3 . Addenda 4 . Change orders and other modifications to the Contract 5 . Engineer field orders or written instructions 6 . Approved shop drawings , product data , and samples 7 . Field test records B . Related requirements in the other parts of the Contract Documents : ' General Conditions of the Contract ; Section 2 — Schedules , Reports and Records C . Related requirements specified in other sections : ' Section 01340 : Shop Drawings , Product Data and d Samples 1 . 02 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES A. Contractor shall store documents and samples in the field office apart from documents used for construction . 1 . Provide files and racks for storage of documents . 2 . Provide locked cabinet or secure storage space for storage of samples . B . File documents and samples in accordance with Specifications — Table of Contents . C . Maintain documents in a clean , dry , legible condition and in good order. ' Do not use record documents for construction purposes . D . Make documents and samples available at all times for inspection by ' Engineer . ' 044572000 01720 - 1 1 v0 MARKING DEVICES A . Provide felt tip marking pens for recording information in the color red . 1 . 04 RECORDING (SEE ALSO SPECIAL CONDITIONS) A . Label each document " PROJECT RECORD " in neat large printed letters . B . Record information concurrently with construction progress . DO NOT conceal or backfill any work until required information is recorded . C . Drawings : Legibly mark to record actual construction : 1 . Depths of various elements of construction in relation to N . G . V. D . 1929 . 2 . Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances , referenced to permanent surface improvements . 3 . Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in the ' construction , referenced to visible and accessible features of the structure . 4 . Field changes of dimension and detail 5 . Changes made by field order or by change order. 6 . Details not on original contract drawings . D . Specifications and Addenda : Legibly mark each section to record : 1 . Manufacturer, trade name , catalog number and supplier of each product and item of equipment actually installed . 2 . Changes made by field order or by change order. 1 . 05 SUBMITTAL A . At Contract close-out , deliver Record Documents to Engineer for the Owner B . Accompany submittal with transmittal letter in duplicate , containing : 1 . Date 2 . Project title and number 3 . Contractor's name and address 4 . Title and number of each Record Document 5 . Signature of Contractor or his authorized representative 044572000 01720 - 2 1 . 06 AS -BUILT SURVEYS ' A . CONTROL INFORMATION FOR AS- BUILT UTILITY SURVEY WORK ' 1 . All as-built drawings shall state in 1 " lettering "AS- BUILT RECORD SURVEY" located in the bottom right hand side of the drawing original and/or copies , along with the as- built date . 2 . All as- built surveys shall meet the minimum requirements of the ' Chapter 61G17 , Florida Administrative Code Pursuant to Section 472 of the Florida Statutes . All surveys shall be based on a minimum horizontal control Third Order, " Class 2 . " 3 . All state plane coordinates shall be based on the Florida State Plane Horizontal Data ( East Zone ) ; Florida High Precision Geodetic Network ( Superstation ) and NAD 83/ 1990 — final ' adjustment . 4 . State plane coordinates shall be physically tied to a minimum of two known state plane coordinate benchmarks that utilize number ' 3 above . State plane coordinates shall be shown on survey at benchmarks used . 5 . All elevations shown shall be based on 1929 NGVD . ' 6 . All incoming as -built survey AUTOCADD drawing files shall be received on 3 . 5 " diskette and in state plane coordinates . ( NOTE : Prior to submitting the 3 . 5 " AUTOCADD diskette , three ( 3 ) copies of each survey shall be submitted for review and approval . After ' all approvals , a signed and sealed Mylar reproducible along with two (2 ) signed and sealed copies of each survey shall be submitted . ' 7 . All as - built survey drawings shall be tied to a minimum of one permanent reference monument ( P . R . M . ) every 1400 feet if available , and tied to a minimum of two section corners or one ' section corner and one '/4 section corner , which ever is closest to the project . 8 . All as- built survey drawings shall be calculated in a Cogo package ' for future G . I . S . Information . TheCogo used shall meet the Cogo requirements set forth by the Department of Utility Services . 9 . All as- built surveys shall include a minimum of two (2 ) existing or ' established benchmarks for vertical control every 1 , 400 feet and shown on all surveys . 10 . Horizontal Control Monumentation ( if required ) for utility lines shall be a minimum of two (2 ) points at a maximum of 1 , 400 feet ' between points and shown on all surveys . 11 . All utility as- built construction located within the right-of-ways , easements and alike shall be tied to the respective right-of-ways , ' easements , etc . , every 1 , 000 feet and change of direction . ' 044572000 01720 - 3 12 . All Utility As- built construction located within one mile of the Indian River County Global Positioning System ( G . P . S . ) control project shall be tied from that nearest G . P . S . point and into the closest construction site Permanent Reference Monument ( P . R . M . ) , if available . This does not eliminate Item No . 7 above . 13 . All as- builts shall clearly depict as-built utility lines that were constructed along with all easements . As- builts will not be accepted unless the verbiage " PROPOSED " and/or "TO BE CONSTRUCTED" have been revised to read "AS- BUILT. " Construction drawings with construction terminology will not be accepted . PART 2 -- PRODUCTS Not applicable PART 3 -- EXECUTION Not applicable END OF SECTION 044572000 01720 - 4 SECTION 01730 ' OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS ' PART1 GENERAL 1901 RELATED INFORMATION ' A . Compile product data and p p related information appropriate for Owners maintenance ' and operation of products furnished under the Contract . 1 . Prepare operating and maintenance data as specified in this Section and as ' referenced in other pertinent sections of Specifications . B . Instruct Owner's personnel in the maintenance of products and in the operation of ' equipment and systems . C . Related Requirements Specified in Other Sections . ' 1 . Submittals : Section 01300 2 . Project Record Documents : Section 01720 1. 02 FORM OF SUBMITTALS ' A . Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner' s personnel . B . Format : ' 1 . Size : 8- 1 /2 in . x 11 in . 2 Text : Manufacturer' s printed data, or neatly typewritten . 3 . Drawings : ' a . Provide reinforced punch binder tab , bind in with text . b . Fold larger drawings to the size of the text pages . ' 4 . Provide fly- leaf for each separate product , or each piece of operating equipment . ' a . Provide typed description of product , and major component parts of equipment . ' 5 . Cover : Identify each volume with typed or printed title " OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS " . List : 044572000 ' 01730- 1 a . Title of Project . b . Identity of separate structure as applicable . C . Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual . C . Binders : 1 . Commercial quality expandable catalog binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers . 2 . When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related consistent groupings . 1. 03 CONTENT OF MANUAL A . Neatly typewritten table of contents for each volume, arranged in a systematic order. 1 . Contractor, name of responsible principal , address and telephone number. 2 . A list of each product required to be included, indexed to the content of the volume . 3 . List, with each product , the name , address and telephone number of. a . Subcontractor or installer. b . Maintenance contractor, as appropriate . C . Identify the area of responsibility of each . d . Local source of supply for parts and replacement . 4 . Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set forth in Contract Documents , B . Product Data : 1 . Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product . 2 . Annotate each sheet to : a. Clearly identify the specific product or part installed . b . Clearly identify the data applicable to the installation . 044572000 01730- 2 C . Delete references to inapplicable information . C . Drawings : ' 1 . Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate relations of component parts of equipment and systems . ' 2 . Coordinate drawings with information in Project Record Documents to assure correct illustration of completed installation . t3 . Do not use Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings . ' D . Written text , as required to supplement product data for the particular installation : 1 . Organize in a consistent format under separate headings for different ' procedures . 2 . Provide a logical sequence of instructions for each procedures . E . Copy of each warranty issued . ' 1 . Provide information sheet for Owner's personnel , give : a . Proper procedures in the event of failure . b . Instances which might effect the validity of warranties . ' 1 . 04 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A . Submit four (4) copies of complete manual in final form. B . Content , for each unit of equipment and system , as appropriate : 1 . Description of unit and component parts . ' a . Function, normal operating characteristics , and limiting conditions . ' b . Performance curves , engineering data and tests . C . Complete nomenclature and commercial number of all replaceable ' parts . ' 044572000 01730- 3 2 . Operating procedures : a. Start- up , break- in , routine and normal operating instructions . b . Regulation, control, stopping, shut-down and emergency instructions . C . Summer and Winter operating instructions . d . Alignment, adjusting and checking . 3 . Servicing and lubrication schedule . a. List of lubricants required . 4 . Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions . 5 . Original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings and diagrams required for maintenance . 6 . Other data as required under pertinent sections of specifications . 1. 05 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A . Submit one copy of completed data in final form fifteen days prior to final inspection or acceptance . 1 . Copy will be returned after final inspection or acceptance, with comments . B . Submit specified number of copies of approved data in final form 10 days after final inspection or acceptance . 1906 INSTRUCTION OF OWNER ' S PERSONNEL A . Prior to final inspection or acceptance, fully instruct Owner's designated operating and maintenance personnel in the operation, adjustment and maintenance of all products, equipment and systems . B . Operating and maintenance manual shall constitute the basis of instruction . I . Review contents of manual with personnel in full detail to explain all aspects of operations and maintenance . 044572000 01730-4 PART 2 PRODUCTS ' Not Used ' PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION ' 044572000 01730 - 5 [THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY] 5Y kf 044572000 01730- 6 ' SECTION 01740 ' WARRANTIES AND BONDS PART 1 -- GENERAL ' 1 . 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A . Compile specified warranties and bonds . ' B . Compile specified service and maintenance contracts . ' C . Co-execute submittal when so specified . D . Review submittals to verify compliance with Contract Documents ' E . Submit to Engineer for review and transmittal to Owner ' 1 . 02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A . In other parts of the Contract Documents : 1 . Instructional to Bidders : Bid or Proposal Bonds 2 . General Conditional of Contract : a . Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond b . General Warranty of Construction . B . Specified in other sections : 1 . Section 01700 : Contract Closeout ' 2 . Each respective section of Specifications shall have Warranties and Bonds required for specific products . 3 . Provisions of Warranties and Bonds , Duration : The respective section of specification which specifies the product . 1 . 03 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A . Assemble warranties , bonds and service and maintenance contracts , executed by each of the respective manufacturers , suppliers and subcontractors . 044572000 01740 - 1 B . Number of original signed copies requires : Two each . C . Table of Contents : Neatly typed , in orderly sequence . Provide complete ' information for each item . 1 . Product or work item 2 . Firm , with name of principal , address , and telephone number. 3 . Scope . 4 . Date of beginning of warranty, bond or service and maintenance contract . 5 . Duration of warranty , bond or service maintenance contract . 6 . Provide information for Owner's personnel : a . Proper procedure in case of failure b . Instances which might affect the validity of warranty bonds . 7 . Contractor, name of responsible principal , address and telephone number. 1 . 04 FORM OF SUBMITTALS A . Prepare in duplicate packets . B . Format : 1 . Size 8- 1 /2 " X 11 " punched sheets for 3 -ring binder a . Fold larger sheets to fit into binders 2 . Cover: Identify each packet with typed or printed title "WARRANTIES AND BONDS . " List : a . Title of project b . Name of Contractor C . Binders : Commercial quality , three-ring , with durable and cleanable plastic cover. 1 . 05 TIME OF SUBMITTALS A . Make submittals within ten days after Date of Substantial Completion , prior to final request for payment . B . For items of work , where acceptance is delayed materially beyond the Date of Substantial Completion , provide updated submittal within ten days after acceptance , listing the date of acceptance as the start of the warranty period . 044572000 01740 - 2 1 m0 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED ' A . Submit warranties , bonds , and service and maintenance contracts as specified in the respective sections of Specifications , as appropriate . ' PART 2 -- PRODUCTS Not applicable ' PART 3 -- EXECUTIVE ' Not applicable ' END OF SECTION ' 044572000 01740 - 3 J J Q Z O 1- Z w z_ Y J N � m LO L~L. w O J w C7 Q 2 H u ' SECTION 02016 ' EXISTING UTILITIES AND UNDERGROUND STRUCTURES PART 1 — GENERAL ' 1 . 01 DESCRIPTION ' A . The plans depict the approximate location of the known existing subsurface utilities . The locations of those facilities (horizontal and vertical) were obtained from survey information , plans , and record drawings . Some unknown sub- surface utilities may exist . 1 . 02 CONTRACTOR' S RESPONSIBILITIES A . Locate the cables, ducts , conduit, pipeline chemical piping , etc . in advance of the ' proposed sub - surface excavation or construction in cooperation with plant staff. B . Notify Engineer of any substantial changes that would require a deviation in the ' plans . C . Repair any damage done to existing utilities at no additional expense to the ' Owner. ' 1 . 03 OBSTACLES Obstacles encountered not shown on Plans or any other unforeseen condition which may ' cause revision to grades or utilities may constitute compensation to the Contractor for the time expended to relocate any pipe necessary . Such compensation to be agreed to by the Owner prior to proceeding with the modified construction . PART 2 — PRODUCTS ' Not used . PART 3 — EXECUTION Not used . END OF SECTION ' 044572000 02016 - 1 ,Wpm" 1� a z 0 h z w H o a 00 N � N � w a x H ' SECTION 02150 ' DEWATERING ' PART 1 — GENERAL 1 . 01 SCOPE ' Thework covered by this Section consists of furnishing all permits , labor, equipment , appliance and materials , and performing all operations required for dewatering all excavations , if required, complete . 1 . 02 RELATED SECTIONS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A . Section 01300 — Submittals . B . Section 02200 - Earthwork . ' PART 2 - PRODUCTS ' 2 . 01 TEMPORARY FACILITIES ' A . All materials and equipment shall be suitable and adequate to function continuously as a dewatering system . B . All material and equipment used in the dewatering system remain the property of the Contractor and shall be removed off- site when dewatering is completed . PART 3 - EXECUTION ' 3 . 01 SUBMITTALS A . The Engineer shall review the dewatering method prior to commencing work . ' B . Submit the dewat enng method or plan in accordance with Submittal specifications prior to commencing dewatering . 3 . 02 METHODS ' A . The method of dewatering is to be selected by the Contractor and may include : Wellpoints 044572000 02150- 1 2 . Sump pumps 3 . Bedding rock 4 . Other approved items . 3 . 03 DISCHARGE A . The Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, tools and equipment necessary to properly control the quality of the discharge from his dewatering operations as described herein . The Contractor shall comply with all applicable laws , rules and regulations governing the discharge of water from his dewatering operations . B . Contractor shall not discharge water in any manner that will : 1 . Adversely affect water quality of adjoining water bodies . 2 . Violate Federal , State or local laws or regulations . 3 . Allow discharge to flow onto private property. 4 . Hamper movement of traffic . 5 . Damage portions of the work previously constructed . 6 . Damage portions of existing facilities or structures . C . Contractor shall obtain and pay for any permits required to discharge the dewatering waters . END OF SECTION 044572000 02150 - 2 SECTION 02200 ' EARTHWORK PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1901 WORK INCLUDED ' The work covered by this section consists of furnishing all labor, equipment, and materials , and performing all earthwork operations to include, as a minimum ; ' A . Removal of surcharge from clearwell site ' B . Excavation and backfill of structures and foundations C . Surface preparation for structures and foundations D . Excavation and backfill of pipe trenches E . Site grading 1 . 02 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL ' A . If tests for a material type fail three times, the Engineer may reject the source ' supplier and require the contractor to submit a new source for approval , at no additional cost to the Owner. The on- site is considered acceptable material and may be used , provided it meets the specified requirements . ' 1 . 03 COMPACTION TESTING A . In- situ compaction testing shall be performed by a certified laboratory . B . Compaction testing shall be done by nuclear density equipment or other approved ' methods . (ASTM D- 2937 , D- 1556 , D -2922 ) L04 RELATED SECTIONS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE ' A . Section 01410 - TestingLaboratory ratory Services tB . Section 02150 - Dewatering 044572000 ' 02200- 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 EXCAVATION All excavation is unclassified . Complete all excavation regardless of the type, nature, or condition of the materials encountered . 2 . 02 STRUCTURAL FILL AND BACKFILL Fill and backfill under and around all structures shall be suitable on-site excavation material or approved imported material . Material shall be free of organic material , shall have 3 to 10 percent by dry weight passing the U . S . Standard No . 200 sieve, and shall have no rocks larger than 3 inches in size . On- site Fine Sand and Slightly Silty Fine Sand soils , without roots, are suitable material . Imported material may be provided by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. 2 . 03 EARTHFILL On-site excavated material free from roots, trash, and rocks larger than 3 inches . 2 . 04 WATER FOR COMPACTION Contractor shall furnish potable water, as required . 2 . 05 EQUIPMENT All equipment shall be suitable and adequate to perform the work specified . Compaction equipment shall be vibratory type . PART 3 — EXECUTION 3 . 01 BUILDING FOUNDATIONS A . Foundation Soil Preparation The bulk chlorine, scrubber, and blower structure footprints are prepared in the manner described below. 1 • Clear the building pad areas of any vegetation existing at the time of construction . Currently, the site is covered with mowed grass . Grub the stripped ground surface and remove roots that are concentrated or of diameter greater than '/4- inch . 044572000 02200- 2 ' 2 . Once the clearing and grubbing is complete , the footprints of the proposed structures shall be roller compacted . Owing to the presence of nearby ' existing structures , surface compaction of the areas should be performed using a compactor that is modest in size, such as a I -ton ( static weight) WACKER W- 74 walk-behind vibratory drum roller. The soil ' densification shall encompass the entire structure footprint plus a perimeter margin which extends at least 5 feet beyond the maximum outside lines of the structure footprint . Each section of subgrade should be ' subjected to multiple, overlapping (minimum of 20 percent overlap) coverages of the compactor as it operates at its maximum vibrational ' frequency and normal walking speed . Compaction should continue until no additional settlement is visually discernible at the subgrade surface . In no case, however, shall any section of subgrade receive less than 10 passes ' of the compaction equipment . Density control shall be exercised in the upper 12 inches of the proof-rolled subgrade . Soils in this interval shall be compacted to not less than 95 percent of the ASTM D 1557 maximum dry ' density . 3 . Structural fill need to raise the pads to proposed subgrade elevations shall consist of sands with not more than 10 % passing the U . S . Standard No . 200 sieve . The structural fill shall be placed in thin lifts ( 12 - inch thick loose measure) , near the optimum moisture content for compaction , and be uniformly compacted to a firm and stable condition and to at least 95 percent of the ASTM D 1557 maximum dry density . ' 4 . Detrimental impacts of vibration induced stresses to nearby structures may be lessened through the excavation of a vibration isolation trench that ' extends to depth of two feet below the water table and is located between the existing and proposed structures . B . Building Foundation Support The proposed scrubber and blower structures may be supported on shallow foundation systems . It is anticipated that monolithic thickened edge slabs will be used to support these buildings . Thickened edge portions of the slabs should bottom at least 12 inches below the adjacent exterior grade, and have a minimum ' width of 16 inches . As such, the footings should be designed for an allowable bearing pressure of 2 , 500 pounds per square foot (psf) . The thickened edge ' portion of the footing should be well reinforced to resist the moments that result from eccentric loading . 1 Foundations designed and constructed in accordance with these recommendations are expected to sustain tolerable total and differential settlements . Owing to the granular nature of the profile components , settlement should occur rapidly and be virtually complete by the end of the construction period . 044572000 02200 - 3 3 . 02 CLEARWELL STRUCTURE A . Excavation and Dewatering : Below grade excavations shall be made in accordance with all applicable State and Federal requirements . Per the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 29 CFR Part 1926 , Sub - part P — " Excavations, " the subsoils at the site fall within the Type C criteria. The contractor shall exercise extreme caution in any decision to place men and equipment in unbraced excavations, particularly when wetted, and/or subjected to surcharge loads as well as vibrational forces . Considering the measured groundwater depths and the anticipated cut requirements, it is expected that excavations for the proposed clearwell structure will require dewatering to enable construction in a dry condition . Where this is the case, groundwater levels should be maintained at least 24 inches below the excavation bottom . The dewatering means and methods should be determined by the contractor. Dewatering may be accomplished by pumping from wells , wellpoints or sumps, or a combination thereof. B . Foundation Support : The foundation concrete shall be cast upon the existing granular soils that are compacted to at least 95 percent of maximum density (ASTM D 1557) to a depth of at least 12 inches . Alternatively, the upper 12 inches of foundation soils may be over-excavated and replaced with washed gravel that meets the size requirements of FDOT No . 57 stone. C . Structure Backfill : Soils placed adjacent to the structures ' exterior walls shall consist of sands (ASTM D 2487) containing not more than 10% passing the U. S . Standard No . 200 sieve . Backfill shall be placed in loose lifts not more than in 12 -inch thick (maximum) . To avoid developing excessive lateral earth pressures, only light-weight walk-behind compaction equipment should be used within 5 feet of the wall face . Backfill soils should be compacted to 95 percent of the ASTM D 1557 maximum dry density . Materials from the excavation are expected to meet the requirements for structure backfill . 3 . 03 TRENCH EXCAVATION A . Excavation : Excavate as required for the installation of all piping, utilities , conduits , and appurtenances . B . Trench Width : Cut trenches sufficiently wide to enable installation , compaction and inspection . The maximum width will not be limited except where excessive trench width would cause damage to adjacent structures or piping . C . Grade : Excavate the bottom of the trench to the line and grade shown , or as established by the Engineer with proper allowance for pipe bedding . 044572000 02200 - 4 ' D . The trench bottom shall provide a uniform and continuous support for the pipe . If materials are encountered in the trench unsuitable for proper bedding they shall be removed for the full trench width to a depth where suitable materials are encountered . The overexcavated trench shall be backfilled with Pipe Bedding material in maximum 6 inch lifts and compacted to a minimum 90 percent ' modified Proctor maximum dry density (AASHTO T- 180) . ' E . All trench work shall comply with the Trench Safety Act of 1990 , with latest revisions . 3 . 04 TRENCH BACKFILLING A . Haunch Backfill : Carefully place Pipe Bedding material so as not to damage the ' pipe in maximum 6 inch loose lifts and compact to a minimum 90 percent of maximum dry density (AASHTO T- 180) to the pipe centerline . Use hand-held compaction equipment . ' B . Pipe Zone : Backfill with Pipe Bedding material in maximum 12 inch loose lifts and compact to a minimum 90 percent of maximum dry density (AASHTO T- 180) to a point 12 inches above the pipe crown . C . Under Roadway Areas , and Structures : In areas where backfill settlement must be ' held to a minimum , backfill above the pipe zone with Pipe bedding material in maximum 12 inch loose lifts and compact to a minimum 98 percent maximum dry ' density (AASHTO T- 180) up to the subgrade elevation . D . Outside Pavement Areas : In areas where backfill settlement is not critical , ' backfill above the pipe zone with earthfill material to a density equal to or greater than the soil adjacent to the pipe trench to final grade . 3 . 05 FILL UNDER STRUCTURES AND PAVEMENT AREAS A . Fill under structures and pavement areas with Structural Backfill placed in ' maximum 12 inch loose lifts and compacted with a vibratory roller to a minimum 95 percent of modified Proctor maximum dry density (AASTHO T- 180) . If hand - held compaction equipment is used , reduce the loose lift thickness to 6 inches . ' The completed, compacted surface shall be at the proper final subgrade elevation . ' 3 . 06 BACKFILL AROUND STRUCTURES : A . Obtain Engineer' s acceptance of concrete work and attained concrete strength prior to backfilling . 044572000 ' 02200- 5 B . Backfill with Structural Backfill material placed in maximum 12 inch loose lifts and compacted to a minimum 90 percent of maximum dry density (ASTM D- 1557 ) . C . Compact backfill adjacent to structures with equipment that will not damage the structure . 3 . 07 SITE GRADING A . Fill and contour site areas with Earthfill material to elevations shown and as required to prepare the site for landscape grading and sodding . �t B . Place materials in maximum 8 inch loose lifts and compact as required to limit subsequent settlement . 3 . 08 EXCESS MATERIAL A . Remove all excess suitable material from the site and dispose of at Contractor ' s expense . B . Unsuitable materials shall also be removed and disposed of off-site at Contractor's expense . END OF SECTION 044572000 02200- 6 SECTION 02510 ' PAVING AND SURFACING ' PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 SCOPE ' The work covered b this section of the Specifications consists of furnishing y p gall labor, ' materials , equipment and supplies and performing all operations for the construction of pavements under this Contract . ' 1 . 02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A . Section 01010 - Summary of Work 1 . 03 REFERENCED SPECIFICATIONS ' It is the intent of these Specifications that the Florida State Department of Transportation " Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction " , latest edition , referred to herein and on the construction drawings as " DOT Std . Spec's " , be used where applicable ' for the various items of work, and that where such wording therein refers to the State of Florida and its Department of Transportation and personnel such working is intended to ' be replaced with that wording which would provide proper terminology ; thereby making such " Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction " the standard specifications for this project unless otherwise shown on the construction drawings or ' indicated in the Contract Documents . Said " DOT STD . Spec' s " shall include current Supplemental Specifications issued by the Fla. DOT . ' PART 2 -PRODUCTS ' 2 . 01 BASE MATERIAL A . Limerock material shall meet the requirements of Section 911 of the DOT Std . Specs . B . Coquina ( shell rock) material shall meet the requirements of section 915 DOT Standard Specifications , including an average LBR of not less than 100 . A ii coquina certification specification shall be submitted per Section 01300 . Contractor to bid and use only one base material throughout the project . 044572000 02510- 1 2 .02 PRIME AND TACK COATS The materials used for prime and tack coats shall meet the requirements of Section 300 of the DOT Std . Specs . t 2 . 03 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 14 Type S - 1 : The material used for Type S - 1 (Type S - 1 modified) Asphaltic Concrete shall meet the requirements of the Fla. DOT Std . Specs latest edition . 2 . 04 EQUIPMENT k All equipment associated with the operations of pavement placement and related work shall be entirely suitable for the applicable operations performed and shall be maintained in good condition . 2 .05 QUALITY CONTROL A. Quality control of the work shall be the Contractor's responsibility and -said - Contractor shall make every effort to produce the best quality work as specified on the Plans and in these Specifications . B . Density tests on the compacted subgrade and base shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory at locations designated by the Engineer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 SUBGRADE AND SHOULDER STABILIZATION (TYPE C) A . The pavement subgrade and roadway shoulders shall be prepared, graded, stabilized and compacted to the lines and grades as shown on the Plans in accordance with Type C Stabilization in Section 160 of the DOT Std . Specs . Both shoulder and subgrade to provide minimum 75 lb . Florida Bearing Value . Subgrade shall be compacted to not less then 98 percent of the maximum density as determined by AASHTO T- 180 . B . Stabilized subgrade may be substituted using 12 " minimum shellrock base and as approved by the Engineer. 044572000 02510- 2 ' 3 . 02 BASE Shell or limerock shall be prepared, graded and compacted to the lines and grades as ' shown on the Plans and in accordance with Section 200 of the DOT Std. Specs . Base shall be compacted to not less than 98 percent of the maximum density as determined by ' AASHTO T- 180 . 3 . 03 PRIME AND TACK COAT ' A . Base shall receive a prime coat with cover material in accordance with Section 300 of the DOT Std . Specs . ' B . Pavement overlays shall receive a tack coat in accordance with Section 300 of the DOT Std . Specs . 3 . 04 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE SURFACE COURSE ' A . Asphaltic concrete surface course shall be constructed to a minimum thickness as specified on the Plans . ' B . Asphaltic concrete surface course shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 320 and 330 of the DOT Std . Specs . ' C . All existing exposed edges which abut to new Asphaltic Concrete Surface Course shall be saw cut in a straight and neat appearing line . ' D . All asphaltic concrete surface course pavement replacement shall belaced b p Y mechanical spreading and screeding equipment as specified in Article 320-6 . 1 of the DOT Std . Specs . unless otherwise indicated . This will require at least an 8 ft . width for surface course placement unless specialty equipment is used which has received prior approval of the Engineer. ' END OF SECTION ' 044572000 02510- 3 r; [THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY] 044572000 02510 - 4 SECTION 02670 ' FLUSHING , TESTING AND DISINFECTION PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1 . 01 WORK INCLUDED A . Flushing , Pressure Testing, and Disinfection of systems including, but not limited to , ' concrete clearwell , pre-treatment piping , permeate water piping, filter piping, blend ii water piping, degasifiers , transfer pumps , finished water piping , and storage tank . ' B . Contractor shall furnish all necessary pumps , hoses , piping, fittings , meters , gauges , chemicals and labor to conduct specified testing . ' C . Testing shall be repeated at the Contractor ' s expense until satisfactory results are achieved . ' D . Refer the specific chemical system specification section for additional flushing and testing procedures. 1902 RELATED REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A . Section 01300 — Submittals . B . Section 15100 — Piping ' 1 . 03 REFERENCES A . ANSI/AWWA C651 - Standard for Disinfecting Water Mains , B . ANSI/AWWA C652 — Standard for Disinfection of Water Storage Facilities . ' C . ANSI/AWWA C653 — Standard for Disinfection of Water Treatment Plants . ' 1 . 04 SUBMITTALS ' A . Test Reports : Indicate results comparative to specified requirements . Submit two (2 ) copies of test results to Engineer in accordance with Submittal specifications . B . Final approval of the bacterial samples shall be received from the Florida Department of Environmental Protection prior to the time that the system is placed ' 044572000 02670- 1 into operation . Sampling procedures shall be done in accordance with FDEP requirements . C . Bacteriological sampling locations shall meet FDEP requirements and be taken where shown on the drawings and as directed by the Engineer. 1 . 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A . Perform Work in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C651 , C652 , and C653 . 1 . 06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A . Conform to applicable Florida DEP requirements for performing the work of this Section . B . Work shall conform to Indian River County Standards . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 DISINFECTION CHEMICALS A . Chemicals : The disinfecting agent shall be sodium hypochlorite solution ANSI/AWWA B303 or liquid chlorine ANSI/AWWA B301 . Dry hypochlorite, similar to " HTH" or equal may also be used as the disinfecting agent . Bleach or Clorox is not acceptable . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 .01 EXAMINATION A . Verify that pumps, piping systems , clearwell , and degasifier vessels , cartridge filters have been cleaned , inspected , and tested . B . Coordinate scheduling and disinfection activity with start - up , testing, demonstration procedures, including coordination with related systems . 3 . 02 FLUSHING AND PRESSURE TESTING - PIPING The Contractor shall furnish and install suitable temporary testing plugs or caps for the water lines , all necessary pressure pumps , hose, pipe connections, meters , gauges and other similar equipment, and all labor required , all without additional compensation for 044572000 02670-2 ' conducting pressure and leakage tests and flushing of the new water lines . Flushing and pressure testing shall be conducted in the following order. A . After all piping lines have been installed and before pressure testing and final connections to existing equipment, each run of pipe shall be thoroughly flushed so ' as to remove all debris and foreign matter from the piping and equipment . Clean and flush all piping using potable water. Sufficient flushing water shall be introduced into the piping to produce a velocity of not less than 5 feet per second , and this rate ' of flow shall be continued until the discharge is clear and no evidence of silt or foreign matter is visible . Contractor to provide means of discharging and disposing of water at Contractor' s expense . Pigging of piping systems should be considered where flushing is not practical or feasible . Non- abrasive pigs shall be employed . B . Pressure testing piping systems : 1 . The test pressure for the raw water piping , pretreatment pipng, blend water piping , and finished water piping systems shall be 150 psi and this pressure shall be maintained for a period of not less than two hours . RO permeate and transfer piping to ground storage tanks shall be tested at 30 psi . Tests shall be ' made between valves and as far as practicable and as approved by the Engineer. Potable water from the onsite distribution system shall be used . Pressure shall not vary more than one ( 1 ) psi for low pressure piping (less than 35 psi ) , or five ( 5 ) psi for other piping during the test periods or as approved by the Engineer. Allowable leakage shall be computed on the basis of ' AWWA C -600 . 2 . All leaks evident at the surface shall be uncovered and repaired regardless of ' the total leakage as indicated by the test, and all pipes, valves and fittings and other materials found defective under the test shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor' s expense . Tests shall be repeated until leakage has been ' reduced below the allowable amount . 3 . Should , in the judgement of the Engineer, it not be practical to follow the ' foregoing procedures exactly for any reason , modifications in the procedure shall be made as approved by the Engineer. In any event, the Contractor shall be responsible for the ultimate water tightness of the plant piping within the preceding requirements . ' 3 . 03 DISINFECTION — PIPING, PUMPS, CLEARWELL, AND DEGASIFIERS A . The Contractor shall furnish and install suitable temporary connections to the piping , ' all necessary pressure pumps , hose, pipe connections , meters , gauges and other similar equipment, and all labor required , all without additional compensation for ' 044572000 02670 - 3 the disinfection of all required piping systems . Disinfection shall be conducted on the following systems : 1 . R . O . Permeate , blend water, filter vessel piping , raw water, pretreatment piping . 2 . On site finished and potable water piping . 3 . Transfer pumps and piping . 4 . Degasifiers and piping . B . Conform to AWWA Standards and as modified herein . C . Maintain disinfectant for a minimum of 8 hours in such a manner that the entire system will be filled with water containing a minimum chlorine concentration of 50 ppm at any point . D . After the disinfecting agents have been permitted to remain for the specified contact periods, the water lines , and valves shall be thoroughly flushed with water until the residual chlorine tests are less than 2 PPM in each instance . The determination of the amount of residual chlorine in the system shall be made at such points and in accord with standard tests by means of a standard orthotolodine test set . E . Replace permanent system devices removed for disinfection . F . All chlorinated water shall be thoroughly flushed from the pretreatment system to prevent ANY chlorinated water from entering the membrane system in order to prevent permanent damage to membrane elements . 3 .04 FLUSHING — CLEARWELL The Contractor shall furnish and install suitable temporary testing plugs or caps for the water lines, all necessary pressure pumps , hose, pipe connections, meters , gauges and other similar equipment, and all labor required , all without additional compensation for conducting pressure and leakage tests and flushing of the new water lines . Flushing and pressure testing shall be conducted in the following order. A . Flushing tank and piping : 1 . Flush the clearwell and all associated piping using potable water after coating . 2 . All scaffolding, planks , tools , rags , and other materials not part of the structural or operating facilities of the clearwell shall be removed . The surfaces of the walls, floor, and operating facilities of the storage facility shall then be cleaned thoroughly using a high-pressure water jet, sweeping , 044572000 02670-4 ' scrubbing , or equally effective means . All water, dirt , and foreign material accumulated in this cleaning operation shall be removed from the tank . 3 . Following the cleaning operation , the vent screen , overflow screen , and any other screened openings shall be checked and put in satisfactory condition to ' prevent birds , insects , and other possible contaminants form entering the facility . Any material required to be in the operating storage facility after the cleaning procedure has been completed shall be clean and sanitary when ' placed in the facility . In such instances , care shall be taken to minimize the introduction of dirt or other foreign material . 3 . 06 PRESSURE/LEAKAGE TESTING — CLEARWELL ' A . All leaks evident at the surface shall be uncovered and repaired regardless of the total leakage as indicated by the test, and all pipes , valves and fittings and other materials found defective under the test shall be removed and replaced at the ' Contractor' s expense . Tests shall be repeated until leakage has been reduced below the allowable amount . ' B . Should , in the judgement of the Engineer, it not be practical to follow the foregoing procedures exactly for any reason , modifications in the procedure shall be made as approved by the Engineer. In any event , the Contractor shall be ' responsible for the ultimate water tightness of the plant piping within the preceding requirements . ' C . Filling : ' 1 . Water containing 50 PPM of chlorine shall be brought to such a depth that when the clearwell is filled , the resulting chlorine solution is 2 PPM . ' D . Testing : 1 . After filling the clearwell , the water level shall be held at the overflow for a period of 3 to 5 days . 2 . The tank shall then be examined for evidence of leaks . Backfill of ' Structure shall not be commenced until after successful leakage testing . ' 3 . All leaks shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 4 . Any area that, in the opinion of the Engineer, are exposed to contamination during the repair work shall be re-chlorinated to the Engineer' s satisfaction . ' 044572000 02670- 5 E . Leak Detection Methods : t 1 . Leaks in construction joints may be detected with the aid of a diver . 2 . Mud or cement deposits on the floor, when stirred up , would flow to the leak and may so indicate where the leaks are . 3 . Honeycomb and cracks around waterstops may be detected through tapping with a hammer along the joint . 4 . Any of these procedures may be insisted upon by the Engineer. 5 . Chipped out concrete areas shall be properly drypacked with a mix of 1 cement to 2 coarse sand , after coating the existing concrete surface with an approved epoxy . F . Acceptance : 1 . The acceptable drop in water level of covered water tanks shall not exceed 1 / 10 inch per 24 hours in the second week after the tank has been filled . 2 . There shall be no visible running leaks or water puddles . 3 . Small damp spots will be accepted during the first 6 months of operation ; should they not have healed by then, the Engineer may order the immediate repair of such areas . 4 . Any cracks, voids , honeycomb or cold joints showing or causing running leaks of water, shall be epoxy pumped by qualified operators until such cracks and voids have been completely sealed . 3 .07 DISINFECTION — CLEARWELL A . The Contractor shall furnish and install suitable temporary connections to the piping, all necessary pressure pumps , hose, pipe connections , meters , gauges and other similar equipment, and all labor required, all without additional compensation for the disinfection of all required piping systems . B . Conform to AWWA Standards and as modified herein . C . Water containing 200 ppm of chlorine shall be sprayed on all walls and underside of roof. This solution shall remain in the tank for a 12 -hour period prior to fill testing . 044572000 02670- 6 D . Maintain disinfectant for a minimum of 8 hours in such a manner that the entire ' system will be filled with water containing a minimum chlorine concentration of 50 ppm at any point . E . After the disinfecting agents have been permitted to remain for the specified contact periods , the water lines , and clearwell shall be thoroughly flushed with water until the residual chlorine tests are less than 2 PPM in each instance . The determination ' of the amount of residual chlorine in the system shall be made at such points and in accord with standard tests by means of a standard orthotolodine test set . ' F . Replace permanent system devices removed for disinfection . G . Once residual chlorine levels are less than 2 ppm and successful bacteriological testing is completed, the clearwell can be placed into service testing under direction of the Engineer or Owner. 3 .08 DEGASIFIER — FLUSHING AND TESTING A . Pressure clean interior of degasifier with clean , chlorinated , potable water prior to placing packing into vessel . Flush to drain , ensuring spent water does not enter the piping under the degasifier. Spray the interior of the vessel with 200 ppm chlorine ' solution prior to placing packing . ' B . Spray packing with chlorine solution prior to placement into degasifier vessel . Place packing into vessel , let sit for 24 hours, flush (hose) unit to drain with potable water, sample for bacteriological testing . Place into operation only after successful bact ' s ' are obtained . C . Do not perform flushing and testing until all plant components are ready for start-up ' and operation . 3 . 09 CHEMICAL LINES — TESTING AND FLUSHING ' A . Flush caustic lines with nitrogen gas blast prior to testing . Flush anti - scalant, liquid chlorine , and finish water lines with plant water . ' B . Pressure test all chemical lines to 150 psi , for a duration of 2 hours . Pressure loss shall not be less than 2 % of test pressure . Pump suction lines shall be tested to 25 ' psi . Pressure test caustic lines with water, drain and purge with nitrogen before use . C . Ensure lines are thoroughly cleaned of all debris prior to placing into service . Contractor takes responsibility for repairing chemical systems if not thoroughly ' flushed out . 044572000 ' 02670 - 7 D . Safety procedures should be employed during pressure testing with nitrogen gas . 3 . 10 BACTERIOLOGICAL SAMPLING A . It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor under this contract to perform the x bacteriological testing required by the Florida Department of Environmental Protection and Indian River County to obtain clearance of all piping . The Contractor shall be responsible to disinfect and repeat testing as needed until clearance is obtained for all required plant systems . The Contractor shall be responsible to pay for additional water needed if the bacteriological testing must be repeated for the clearance of the ground storage tank . B . The pumps and associated piping and structures require two (2 ) consecutive daily samples taken from the locations called out on the plans or as determined by the Engineer. The samples shall be taken concurrently at all the respective sample point locations . C . Sampling must be coordinated with Engineer and other construction activities so as to minimize re- sampling . D . Contractor shall submit schedule for bacteriological testing and pressure tests . E . The Contractor shall incur all costs needed to provide bacteriological clearance of the well , pumps, piping systems , and storage tank , etc . 3 . 11 QUALITY CONTROL A . The laboratory and personnel collecting bacteriological samples shall be Florida State certified in accordance with FDEP requirements . END OF SECTION 044572000 02670- 8 SECTION 03100 ' CONCRETE FORMWORK ' PART 1 — GENERAL 1 . 01 WORK INCLUDED ' A . Formwork for cast-ine .lace concrete , with shorin , bracing, and anchorage . p g g g ' B . Openings for other work . ' C . Form accessories . D . Form stripping . ' L02 RELATED SECTIONS ' A . Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement B . Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete 1 . 03 REFERENCES A . ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings . ' B . ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete . C . ACI 347 - Recommended Practice For Concrete Formwork . D . PS 1 - Construction and Industrial Plywood . 1904 QUALITY ASSURANCE A . Perform Work in accordance with ACI 318 . B . Maintain one copy of each document on site . ' 1 . 05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS ' A . Conform to applicable code for design , fabrication , erection , and removal of formwork . ' 044572000 03100 - 1 1 . 06 COORDINATION A . Coordinate this Section with other Sections of work which require attachment of components to formwork . B . Coordinate formwork with reinforcement installation to prevent insufficient concrete cover over reinforcement . T PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2 .01 WOOD FORM MATERIALS A . Form Materials : At the discretion of the Contractor. 2 . 02 FORMWORK ACCESSORIES A . Form Ties : Removable Snap-off type , 316 stainless steel type, fixed length,- cone type, with waterproofing rubber washer, 1 - 1 /2 inch back break dimension, free of defects that could leave holes larger than 1 -inch in concrete surface . B . Form Release Agent : Colorless mineral oil which will not stain concrete, or absorb moisture, or impair natural bonding or color characteristics of coating intended for use on concrete . C . Corner Chamfers, wood strip type ; 3/4 x 3 /4 inch size ; maximum possible lengths . D . Nails, Spikes , Lag Bolts, Through Bolts , Anchorages : Sized as required , of sufficient strength and character to maintain formwork in place while placing concrete. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3 . 01 EXAMINATION A . Verify lines , levels , and centers before proceeding with formwork . Ensure that dimensions agree with drawings . 3 . 02 EARTH FORMS A . Earth forms are not permitted . 044572000 03100- 2 ' 3 . 03 ERECTION - FORMWORK A . Erect formwork , shoring , and bracing to achieve design requirements , in ' accordance with requirements of ACI 318 . B . Provide bracing to ensure stability of formwork . Shore or strengthen formwork ' subject to overstressing by construction loads . C . Arrange and assemble formwork to permit dismantling and stripping . Do not damage concrete during stripping . Permit removal of remaining principal shores . ' D . Align joints and make watertight . Keep form joints to a minimum . E . Obtain approval before framing openings in structural members which are not ' indicated on Drawings . F . Provide chamfer strips on external corners of all exposed concrete elements . ' 3 . 04 APPLICATION - FORM RELEASE AGENT ' A . Apply form release agent on formwork in accordance with manufacturer' s recommendations . ' B . Apply prior to placement of reinforcing steel , anchoring devices , and embedded items . ' C . Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces will receive special finishes applied coverings which are affected by agent . Soak inside surfaces of ' untreated forms with clean water. D . Keep surfaces coated prior to placement of concrete . 3 . 05 INSERTS , EMBEDDED PARTS , AND OPENINGS ' A . Provide formed openings where required for items to be embedded in passing q p g ' through concrete work . B . Locate and set in place items which will be cast directly into concrete . ' C . Coordinate with work of other sections in forming and placing openings , slots , regrets , recesses , sleeves , bolts , anchors, other inserts , and components of other ' 044572000 ' 03100- 3 Work . D . Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer' s instructions , straight , level , and plumb . Ensure items are not disturbed during concrete placement . E . Install waterstops continuous without displacing reinforcement . Heat seal joints watertight . Conform to manufacturers recommendations . F . Provide temporary ports or openings in formwork where required to facilitate AS cleaning and inspection . Locate openings at bottom of forms to allow flushing water to drain . G . Close temporary openings with tight fitting panels , flush with inside face of forms , and neatly fitted so joints will not be apparent in exposed concrete surfaces . 3 . 06 FORM CLEANING A . Clean forms as erection proceeds, to remove foreign matter within forms . B . Clean formed cavities of debris prior to placing concrete . C . Use compressed air to remove remaining foreign matter. 3 . 07 FORMWORK TOLERANCES A . Construct formwork to maintain tolerances required by ACI 318 . B . Camber slabs and beams 1 /4 inch per 10 feet in accordance with ACI 318 . 3 . 08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A . Inspect erected formwork, shoring, and bracing to ensure that work is in accordance with formwork design, and that supports , fastenings, wedges, ties, and items are secure . B . Do not reuse wood formwork more than three times for concrete surfaces to be exposed to view . 3 . 09 FORM REMOVAL A . Do not remove forms or bracing within 24 hours minimum of pour AND until concrete has gained sufficient strength to carry its own weight and imposed loads . 044572000 03100 -4 ' B . Loosen forms carefully . Do not wedge pry bars , hammers , or tools against finish concrete surfaces scheduled for exposure to view . C . Store removed forms in manner that surfaces to be in contact with fresh concrete will not be damaged . Discard damaged forms . 1 END OF SECTION 044572000 ' 03100- 5 r . . , .. . r.� �l1 z 0 H z w H o 0 o `O �Q H v o (i., O W a w a c H u ' SECTION 03200 ` t ' CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT ' PART 1 — GENERAL 1 . 01 WORK INCLUDED ' A . Reinforcing steel bars , wire fabric , and accessories for cast-in-place concrete . ' 1902 RELATED SECTIONS ' A . Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork B . Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete ' 1903 REFERENCES ' A . ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings . B . ACI SP - 66 - American Concrete Institute -Detailing Manual . C . ANSI/ASTM A82 - Cold Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement . ' D . ANSI/ASTM A185 - Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement . ' E . ANSI/AWS D1 . 4 - Structural Welding Code for Reinforcing Steel . F . ASTM A615 - Deformed and Plain Billet Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement . ' G . ASTM A704 - Welded Steel Plain Bar or Rod Mats for Concrete Reinforcement . H . AWS D12 . 1 - Welding Reinforcement Steel , Metal Inserts , and Connections in Reinforced Concrete Construction . ' I . CRSI -Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute -Manual of Practice . J . CRSI 63 -Recommended Practice For Placing Reinforcing Bars . ' K . CRSI 65 - Recommended Practice For Placing Bar Supports , Specifications , and ' Nomenclature . ' 044572000 03200- 1 1 . 04 SUBMITTALS A . Submit shop drawings under provisions of Section 01300 . B . Shop Drawings : Indicate bar sizes , spacings, locations, and quantities of reinforcing steel and wire fabric , bending and cutting schedules , and supporting and spacing devices . C . Manufacturer's Certificate : Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements . L05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A . Perform Work in accordance with ACI 318 . B . Maintain one copy of document on site . 1 . 06 QUALIFICATIONS A . Welders' Certificates : Submit under provisions of Section 01300 Manufacturer's Certificates, certifying welders employed on the Work , verifying AWS qualification within the previous 12 months . 1 . 07 COORDINATION A . Coordinate with placement of formwork , formed openings , and other Work . PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2 . 01 REINFORCEMENT A . Reinforcing Steel : ASTM A615 , 60-ksi yield grade ; deformed billet steel bars , unfinished . B . Welded Steel Wire Fabric : ASTM A185 Plain Type; in flat sheets unfinished . 2 . 02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A . Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers : Sized and shaped for strength and support of reinforcement during concrete placement conditions including load bearing pad on bottom to prevent vapor barrier puncture . 044572000 03200- 2 B . Special Chairs, Bolsters , Bar Supports , Spacers Adjacent to Weather-exposed Concrete Surfaces : Plastic coated steel or stainless steel type ; size and shape as ' required . 2 . 03 FABRICATION ' A . Fabricate concrete reinforcing in accordance with ACI 318 . B . Locate reinforcing splices not indicated on drawings, at point of minimum stress . Review location of splices with Engineer. PART 3 — EXECUTION ' 3 . 01 PLACEMENT ' A . Place, support , and secure reinforcement against displacement . Do not deviate from required position . ' B . Do not displace or damage vapor barrier. C . Accommodate placement of formed openings . D . Maintain concrete cover around reinforcing according to ACI- 318 ' END OF SECTION 044572000 ' 03200- 3 [THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY] r< p { 044572000 03200-4 SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE ' PART I — GENERAL ' 1 . 01 Notice : Engineer shall be given 48 hours advance notice to all concrete placements and no concrete shall be placed without approval of Engineer. ' 1 .02 WORK INCLUDED A . Cast- in-place concrete foundations , walls , slabs on grade, and pipe supports . 1 . 03 RELATED SECTIONS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A . Section 01300 – Submittals B . Section 01410 – Testing Laboratory Services ' C . Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork ' D . Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement 1 . 04 REFERENCES A. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings . ' B . ASTM C33 - Concrete Aggregates . ' C . ASTM C94 - Ready-mixed Concrete . D . ASTM C 150 - Portland Cement . E . ASTM C260 - Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete . ' F . ASTM C618 — Pozzolonic Materials . ' 1 . 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A . Perform Work : in accordance with ACI 301 . B . Obtain materials for same source throughout the Work . 044572000 ' 03300- 1 C . Submit manufacturer's certification that materials meet specification requirements . D . Submit ready -mix delivery tickets , ASTM C94 - 78 . 1 . 06 TESTS A . Testing and analysis of concrete will be performed under provisions of this Section and Section 01410 . B . Submit proposed mix design of each class of concrete to Engineer for review prior to commencement of work in accordance with Submittal Section , C . Testing laboratory shall take cylinders and perform slump and air entrainment tests in accordance with ACI 301 . D . Provide 5 cylinders per set . Test one at 3 days, one at 7 days, two at 28 days, and hold one . E . Slump tests shall be taken for every truck delivery and each set of test cylinders taken . F . In general , cylinders shall be taken for each concrete pour event, and every 50 cyds placed . 1 . 07 SUBMITTALS A . Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300 for Fine and Coarse aggregates , admixtures and concrete mix design . PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2 . 01 CONCRETE MATERIALS A . Cement : ASTM C150 - Type II Cement . B . Fine and Coarse Aggregates : ASTM C33 . C . Water : Clean potable water. 2 . 02 ADMIXTURES A . Air Entrainment : ASTM C260 . Use Darex 11 AEA or equal . 044572000 03300- 2 ' B . Water-reducing admixture may be used and must meet ASTM C -494 as a Type A and Type D . Use WRDA 64 or equal . Add in accordance with ACI-350 . C . Use of calcium chloride is not permitted . ' D . Air entraining agent to normal weight concrete mix shall not exceed 4% . E . Superplasticizers may be considered and must meet all ASTM requirements and have compatibility test results with approved mix design . Superplasticizer shall be used for all wall pours . ' 2 . 03 CONCRETE MIX A . Mix concrete in accordance with ASTM C94 . B . Provide concrete to satisfy the following requirements ' 1 . Compressive Strength (28 days) : 4000p si . ' 2 . Water/Cement ratio maximum . 48 by weight . ' 3 . Fly Ash Content : maximum 15 % of cement content , Type F only . 4 . Slump (plus or minus 1 inch) : 4 inches . ' C . Use set-retarding admixtures during hot weather only when approved by Engineer. ' D . Air entraining agent may be considered in concrete mix , however, content must be kept to a minimum , and carefully monitored for addition to mix design . 2 . 04 ACCESSORIES ' A . Vapor Barrier: 6 mil thick clear polyethylene film , type recommended for below- grade application . ' B . Non- Shrink Grout : Premixed compound consisting of non-metallic aggregate, cement , water reducing and plasticizing agents ; capable of developing minimum ' compressive strength of 2 ,400 psi in 48 hours and 7 , 000 psi in 28 days . C . Water Stops : 6 " x 3 /8 " water stop , ribbed flat virgin polyvinylchloride equal to one of the following : 1 . Greenstreak - Style 580 ' 2 . Synko -Flex - Synko -Flex Products 044572000 ' 03300 - 3 3 . Westec Barrier Technologies - Style 619 . D . Water Stop -RX Bentonite Waterstop System : 1 " x 3/4" water stop , manufactured from sodium bentonite extruded in a rectangular shape , as manufactured by CETCO Volclay Water Proofing Division . PART 3 — EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSPECTION A . Verify reinforcement and other items to be cast into concrete are accurately placed , positioned securely, and will not cause hardship in placing concrete . 3 . 02 PREPARATION A . Install vapor barrier under all slabs , lap joints a minimum of 6 inches . Do not disturb or damage vapor barrier while placing concrete . Repair damaged vapor barrier. 3 . 03 PLACING CONCRETE A . Notify Engineer minimum 48 hours prior to commencement of concreting operations . B . Place concrete in accordance with ACI 301 , C . Hot Weather Placement ACI 301 . D . Cold Weather Placement ACI 301 . E . Ensure reinforcement, inserts . embedded parts , formed joints are not disturbed during concrete placement . F . Place concrete continuously between predetermined construction and control joints . Do not break or interrupt successive pours such that cold joints occur. G . Contractor shall be responsible for means and methods to ensure concrete is poured in a dry area . 3 . 04 FINISHING A . Finish slabs with broom swept finish . Interior of clearwell to be machine floated/troweled . Top clearwell platform to have light broom finish . 044572000 03300-4 ' 3 . 05 PATCHING A . Notify Engineer immediately upon removal of forms . No surfaces are to be ' patched or backfilled prior to being reviewed by the Engineer. ' B . Patch imperfections as requested by the Engineer or his field representative . 3 . 06 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE ' A . Modify or replace concrete not conforming to required levels , lines , details , and elevations . B . Repair or replace concrete not properly placed or of the specified type. C . Unless the removal of a defective slab is required by the Engineer, defective surfaces , such as honeycomb , shall be cut out entirely until homogeneous concrete is met , even if it means going through the slab . D . Such areas shall be coated with an approved epoxy bonding material , which shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer' s instruction, before damp packing the area with a mix consisting of one part of Portland cement and two parts of sand and fine gravel , epoxy and sand mix , or any combination of materials and mixes as the situation dictates in the opinion of the Engineer. E . The water content of the damp -pack material shall be such that a ball of the mix ' may be squeezed in the hand without bringing free water to the surface . F . Damp-pack material shall be tamped into place and finished to match adjacent concrete surfaces . G . Particular care shall be taken that no sagging of the material will occur. ' H . The bond between any two layers of -dam ack shall be improved through the damp -pack p g use of an approved epoxy bond agent . ' I . Surfaces which have been da - mp packed shall be kept continuously damp during and for a period of not less than seven days after completing the damp-pack operation , by polyethylene coverings thoroughly taped to the original concrete surface in a manner that loss of moisture , evidence by lack of water droplets on ' the inside surface of the polyethylene , is avoided . If this moisture condition cannot be maintained, a continuous water cure may be required by the Engineer. 044572000 ' 03300- 5 J . Under no circumstances shall Contractor apply a plaster coat over the honeycomb areas to conceal the existence of the honeycomb in the concrete . K . Neither Embeco nor calcium chloride shall be used for filling honeycomb areas , nor shall they be mixed with damp-pack material . L . Any concrete with excess air entraining agent will be rejected . 3 . 07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A . Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01410 . B . Maintain records of placed concrete items . Record date, location ofour, quantity, p , 9 Y, air temperature, and test samples taken . 's 3 . 08 CURING A . Curing shall be by water method, continuous for 7 days unless otherwise noted . ;i END OF SECTION 044572000 03300 - 6 SECTION 03400 PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES PART GENERAL ' 1 . 01 CONDITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS tA . All Work in this section shall be accomplished by a recognized precast concrete composite framing system fabrication firm whose design, fabrication and erection ' operations are supervised and controlled by a Florida Registered Professional Engineer who is an officer or full time employee of the firm . The firm shall have had a minimum of 10 years in this specific business, shall have a fabrication plant in Florida capable of producing the required units on schedule and readily available for daily inspection . 1 . 02 SCOPE A . Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, fabrication, incidentals, transportation , ' erection , forming, shoring , and supervision and perform all operations necessary to complete all precast concrete and related work called for by the Drawings ' and/or Specifications, or reasonably inferable from either or both, including but not limited to the following : ' 1 . Precast manholes and vaults including precast concrete sections , brick , mortar and cast iron frames and lids . 2 . Precast keystone joints , corbels , and all required shoring and leveling, all designed/produced/fumished/installed by the approved fabricator. ' 3 . Reinforcing : All types - including all additional shear, moment and temperature bars required by the Drawings . ' 4 . Finishing and curing of prefabricated units : Insitu concrete placing and finishing shall also comply to Section 03300 " Cast-In-Place Concrete " . ' 1 . 03 RELATED WORK A . Section 02220 : Excavation and Backfill B . Section 03200 : Concrete Reinforcement C . Section 03300 : Cast-in -Place Concrete 044572000 03400 - 1 1 . 04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A . ASTM C478 : Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections . 1 B . ANSI/ASTM C76 : Reinforced Concrete Pipe . C . ACI 318 : Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete . D . ASTM C443 : Joints For Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe Using Rubber Gaskets . 1905 SUBMITTALS A . The Contractor shall submit shop drawings and other information for review in accordance with Section 01300 including dimensions, elevations, cement type, concrete strength , reinforcement, lifting hooks, joint material , openings, castings , inserts and other applicable information . 1906 DESIGN, MANUFACTURE AND PRODUCTION A . General : Materials, fabrication and installation shall conform to ACI 318 - 95 and to additional requirements of the Standard Building Code . B . Workmanship : Units shall be plant fabricated, transported and erected by methods prescribed in PCI Standards . Units damaged in any way will be rejected . Units with visible cracks will not be permitted and if installed will be rejected and ordered removed and replaced at Contractor's expense . C . Finish : Manufacturer shall be solely responsible for true, smooth surfaces free of pock marks and/or honeycombs . Smooth forms and proper vibration for the correct lengths of time during manufacture are mandatory . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 01 MATERIALS A . Cement : ASTM C - 150 , Domestic Portland , Type II . B . Aggregate : Comply with Section 03300 . C . Water: Potable 2 . 02 PRECAST STRUCTURES A . Precast concrete structures shall be furnished with waterstops , sleeves and openings as noted on the Drawings . Box out for pipe openings shall conform 044572000 03400- 2 accurately to the sizes and elevations of the adjoining pipes . Precast structures shall be watertight and conform to the requirements of ASTM C478 and ASTM C76 with reinforcement of ASTM A615 , Grade 60 bars and the following modifications there to : ' 1 . The minimum wall thickness shall be 12 inches . ' 2 . Cement to be used in precast manholes and grout shall be ASTM C 150, Type II . ' 3 . The date and name of manufacturer shall be marked inside each precast section . ' 4 . No more than 2 lift holes may be cast or drilled in each section . 5 . Design and manufacture shall be based on HS -20 traffic loading . 6 . Structures shall be free of any pock marksrior to dam roof .in p Pp g B . Reinforced concrete pipe shall be Class III with wall type B ; bell and spigot end joints and meet the requirements of ANSI/ASTM C76 . All pipe sections must be free from any defects and be complete sections as shown on the drawings . ' C . All grout used for sealing around pipe openings shall be of a non- shrink type, acceptable to the Engineer, designed for use in water. All openings and joints shall be sealed water-tight . ' D . Pipes and wall sleeves , where required on precast wetwell , shall be cast monolithically with the wetwell elements and wall sleeves shall have waterstops . ' E . The bottom of the wetwell shall be filled with grout and sloped as indicated on the drawings . Sloped floor shall provide a smooth surface and convey all flow to the center of the wetwell . 2 . 03 PRECAST UTILITY BOX ' A . Utility boxes and vaults shall be manufactured using Type II cement with a concrete mix designed to attain a minimum compressive strength of 4000 psi in ' 28 days . B . Steel reinforcing shall be a minimum Grade 40 . Wire mesh may be substituted for ' rebar based on either equivalent strength or equal area . C . Utility vaults may be stackable to obtain the desired depth . 044572000 ' 03400 - 3 D . Covers shall be steel suitable for pedestrian loading . Steel covers shall be painted consistent with type of piping inside and in accordance with Section 09900- Paintings and Coatings . E . Utility boxes shall be open bottom with 12 " of 3/4 " and larger limerock base . F . Utility boxes and vaults shall be manufactured by Brooks , U. S . Precast , or equal . PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 01 ERECTION / INSTALLATION A . Erection / installation by manufacturer of units and performed by experienced and competent mechanics regularly employed in this type of work under supervision of Firm's Registered Engineer. Adequate handling and lifting equipment must be used . Include all leveling , special anchorages and special cutting for finish fitting . B . All units shall be carefully lifted, transported and erected in such manner that they will suffer no damage . Provide soft wood shims for temporary support during transport and erection . C . All units shall be installed and set so as to be vertical and in true alignment . D . Erectors shall inspect all bearing surfaces for level , smoothness and uniform bearing . Notify Engineer if for any reason there are defects detrimental to installation of units . Erection of units shall signify acceptance of surface. E . Clean all bearing surfaces prior to erection . F . Powder actuated fasteners not permitted in precast unit . G . Drilling of hole in units at job site's not permitted unless done under the supervision of fabrication firm 's Registered Engineer. All holes in units shall be thoroughly plugged with grout . H . No backfilling of excavation around precast structure shall be performed until inspected and approved by the Engineer. Any defective coverage shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer before backfilling is performed . END OF SECTION 044572000 03400-4 ' SECTION 04340 REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY SYSTEM ' PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 SECTION INCLUDED ' A . Concrete masonry units . B . Reinforcement, anchorage , and accessories . 1 . 02 RELATED SECTIONS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A . Section 01300 — Submittals B . Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement ' C . Section 03300 - Cast-in-place Concrete 1903 REFERENCES ' A . ASTM A615 - Deformed and Plain Billet Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement . iB . ASTM C90 - Hollow Load Bearing Concrete Masonry Units . ' 1 . 04 SUBMITTALS A . Submit manufacturer' s certificate under provisions of Section 01300 that products ' meet or exceed specified requirements . 1 . 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A . Installer : Company specializing in performing the work of this Section with minimum three years documented experience . B . Comply with ACI 531 - Building Code Requirements for Concrete Masonry Structures . 1 . 06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A . Conform to local building codes . 044572000 04340- 1 1X ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A . Maintain materials and surrounding air temperature to minimum 50 degrees F prior to , during, and 48 hours after completion of masonry work . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A . Hollow Load Bearing Block Units : ASTM C90, Grade N, Type II ; normal weight . B . Masonry Units : Nominal modular size as shown . Provide special units for 90 degree corners, bond beams , lintels . 2 . 02 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE A . Single Wythe Joint Reinforcement : Ladder type; hot dip galvanized after fabrication cold-drawn steel conforming to ANSI/ASTM A82 , 3/ 16 inch side rods with 3/ 16 inch cross ties . B . Reinforcing Steel : ASTM A615 , 60 ksi yield grade, deformed billet bars, unprotected finish . C . Wall Ties : Minimum 16 gauge galvanized steel , 1 - 1 /4 " wide . D . Dovetail Anchors : 16 gauge corrugated galvanized steel , 1 " wide, sized to fit dovetail slots . E . Dovetail Slots : 2 gauge galvanized steel with filler, 1 " wide x 5/8 " x 1 " deep . 2 . 03 MORTAR A . Mortar for unit masonry : Conform to ASTM C270 , and unless otherwise shown or required, shall be of type as follows : I . Type M (2500 psi) : Below grade foundations, wall , retaining walls . B . Mortar and grout for reinforced masonry : ASTM C476 . C . Grout fill for masonry : 3000 psi strength at 28 days ; 7 " - 8 " slump; premixed type in accordance with ASTM C94 . 044572000 04340-2 2 . 04 MORTAR MIXING A . Thoroughly mix mortar ingredients in quantities needed for immediate use in accordance with ASTM C270 or C476 . If water is lost by evaporation, retemper ' within two hours of mixing . Do not retemper mortar after two hours of mixing . ' PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 EXAMINATION A . Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work . B . Verify items provided by other Sections of work are properly sized and located . ' C . Verify that built-in items are in proper location, and ready for roughing into masonry work . ' D . Beginning of installation means installer accepts existing conditions . ' 3 . 02 COURSING A . Establish lines, levels , and coursing indicated . Protect from displacement . ' B . Maintain masonry courses to uniform dimension . Form vertical and horizontal joints of uniform thickness . ' C . Lay concrete masonry units in running bond . Course one unit and one mortar joint to equal inches . Form bagged joints on exposed interior surfaces . 3 . 03 PLACING AND BONDING ' A . Lay hollow masonry units with face shell bedding on head and bed joints . B . Buttering corners of joints or excessive furrowing of mortar joints are not permitted . C . Remove excess mortar as Work progresses . ' D . Interlock intersections and external corners . E . Do not shift or tap masonry units after mortar has achieved initial set . Where adjustment must be made , remove mortar and replace . ' 044572000 04340- 3 F . Perform job site cutting of masonry units with proper tools to provide straight, clean, unchipped edges . Prevent broken masonry unit corners or edges . 3 . 04 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGES - REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY A . Install horizontal joint reinforcement 24 inches on center. Al B . Place masonry joint reinforcement in first horizontal joints above and below openings . Extend minimum 24 inches each side of opening . C . Lap joint reinforcement ends minimum 6 inches . Extend minimum 24 inches each side of openings without lap joints . D . Support and secure reinforcing bars from displacement . Maintain position within 1 /2 inch of dimensioned position . E . Anchors : 24 inches on center where unit masonry abuts existing masonry and concrete . F . Wall ties : Bond intersecting interior walls with wall ties at each course (where continuous reinforcing is not provided) . 3 . 05 ENGINEERED MASONRY A . Lay masonry units with core cells vertically aligned and cavities between wythes clear of mortar and unobstructed . B . Place mortar in masonry unit bed joints back 1 /4 inch from edge of unit grout spaces, bevel back and upward . Permit mortar to cure 7 days before placing grout. C . Reinforce masonry unit cores and cavities with reinforcement bars and grout as indicated . 1 . One cell at free end of partitions and walls . 2 . At bearing points, fill masonry cells with grout minimum one cell . D . Wet masonry unit surfaces in contact with grout just prior to grout placement . E . Grout spaces less than 2 inches in width with fine grout using low lift grouting techniques . Grout spaces 2 inches or greater in width with course grout using high or low lift grouting techniques . 044572000 04340- 4 F . When grouting is stopped for more than one hour, terminate grout 1 - 1 /2 inch below top of upper masonry unit to form a positive key for subsequent grout placement . ' G . Retain vertical reinforcement in position at top and bottom of cells and at intervals not exceeding 192 bar diameters . Splice reinforcement in accordance with ' Drawings . 3 . 06 TOLERANCES A . Maximum Variation From Unit to Adjacent Unit : 1 /32 inch . ' B . Maximum Variation From Plane of Wall : 1 /4 inch in 10 feet and 1 /2 inch in 20 feet or more . tC . Maximum Variation From Plumb : 1 /4 inch per story non-cumulative ; 1 /2 inch in two stories or more . D . Maximum Variation From Level Coursing : 1 /8 inch in 3 feet and 1 /4 inch in 10 feet ; 1 /2 inch in 30 feet . ' E . Maximum Variation of Joint Thickness : 1 /8 inch in 3 feet . ' 3 . 07 CLEANING ' A . Remove excess mortar and mortar smears . B . Replace defective mortar. Match adjacent work . ' C . Clean soiled surfaces with cleaning solution . D . Use non-metallic tools in cleaning operations . ' END OF SECTION ' 044572000 04340- 5 mer r . ' . . , u .5i5T .. _ �� � . ... n r 1 ��11 1� a z 0 H z w H o 0 � o �O a � � � � � E..., o 0 w w a w C7 Q w .� x H u SECTION 05100 ' ACCESS HATCHES ' PART GENERAL 1 . 01 SCOPE A . The work includes supply and installation of the access hatches as shown on the construction plans and specified herein, required for a complete and functional installation . ' 1902 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A . Cast-in-Place Concrete : Section 03300 ' B . Precast Concrete Structures - Section 03400 ' C . Miscellaneous Metals — Section 05500 ' L03 SUBMITTALS A . The Contractor shall submit shop drawings and other information to the Engineer, ' for review , in accordance with Section 01300 . No fabrication shall be started until shop drawings have been reviewed and approved by the Engineer. ' PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 01 HATCHES DESCRIPTION ' A . The aluminum hatch, or access door of clearwell shall be 1 /4 " aluminum with diamond plate and two handles . Manufacturer shall guarantee against defects in ' materials or workmanship for a period of 5 years . 2 . 02 MATERIALS ' A . All material shall be of the best quality and entirely suited for the particular ' service . Metals shall be free from defects and shall have structural properties to safely render required service . ' B . Fastenings shall , insofar as practicable , be noncorrosive , nonstaining and concealed . Exposed welds shall be ground smooth to form a neat uniform fillet ' 044572000 05100- 1 without , weakening the base metal . Unexposed welds shall have all slag removed . Molded , bent , or shaped members shall be formed with clean , sharp rises , without dents , scratches , cracks , or other defects . All anchors , bolts , shims , and accessory items shall be provided, as required , for building into or fastening to adjacent work . C . Unless otherwise specified, the metalwork shall be equal to or exceed the requirement of the following Standards : 5 Fasteners A167 and A276, Type 31 Aluminum Structural Shapes B308 , Alloy 6061 -T6 Castings B261 B85 and B108 Extruded Bars , Rods and Tubes B221 Bars - Alloy 6061 -T6 Plates and Sheet B209 Plates - Alloy 6061 -T6 Materials with more than one specification or grade listed shall conform to the specification or grade providing the highest strength and appropriate mechanical properties for the fabrication technique used . 2 . 03 PROTECTIVE COATINGS A . Aluminum to be placed adjacent to masonry, concrete, or dissimilar metals shall be protected with an isolating coating of Bitumastic and/or felt . 2 .04 FASTENERS A . General : 1 . Bolts, screws, nuts, washers, anchors, and other fasteners shall be 316 stainless steel and shall conform to the material specifications named herein . All necessary bolts, anchor bolts , nuts, washers , plates, and bolt sleeves shall be furnished by the Contractor in accordance herewith . Anchor bolts shall have suitable washers and, where so required , their nuts shall be hexagonal . Stainless steel bolts shall have a raised letter or symbol on the bolts indicating the manufacturer. 2 . Concrete and masonry inserts shall be drill -in type, as manufactured by Phillips Drill Company, Michigan City, Indiana ; Hilti , Tulsa, Oklahoma or equal . Powder or gun-driven, fiber, and plastic inserts shall not be used . B . Material : All bolts , anchor bolts , nuts , washers , plates , and bolt sleeves shall be 044572000 05100 - 2 Type 316 stainless steel unless otherwise indicated or specified . ' C . Concrete Inserts : Concrete inserts shall be designed to support safely , in the concrete that is used, the maximum load that can be imposed by the bolts used in the inserts . ' D . Dissimilar Metal : All dissimilar metal shall be connected with appropriate fasteners and shall be insulted with a dielectric or approved equal . Unless ' otherwise specified , aluminum shall be fastened with Type 316 stainless steel bolts and insulated with felt, micarta, nylon , rubber, or equal . PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 01 FABRICATION ' A . General : All workmanship shall be first class and conform to recognized and accepted best practice . All structural materials shall be thoroughly straightened in the shop by methods that will not injure them before templates are placed on same ' for laying out and before any work is done upon them . Finished members shall be absolutely straight and free from open joints and distortions of any kind . All ' shearings shall be neatly finished . Flame cutting may be used in the preparation of the various members provided this operation is performed by a machine . All necessary fillets , connections, brackets , posts , and other details not shown on the ' drawings , but necessary for the work, shall be furnished by the Contractor. Fabrication shall be by welding except where riveted construction is specifically allowed by the Specifications or Engineer. B . Aluminum : Aluminum fabrication shall meet the applicable requirements of the Aluminum Construction Manual , Specifications for Aluminum Structures . ' C . Welding : All welding shall be in accordance with the latest revised standards and recommendations of the American Welding Society. The welding of all joints shall produce complete fusion with the parent metal and shall be free from deleterious metals and cracks . Machine welding shall be used insofar as practicable . Tack welding will not be permitted on exposed surfaces . Finished welded joints shall be reasonably smooth and free from grooves , depressions , or other irregularities . Any other irregularities shall be corrected by welding and/or ' grinding . All scale or flux shall be removed after each pass . All flush welds of butt joints shall be ground smooth where exposed to view . ' D . Castings : Castings shall be tough , sound , and free from blow holes , shrinkage cracks , or other defects . Castings shall be smooth and clean . Units that have been ' 044572000 05100 - 3 plugged or filled will be rejected . 3 . 02 INSTALLATION A . All access hatches shall be installed in conformance with Specifications and details as shown on the Drawings , or shop drawings . Installation and erection shall conform to the best practice with each item set plumb , level , true to line, and securely anchored in its proper place . END OF SECTION Sr 5 'x 044572000 05100 -4 SECTION 05500 ' MISCELLANEOUS METALS PART1 GENERAL ' 1 . 01 SCOPE ' A . This Section includes the furnishing and installation of fabricated metal work which applies to all section, unless otherwise noted . 1902 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS ARE REFERRED TO BY ABBREVIATION AS FOLLOWS : A . The Aluminum Association AA ' B . American Institute of Steel Construction AISC C . American National Standards Institute ANSI ' D . American Society for Testingand Materials ASTM ' E . American Welding Society AWS ' F . National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers NAAMM ' G . Steel Structures Painting Council SSPC 1903 QUALITY ASSURANCE A . Portions of the design not shown shall be completed by the fabricator in accordance with the latest edition of Specifications for Design, Fabrication and Erection of ' Structural Steel for Buildings of the RISC . ' B . Shop fabricated connections may be bolted or welded . Field connections shall be bolted . C . Burning for enlarging holes will not be acceptable except with written permission of the Engineer. ' D . Responsibility for all errors in fabrication and correct fitting of structures shown on the shop drawings is the Contractor' s responsibility . ' 044572000 05500- 1 1 . 04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS Q NTS A . Metal fabrication materials shall meet the requirements of the following ASTM Standards and Specifications , but limited to . 1 . Aluminum Alloy, plate and sheet 13209-3003 -H14, extruded trim B308 -6063 -T5 & T6 , structure shapes B308 -6061 -T5 , structural pipe and tube 13429 , castings 13214 . 2 . Structural steel , plates and shapes A36 , plate and steel for forming A283 Grade C . 3 . Structural bolts , specifically called out on the Plans A- 325 . k 4 . All hardware shall be 316 stainless steel , unless otherwise noted . 5 . Steel stud anchors for embedded plates, A- 108 , grade 1020, 60 ksi . 6 . Galvanizing, A123 . B . Comply with the provisions of the following standards except as otherwise shown or specified . 1 . AA Specifications for aluminum structures . 2 . AISC Specifications for design , fabrication and erection of structural steel for buildings . 3 . AWS code for welding in building construction . 1 . 05 SUBMITTALS A . Submit shop drawings and manufacturer's descriptive literature as applicable for all metal fabrications in accordance with Section 01300 . No items shall be fabricated prior to reviewing approval by Engineer. Minimum scale of drawings and elevations shall be 3 /4 in . equals 1 ft . , details enlarged to adequate size for clarity, show anchorage . B . Where certain equipment and the like requires unique support, provide such members only after careful coordination of shop drawings for the equipment . 044572000 05500-2 1 . 06 PRODUCT HANDLING A . Use all means necessary to protect the Products of this Section before, during, and after ' installation and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades . B . In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Engineer and at no additional cost to the Owner. ' C . Coordinate delivery of metal fabrications with work of other Sections . 1 . 07 Provide fasteners for all items under this Section . All nuts, bolts , washers , back up ' rings , etc . shall be 316 SS unless otherwise called out on the drawings or specified elsewhere herein . 1 . 08 Verify critical dimensions of the work on the job . Form items to accurate sizes and shapes , with sharp lines and angles . Punch and shear to leave smooth surfaces . Weld permanent connections , grind exposed welds smooth . Avoid screws and bolts where ' possible unless otherwise noted . When used and where exposed, countersink heads and draw up tight . Provide holes and connections for work of other trades . ' 1 . 09 Shop painting of ferrous items, except those galvanized, shall be as specified in Section 09900 - Painting . ' 1 . 10 Protect aluminum in contact with dissimilar material with 1 /4" neoprene, or bitumastic coating . ' 1 . 11 Pipe support straps shall be 316 SS unless otherwise noted . ' 1912 Metal pipe support fabrication shall be 316 SS unless otherwise noted . ' PART 2 PRODUCTS ' 2 . 01 SHOP FABRICATED PRODUCTS A . Provide anchor bolts as shown as well as for fabricated and structural metal items . Do ' not paint bolts . B . Provide inserts and sleeves for concrete as shown and as required . ' C . Provide miscellaneous metal frames and supports fabricated of structural shapes and plates . ' 044572000 05500 - 3 2 . 02 Unless noted otherwise on the drawings, all miscellaneous metal fabrications shall be 316 stainless steel . PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 01 Perform cutting, drilling, flashing and fitting required for installation of metal fabrications . Set the work accurately, provide temporary bracing and anchors in formwork for items to be built into masonry and concrete . Field weld joints not shop welded because of size limitations . y END OF SECTION 044572000 05500- 4 ' SECTION 05510 ' METAL STAIRS PART GENERAL ' 1 . 01 WORK INCLUDED A . Aluminum stair frame of structural sections , with open risers . ' B . Open grate stair treads and landings . ' C . Balusters and handrailing . 1 . 02 REFERENCES ' A . ANSI A202 . 1 - Metal Bar Gratin manual for Steel Grating and Aluminum Gratings and ' Stair Treads . B . ASTM B221 Aluminum - Alloy Extruded Bar, Rod , Wire Shape, and Tube . ' C . AWS D1 . 1 - Structural Welding Code . ' 1 . 03 STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS A . Fabricate stair assembly to support live load of 100 lb/sq ft with deflection of ' stringer not to exceed L/ 180 . B . Railing assembly, wall rails, and attachments to resist lateral force of 200 lbs at any point without damage or permanent set . 1 . 04 SUBMITTALS ' A . Submit shopdrawings under provision of Section 01300 . ' B . Indicate profiles , sizes , connection attachments , reinforcing, anchorage, openings, size and type of fasteners , and accessories . ' C . Include erection drawings , elevations , and details where applicable . ' D . Indicate welded connections using standard AWS welding symbols . Indicate net weld lengths . 044572000 ' 05510 - 1 E . Prepare shop drawings under seal of a Professional Structural Engineer registered in the State of Florida . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 01 MATERIALS A . Aluminum Members : ASTM B221 Aluminum - Alloy extruded bar, road, wire shape, and tube . B . Gratings : ANSI A202 . 1 . S C . Welding Materials : AWS D1 . 1 ; type required for materials being welded . D . Exposed mechanical fastenings : Flush countersunk screws or bolts ; unobtrusively located ; consistent with design of structure . 2 . 02 FABRICATION - GENERAL A. Verify dimensions on - site prior to shop fabrications . B . Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured . C . Fit and shop assemble sections in largest practical sizes , for handling through building openings . D . Grind exposed welds flush and smooth with adjacent finished surface. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius . At exposed to view locations , place plastic filter between welds ; sand flush . E . Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline . F . Accurately form components required for anchorage of stairs , landings and railings to each other and to building structure . 2 .03 FABRICATION - OPEN GRATING STAIRS AND LANDINGS A. Fabricate treads 1 . 5 inches thick in accordance with ANSI A202 . 1 , of welded aluminum bars , welded to supports . B . Form stringers of rolled aluminum channels . 044572000 05510 -2 ' C . Form landings 1 . 5 inches thick in accordance with ANSI A202 . 1 same as treads . Reinforce underside with angles to attain design load requirements . ' D . Foran balusters of 1 . 5 inch diameter aluminum sections , welded to stringers . ' 2 . 04 FINISH A . Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease , and foreign matter prior to finishing as noted . ' Aluminum shall have a clear anodized finish . ' PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 01 ERECTION ' A . Erect stairs level and plumb , free from distortion or defects detrimental to appearance or performance . ' B . Provide anchors , plates , angles , hangers , and struts required for connecting stairs to structure . ' C . Verify alignment with adjacent construction . Coordinate related work . ' D . Do not field cut or alter members . ' E . Field bolt and weld to match standard of shop bolting and welding . Hide bolts and screws whenever possible . Where not hidden, use flush countersunk fastenings . F . Mechanically fasten joints butted tight , flush, and hairline . Grind welds smooth and flush . G . Any aluminum material in contact with concrete shall be thoroughly) bitumastic coated where in contact with concrete . ' H . All fasteners shall be 316 stainless steel . END OF SECTION 044572000 ' 05510- 3 i t Y [THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY] i 044572000 05510-4 ' SECTION 06610 ' FIBERGLASS FABRICATIONS PART1 GENERAL ' 1 . 01 SCOPE ' A . The work under this section of specifications consists of furnishing all materials, labor and appurtenances in connection with various fiberglass fabrications, including, but not limited to miscellaneous fabrications . L02 RELATED SECTIONS A . Submittals : Section 01300 ' 1 . 03 SUBMITTALS A . Contractor shall submit shop drawings for the items under this section in accordance with Section 01300 . tPART 2 PRODUCTS ' 2 . 01 FIBERGLASS STRUCTURAL SHAPES A . Polyester resin FRP characteristics ' 1 . Ultimate tensile strength 30, 000 psi ( longitudinal) 2 . Ultimate compressive strength 30 , 000 psi (longitudinal) 3 . Modules of Elasticity 2 . 5 X 106 psi (bending) ' 4 . Density (ASTM-D792 ) D065 lb/in3 5 . Water Absorption (ASTM -D570) 0 . 60% Max . B . Structural and miscellaneous FRP members shall be comprised of isophtolic polyester resin combined with fiberglass reinforcement utilizing longitudinal glass roving and continuous strand mat . The shapes shall be pultruded as manufactured by MMFG (Morrison Molded Fiber Glass Company) , or equal . FRP grade materials shall be Series 525 , unless otherwise noted . ' 044572000 06610- 1 2 . 02 FASTENERS All fabrications with 316 stainless steel hardware . PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 01 Installation and anchoring shall be in accordance with the drawings and manufacturers recommendations . 3 . 02 The cut edge of all field cut fiberglass shall be sealed with a heavy gel coat . 3 . 03 Where critical support restraint is required, fabricate FRP structural members using epoxy bonding agent and hardware to restrain during curing . END OF SECTION 044572000 06610- 2 SECTION 09900 ' PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1901 SCOPE 1 A . Furnish all labor, surface preparation and coating material , tools, rigging , lighting, ventilation, and other related items of equipment and materials necessary to clean, prepare , coat , cure and cleanup a complete coating system on all interior and exterior ' exposed items and surfaces throughout the project , except as otherwise specified or shown on the drawings . ' 1 . Surface preparation, priming, and coats of paint specified are in addition to shop priming and surface treatment specified under other sections of the work . 2 . The scope of work shall include the coating of existing equipment and surfaces which are modified by this project . Color shall match existing unless otherwise ' noted and shall not look like patchwork - coating shall be extended to the nearest breakline , corner, etc . as may be necessary . ' 3 . New work shall also include painting clearwell exterior walls, clearwell interior floor, walls and ceiling, piping (non- stainless only) , fittings , and appurtenances , ' degasifiers , scrubbers , concrete structures . B . The work includes field painting of exposed bare and covered pipes and ducts, hangers, ' exposed steel and iron work, tanks , vessels , and primed metal surfaces of equipment installed, except as otherwise indicated . C . Paint all exposed surfaces normally painted in the execution of anew project . Where items or surfaces are not specifically mentioned, or are not specifically excluded from the painting work, paint these the same as adjacent similar materials or areas . ' D . Clean , prepare, coat, and cure all surfaces in strict accordance with the manufacturer' s published recommendations and specifications . ' E . Perform all work by the use of skilled workpersons in a safe and productive manner p ' using equipment and procedures consistent with good coating practices . F . Colors are indicated on the Painting Schedule in this section or shown on the drawings . ' If color or finish is not designated, the Engineer will select these from standard colors available for the materials system specified . ' 044572000 ' 09900 - 1 1 . 02 PAINTING NOT INCLUDED A . The following categories of work are not included as part of the field - applied finish work , or are included in other sections of these specifications . 1 . Shop Priming : Unless otherwise specified, shop priming of ferrous metal items is included under the various sections for structural steel , miscellaneous metal , metal fabrications , hollow metal work, and similar items . Also , for fabricated components such as shop- fabricated or factory-built mechanical and electrical equipment or accessories . 2 . Pre-Finished Items : Unless unit is part of an assembly to be painted to match, i . e . - motor, or otherwise shown or specified, do not include painting when factory- finishing or installer finishing is specified . 3 . Concealed Surfaces : Unless otherwise shown or specified , painting is not required on surfaces such as walls or ceilings in concealed areas and generally inaccessible areas , foundation spaces , furred areas, utility tunnels , pipe spaces, duct shafts and elevator shafts . Painting of galvanized work that will be concealed in the completed work is not required . Do not paint structural steel to be encased in concrete , nor structural steel specified not to be painted elsewhere . Except for touch-up as specified in Part 3 , painting of shop primed structural steel and ferrous metals that will be concealed in the completed work is not required . 4 . Finished Metal Surfaces : Metal surfaces of anodized aluminum , stainless steel , chromium plate, copper, bronze and similar finished materials will not require finish painting, unless otherwise specified . 5 . Operating Parts and Labels : Moving parts of operating units , mechanical and electrical parts such as valve and damper operators, linkages, sinkages , sensing devices , motor and fan shafts will not require finish painting unless otherwise specified . a . Do not paint over any code-required labels , such as Underwriters ' Laboratories and Factory Mutual , or any equipment identification , performance rating, name, or nomenclature plates . 6 . Surfaces to receive chemical coatings as specified in Section 09910 . 7 . Other Surfaces : Do not paint sprinkler heads , fire detection heads , integrally colored stucco, brick masonry, cast stone, stone masonry, or architectural precast concrete, unless otherwise specified . 044572000 09900 - 2 1 . 03 RELATED SECTIONS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A . Section 01300 — Submittals and Progress Schedules ' B . Section 03300 — Cast-In-Place Concrete ' C . Section 09910 — Chemical Resistant Coatings and Liners ' D . Section 11230 — Degasifiers E . Section 11235 — Scrubbers and Recirculation Pumps ' F . Section 11300 — FRP Ductwork , Blowers and Dampers tG . Section 15100 — Piping and Valves 1 . 04 REFERENCES ' A . ANSFASTM D 16 - Definitions of teens relatingto paint, varnish lacquer, and r p q elated products . B . ASTM D2016 - Test method for moisture content of wood . C . Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) . ' 1 . 05 DEFINITIONS A . Conform to ANSFASTM D16 for interpretation of terms used in this section . ' 1 . 06 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A . Furnish all coating materials by a single manufacturer. Solvent, thinners, and other miscellaneous materials can be supplied by the same manufacturer or by a supplier approved by the manufacturer. B . Furnish a statement to the Engineer from the coatings manufacturer g g that materials to be used by the Contractor comply with the manufacturer' s recommendations . C . The Engineer reserves the right to require qualification of the product manufacturer and ' applicator, including satisfactory completion of at least two (2 ) projects of this nature . D . Manufacturer' s Inspection Meeting : After set- up for painting but before commencing ' work , conduct a meeting at the site among representatives of the paint manufacturer, 044572000 ' 09900- 3 contractor, painting contractor, and Engineer to inspect the facility and review Procedures recommended by the manufacturer for the prevailing conditions . L07 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A . Comply with all federal, state , and local health and fire regulations when handling and applying paint and coating products . 1 . 08 SUBMITTALS A . Manufacturer's Data : Submit manufacturer's technical information including paint label analysis, surface preparation and application instructions for each material proposed for use . Indicate the surfaces to which each material is to be applied . B . Samples ; Painting : Submit samples for Engineer's review of color and texture only . Provide a listing of material and application for each coat of each finish sample . C . Manufacturer's Certificate : Submit a written certification from the paint manufacturer that materials furnished for the work meet or exceed specified requirements . D . Prepare a detailed painting schedule . List each Painting System to be used by Painting System Number, define extent and limits of each system and colors (by name and number) where appropriate . 1 . 09 PRODUCT DELIVERY AND STORAGE A . Deliver all materials to the jobsite in original , new and unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label , and the following information ; 1 . Name or title of material . 2 . Fed . Spec . number, if applicable . 3 . Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture . 4 . Manufacturer's name . 5 . Contents by volume, for major pigment and vehicle constituents . 6 . Thinning instructions . 7 . Application instructions . 8 . Color name and number. B . Store paint materials and painting tools and equipment, including solvents and cleaning material , in a well ventilated , dry area away from high heat . Do not store in buildings or structures in use or being constructed, nor leave overnight therein . Follow manufacturer' s recommendations for the safe storage of paints and solvents . C . Take precautions to prevent fire hazards and spontaneous combustion . 044572000 09900-4 1 . 10 SAFETY ' A . Make all necessary provisions regarding materials , equipment , personnel , procedures , ' and practices , to assure that the work is done safely and that the working area is maintained free of all health and safety hazards . Contractor solely responsible for all means , methods , and safety requirements . ' B . Observe manufacturer's health and safety precautions when storing , handling, and applying coating materials and cleanup materials containing solvents and/or chemical ingredients . C . Direct personnel's attention to all product warnings and information given on the labels of all products . D . Ensure that personnel mixing and applying coating materials are equipped with adequate protective clothing and devices (including respirators) . E . Permit no smoking in the working area . F . Permit no item which may produce sparks or open flames in the immediate working area . G . Post warning signs outside of the work to apprise personnel of the hazards in the area. Erect barriers where necessary . H . Return partially used coating materials that are to be retained to their original containers ' at the completion of each work day. Tightly reseal containers , wipe material spills , clean and return the containers to the designated storage area . ' I . Remove waste coating materials and contaminated disposable items from the job site and dispose of them at the completion of each work day. Dispose of all items and materials in strict accordance with local , state, and federal regulations . loll JOB CONDITIONS ' A . Apply water-base paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and the surrounding air temperatures are between 50 degrees F and 90 degrees F unless ' otherwise permitted by the paint manufacturers printed instructions . 044572000 ' 09900 - 5 B . Apply solvent-thinned paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and the surrounding air temperatures are between 45 degrees F and 95 degrees F unless otherwise permitted by the paint manufacturers printed instructions . C . Do not apply paint in rain , fog or mist ; or when the relative humidity exceeds 85 %; or to damp or wet surfaces ; unless otherwise permitted by the paint manufacturer's printed instructions . D . Painting may be continued during inclement weather only if the areas and surfaces to be painted are enclosed and heated within the temperature limits specified by the paint manufacturer during application and drying periods . r E : Exercise caution when attempting to paint in windy conditions . The Contractor is responsible for all damage caused by wind blown paint . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 COLORS AND FINISHES A . Paint colors , surface treatments, gloss, and finishes are indicated or specified in the " schedules" of the contract documents . Color and gloss not indicated or specified shall match the Owner' s existing color scheme . B . Final acceptance of colors will be from samples applied on the job . C . Paint Coordination : Review other sections of these specifications in which prime paints are to be provided to ensure compatibility of total coatings system for various substrates . Furnish information to manufacturer's , fabricators , suppliers and others where necessary on the characteristics of the finish materials to be used, to ensure compatible prime coats are used . Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and re-prime as required . 2 . 02 UNDERCOATS AND THINNERS A . Undercoats : Provide undercoat paint produced by the same manufacturer as the finish coats . B . Thinners : Use only thinners approved by the paint manufacturer, and use only within recommended limits . 2 . 03 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A . All coating references herein are to be Tnemec Co . , Inc . , or Ameron . All coatings to be in contact with potable water must appear on the current Florida Department of 044572000 09900- 6 ' Environmental Protection list of approved paint and protective coatings and be rated NSF approved for potable water. 2 . 04 PAINTING SYSTEMS A . Provide a minimum dry film thickness , noted as D . F . T . , for the applications listed in the schedule of finishes . ' B . Touch-up shop- applied and field applied prime coats wherever damaged or bare and keep touched-up as necessary before and after installation or erection of the items, to maintain protection of the metal from rust and corrosion . Clean and touch-up with the same type of primer as initially used . C . Note : Color for all surfaces in contact with potable water to be white or ivory to conform to State of Florida, EPA, and FDA Regulations for contact with potable water. ' 2 . 05 SCHEDULE OF FINISHES A. Steel, galvanized steel, and non -ferrous metal 1 . Exterior of structural tanks , e i equipment and miscellaneous fabrication f pp , or ' outdoor exposure : System : Epoxy Polyurethane First Coat : High-Build Epoxoline, Series 66 D . F . T . (mis) : 3 . 0 - 5 . 0 Second Coat : Endura- Shield, Series 73 ' D . F . T . (mis) : 3 . 0 - 5 . 0 Total Coats : 2 Total D . F . T . (mis) : 6 . 0 - 10 , 0 ' 2 . Exterior of interior structural tanksi e and equipment for indoor p p , applications : ' System : Epoxy First Coat : High-Build Epoxoline , Series 66 D . F . T . (mis) : 3 . 0 - 5 . 0 Second Coat : High-Build Epoxoline, Series 66 D . F . T . (mis) : 4 . 0 - 6 . 0 Total Coats : 2 . 0 Total D . F . T . (mis) : 7 . 0 - 11 . 0 3 . Interior of pump cans , piping, etc . in contact with potable water : System : Epoxy First Coat : Pota-Pox , Series 20 D . F . T . (mis) : 3 . 0 - 5 . 0 044572000 09900 - 7 Second Coat : Pota-Pox , Series 20 D . F . T . (mis) : 4 . 0 - 6 . 0 Total Coats : 2 . 0 Total D . F . T . (mis) : 7 . 0 - 11 . 0 Be Concrete and Masonry I . Interior (Ground storage tank not included) System : Epoxy First Coat : High-Build Epoxoline, Series 66 D . F . T . (mis) : 4 . 0 - 6 , 0 R Second Coat : High-Build Epoxoline D . F . T . (mis) : 4 . 0 - 6 . 0 _ Total Coats : 2 . 0 Total D . F . T . (mis) : 8 . 0 - 12 . 0 2 . Interior of structures in contact with potable water - System : Epoxy First Coat : Pota-Pox, Series 20 D . F . T . (mis) : 3 . 0 - 5 , 0 Second Coat : Pota-Pox , Series 20 D .F . T . (mis) : 4 . 0 - 6 . 0 Total Coats : 2 . 0 Total D .F . T . (mis) : 7 . 0 - 11 , 0 3 . Floors (where called for on the plans) System : Waterborne Epoxy First Coat : Enviro -Tread , Series 287 D . F . T . (mis) 2 , 0 - 4 . 0 Second Coat : Enviro -Tread, Series 287 D . F . T . (mis) 2 . 0 - 4 . 0 Total Coats : 2 . 0 Total D . F . T . (mis) 4 . 0 - 8 . 0 4 . Exterior (Above Grade) System : Waterborne Cementitious Acrylic First Coat : Envirofill , Series 130 D . F . T . (mis) : As per manufacturers recommendation Second Coat : Tneme-crete, Series 180 D . F . T . (mis) : 4 . 0 - 8 . 0 Third Coats : Tneme-crete , Series 180 D . F . T . (mis) : 4 . 0 - 8 . 0 044572000 09900- 8 Total Coats : 3 . 0 Total D . F . T . (mis) : 8 . 0 - 16 . 0 5 . Exterior (Below Grade) ' System : Coal Tar Epoxy First Coat : H . B . Tnemecol 46 — 46S D . F . T . (mis) : 8 . 0 - 12 . 0 ' Second Coat : H . B . Tnemecol 46 — 46S D . F . T . (mis) : 8 , 0 - 12 . 0 Total Coats : 2 ' Total D . F . T . (mis) : 16 . 0 - 24 , 0 ' C . Plaster and Wallboard 1 . Interior ' System : Epoxy-Polyamide First Coat : PVA — Sealer, Series 51 D . F . T . (mis) : 1 . 0 - 2 . 0 Second Coat : Tnemec-Tufcoat , Series 113 D . F . T . (mis) : 4 . 0 - 6 . 0 Total Coats : 2 . 0 ' Total D . F . T . (mis) : 5 . 0 - 8 . 0 ' D. Plastic Pipe and Fiberglass Fabrications 1 . Exterior (Degasifier, Ducting, Scrubber, etc) System : Epoxy 66873 First Coat : Hi -Build, Series 66 D . F . T . (mis) : 2 , 0 - 3 . 0 ' Second coat : ENDURA Shield , Series 73 D . F . T . (mis) : 2 . 0 - 3 . 0 Total Coats : 2 . 0 Total D . F . T . (mis) : 4 . 0 - 6 . 0 ' 2 . 06 SCHEDULE OF COLORS : These colors are provided for painting of piping , which has modified and furnished and ' installed . Not all piping listed may require painting . ' A . Liquid Piping : 1 . Hydrofluorosilic Acid - safety red (match existing) 2 . Chlorine- safety yellow 044572000 09900- 9 3 . Permeate and permeate service water - medium blue, to match existing 4 . Potable water ( finished) - safety blue 5 . Scale Inhibitor - green 6 . Caustic - black 7 . Zinc Orthophosphate — orange (to match existing) 8 . Wastewater and Drains — dark Grey 9 . Raw Water - olive green , to match existing B . Structural Tanks — color to be determined by Owner C . Electrical Conduit - do not paint, or match existing color of surface mounted to . J D . All other areas not specifically identified to be determined by Owner. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 FIELD OBSERVATION A . Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work as instructed by the product manufacturer. Do not paint over conditions detrimental to the formation of a durable paint bond and film . B . Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work . Report any condition that may potentially affect proper application. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected . C . Provide all necessary equipment , labor, rigging, lighting and other equipment to facilitate inspections . D . The Engineer may inspect the Work at any time for compliance with the requirements of the specifications . E . The Engineer reserves the right to approve each phase of the Work before further work is done, to halt all Work deemed to be improper or not in compliance with the specification , and to require the Contractor to promptly correct all improper practices or deficient Work . F . The Contractor is responsible for any expenses incurred in association with corrective measures required as the result of improper practices and/or defective or deficient work . 3 . 02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A . Provide adequate explosion - proof lighting sufficient to illuminate clearly the working area without shadows during all surface preparation and coating operations . 044572000 09900- 10 B . Maintain adequate and continuous explosion - proof ventilation in confirmed areas ' during all surface preparation and coating operations and during all recoat and curing periods . Provide ventilation of sufficient capacity to maintain a clear atmosphere that is well below explosive and toxic limits . Arrange the ventilation system , including all ' fans and temporary duct work, so that no still air spaces exist in any area . C . Heating devices used to create and/or maintain temperature conditions in compliance ' with the specification requirements are to be explosion proof and of the type that do not exhaust sooty or oily residues or any other contaminants into the air. Heating devices are not to be used when existing temperature and humidity conditions may create dew point conditions . ' D . Use equipment that is explosion proof and non- sparking . Spray equipment must be recommended by or acceptable to the coatings manufacturer. ' E . Apply caulking material only after the last coat of paint has been applied and has dried hard . Caulking material used must be of a type that is compatible with the specified coating system . ' 3 . 03 SURFACE PREPARATION A . Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in strict accordance with the paint manufacturer' s instructions and as herein specified , for each particular substrate ' conditions . B . Surface preparation shall be conducted to prevent material from contaminating the ' existing water treatment process . C . Fiberglass and PVC materials shall be solvent cleaned according to SSPC - SP1 and scarified by best practical means . Every precaution should be taken to ensure that NO sanding dust is drawn into the degasifiers . Painting contractor to furnish all necessary barrier, drapes , etc . to prevent contamination of the Finish Water. ' 3 . 04 MATERIAL PREPARATION A . Mix and prepare painting materials in accordance with manufacturer's direction . B . Store materials not in actual use in tightly covered containers . maintain containers used in storage, mixing and application of paint in a clean condition , free of foreign materials and residue . ' C . Stir materials before application to produce a mixture of uniform density , and stir as required during the application of the materials . Do not stir surface film into the materials . Remove the film and if necessary , strain the material before using . 044572000 09900- 11 3 . 05 APPLICATION A . General 1 . Conform to articles " General Requirements " and " Surface Preparation " prior to beginning coating application . 2 . Apply paint as specified and in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions . Unless otherwise recommended in the manufacturer's printed instructions or specified elsewhere (e. g . Bid Form, Painting System) use brushes for applying first coat on wood and use standard industrial spray equipment, either airless or conventional for applying first coat on metals other than sheetmetal and items fabricated from sheetmetal . For other coats on wood, metal and other substrates , use applicators and techniques best suited for the type of material being applied . 3 . Apply additional coats when undercoats, stains or other conditions show through ?; the final coat of paint , until the paint film is of uniform finish , color and appearance . Give special attention to insure that all surfaces, including ` edges, corners , crevices, welds , and exposed fasteners receive a dry film thickness - equivalent to that of flat surfaces . 4 . Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces . 5 . Paint surfaces behind permanently- fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only before final installation of equipment . 6 . Paint interior surfaces of ducts , where visible through registers or grilles, with a flat, non- specular black paint . 7 . Paint the back sides of access panels , and removable or hinged covers to match the exposed surfaces . 8 . Finish exterior doors on tops , bottoms and side edges the same as the exterior faces, unless otherwise indicated or specified . 9 . Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat . 10 . Omit the field prime coat on shop-primed and touch-up painted metal surfaces which are not to be finish painted and which will not be exposed to view in the completed work . Do not omit primer on metal surfaces specified to be finish coated or on metal surfaces that will be exposed to view in the completed work . 044572000 09900- 12 ' 11 . Putty nail holes and joints after prime coat is dry . ' 12 . Change colors at corner of stop where colors differ between adjoining rooms or spaces and where door frames match wall colors . ' 13 . Provide a finished coating system free of all runs , sags, cracks, blisters , pinholes , excessive or deficient fill thickness , or any other defects . Correct any such deficiencies by proper removal of the defect and/or recoating . ' 14 . Apply the first-coat material to surfaces that have been cleaned retreated or pp Y , p ' otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration . Sandblasted surfaces are not to be left uncoated overnight . ' 15 . Allow sufficient time between successive coatings to permit proper drying . Do not recoat until paint has dried to where it feels firm , does not deform or feel ' sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and the application of another coat of paint does not cause lifting or loss of adhesion of the undercoat . 16 . Provide minor tinting to each coat of paint in order to differentiate between coats . B . Minimum Coating Thickness ' 1 . Apply each material at not less than the manufacturer's recommended spreading pp Y P g ' rate, to establish a total dry film thickness as specified or, if not specified , as recommended by the coating manufacturer. ' C . Painting of Mechanical and Electrical Work Limit painting of mechanical and electrical work to those items exposed in equipment ' rooms and occupied spaces , and on the exterior of buildings or structures . 1 . Mechanical items to be painted include, but are not limited to, the following : ' a . Piping, pipe hangers , and supports b . Heat exchangers C . Tanks d . Ductwork and insulation e . Motor mechanical equipment and supports f. Accessory items D . Prime Coats 1 . Apply a prime coat of material , which is required to be painted or finished , and which has not been prime coated by others . ' 044572000 09900 - 13 2 . Clean and prime unprimed ferrous metals as soon as possible after delivery of the metals to the job site . 3 . Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where there is evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat, to assure a finish coat with no bum-through or other defects due to insufficient sealing . E . Completed Work 1 . Match approved samples for color, texture and coverage . 2 . Remove, refinish or repaint work not in compliance with specified requirements . F . Dry Film Gauge 1 . Provide "Noroson Magnetic Dry Film Thickness Gauge " as supplied by the coatings manufactured . 106 CLEAN-UP AND PROTECTION A . Clean-up 1 . During the progress of the work, remove from the site all discarded paint materials, rubbish , cans and rags at the end of each work day . 2 . Upon completion of painting work, clean window glass and other paint - spattered surfaces . Remove spattered paint by proper methods of washing and scraping, using care not to scratch or damage finished surfaces . B . Protection 1 . Protect open water holding tanks and basins of the existing water treatment plant . 2 . Protect work of other trades , whether to be painted or not , against damage from painting and finishing work . 3 . Protect surfaces that might otherwise be damaged by dripping, splashing, or spraying of paint . Correct any damage by cleaning , repairing or replacing and repainting as acceptable to the Engineer. 4 . Provide "Wet Paint " signs as required to protect newly-painted finishes . Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others for protection of their work , after the completion of paint operations . 044572000 09900 - 14 ' 5 . At the completion of work of other trades , touch -up and restore all damaged or defaced painted surfaces . ' 6 . Repair of damage caused by overspray is the contractor's responsibility . ' 3 . 07 WARRANTY A . If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion, any Work is found to be ' defective, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to OWNER and in accordance with OWNER ' S written instructions , either correct such defective Work , or, if it has been rejected by OWNER, remove it from the site and replace it with nondefective Work . If CONTRACTOR does not promptly comply with terms of such instructions , or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage , OWNER ' may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected Work removed and replaced, and all direct and indirect costs of such removal and replacement , including compensation for additional professional services , will be charged to the CONTRACTOR . END OF SECTION 044572000 ' 09900 - 15 a a z 0 H z w H o � � o o a � o w � o W o W W C7 a x h u ' SECTION 09910 ' CHEMICAL RESISTANT COATINGS AND LINERS ' PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK ' A . Furnish and install chemical resistant coatings on the surfaces scheduled and as specified herein. B . Furnish and install chemical area liners as depicted on the drawings as specified herein . ' 1 . 02 RELATED SECTIONS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A . Section 01300 — Submittals B . Section 09900 — Painting 1 . 03Q UALITY CONTROL A . Furnish coating materials by a single manufacturer. B . Furnish a statement to the Engineer from the coatings manufacturer that materials to be used by the contractor comply with the manufacturer's recommendations . ' C . The Engineer reserves the right to require qualification of the product manufacturer and applicator, including satisfactory completion of at least two projects of this nature . ' 1 .04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A . Comply with all federal , state, local , health and fire regulations when handling and applying coating. 1 . 05 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's data . Submit manufacturer's technical information including analysis , surface preparation and application instructions . ' B . Manufacturer's certificate . Submit a written certification from the coating manufacturer that materials furnished for the work meet or exceeds specified requirements . 044572000 09910 - 1 C . Prepare a detailed coating schedule . List each coating system to be used by coating system number, define extent and limits of each system and colors (by name and number) where appropriate . i 1 . 06 PRODUCT DELIVERY AND STORAGE A . Deliver all materials to the jobsite in original , new, and unopened packages that contain manufacturer's name and label . B . Store materials in well ventilated, dry area . Follow manufacturer's recommendations for the safe storage of material . 1 .07 JOB CONDITIONS c A . Inspect surfaces to be coated for form oils , laitance, roughness , and other conditions that may affect the successful application of the coating. B . Prepare the surface in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations . C . Do not apply coating when temperature is below 65 ° F . D . Application must be continuous within an area when started. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 .01 CHEMICAL RESISTANT COATINGS — CHEMICAL CONTAINMENT AREAS A . Coating shall be high build, two component epoxy coating system. B . Material shall be resistant to regular contact with sodium hydroxide (25 %) . C . Provide material appropriate for horizontal and vertical application . D . Trowel- applied resin base coating shall be 2 part (plus filler) resin-based chemical resistant coating with the following properties . Liquid-applied coating may be used if they meet physical chemical resistance requirements . E. Caustic and chemical room coating shall be a two component resin binder and graded aggregate, '/4" thick trowel applied in one coat, silica broadcast, with epoxy glaze coat . Vertical formulation shall be 1 /8 " thick trowel applied . Coating shall be Perma Tec 3000 as manufactured by Chemproof Polymers , Inc . F . Provide epoxy-type caulking in comers of wall- floor joint to act as sealant prior to placement of coating . Caulk material shall be compatible with coating, resist temperatures up to 450° F and be flexible to shrinkage/expansion of concrete . 044572000 09910- 2 PART 3 — EXECUTION 3 .01 INSPECTION A . Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work as instructed by the product manufacturer. Manufacturer's representative shall be present for inspection and initial application . B . Report any condition that may potentially affect proper application . Do not proceed ' with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected . 3 .02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ' A. Provide adequate ventilation, and other necessary safety precautions . 3 .03 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in strict accordance with the coating ' manufacturer's instructions . Verify that concrete surface is thoroughly clean of all laitance and comply with manufacturer' s requirements . ' B . Grind off all fins, projections and form marks . Remove all laitance and loose dust, sand , and other foreign material . 3 .04 APPLICATION ' A . Apply material only within manufacturer's recommended application time after mixing . ' B . Assure that all new work is bonded to previous work. C . Seal around all pipe and other penetrations . D . Work out all air bubbles or fill air bubble pockets with applicable product . E . Horizontal floor surfaces to receive non- skid surface . F . All wall/floor joints shall be epoxy-caulk filled to provide seal from chemical spills getting under coating . 044572000 ' 09910- 3 3 . 05 APPLICATION SCHEDULE Location Exposure Application Area Caustic Feed Room Sodium Hydroxide 50%) All floor and pit surfaces, all new surfaces up to 12 " above floor Bulk Caustic Containment area Sodium Hydroxide ( 50%)All interior surfaces up to 12 " on wall 3 .06 CLEANUP AND PROTECTION A. Clean any spatters or overruns immediately per manufacturer's recommendation . B . Protect work of other trades against damage from painting and finished work . C . Protect newly applied coating from traffic and work by other trades until manufacturer's recommended set up time is passed . 3 . 07 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer shall warrantee coating and liner materials . Contractor shall replace or repair to the owner's satisfaction, any work found to be defective within 1 year after final acceptance by the Owner. END OF SECTION 044572000 09910-4 SECTION 10400 IDENTIFYING DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1 . 01 SCOPE A . Furnish and install identification devices . This work includes all services , materials , labor, tools and appliances as required . This includes interior and exterior piping and equipment . Provide identification devices for the following : 1 . Pipe p ' 2 . Mechanical and Electrical Components 3 , Valves 4 . Tanks ' 5 . Instrumentation and Instrument Panels 1 . 02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE ' A . Section 01300 - Submittals B . Section 09900 - Painting ' C . Section 11500 - Chlorination System D . Section 11507 - Caustic Feed Equipment E . Section 11930 - Pumps - General F . Section 13441 - Instrumentation Components G . Section 115100- Piping and Valves 1 . 03 SUBMITTALS ' A . Submit sample of each type identification of device per Section 01300 . Submit manufacturer ' s detailed technical data for materials , fabrication and installation , including catalog of anchors , hardware , fasteners and accessories . B . Submit complete schedule of labels, including quantity, lettering text, size , color, per Section 01300 . 044572000 ' 10400 - 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 PIPE IDENTIFIERS A . Paint all pipe as specified in Section 09900 or Construction Drawings . B . Provide wrap type identifiers similar to Seton " Setmark" on all process pipe equal to or smaller than 6 " diameter. > l C . Provide identifying decals similar to Seton " Roll Form " on all process pipe larger t than 6 " diameter. D . Label pipe at maximum 20' spacing, or at least one label visible in runs of less than 20' . E . Provide flow direction arrows on all pipe labels . F . Provide labels on both sides of pipeline, unless label on back side of pipe would not be visible . 2 . 02 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS A. Provide engraved laminated identifying labels for all types of components scheduled below . Label to be similar to "Seton Setonite" . For single line of text : 1 - 1 /2 " label height, 5 /8 " legend letter height, 1 / 16 " stroke . For double line : 2 " high, 5 / 8 " letter. Provide identifying numbers in 1 /4 " high letters below legend . B . Switch labels to be similar, 3/4 " high , 1 /2 " lettering . 2 .03 WARNING SIGNS A . Provide engraved laminated warning signs of color scheduled below . Height to be adequate for complete text . B . Primary text (i . e . " Warning " , " Alert " , " Caution " ) - 1 1 /2 - inch height , 1 /8 " stroke . Supplemental text - 3 /4 inch height . C . Attach with plastic straps or S . S . tapping screws where appropriate . 2 . 04 VALVES A . Provide engraved 316 stainless steel valve tags similar to Seton Style SBT for all valves . 044572000 10400- 2 B . Attach with stainless steel jack chain . 1 C . Conform to P & ID drawings for identifying numbers . 2 . 05 TANK LABELS A . Tanks - apply mylar labels with adhesive backing , similar to Seton Standard Chemical Signs , with precautionary measures , statement of hazards , emergency instructions . Alternately, make-up custom signs for special chemicals , similar to Seton Setonsign . B . Label to be 3 " yellow with black 2 " lettering . ' C . Label shall identify specific contents of tank (i . e . caustic , sulfuric acid) . 1 D . Furnish NFPA markings for chemicals stored on exterior tanks in visible locations in accordance with local Fire Code requirements . ' PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 SCHEDULES A . Provide labels on all new piping, control valves , mechanical and electrical ' components and vessels . B . Provide pipe identifiers on all new piping for the following pipelines ( as a ii minimum) . Field verify all pipe sizes : ' 1 . Raw Water 2 . Pretreated Feedwater 3 . Permeate ' 4 . Chlorine Solution 5 . Caustic 6 . Zinc Orthosphosphate 7 . Product Water 8 . Finish Water C . Provide identifying labels for the following mechanical components , as a minimum . ' 1 . Transfer Pumps 2 . Recirculation Pumps 3 . Blowers 044572000 ' 10400 - 3 4 . Chlorine Pumps 5 . Caustic Pumps 6 . Blowers 7 . Scrubber Control Panel D . Provide warning signs at the following locations, as a minimum : s 1 . Caustic Fill and Day Tanks — "Danger Corrosive" E . Provide valve tags for the following valves , as a minimum : 1 . Degasifier inlet valves 2 . Damper Actuators F . Provide vessel labels for the following locations as a minimum : 1 . Degasifiers 2 . Scrubbers 3 . Caustic day and Bulk Tank 4 . Sodium Hypochlorite Bulk Tank G. Provide identifying labels for electrical components and panels in accordance with Division 16 specifications . END OF SECTION 044572000 10400 -4 ' SECTION 11212 CARTRIDGE FILTERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 SCOPE ' This section covers the furnishing, and installation of cartridge filter units, complete with filter cartridges and all specified or required accessories and appurtenances . 1 . 02 RELATED SECTIONS A . Submittals Section 01300 ' 1 .03 GENERAL Equipment which is furnished and installed under this section shall be fabricated , ' assembled and placed in proper operating condition by the Contractor in full conformity with the drawings, specifications and instructions of the equipment manufacturer . ' 1 . 04 RESPONSIBILITY Provision and installation of the cartridge filters shall be the responsibility of the ' Contractor. 1 . 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A . Provide quality control in accordance with Section 01400 . ' 1 . 06 SUBMITTALS A . Provide shop drawings as described in Section 01300 . B . Provide Operation and Maintenance information as described in Section 0 173 0 . ' 044572000 11212 - 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 SERVICE CONDITIONS S A . Pretreatment Filters . The pretreatment units shall filter brackish well water with turbidity in the range of 1 . 0 to 5 . 0 NTU . 2 .02 CARTRIDGE FILTER DESIGN Pretreatment Number of units 4 g Design flow rate, gpm 1032 Maximum flow rate, gpm 1720 Minimum flow rate, gpm 350 Design flow per 10 " length, gpm 3 . 0 Max . flow per 10" length, gpm 4 . 5 Mounting Horizontal , pedestal supported Inlet Nozzle, ANSI 150# flanged 10 " Outlet Nozzle, ANSI 150# flanged 10 " Design pressure, psi 150 Test pressure, psi 195 Temperature, deg . F 75 Cartridge length, inches 40 Number of Cartridges 86 Pressure drop , clean psi <3 Filter-material Polypropylene Filter- Core Polypropylene Filter-rating, micron 5 2 . 03 MATERIALS Vessel (all wetted parts) - 316 stainless steel Base Support , legs - 316 stainless steel Lifting Arm - 304 Stainless steel Tie Rods, bolts - 316 SS ( Stress relieved and passivated) Nuts , washers - 316 SS ( Stress relieved and passivated) Gasket - EPDM 2 . 04 DESIGN AND FABRICATION A. Vessel shall be 150 psi rated, have a heavy duty lifting device/davit for easy removal and placement of sealing plate flanged connections , 2 " threaded drain ports (dirty and clean) , air vent (dirty and clean), %2 " NPTF gage connections (dirty and clean) , pedestal legs to allow support to floor as shown on drawings . Filter vessel to be 044572000 11212 - 2 ' designed to accept different manufactured cartridge filters without modification of design . 1 B . Filter vessels shall be FL series as manufactured by Fulflo series Model 6LMP86H - 4- 1OFKI as manufactured by Commercial/Parker Hannifin . C . The filter elements shall be one piece single open-end units , rated for 5 micron filtration , model HFT5M40A-TXN, as manufactured by Parker-Hannifin . ' PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 Install in accordance with manufacturer' s recommendations . Special care must be taken to assure no foreign material enters the downstream piping system . 3 . 02 Provide three complete sets of filter elements for the pretreatment filters ( for each filter ' unit) for system startup and acceptable performance of system . 3 . 03 Confirm upstream piping has been thoroughly flushed and cleaned prior to installation of filter elements . 3 . 04 Record initial pressure loss through the filters on initial startup ; report to operator. ' 3 . 05 Delivers are elements only after ermanent storage space and shelving is available . ' Store elements in original shipping containers and protect from damage by crushing , water, and other hazards . END OF SECTION 044572000 11212 - 3 [ THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY] 044572000 11212 -4 SECTION 11230 DEGASIFIERS ' PART I - GENERAL 1 .01 WORK INCLUDED A. This section shall include furnishing, installing, and testing the degasification system for treatment of the blended permeate flowstream from the Indian River County South ' Reverse Osmosis water treatment plant, complete . The degasification system shall be an induced air degasification system . It shall include two degasifier vessels , all internal vessel components including packing, demister, distributor plate, intake diffuser plate, intake plenums, supports and braces , nozzles and headers , inter- connecting ductwork, piping and all hardware and appurtenances necessary for a ' complete system . B . The aerator system shall provide for the removal of hydrogen sulfide and stabilization of RO permeate and Floridan raw water prior to product water storage . 1 . 02 RELATED SPECIFICATIONS INCLUDED BUT SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A . Section 01300 - Submittals ' B . Section 01730 - Operating and Maintenance Manuals C . Section 06610 - Fiberglass and Resin Fabrications ' D . Section 09900 - Painting E . Section 11235 - Scrubbers , Blowers and Recirculation Pumps F . Section 11310 - Ductwork and Dampers G . Section 15100 - Piping and Valves 1 .03 QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspection and Testing Requirements : The Engineer reserves the right to reject ' acceptance of delivery of any or all pieces of equipment found, upon inspection, to have any or all of the following : blisters, chips , crazing, exposed glass, cracks, burned areas, dry spots, foreign matter, surface porosity, sharp discontinuity or entrapped air ' at the surface of the laminate . 044572000 ' 11230- 1 B . The manufacturer and local representative shall have more than eight ( 8) years of experience with large diameter PVC vessel construction and have at least ten installations in the state of Florida which were installed more than five ( 5 ) years ago . 1 . 04 SUBMITTALS A. Provide shop drawings in accordance with Section 01300. B . Materials and Shop Drawings : The Contractor shall submit complete shop drawings of the degasification system as a complete system . Equipment shop drawings submittal shall contain all structural calculations and drawings for the vessels, deflection of the vessel at the point of connection with the ductwork, thickness, anchor bolt size and location , lifting hooks, and loads imposed by appurtenances such as inlet ducting . All structural drawings and calculations shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Florida. C . Provide submittal with performance calculations for the design of the degasifier for Engineers review prior to fabrication . D . Provide Operations and Maintenance information as described in Section 01730. Manuals shall include start-up, normal operation, normal shutdown, emergency shutdown and safety sections as well as process description and operation . E . Provide complete layout shop drawings showing scale location of all equipment, piping, valves, supports, opening reinforcement and other system components . F. Provide specifications of packing material , demister, PVC material , screens, etc . 1 .05 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY The Contractor shall be responsible to coordinate all components of the degasification and air scrubber systems including piping, ductwork, connections, supports, electrical items and controls . The Contractor shall be responsible for the compatibility of all components to function as a complete system . L06 SYSTEM SUPPLIER A . The degasifier system shall be supplied by Jacobs Air Water Systems, Met-Pro . Corporation — Dual ] Division . 044572000 11230- 2 ' PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 SERVICE CONDITIONS A. Degasifiers The degasifiers shall be designed to remove � hydrogen sulfide and carbon dioxide from R. O . permeate and a blend of permeate and raw water at an influent pH of approximately 5 . 6- 5 . 8 . The off-gas shall be induced through the degasifiers by blowers which shall induce a vacuum of no greater than 3 " W. C . in the degasifier unit . 2 . 02 TREATMENT DESIGN CRITERIA A . Influent Parameters : Number of degasifier Vessels : 2 Vessel Diameter: 12 ft Design Liquid Flowrate : 2 , 950 gpm Max . Liquid Flowrate : 3 ,200 gpm Min . Liquid Flowrate : 1 , 300 gpm Design Loading Rate : 26 gpm/sf Max . Loading Rate : 30 gpm/sf Max . Hydrogen Sulfide : 6 . 0 — 7 . 0 mg/l Max . Carbon Dioxide : 100 mg/l Min . Air/Water Ratio : 30 : 1 Design Airflow : 13 , 000 cfm Inlet Water pH : 5 6 Min . Packing Depth : 10 ft . B . Effluent Criteria : ' Max . Hydrogen Sulfide (in water) : 0 .4 mg/l Hydrogen Sulfide, removal (minimum) 93 . 0% Carbon Dioxide, removal (ppm) 82 , 0% 2 . 03 DEGASIFIER ' A. Vessel Construction The vessel shall be PVC . NSF approved Type II, Grade I conforming to ASTM 1784- 89 with a minimum '/4 - inch thickness sidewall and a 1 -inch thick bottom base. Material in contact with potable water shall be suitable for use and meet ' NSF requirements . The exterior may be FRP chopped overlay with UV Gelcoat or must have Tnemec UV coating . The PVC interior shall meet applicable 044572000 ' 11230- 3 requirements for vacuum service of NBS PSI 5 -69 and ASTM D3299- 81 (Type II class construction for design vacuum service of 3 " W . C . , 9 " vacuum W . C . test pressure) . The final coat shall be pigmented with the color selected by the Engineer. The overlay shall contain an ultraviolet absorber to protect the resin from ultraviolet degradation. 2 . The degasifier shall be of the induced draft type with random dumped internal packing. The water and induced air will circulate counter-currently; the air being introduced below the packing through the screened inlets . A 16 " minimum distance shall be provided between the packing support and the top of the air inlet duct to facilitate distribution of air across the packing. Vessel design shall incorporate a designed air distributor and diffuser to ensure even air distribution across the packing . Packing supports and/or internal baffle shall allow even air distribution across the packing. An outlet demister shall be provided and designed to prevent liquid carryover. 3 . The degasifier shall be provided with four (4) 24 " dia. access ports to allow for gravity loading and unloading of the packing, maintenance of the influent j distribution and packing support system , and viewing of liquid level in vessel bottom . 4 . The vessel internal components shall be factory installed, and shall include the liquid inlet distribution header, properly supported, media support, air distributor plate, and demister. The influent distribution system shall be designed to evenly distribute the water to provide uniform coverage of the packing media. 5 . Vessel construction and anchorage shall be designed to withstand 140 mph (Current Florida Building Code and all applicable Amendments) wind loading and roof dome live loading of 24 psf. The aerator shall have a flanged exhaust air outlet at the top suitable for connection to a duct leading to the blower header and scrubbers . Vessel base shall be flat and anchored to the foundation slab with anchor bolts , minimum 5/8 inch, 316 stainless steel . All bolts, fasteners, hinges, supports shall be 316 stainless steel . Final anchor bolt sizes to be determined upon acceptable submittal of wind loading calculations . 6 . Provide stainless steel lifting lugs on degasifier vessel adequate for lifting vessel and internal components . 7 . The bottom outlet shall be flanged to allow isolation of vessel from clearwell . 044572000 11230-4 8 . All internal materials shall be fabricated in such a manner that they can be disassembled and removed through a 24-inch manway . ' 9 . A manometer indicating inches W. C . shall be provided on the degasifier wall indicating packing loss . A valve shall be provided opening to atmosphere to ' indicate vacuum pressure in the degasifier. Indicator shall be mounted at eye level , have clear plastic tubing as manufactured by Dwyer Instruments, Inc . , or equal . 10 . All connections and nozzles shall be PVC welded . ' 11 . All connections two (2) inches and larger shall be flanged and gussetted and shall meet the requirements of ANSI standard dimensions and bolting patterns . ' 12 . Insect screen intake cages shall be constructed PVC or of FRP, 316 SS hardware, and PVC stiffening frame to house 20 mesh minimum insect screen fabricated of vinyl netting as shown on the plans . Area of intake screens shall be large enough to minimize head loss across intakes to less than 0. 1 inches water. ' 13 . Provide flanged drain for cleaning supply connection . Coordinate location with liquid inlet connection . See drawings for size. ' B . Vessel Media Materials 1 . Media shall be manufactured of polypropylene and be NSF approved . Packing ' shall have a maximum diameter of 3 . 5 " and shall be TriPac as manufactured by Jaeger, Inc . ' 2 . Media shall be field installed . C . Spray Nozzles 1 . Spray nozzles shall be provided in the degasifier and shall be coarse atomization design, full cone 120° spray angle, male fitting, as manufactured by Bete Fog Nozzle, Inc . , or equal . Minimum and maximum nozzle backpressure shall be 2 psi and 10 psi , respectively, and be non-plug, non-clog design . 2 . A PVC manifold and header piping system shall incorporate PVC couplings for easy replacement of male NPT nozzles and shall provide minimum head loss through manifold piping . The height between nozzle outlet and top of packing ' shall be 15 " for 900 spray angle to prevent short-circuiting . The manifold and header piping and fittings shall be Schedule 80 PVC . 044572000 ' 11230- 5 3 3 . A minimum of 18 " clearance shall be provided between the spray nozzles and the top of the packing . D . Miscellaneous Materials All Bolts , Lifting Lugs 316 ss Nuts and Washers 316 ss Gaskets EPDM Demister Knitted plastic wire in a PVC frame Support Plates PVC Influent Distribution Piping PVC , Schedule 80 Pipe supports, clamps, etc . 316ss, or PVC 2. 04 SPARE PARTS A . One full set of the following shall be provided : 1 . Gaskets, full diameter (4 of each size) 2 . Spray Nozzles (4 nozzles) 3 . Manometer 4 . 1 full set of replacement packing for 1 degasifier vessel PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 QUALITY CONTROL AND INSPECTION OF VESSEL A. Quality Control Procedure 1 . Quality control shall include a final inspection by the manufacturer and written record of this final inspection. The objective of manufacturer's quality control and inspection procedure shall be to ensure that all vessels comply with the specifications after fabrication is complete and prior to shipment of the vessel to the job site to minimize the amount of rework by the manufacturer at the site . B . Manufacturer's Inspection 1 . All vessels shall be tested at the place of manufacture, and the manufacturer shall provide the following information : a. Thickness measurements . b . Measurements showing compliance with dimensions and tolerance in 044572000 11230- 6 ' diameters , lengths, squareness of ends, angles of fittings and flanges, and flatness of flanges . ' 2 . All vessels sumps shall be factory hydrostatically tested for leaks by filling with water after fabrication is complete . Vessels shall be checked for leaks after they ' have been filled for at least one ( 1 ) hour. Manufacturer shall run this test prior to the time of shipping for all vessels . 3 . A separate inspection record shall be made for each vessel . Inspection records shall be sent to the Engineer for approval prior to shipment of vessels . 4 . Unless otherwise specified, the vessels may be inspected at a place of manufacturer by a representative of the Engineer. Final acceptance will be contingent upon satisfactory further inspection upon arrival at the job site. 5 . If the facto inspection and tests show that an of t factory P y he vessels do not meet the ' specifications, corrective measures shall be taken or the defective vessel shall be replaced with a new vessel which satisfies the conditions specified prior to shipment of the fob site. 3 . 02 INSTALLATION A . All vessels shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's technical data and pnnted instructions, and in the locations shown on the drawings and in accordance with the final shop drawings . ' 3 . 03 SURFACE PREPARATION AND SHOP PAINTING ' A. Vessels shall be surface prepared and coated on all exterior surfaces at the factory in accordance with the coating manufacturer' s requirements . Other equipment to be supplied under this Section requiring surface preparation and shop priming shall be ' performed as part of the work of this Section . Color to be selected by the Owner. B . Provide field touch up , matching factory color, to all areas as required . 3 . 04 FIELD PERFORMANCE TESTING ' A . The system manufacturer shall furnish the service of a factory representative for a minimum of five ( 5 ) days who has complete knowledge of proper operation and maintenance of the equipment to inspect the final installation and to supervise the test ' runs , and to provide operations training. B . The degasifier shall be tested prior to the plant acceptance test on actual hydrogen sulfide generated . The equipment supplier shall furnish materials and labor, after the 044572000 11230- 7 degasifier systems are complete, flowmeter for air flow measuring, CO2 test equipment and a hydrogen sulfide analyzer for performance testing . The test shall be supervised by the equipment supplier and witnessed by representatives of the Engineer and Owner . The system shall provide the specified percentage removal of hydrogen sulfide and carbon dioxide at design conditions . A minimum of one ( 1 ) day shall be required for testing the degasifier. C . If the systems or any component thereof fails to p operate properly, the necessary changes shall be made or components shall be replaced until the system operates to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Any units that remain unable to meet the operating requirements shall be removed and replaced with satisfactory units at no cost to the owner. A 3 . 05 PERFORMANCE A . Contractor shall guarantee that the completed system shall meet or exceed the hydrogen sulfide and carbon dioxide effluent performance criteria stated herein . Final payment shall not be made until successful performance is completed . END OF SECTION 044572000 11230 - 8 SECTION 11235 SCRUBBERS AND RECIRCULATION PUMPS ' PART 1 — GENERAL ' 1 . 01 WORK INCLUDED ' A . This section includes furnishing, installing and performance testing two - stage off- gas treatment system complete for the treatment of off-gas from the degasifiers . The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials , equipment , and incidentals ' required to supply, install , and test , complete and ready for operation a scrubber treatment system as specified herein . The system shall include, but not be limited to , scrubber vessels, recirculation pumps, distribution headers and laterals , ' distributor, packing support structures , manways , connections , hardware , piping , and lifting lugs, as specified herein . The scrubber system shall treat the hydrogen sulfide and carbon dioxide offgas from the degasifiers and shall chemical ' injections , instrumentation, controls , vessel internals , and interconnecting ductwork . B . The scope of work shall also include phased removal of the existing scrubber system and phased installation of the new system as specified herein . ' L02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE ' A . Section 01300 - Submittals B . Section 01730 — Operating and Maintenance Manuals ' C . Section 06610 — Fiberglass Fabrications ' D . Section 11230 — Degasifiers E . Section 11310 — FRP Ductwork Blowers and Dampers ' F . Section 11507 — Caustic Feed Equipment G . Section 11930 — Pumps — General H . Section 13441 — Instrumentation Components I . Section 15100 — Piping and Valves 044572000 ' 11235 - 1 J . Division sion 16 — Electrical 1 . 03 QUALITY CONTROL A . Inspection and Testing Requirements : The Engineer reserves the right to reject acceptance of delivery of any or all pieces of equipment found, upon inspection, to have any or all of the following : blisters, chips, crazing, exposed glass, cracks, burned areas, dry spots, foreign matter, surface porosity, sharp discontinuities . B . The manufacturer and/or local representative shall have more than ten ( 10) years of experience with dual laminate construction and have at least fifteen ( 15 ) similar installations on water treatment plants of which five (5) installations are in the State of Florida which were installed more than five (5) years ago . Include in the list at least five (5 ) two-stage Air Quality Control Systems in the State of Florida operating on water treatment plants for H2S removal . 1 . 04 SUBMITTAL A . Provide shop drawings in accordance with Section 01300 . B . The contractor shall submit complete shop drawings of all packed tower equipment as a complete system . The equipment shop drawings submittal shall contain all structural calculations and drawings for the vessels, deflection of the vessel at the point of connection with the ductwork, thickness, anchor bolt size and location, lifting hooks, ladders and loads imposed by appurtenances such as inlet ducting . All structural drawings, structural calculations and process calculations shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Florida. Complete master power and control wiring diagram, elementary or control schematics, and suitable outline drawings of the control schematics and control panel shall be furnished as part of the shop drawings . C . Additional Information : The Contractor shall supply certificates for the following from the FRP ductwork supplier: 1 . The resin used shall be in accordance with ASTM C581 and that the resin is compatible with an environment consisting of air, caustic , hydrogen sulfide gas , methane, various aromatic hydrocarbon vapors, droplets of saltwater, and droplets of water containing sodium hydrochlon' te, sodium hydroxide, sulfuric acid, and hydrochloric acid . 2 . The ductwork supplied meets the deflection requirements under the vacuum pressure and hoop (point) loading specified herein. 044572000 11235 - 2 3 . The Contractor shall provide a certificate from the vessel manufacturer listing the nomenclature, composition, and characteristics of the resin, this information shall be supplied with the submittal data, as well as vessel and support calculations as specified . ' D . Provide manufacturer ' s data on all supplied and installed equipment pp q pment as indicated above . E . Provide Operations and Maintenance information as described in Section 01730 . Manuals shall include start-up , normal operation, normal shutdown, emergency shutdown and safety sections as well as process description and operation . 1 . 05 SYSTEM RESPONSIBILITY A . The entire scrubber system as specified herein shall be provided by a single system ' supplier to ensure coordination and compatibility. The induced air degasification system shall be included with this system . B . The contractor shall be responsible for all the on-site installation of the scrubber system as specified herein . The system supplier shall be responsible for providing the required ' technical services to the Contractor during the installation of the scrubber system . C . The system shall be supplied by Jacobs Air Water System as a basis of bid . ' 1 . 06 WORK BY OTHERS ' A . The operation of the scrubber system components shall be coordinated with the Owners SCADA system integrator. It is the responsibility of the scrubber system supplier to ensure the scrubber system operates in accordance with their requirements and directs the ' Owner' s system integrator accordingly to ensure proper operation in accordance with the warranty requirements . The Owner' s system integrator takes no responsibility for the performance of the system . ' PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2 . 01 TREATMENT DESIGN CRITERIA ' A . Process Description ' Number of Scrubber Towers : 2 In Series Minimum Diameter : 9 ft Air Flow : 26 , 000 cfm 112SConcentration (Air) : 180 (min) ppm 044572000 ' 11235 - 3 H, S Removal Efficiency : o Y 99 /o CO2 Concentration : 100 ppm average Minimum Recirculation Rate : 350 gpm Minimum Packing Height : 12 ft Minimum Mist Eliminator : 1 ft B . The scrubber system shall treat and effectively eliminate hydrogen sulfide from the degasifiers . The system shall have a rated air flow capacity of 26 , 000 cfm and be capable of continuously providing a treated exhaust air stream having a hydrogen sulfide concentration not greater than 200 ppm at the rated capacity and/or a guaranteed H2S removal efficiency of greater than 99 percent based on design capacity for each unit . This is based on an influent loading of 180 (min) ppm H2S in the airstream . 1 . Evaporation and other water loss makeup shall be accomplished by an automatic level control system in the bottom of the scrubber towers in conjunction with a continuous water make-up . The system shall be capable of operating in either mode . 2 . To provide maximum oxidant effectiveness, the equipment supplier shall furnish all necessary chemical feed pumps (excluding caustic pumps) , automatic monitors and controllers to maintain sufficient bulk or residual chlorine and alkalinity to effectively remove odorous gases . 3 . The control system shall be provided with a common alarm function indicating system malfunction . The alarm shall be local at the control panel and activate a light, as well as a remove alarm at the central control panel . 2 . 02 GENERAL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A . The scrubber vessels shall be PVC with Tnemec UV top coating . The PVC for the aerator shall be NSF approved Type I, Grade I conforming to ASTM 1784- 89 with a minimum '/4-inch thickness sidewall and a 1 inch thick bottom base . The aerator towers shall be manufactured by Dual ] Division/Met-Pro Corporation . B . The scrubber system shall be of the forced draft type with random dumped internal packing . C . The water and air will circulate countercurrently ; the air being introduced below the packing . A 6 inch minimum distance shall be provided between the packing support and the top of the air inlet duct to facilitate distribution of air across the packing . The vessels shall have an internal baffle at the air inlet to ensure distribution and act as a liquid redistributor. 044572000 11235 - 4 ' D . The scrubber system shall be provided with access ports, 24 inch diameter, quantity of 4 per tower to allow for gravity loading and unloading of the packing, and for maintenance of the distribution laterals and nozzles and packing support ' system . Provide clear manway covers with opaque covers with standoffs and wing nuts for cover removal . E . Water distribution laterals and nozzles shall be fabricated in such a manner that they can be disassembled and removed through a 24 inch manway . ' F . The scrubber system shall have weir trough distributors . They shall be arranged to ensure even water distribution on the packing and spray patterns shall overlap to ensure that no dry spots will occur on the surface of the packing . The troughs shall have supports designed to provide adjustments in troughs to provide even distribution . ' G . The scrubber system shall be provided with lifting lugs to provide access for maintenance . H . Distribution header and laterals shall be Schedule 80 PVC . ' I . A minimum of 12 inches shall be between the weir trough and the top of the packing to facilitate water distribution and provide access for maintenance . J . All connections 2 inches and larger shall be flanged and shall have ANSI standard dimensions and bolting patterns . ' K . Packing shall be manufactured of polypropylene and have a maximum nominal diameter of 3 - 1 /2 " . The packing shall be as manufactured by Jaeger Products, ' Inc . or approved equal . L . All bolts , fasteners , supports , hinges, lifting lugs , etc . , shall be Type 316 stainless steel . No exceptions . M . Electrical conduits and straps shall be PVC and all electrical boxes shall by NEMA 4X . N . Gaskets shall be neoprene or EPDM . ' 2 . 03 RECIRCULATION PUMPS ' A . Three ( 3 ) recirculation pumps shall pump the scrubbing solution from the reservoirs to the distributors . Each pump shall be capable of pumping 350 gpm against the total dynamic head required . The pumps shall be centrifugal design 044572000 11235 - 5 complete with corrosion resistant bases and 7 . 5 HP squirrel cage induction , 1800 rpm , TEFC motor . The motors shall comply with specification section 16405 -AC Induction Motors , including providing 120 VAC space heaters . B . Casings shall be high grade glass reinforced vinyl ester of the back pull - out design . The suction and discharge flanges shall be fully gussetted for optimum nozzle loading capabilities . C . Stuffing box covers shall be compression molded high grade glass reinforced ry� vinyl ester, rabbet fitted to the casing , and shall accept most mechanical seals recommended for corrosive applications . F D . Impellers shall be compression molded in high grade glass reinforced vinyl ester of the semi -open design . They shall be statically balanced, externally adjustable, driven by a polygon and fitted with square O-rings to assure proper sealing of the pump shaft from corrosive liquids . E . Shafts shall be high quality heat treated 4140 steel with a replaceable no -metal sleeve . The shaft shall utilize a tapered polygon drive for uniform torque carrying capability and easy impeller servicing . The sleeve shall also feature a polygon cutout to ensure that it is positively driven by the shaft . F . Bearings shall be oil lubricated with an external oiler and designed from minimum L- 10 life of 2 years . The double row outboard thrust bearing shall be capable of carrying high thrust loads . G . Baseplates shall be glass reinforced vinyl ester in six ANSI sizes with an integral drain rim and encapsulated mounting inserts . H . Couplings shall be flexible spacer type to permit disassembly and inspection without disturbing the pump piping, driver or alignment . Coupling guards shall be designed to meet OSHA requirements . I . Corrosion resistant materials and all wetted parts shall be selected fiberglass reinforced materials for superior corrosion resistance across an exceptionally broad range of application . J . Pump assemblies shall be by Fybroc, Ingersoll -Dresser, or equal . 2 . 04 CHEMICAL ADDITION A . Chemical addition shall be caustic solution , and chlorine solution . 044572000 11235 - 6 1 . The caustic system shall be provided by the Contractor as specified herein . ' Design flow and requirements for caustic supply shall be provided by system supplier and coordinated with the General Contractor. The existing caustic feed system shall be modified as shown on the drawings ' and as required by the scrubber system supplier to provide caustic feed to both stages of the scrubber system . B . Chlorine 1 . Chlorine solution using sodium hypochlorite from the existing treatment plant shall be provided on Stage 2 as shown on the drawings . Chlorine solution shall be injected into scrubber vessel as shown on the drawings . 2 . 05 INSTRUMENTATION ' All field instrumentation as shown and as required to operate the complete system shall be designed , fabricated, and supplied by the scrubber system supplier, and shall include but not be limited to gages , indicators , switches , probes , analyzers , complete, as described ' below . All piping , tubing, fittings required for completed instrumentation operation shall be provided by the scrubber supplier. ' A . The control shall include both two ( 2 ) pH and one ( 1 ) ORP analyzers mounted in one ( 1 ) NEMA 4X enclosure as located on the drawings . ' B . The pH controller shall have a digital display with a 0- 14 pH measuring range and a 4-20 mA output with range expand . The controller shall have a dual alarm relay with two individual adjustable controls to establish low and high alarm points so that the alarm relay is energized whenever the process solution is outside of these points . ' C . The ORP controller shall have a digital display with a 0- 1000 mV measuring range and a 4-20 mA output with range expand . The controller shall have a dual alarm relay with two individual adjustable controls to establish low and high alarm points so that the alarm relay is energized whenever the process solution is outside of these points . D . TheH and ORP analyzers shall be Great Lakes Model 63 or roved equal . P Y pp q ' E . The pH and ORP probes shall be located in the vessel wall of the scrubbers and wired to the enclosures . ' F . The probes shall be fully encapsulated flow -thru type with wetted materials consisting of vinyl ester body, ceramic salt bridge , glass process electrode, ' titanium palladium ground electrode , viton and RTV sealant . 044572000 ' 11235 - 7 G . The pH probe shall be Great Lakes Model 6028PO or approved equal . H . The ORP probe shall be Great Lakes 2028RO or approved equal . I . Provide low level switch in each scrubber for alarm condition and recirculation pump cut off. J . Provide water fill solenoid and flow rotameter for each scrubber vessel . 2 . 06 SEQUESTERING AGENT SYSTEM A . Scrubber system supplier shall provide 50-gallon drum with drum pump ( 120 VAC , plug-in type) to inject sequestering agent to minimize scaling of blow- down in drain system . Coordinate location of injection, rate of injection and operation of drum pump with system , in accordance with plans . System supplier shall provide three 55 -gallon drums of sequestering agent for start-up and initial system °r operations . PART 3 — EXECUTION 3 . 01 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A . All parts shall be properly protected so that no damage or deterioration will occur during a prolonged delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed , and the units and equipment are ready for operation . B . The equipment shall be delivered on-site as fully assembled as transportation will allow . C . Finished surfaces of all exposed openings shall be protected . D . All the proposed equipment must be delivered to the site as a complete system . Partial deliveries of the complete system is not permitted . E . All vessels shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer' s technical data and printed instructions , and in the locations shown on the drawings . 3 . 02 QUALITY CONTROL AND INSPECTION FOR FRP VESSELS A . Quality Control Procedure 044572000 11235 - 8 1 . The vessel manufacturer shall have quality control procedures adequate to ' ensure that all vessels fabrications comply with these specification and ensure that all laminates are at least the equal of the reference samples in laminate quality . Quality control shall include a final inspection by the ' manufacturer and written record of this final inspection . The objective of manufacturer ' s quality control and inspection procedure shall be to ensure that all vessels comply with the specifications after fabrication is complete ' and prior to shipment of the vessels to the job site to minimize the amount of rework by the manufacturer at the site . B . Manufacturer ' s Inspection ' 1 . All vessels shall be tested at the place of manufacture, and the manufacturer shall provide the following information : ' a. Hardness reading b . Thickness measurements C . Measurements showing compliance with dimensions and ' tolerances in diameters , lengths , squareness of ends , angles of fittings and flanges, and flatness of flanges . ' d . For vessel laminate quality ; presence of pits , foreign inclusions , dry spots, air bubbles , pinhole pimples , and delamination . ' 2 . All vessels shall be factory hydrostatically tested for leaks by filling with water after fabrication is complete . Vessels shall be checked for leaks after they have been filled for at least 1 hour. Manufacturer shall run this ' test prior to the time of shipping for all vessels . 3 . A separate inspection record shall be made for each vessel . Inspection ' records shall be sent to the Engineer for approval prior to shipment of vessels . ' 4 . Unless otherwise specified , the vessels may be inspected at a place of manufacture by a representative of the Engineer. Final acceptance will be contingent upon satisfactory further inspection upon arrival at the job site . ' 5 . IF the factory p an inspection and tests show that of the vessels do not meet Y ' the specifications , corrective measures shall be taken or the defective vessel shall be replaced with new vessel which satisfies the conditions specified prior to shipment to the job site . 044572000 11235 - 9 3 . 04 FIELD TESTING A . The system manufacturer shall furnish the service of a factory representative for a minimum of five ( 5 ) days who has complete knowledge of proper operation and maintenance of the equipment to inspect the final installation and to supervise the test runs . B . Each scrubber vessel shall be tested on the approximate design concentration of hydrogen sulfide . The equipment supplier shall furnish utilities , labor, after the degasifier is complete, and flow meter for air flow measuring. The test shall be supervised by the equipment supplier and witnessed by representatives of the Engineer and Owner. The system shall provide the specified percentage removal of hydrogen sulfide at design conditions . Co If the system components or any component thereof fails to operate properly, the necessary changes shall be made or components shall be replaced until the system operates to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Any units that remain unable to meet the operating requirements shall be removed and replaced with satisfactory units at no cost to the Owner. D . The system manufacturer shall furnish the services of a factory representative for a minimum of five (5 ) days who has complete knowledge of proper operation and maintenance of the equipment to inspect the final installation, to supervise the test runs , and to provide operations training . E . The scrubber shall be tested with 200 ppm of hydrogen sulfide generated into the scrubber by permeate water or metered gas supplied by Manufacturer. The equipment supplier shall furnish utilities , labor, hydrogen sulfide generator (if needed), flow meter for air flow measuring and portable hydrogen sulfide analyzer. Test shall be conducted using Interscan electro/chemical gas sampling system . The test shall be supervised by the equipment supplier and witnessed by representatives of the Engineer and Owner. The system shall provide a minimum of 98 percent removal of hydrogen sulfide from the influent air stream at design conditions at all times . Upon completion of the testing , a report summarizing the results of testing shall be submitted . This report shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Florida. F . If the system or any component thereof fails to operate properly and to remove odors at the existing hydrogen sulfide concentration , the necessary changes shall be made or components shall be replaced until the system operates to the satisfaction of the Engineer. G . The system supplier shall have a service company knowledgeable in troubleshooting and proper operation of the system . The service company shall 044572000 11235 - 10 be located in the State of Florida to assure quick response to the Owner ' s needs . ' The service company shall have a minimum of ten ( 10) years in the State of Florida working on this type equipment . ' 3 . 05 SPARE PARTS AND EQUIPMENT ' A . The scrubber system supplier shall supply the following test equipment and spare parts for the entire treatment system . 1 . HZS gas test equipment including gas pump and supply of 20 each high and low level sensing tubes . Gas pump shall be as manufactured by Drager, Sensidyne and matching gas sensing tubes . 2 . One ( 1 ) spare pH and ORP probe . ' END OF SECTION 044572000 11235 - 11 1� z 0 H z w H O N O O N � a � M � O w w a w a x H u SECTION 11240 ' STATIC MIXER PART 1 — GENERAL ' 1 . 01 DESCRIPTION ' This section includes materials and installation of an in- line static mixer including nozzles . ' 1 . 02 RELATED WORK SECTIONS A . Piping , Manual Valves and Miscellaneous Piping Appurtenances — Section 15100 ' 1 . 03 SUBMITTALS ' A . Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 0 13 00 . B . Submit dimensional drawings and installation details . Submit manufacturer' s catalog data and descriptive literature, describing materials of construction by ASTM reference and grade . PART 2 — MATERIALS ' 2 . 01 MANUFACTURERS Mixers shall be as manufactured by Komax Systems , Koch Engineering Company, or Chemineer, Inc . 2 . 02 MIXER DESIGN A . The mixers shall be the static in-line type for turbulent mixing with no moving parts . The mixer shall produce homogeneous mixing , blending, and dispersion of 93 % sulfuric acid and scale inhibitor in the raw water. ' B . Mixing shall be stationary , removable elements arranged to split and recombine component streams to provide a homogenous stream at the mixer outlet . The minimum Reynolds number for mixing shall be RE>3000 . C . The mixer shall be constructed of 316L SS . ' 044572000 ' 11240- 1 D . The mixer shall be fitted with 2 1 " FNPT connections as required for the injection of scale inhibitor and/or sulfuric acid, into the mixer body . A removable nozzle shall be provided in the mixer body which will allow injection of chemicals in the center of the mixer body . E . Mixer housing and internal elements shall be fabricated of Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic . A minimum of 4 mixing elements shall be provided . F . The chemical to be injected and mixed with the raw water is scale inhibitor with a specific gravity of 1 . 15 whereas acid will be 93 % by weight sulfuric acid . PART 3 — EXECUTION 3 . 01 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION Install mixer as indicated on the drawings and in accordance with the manufacturer' s recommendations . 3 . 02 NAMEPLATE A 316 SS engraved nameplate shall be provided and installed, with manufacturer, model no . , design conditions, and number of mixing elements as minimum information . END OF SECTION 044572000 11240-2 ' SECTION 11280 ' CONTROL VALVES ' PART 1 - GENERAL 1 .01 SCOPE ' A . This section includes control valves and operators for various throttling p and o enclose valves including but not limited to the degasifier inlet valves control valves . B . Other control valves shall berovided as shown on the drawings and specified her P g p em . ' 1 . 02 RELATED WORK A. Section 10400 — Identifying Devices ' B . Section 11310 — Ductwork and Dampers C . Section 15100 — Piping and Valves ' D . Division 16 -- Electrical ' 1903 QUALITY CONTROL A . Coordinate electrical power requirements with applicable systems to assure adequate ' support for equipment . Ensure power supply type is compatible with actuators prior to ordering equipment . ' B . Coordinate with instrumentation and control supplier to assure proper control signals . 1 . 04 SUBMITTALS A . Provide data on valve performance (CV curves if applicable) , sizes , complete material breakdown of components, type and noise levels at various flows for all valves , and ' complete electrical schematics which depict specific field wiring requirements . 044572000 ' 11280 - 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 DEGASIFIER INLET VALVE , DUMP VALVE (TEMPORARY) A . The control valve shall be lug- style butterfly valve designed to fit between 150 PSI ANSI rated flanges . The valves will be operated by an electric actuator, and shall be constructed as follows . B . Materials Body — ductile iron, epoxy-coated Disc - 316 stainless steel Stem - 316 stainless steel Seat - TFE Stem Seal - TFE C . The valve shall mount between ANSI Class 150 flanges . The valve shall be as manufactured by Keystone, Model K-Lock, Flow Seal or equal . Valve shall be bubble tight, rated for 150 psi on both sides of valve. D . Valve actuators shall be electrically-powered rotary operators, 120V single ` phase, NEMA 4, Limitorques Series 90 degree worm gear operator with valve position inidicator. The actuators shall be mounted on the valve with 316 stainless steel yoke. The actuator enclosure shall be epoxy-painted cast aluminum, NEMA IV rated . The actuator shall be provided with manual override . The torque capability of the actuator shall not be less than 115 % of the torque required for the valve, and the operating time shall not be less than 30 seconds nor more than 60 seconds . Valve actuators shall be Limitorque, Auma, or equal . E. The actuators shall be equipped with the following optional devices : limit switches to indicate open and closed position . Limit switches shall be DPDT type, NEMA 4 enclosure, spring return roller lever, and a total of 4 pairs of isolated contacts (2 N . O . , 2 N . C . ) . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 .01 INSTALLATION A. Confirm valve actuator is sized properly with the service conditions of the valve, including torque at severe conditions . B . Adjust all valve actuator settings to the field conditions of the service conditions of the specific valve . Factory settings are not acceptable for all service conditions . 044572000 11280 - 2 C . Remove all instrument air lines from the old valve actuators, plug as required . D . Provide qualified field representative for each valve actuator type to certify installation of valve actuator with valve type . ' E . Provide adequate bracing and support for actuators to prevent undue stress on piping systems . Supports shall be designed for operating conditions of valve and actuators . 3 . 02 SPARE PARTS A. Furnish the following : 1 . Limit switch, two of each kind . ' END OF SECTION 044572000 ' 11280 - 3 z 0 H z - w H 0 o N p a � N w w a w a x H u SECTION 11300 ' FRP DUCTWORK, BLOWERS AND DAMPERS PART1 GENERAL L01 SCOPE This section includes furnishing, modifying, installing, and testing of the ductwork blowers complete with frames and motors , and dampers for the permeate degasifiers and scrubbers . 1 . 02 RELATED SECTIONS A . Section 05500 — Miscellaneous Metals B . Section 09900 — Painting C . Section 11230 — Degasifier D . Section 11235 — Scrubbers and Recirculation Pumps E . Section 15100 - Piping and Valves F . Division 16 - Electrical ' 1 . 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A . Equipment and materials of similar type shall be the product of the same manufacturer and match existing components . The ductwork, blowers , and dampers shall be furnished by the same supplier furnishing the degasifiers and scrubber systems . ' B . Inspection and Testing estmg Requirements : The Engineer reserves the right to refect ' acceptance of delivery of any or all pieces of ductwork found , upon inspection, to have any or all of the following : blisters , chips, crazing, exposed glass , cracks , burned areas, dry spots , foreign matter, surface porosity, shop discontinuity or ' entrapped air at the surface of the laminate . C . After field inspection and installation is complete, the ductwork must be vacuum ' tested at 9 " W . C . and held for a minimum of one hour with no visible signs of excessive wall deflection . No drop in vacuum pressure shall occur over the test period . 044572000 ' 11300- 1 1 . 04 REFERENCES A . ASTM D 17784- 81 : Standard Specifications for Rigid Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) compounds and CPVC compounds . B . NBS PS 15 - 69 : Custom- Contact-Molded Reinforced Polyester Chemical Resistant Process Equipment , 1905 SUBMITTAL A. Provide shop drawings and product data in accordance with Section 01300 , B . The Contractor shall submit complete shop drawings of the FRP ducting and PVC or FRP damper. Shop drawings shall be submitted detailing construction material and ductwork transitions to match duct as shown on the drawings, including duct transitions, piping, and fittings required for a complete system . C . Provide manufacturers data on all supplied and installed equipment as indicated above . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 01 SERVICE CONDITIONS A . The ductwork shall be designed to operate at maximum pressure of 10" w . c . , and vacuum of 3 " w. c . 202 DUCTWORK CONSTRUCTION A . All duct and fittings shall be supplied by the scrubber and/or degasifier system supplier. B . Filament-wound ductwork with minimum design working pressure as specified herein shall conform to ASTM D 2310, Type 1 , Grade 2 , Class E. C . Fabricator shall be responsible for the basic design of FRP duct, based on these Specifications and the Drawings . D . Mechanical properties of contact molded reinforced laminate shall meet or exceed all requirements of PS 15 - 69 and ASTM C 582 . 044572000 11300-2 E . Squares of ends , fittings, elbows , and buttjoints shall meet J or exceed requirements of PS 15 - 69 . ' F . Duct and fittings shall be shopspooled as much as possible . Use of flanges shall be kept to a minimum , with field welded bell and spigot joints where' required for installation . Use butt joints for shop and field welded joints is also acceptable . ' G . Butt joints in duct over 20 inches in diameter shall have an internal overlay . H . Flanges and fittings shall have a thickness based on PS 15 - 69, rated for specified ' pressure and vacuum . I . For flanged fittings , bolt circle number and diameter shall be per Product Standard ' PS 15 -69 for air service . Coordinate flange provisions with interconnecting equipment and fittings . ' J . Fabricator shall provide all information details and requirements for installation and support of duct and torque valves for flange bolting . ' K . Contractor shall provide all FRP duct supports as recommended by Fabricator. L . Back face of all flanges shall be spot- faced , flat and parallel to the flange face, and be of sufficient diameter to accept an SEA metal washer under the bolt head or nut . M . Design Conditions : ' 1 . Ductwork fabricated to these Specifications, in general, shall operate at ambient temperatures . ' 2 . Sulfide stripper ductwork will be subjected to, and shall be designed to withstand the following conditions : a . Design Temperature : 40 to 100 degrees F . ' b . Design Vacuum Rating : 9-inch water gauge. c. Location : Outdoors . d . Chemical Composition of the Process Vapors : 0 to 250 PPM HS . ' N . Laminate shall consist of an inner surfacec ( orrosion barrier) on an interior layer, and a structural layer. O . Laminateuali Q ty . Meet the requirements of the visual acceptance criteria in ' ASTM D2563 , Level III for the interior and Level III for the exterior. P . Reinforce inner surface with a resin -rich surfacing veil of 20 mils thick . 044572000 ' 11300- 3 Q . Construct interior layer with resin reinforced with at least two plies of chopped strand mat . Thickness of interior layers shall be at least 100 mils . R . Glass content of combined inner surface and interior layer shall be 27 percent plus or minus 5 percent . S . The structural layer may be either filament wound or contact molded as follows : 1 . Filament winding shall be with continuous strand roving to provide a glass content of 50 to 80 percent . 2 . Contact molding shall consist of alternate layers of chopped strand mat and woven roving, providing a glass content of 25 to 40 percent . T . The structural layer shall be filament wound with an exterior resin- rich gel coat layer. U . Exterior Gel Coal Color: Provide pigmented gel coat color on all exterior ductwork. Coordinate gel coat color with work in previous paragraphs . V . Resin System : Premium grade and corrosion resistant vinyl ester such as Dow Darken 411 , or equivalent . 1 . Exterior Exposed Ducting : Add ultraviolet absorbers to exterior gel coetlayer to improve weather resistance. Absorber shall be American Cyanamid Company, CYASBORB UV-9, or approved equal . 2 . Interior Ducting : Construct with fire-rated resin . 3 . Color: No dyes, pigments, or colorants shall be used except in the exterior gel coat . The resin shall not contain fillers or thixotropic agents unless specified . Use manufacturer' s currently recommended cure system unless otherwise agreed upon by the fabricator and Engineer. W. Reinforcement : 1 . Inner Surface: Chemical surfacing mat, Type C (chemical) glass, 20 mils thick, with finish and binder compatible and layup resin . 2 . Corrosion Barrier: Resin-rich interior surface of nominal 100 to 120 mils thick, using chopped strand mat backing the veil . Use no additive in the corrosion barrier. 044572000 11300 -4 ' 3 . Chopped Strand Mat : Type E lass minim YP g um 1 - 1 /2 ounces per square foot, with silane finish and styrene soluble binder. ' 4 . Continuous roving used in chopper gun for spray-up shall be Type E glass . ' 5 . Woven Roving : Type E glass , nominal 24 ounces per square yard , 4 by 5 weave, with silane type finish . ' 6 . Continuous roving used for filament winding shall be Type E glass with a silane type finish . ' X . Duct fittings shall conform to National Bureau of Standards PS 15 -69 , except as specified herein . Bends shall be long-radius ( 1 - 1 /2 times pipe diameter) , formed over a removable mold . Mitered bends will be allowed for pipes greater than 24 inches in diameter. Filament wound fittings shall be of the same thickness specified for adjoining pipe or duct . Hand lay-up fittings shall be of the minimum ' pipe or duct wall thickness specified in PS 15 - 69 for the applicable pressure class . Y . Duct flanges shall be fiberglass reinforced plastic of thickness specified in ' Commercial Standard PS 15 -69 faced and drilled to match 125 -pound , ANSI B16 . 1 standard . ' Z . Gaskets shall be full - faced, 1 /8 inch thick, fabricated from EPDM . When mating flange has raised face, use flat ring gasket and provide filler gasket between OD of ' raised face and flange OD to protect FRP flange from bolting moment . 2 . 03 BLOWERS ' A . Three (3 ) blowers shall be provided at locations shown on the drawings . ' B . The blowers shall be 40 HP squirrel cage induction capable of moving 13 , 000 cfin at 11 inches w. c . Any costs due to upsize in blower capacity larger than listed herein , shall be at the Contractor' s expense . ' C . The fan wheel shall be the backwardly inclined design of all fiberglass reinforced polyester with encapsulated steel hub and stainless steel shaft . The shaft shall be encapsulated through the fan shaft seal . The fan wheel shall be fabricated of alternated layers of fiberglass cloth and fiberglass resin or PVC , and the shaft ' Type 316 stainless steel . D . The fan housing shall be seamless fiberglass reinforced polyester constructed of ' alternated layers of fiberglass cloth and fiberglass resin or PVC to match the vessels . The housing shall be additionally braced as needed with 316 ss inlet side and drive side plates , fastened to the housing with Type 316 stainless steel . 044572000 11300- 5 E . The fan will be furnished with a flanged inlet and outlet, and a PVC pipe coupling type drain . F . Access door will be gasketed and bolted to the fan housing with Type 316 stainless steel hardware . G . Bearings shall be grease lubricated ball or roller bearings in housing that allow easy bearing replacement . H . Shaft seal shall be neoprene gasketed FRP plate attached to the fan housing with Type 316 stainless steel hardware . At I . Pedestal base shall be double hot-dipped galvanized after all holes are drilled . Field drilling of base not permitted . J . The blower motor shall be 40 HP squirrel cage induction , TEFC construction with service factor 1 . 151 460 volts , 60 Hz, 3 phase, with Class B insulation with Class F temperature rise . Meters shall also comply with the motor specifications—AC induction motors, including providing a 120 vac space heater. K. Provide easy access belt guards on all fans . L . Blowers shall be as manufactured by Met-Pro Corporation, Duall Division or approved equal . 2 .04 AIR DAMPERS AND OPERATORS A . Dampers shall be flanged, butterfly or blastgate type as indicated on the plans . The butterfly type shall be electrically operated as shown on plans . B . The blastgate type shall be full closure non- leak with front face gasket and side pins , when the blastgate is out a blank face with hardware shall be used . C . The butterfly dampers shall be low leak quadrant operated, with FRP shaft and blade . The damper shall have internal blade stop with gasket . Dampers without electric actuators shall have geared operators with chain wheel actuators . Use 316 ss chains . D . Dampers shall be as manufactured by D . E . I Systems, or equal . E . The damper operators shall be electric actuated , 120 VAC , open/close operators of acceptable size to provide torque to open and close damper with above listed conditions . Operator shall be fully enclosed and sealed , have internal heater, and thermal overload protection . Internal travel stops with adjustments shall be provided . 044572000 11300- 6 ' Open/close limit switches shall berovided with local cal mdicahon and for signals back to PLC . Operators shall be manufactured by Limitorque, Auma, or equal . ' PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 01 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND FIELD OBSERVATIONS FOR FRP ' DUCTWORK A . Quality Control Procedure The ductwork manufacturer shall have quality controlures rocedadequate p q to insure that all laminates are at least the equal of the reference samples in ' laminate quality. Quality control shall include a final inspection by the manufacturer and written record of this final inspection . The objective of ' manufacturer' s quality control and inspection procedure shall be to ensure that all vessels comply with the specifications after fabrication is complete and prior to shipment of the ductwork to the job site to minimize the ' amount of rework by the manufacturer at the site . B . Manufacturer' s Inspection 1 . The ductwork shall be tested at the place of manufacture , and the manufacturer shall provide the following information : a. Hardness readings . ' b . Thickness measurements . C . Measurements showing compliance with dimensions and tolerance ' in diameters , lengths , squareness of ends , angles of fittings and flanges, and flatness of flanges . ' d . For ductwork laminate quality : presence of pits, foreign inclusions, dry spots, air bubbles , pinhole pimples , and delamination . ' 2 . A separate inspection record shall be made for the ductwork . Inspection records shall be sent to the Engineer for approval prior to shipment of the ' ductwork . 3 . Unless otherwise specified , the ductwork may be inspected at a place of ' manufacturer by a representative of the Engineer. Final acceptance will be contingent upon satisfactory further inspection upon arrival at the job site . 044572000 11300- 7 4 . If the factory inspection and tests show that nay of the ductwork does not meet the specifications , corrective measures shall be taken or the defective vessel shall be placed with new ductwork which satisfies the conditions specified prior to shipment of the job site . 3 . 02 INSTALLATION A. The ductwork shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's technical data and printed instructions , and in the locations shown on the drawings and in accordance with the final shop drawings . B . The installation of the additional ductwork shall be done with minimal _ interruption to the existing operating water plant and degasification system . C . All service interruptions of the existing water plant and degasification system shall be approved and scheduled by the Engineer and Owner 24-hours before the requested interruption of service . D . All field joints to be butt wrapped and welded must meet NBS PS -69 requirements for wall strength . Gel -coating of duct interior shall be performed in order to prevent exposure of FRP matting . 3 .03 SURFACE PREPARATION AND SHOP PAINTING A. The FRP ductwork shall be coated with a polyester gel coat on all exterior surfaces at the factory . Other equipment to be supplied under this Section 11 requiring surface preparation and shop priming shall be performed as part of the work of this Section . Color to match existing ductwork . B . Provide field touch up , matching existing color, to all areas as required . 3 . 04 PAINTING A. All ducting and appurtenances shall be painted in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications and as required in Section 09900 specified herein . Color selection to match existing . 3 . 05 TESTING A . Ducting system shall be vacuum and pressure tested to conditions stated herein and demonstrate integrity under these conditions . If the system , as determined by the Engineer/Architect's judgement, does not demonstrate integrity, the system shall be repaired accordingly . 044572000 11300 - 8 ' 106 SPARE PARTS ' A . Blower belts (4 sets, matched) ' B . Two ( 2 ) fan bearing sets ' END OF SECTION 044572000 ' 11300- 9 [THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY] 044572000 11300- 10 ' SECTION 11337 ' AUTOMATIC SELF-CLEANING INLINE FILTER ' PART 1 GENERAL 1 .01 SCOPE OF WORK A . This section covers the work necessary to install complete, one ( 1 ) Fully Automatic Self- Cleaning Inline Filter, motors, motor starter, control panel and all ancillary equipment specified herein . Equipment to be provided by the Owner. ' 1 .02 MANUFACTURER ' S SERVICES ' A . A manufacturer ' s factory representative for the equipment specified shall be present at the job site for the following minimum number of days for the services listed herein under, travel time not included : ' 1 . One man-day for installation assistance, inspection and certification of the installation . 2 . One man-day for functional testing . 3 . One man-day for instruction of operating and maintenance personnel . 1 .03 SUBMITTALS ' A . Owner to provide equipment . Submittals from the Manufacturer to be provided to Contractor for use in installation of equipment . ' 1 . 04 QUALIFICATIONS A . The Contractor shall have the basic responsibility for the proper installation and functioning of the Automatic Self-Cleaning Inline Filter, drive motor, controls and ancillary equipment . The Contractor shall also require a single manufacturer/supplier to ' be responsible for proper selection of components, their manufacture and assembly and the proper functioning of the complete unit . The Contractor shall furnish a written statement signed by the manufacture/supplier to the effect that the factory representative has inspected the installation of the complete units and found them ready for full operation . ' 1 .05 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A . The Automatic Self-Cleaning Inline Filter is to remove suspended debris and fine sand ' from the raw water supply entering the plant . The equipment shall be provided by the Owner . 1 . 06 PRODUCT HANDLING A . Finished iron or steel surfaces not painted shall be properly protected to prevent rust and corrosion . 044572000 ' 11337 - 1 1 .09 WARRANTY A . All equipment supplied under this section of the specifications shall be warranted for a period of one ( 1 ) year from start-up by the Contractor and the equipment manufacturer. Warranty period shall commence on the date of start - up of the unit . B . The equipment shall be warranted to be free from defects in workmanship, design and ' materials . If any part of the equipment should fail during the warranty period, it shall be replaced in the machine and the unit restored to service at no expense to the Owner. C . The manufacturer ' s warranty period shall run concurrently with the Contractor ' s warranty period . No exception to the provision shall be allowed . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 .01 GENERAL A . The Manufacturer shall provide all materials and equipment to furnish complete, one ( 1 ) Automatic Self-Cleaning Inline Filter and appurtenances where as specified herein . The Contractor shall provide all labor and perform all operations required to install complete, one ( 1 ) Automatic Self-Cleaning Inline Filter and appurtenances where as specified herein . B . Each bidder or their authorized representatives shall , before preparing their proposal , visit all areas of the existing site, buildings and structures in which work under this Division is to be performed and inspect carefully the present installation . The submission of the proposal by this bidder shall be considered evidence that their representative has visited the site, buildings and structures and noted the locations and conditions under which the work will be performed and that he/she takes full responsibility for a complete knowledge of all factors governing his/her work . C . The Contractor shall maintain the existing plant in operation at all times . Temporary power connections required shall be provided by the Contractor at no additional expense to the Owner. All temporary wiring shall be in accordance with the NEC . Any temporary equipment feeders (600V, 120V) shall be installed in conduit . The Contractor shall provide to the Engineer details , methods, materials etc . prior to making temporary connections . Furnish and install all equipment and materials including control equipment, motor starters, branch and feeder circuit breakers, for temporary power. 2.02 AUTOMATIC SELF-CLEANING INLINE FILTER A . The Automatic Self- Cleaning Inline Filter shall be as manufactured by Hydac Technology Corporation , Model RF34, or approved equal and shall be provided by the Owner for installation . 044572000 11337 -2 ' 2 .03 TYPICAL FILTER SPECIFICATIONS ' The equipment to be installed shall be equipped with the following control package. Information in this section is for informational purposes only . The equipment shall be provided by the Owner. ' A . The body and cover shall be fabricated 316 stainless steel designed , manufactured and tested generally to ASME Section VIII Standards , using qualified ASME Section IX welders . The exterior of the body and cover shall be field painted . B . Housing to be suitable for a design pressure of 150 psig per ASME code and a maximum operating temperature of 190 degrees Fahrenheit . Inlet and outlet connections shall be ' 16-inch flanged with adjustable flange geometry and conform to ANSI B16 . 5 standards . The filter shall have a single backwash connection and 3 -inch flanged drain connection located in vessel bottom . Unit to be complete with factory supplied steel support legs for ' bolting to concrete or steel base . C . Automatic Self-Cleaning Filter shall be a 36-inch flange to flange, 92 -inch tall size ' capable of handling a continuous flow of 7 ,000 gpm of water at less than 4 psig pressure loss with clean filter elements . Differential pressure must not decrease during the back- flushing process . D . The self-cleaning filter elements shall be constructed of conical wedge wire with vertical supports . The shape of the filter elements shall be conical , i . e . , smaller diameter at the tops and longer at the bottom for maximum cleaning during the back- flushing process . Filtration flow direction shall be from the inside to the outside of the conical elements, with the flat face of the wedge wire on the interior of the cone to trap debris . E . The self-cleaning filter elements will be manufactured from corrosion resistant 316 Stainless Steel reverse rolled slotted wedge wire screen designed with 50 micron ' openings capable of stopping screening particles 50 microns and larger. The filter media shall be free of pockets, tubes, collector bars , etc . , that can accumulate and trap debris permanently . ' F . All internal components including filter elements , filter hold-down assembly and bolts , filter support plate, etc . , will be of corrosion resistant 316 Stainless Steel . The strainer shall be provided with drive shaft and hollow port assembly fitted with all necessary bearings and seals . ' G . The drive arm and hollow port assembly will be free running at a maximum speed of two (2) rpm and not contact with screen surface . Port assembly shall be factory and field adjustable for positive effective cleaning and shear capability . The drive shaft will be ' supported at the top with roller bearings located in a double reduction gear reducer and at the bottom with a water lubricated guide bearing . The gear reducer shall be driven by a maximum 2 . 0 Hp , 460 V , 3 Ph, 50%60 Hz, TEFC motor . ' H . The backwashing cycle shall be differential pressure activated and be capable of delta pressure adjustment without disassembly of the unit : 1 ) when the pre- set differential pressure value is exceeded , 2) when triggered by the pre- set timer, and 3 ) when the test 044572000 11337 - 3 button is pressed . Regeneration of the filter elements shall start as soon as the back- flushing process commences . I . The back- flushing process shall be pulse aided by electro-pneumatic cyclic control and 10 discharge less than sixty ( 60) gallons of water per back- flush cycle . The back - flushing time per element shall be less than 2 . 0 seconds, and elements shall be flushed in succession . J. All seals shall be Viton , PTFE , or equal . K . System shall include the following control package : 1 . A backwash control package shall be provided for continuous or intermittent operation of the backwash cycle . Control panel shall be supplied with a 480 Volt, 3 -Phase , 60 Hz power supply . 2 . Control panel - NEMA 4X 316 stainless steel enclosure with an adjustable timer, test button, relays , drive motor starter, selector switch Hands- Off-Auto (H-O-A) and Power On , Backwash Operating, and High Differential indicating lights . Provide run relays for remote monitoring . Control panel construction shall be as follows : a . The control panel shall consist of a main circuit breaker, a motor circuit protector (MCP) and magnetic starter for each motor, and a 120-volt control power transformer (fused on primary and secondary) . All control components shall be mounted in one common enclosure . Control switches shall provide means to operate each motor manually or automatically . b . Unless specifically noted otherwise, the electrical control equipment shall be mounted within a NEMA 4X enclosure, constructed of not less than 14 gauge 316 stainless steel . Latches shall be quarter turn quick release type and all hardware shall be 316 stainless steel . Back panel shall be secured to enclosure with collar studs . Door(s) shall be interlocked with the main circuit breaker and provided with pad- locking provision . C . All motor branch circuit breakers , motor starters and control relays shall be of highest industrial quality, securely fastened to the removable back panels with screws and lock washers . Back panels shall be tapped to accept all mounting screws . Self-tapping screws shall not be used to mount any component . d . A thermal -magnetic air circuit breaker, Type FH as manufactured by the Square D Company, or equal , shall be furnished for the main breaker. All circuit breakers shall be sealed by the manufacturer after calibration to prevent tampering . Each circuit breaker shall be adequately sized to meet the equipment operating conditions . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) shall be molded case with adjustable magnetic trip only, " Mag- Gard " as manufactured by the Square D or equal . e . An open frame , across-the-line , NEMA-rated magnetic motor/starter, Class 8536 as manufactured by the Square D Company, or equal , shall be furnished for each motor. All motor starters shall be provided with motor circuit protectors and equipped to provide under-voltage release and overload protection on all three phases . Motor starter contacts shall 044572000 11337 -4 ' be easily replaceable without removing the motor starter from its mounted position . Overloads shall be of the melting alloy or bi -metallic ' type , adjustable overloads are not acceptable , Class 10 quick trip overloads shall be provided for all submersible motors . Overload reset push-buttons shall be located on the exterior of the door . Normally open ' and normally closed auxiliary motor overload contacts wired to terminal blocks shall be provided for each motor starter within the control panel f. Auxiliary contacts shall be provided for remote run indication , indication of each status and alarm condition . g . All operating control and instruments shall be securely mounted on the exterior door. All controls and instruments shall be clearly labeled to ' indicate function . All exterior mounted equipment shall be NEMA 4X . h . Mode selector switches shall be Hand-Off-Auto type to permit override of automatic control and manual actuation of shutdown . Switches shall be NEMA 4X ( 800H) as manufactured by Allen-Bradley, or equal , providing three ( 3 ) switch positions, each of which shall be clearly labeled according to function . i . Indicator lamps shall be LED (indoors) or Incandescent (outdoors) full ' voltage type and mounted in NEMA 4X ( 800H) modules , as manufactured by Allen-Bradley . Lamp modules shall be equipped to operate at 120 volt input . Lamps shall be easily replaceable from the front of the control compartment door without removing lamp module from its mounted position . Indicators shall be provided for individual motor run and an indicator for each failure condition . ' J . A six (6) digit, nonreset elapsed time meter shall be connected to each motor starter to indicate the total running time of each motor in " hours " and " tenth of hours " . The elapsed time meters shall be Series T50 as ' manufactured by the ENM Company or equal . k . The control panel shall operate on a power supply of 480 volts , 3 -phase , 60 hertz unless otherwise noted . The control diagrams and overload tables shall be laminated to the inside of the door except where door space is limited the laminated documents shall be in the print storage pocket . M . Print storage pockets shall be provided on the inside of each panel . Pocket shall be of sufficient size as required to hold all prints necessary to service the equipment. A set of reduced drawings shall be provided for ' each panel , fixed to fit in the storage pocket . n . A duplex GFCI utility receptacle (circuit breaker protected) providing 120 volts , 60 Hertz, single phase current shall be mounted on the side of ' the enclosure . o . All exterior mounted equipment shall be rated NEMA 4X . Hinged NEMA 4X 316 stainless steel viewing windows will be permitted where such equipment is not available with a NEMA 4X rating . p . The control panel shall be provided with lightning and surge protection . Protection devices shall be mounted within the control panel enclosure . Lead lengths shall not be longer than 12 inches from the main circuit breaker. Protection shall be as manufactured by Advanced Protection Technologies (APT) for the power supply voltage : 1 ) TE5000P - 480 VAC , 3 -Phase ' 2 ) TE4000P - 480/277 VAC , 3 -Phase 044572000 11337 - 5 3 ) TE3000P - 120/240 VAC, 3 -Phase 4) TE2000P - 120/208 VAC , 3 -Phase 5 ) TE 1000P - 120/240 VAC , 1 -Phase q . All control panel wiring shall be numbered at both ends with type written heat shrinkable wire markers . r. Wiring shall be stranded copper, minimum size # 14 AWG (except for shielded instrumentation cable), with 600 volt, 90 degree C , flame retardant, Type MTW thermoplastic insulation . S . The control panel shall be provided with nameplates identifying each component, selector switches, pilot lights, etc . . Nameplates shall be permanently affixed using an epoxy process (inner door nameplates shall be fastened with stainless steel screws) . Nameplates shall be laminated plastic, engraved white letters with a black background . t. All control panels shall be provided with a master nameplate located on the exterior door. U . Where applicable, provide a nameplate which reads as follows " CAUTION - THIS PANEL CONTAINS A VOLTAGE FROM AN EXTERNAL SOURCE . " Letters shall be black on a high visibility yellow background . " V. Corrosion Inhibitor Emitter : Inclusion of an industrial corrosion inhibitor emitter that shall protect internal components of control panel from corrosion for up to one year. One spare emitter shall be provided for each control panel . W. All control relays shall be 10 amp rated contacts (minimum), 11 pin with mounting base, 3PDT (minimum), with LED indicators to show relay status, relays shall be manufactured by Potter Brumfield or equal . X . Terminal blocks shall be 600 volt heavy duty rated, tubular clamp type . Terminal strips shall be Allen Bradley catalog # 1492 -CA- 1 or equal. Each terminal shall be individually labeled . Y _ The completed control panel assembly shall be U . L . certified . Z, A copper ground bar with sufficient terminals for all field and panel ground connections shall be provided . aa . All signal wiring entering and exiting the control panel shall be provided with surge protection . bb . An 8 -inch (minimum) clear space within the enclosure shall be provided horizontally along the entire top and bottom of the control panel . A 4- inch (minimum) clear space within the enclosure shall be provided vertically along the entire sides of the control panel . No devices , terminals, etc . shall be installed within this space , the space shall be provided for field conduit and wiring access only . cc . All wiring within the control panel shall be color coded or coded using electrical tape in sizes where colored insulation is not available . The following coding shall be used . For different system voltages , the color coding shall be as required by the Engineer. System Wire Color 480Volts Ground Green 3 Phase Neutral (As Required) White Phase A Brown 044572000 11337 - 6 ' Phase B Orange Phase C Yellow Control (Individual Conductors) AC Red DC Blue Foreign Yellow 3 . Spare Parts ' a . The following number of spare parts shall be furnished for each control panel . 1 ) 1 Indicator light assembly 2) 2 control relays for each type furnished 3 ) 5 fuses for each type/size furnished 4) 1 set thermal overloads for each size furnished 5 ) 1 selector switch for each type furnished ' 6) 1 starter coil for each size furnished 4 . Three inch backwash valve with all steel construction and a positive shut off. Provide an open/close auto handswitch , open/close limit switches and indicating ' lights at the control panel . 5 . Control panel shall include an adjustable timer, relays , selector switch Hands - Off-Auto (H- O-A) and " Power On " , "Backwash Operating " , and "High Differential " indicating lights . 6 . Dual element differential pressure switch to override the timed backwash sequence while also providing for customer alarm . ' a . NEMA 4X Enclosure b . 460 V Power Supply with 460/ 120 V Transformer in control panel C . Pressure Gauges or Differential Pressure Indicating Gauge (inlet, outlet ' and discharge pressure gauges) d . Disconnect Switch e . Circuit Breaker ' 7 . Back- flushing cycle counter capable of electronic signal transmission and equipped with back- flushing alarm . PART 3 WORKMANSHIP ' 3 .01 INSTALLATION A . Supply all anchor bolts , temporary lift equipment, power, water, labor and all other ' incidentals required for proper installation of the equipment as shown on the Drawings . B . Installation shall be in strict accordance with the screen manufacturer ' s recommendations ' and instructions , and the best practices of the trade on the main raw water header pipe . Anchor bolts shall be set in accordance with the manufacturer ' s installation drawings or template . Installation shall include connections required for cooling water power and controls . The Contractor shall furnish all oil and grease lubricants, grades in accordance with the manufacturer ' s recommendations, and apply them ready for initial operation . 044572000 11337 - 7 3 . 02 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION A . Contractor shall provide a new 20A , 3 -pole circuit breaker, in place of the existing 15A , 3 -pole chlorine booster pump circuit breaker, at the existing motor control center . Contractor shall provide new conduit and new conductors from existing motor control center to the automatic self-cleaning inline filter system . Provide all necessary bus modifications , enclosure modifications, cable connections , lugging hardware , etc . , as required B . Field mounted disconnects, push-button control stations, etc, shall be mounted on 316 4 stainless steel stands as specified herein or as shown on the Drawings . Where clearance requirements for stands may not be maintained, the Engineer may direct equipment to be wall -mounted adjacent to the motor or device, but in no case shall the distance from the motor or device to the control station exceed 3 -ft. C . Conduit 1 . Rigid Steel Conduit a . Rigid steel conduit interior and exterior shall be hot-dipped galvanized and be as manufactured by the Allied Tube and Conduit Corp . , Wheatland Tube Co . or equal . b . Rigid steel conduit shall be galvanized after threading . Rigid steel conduit shall be for use under the provisions of NEC Article 346 . 2 . Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit a . PVC conduit shall be rigid polyvinyl chloride schedule 80 as manufactured by Carlon ; An Indian Head Co . ; Cantex ; Queen City Plastics or equal . b . PVC conduit used in underground concrete encased duct banks shall be rigid polyvinyl chloride Type DB as manufactured by Carlon ; An Indian Head Co . ; Cantex ; Queen City Plastics or equal . C . PVC conduit shall be for use under the provisions of NEC Article 347 . 3 . Conduit Mounting Equipment a . 316 Stainless steel channel with 316 stainless steel hardware (hangers , rods , backplates, beam clamps , fasteners , anchors, nuts, washers, etc . ) shall be used in process areas, as shown on the drawings, in areas designated " WET" , " DAMP " and "CORROSIVE " on the Drawings and in outdoor locations . All channel and hardware shall be resistant to the chemicals present in the area in which it is used . 4 . Except where otherwise shown on the Drawings , or specified, all wiring shall be in rigid galvanized steel conduit. 5 . Rigid galvanized conduit or Schedule 80 PVC shall be used underground where concrete encasement is not called for. Where schedule 80 PVC is used all elbows shall be rigid galvanized steel . 6 . All conduit of a given type shall be the product of one manufacturer. 7 . No conduit smaller than 3 /4 inch electrical trade size shall be used, nor shall any have more than the equivalent of three 90 degree bends in any one run . Pull boxes shall be provided as required or directed . 8 . Boxes a . NEMA 1 and NEMA 12 junction boxes, pull boxes etc . , shall be sheet steel unless otherwise shown on the Drawings . Boxes shall be galvanized 044572000 11337 - 8 ' and have continuously welded seams . Welds shall be ground smooth and galvanized . For NEMA 4X stainless steel , junction boxes and for the pull boxes , they shall be 316 stainless steel with 316 stainless steel hardware and gasketed covers . Boxes shall have continuously welded seams and welds shall be ground smooth . Box bodies shall be flanged and shall not have holes or knockouts . Box bodies shall not be less than 14 gauge ' metal and covers shall not be less than 12 gauge metal . Covers shall be gasketed and fastened with stainless steel screws . Terminal boxes shall be furnished with hinged doors , terminal mounting straps and brackets . Boxes shall be as manufactured by Hoffman Engineering Co . ; Lee Products Co . ; ASCO Electrical Products Co . , Inc . , or equal . All boxes shall be shop primed and painted by the box manufacturer. b . NEMA 4X stainless steel , junction boxes and pull boxes shall be 316 stainless steel with 316 stainless steel hardware and gasketed covers . Boxes shall have continuously welded seams and welds shall be ground ' smooth . 9 . No wire shall be pulled until the conduit system is complete in all details ; in the case of concealed work, until all rough plastering or masonry has been ' completed; in the case of exposed work, until the conduit system has been completed in every detail . 10 . Conduits containing equipment grounding conductors and terminating in sheet 1 steel boxes shall have insulated throat grounding bushings with lay-in type lugs IL Conduit ends exposed to the weather shall be sealed with conduit sealing bushings . 12 . Existing conduits are to be reused only where specifically noted on the drawings . Mandrels shall be pulled through all existing conduits which will be reused and through all new conduits 2 -in in diameter and larger prior to installing conductors . 13 . Where no size is indicated for junction boxes, pull boxes or terminal cabinets , they shall be sized in accordance with the requirements of NEC Article 370 . ' All field cut ends of hot dipped galvanized mounting channel shall be cleaned and painted with cold galvanizing compound before installation . 14 . All underground control and instrumentation conduits shall be separated from ' power conduits by a minimum of 12 inches unless specifically noted otherwise . Crossing of control and instrumentation conduits with power conduits shall be kept to a minimum and where they must cross they shall cross at 90 -degree ' angles . D . Wire ' 1 . Installed unapproved wire shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost to the Owner . 2 . Wires and cables shall be of annealed, 98 percent conductivity, soft drawn ' copper. 3 . All conductors shall be stranded, except that lighting and receptacle wiring may be solid . 4 . Except for control , signal and instrumentation circuits , wire smaller than No . 12 ' AWG shall not be used . 5 . All wire of a given type shall be the product of a single manufacturer. 6 . Wire for lighting, receptacles , and other circuits not exceeding 150 volts to tground shall be NEC type XHHW . Below grade and underground the wire shall 044572000 11337 - 9 be type XHHW . Wire for circuits over 150 volts to ground shall be NEC type XHHW . 7 . Wire for control circuits shall be # 14 AWG minimum NEC type XHHW . t stranded . 8 . Equipment grounding conductors shall be installed in all raceways . Conductors ' shall be NEC type THW, green and sized per NEC Table 250- 122 . Ground grid conductors shall be uninsulated unless shown otherwise on the Drawings . 9 . Types XHHW , RHW and THW wire shall be as manufactured by the Southwire Co . , Pirelli Cable Corp . , Okonite Co . , or equal . 10 . Unless otherwise indicated herein , no splices may be made in the cables without prior written approval of the Engineer . Where splicing is approved , then splicing material shall be approved by the Engineer and cable manufacturer. Splicing materials for all 600 volt splices shall be made with long barrel tin plated copper compression (hydraulically pressed) connectors and insulated with heavy wall heat shrinkable tubing . Splicing material and installation , for control conductors, shall be required by the Engineer . The conductivity of all completed connections shall be not less than that of the uncut conductor. 11 . The insulation resistance of all completed connections of insulated conductors shall be not less than that of the uncut conductor. 600 volt wire lugs shall be tin plated copper, long barrel compression type (hydraulically pressed) for wire sizes No . 8 AWG and larger. Lugs for No . 10 AWG and smaller wire shall be locking spade type with insulated sleeve . Lugs shall be as manufactured by the Thomas and Betts Co . , or equal . Termination connectors shall be of the expanded vinyl insulated locking fork-end (upturned leg ends) type as manufactured by Ideal Industries; 3M Co. ; Panduit Corp . or equal . 12 . Uniquely identify all wires, cables and each conductor of multi -conductor cables (except lighting and receptacle wiring) at each end with wire and cable markers . Wire and cable markers shall be type written, heat shrinkable type as manufactured by the W .H . Brady Co . , Thomas & Betts Co . , 3M Co . , or equal . 13 . Use lubrications to facilitate wire pulling . Pulling compound shall be nontoxic , nonflammable, noncombustible and noncorrosive . The material shall be UL listed and compatible with the cable insulation and jacket . 14 . All wire and cable shall be continuous and without splices between points of connection to equipment terminals, except a splice will be permitted by the Engineer if the length required between the points of connection exceeds the greatest standard shipping length available from the manufacturer specified or approved by the Engineer as the manufacturer of the particular item or wire and cable . 15 . Seal openings in slabs and walls through which wires and cables pass . 16 . Steel fish tapes and/or steel pulling cables shall not be used in PVC conduit runs . 17 . Pull cable from direction that requires the least tension . 18 . Feed cable into raceway with zero tension and without cable crossover at raceway entrance . 19 . Use a feed- in tube and sheave designed for cable installation . Use sheaves with radii that exceed the cable manufacturer's recommended minimum bending radius . 20 . Use a dynamometer and constant velocity power pulling . Velocity should not be less than 15 - ft ./min or more than 50- ft/min . Do not exceed the cable manufacturer's maximum recommended tension . 044572000 11337 - 10 ' 21 . If cable cannot be terminated immediately after installation install heat shrinkable end caps . ' 22 . Uniquely identify all cable at supply and receiving ends and in all manholes , handholes or pullboxes . Use embossed brass tags and tywrap fasteners . 23 . Hydraulically or manually operated cable benders shall not be used unless ' approved in writing by the Engineer. E . Testing ' 1 . Test all 600 volt wire insulation with a megohm meter after installation and prior to termination . Make tests at not less than 1000 volts DC . Submit a written test report of the results to the Engineer. Notify Engineer in writing 48 hours prior to testing . Field testing and commissioning shall be done in accordance with the ' latest revision of the "Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems " published by the InterNational Electrical Testing Association (META Standard ATS- 1995 ) unless otherwise modified by this Section . Minimum wire insulation resistance shall not be less than 250 Megohms . ' 3 .03 FIELD PAINTING A . Field painting shall be necessary for environment . 3 .04 INSPECTION AND TESTING ' A . Functional Test . Prior to placing the equipment into operation , all equipment described in this Section shall be inspected, in the presence of the Engineer and the manufacturer ' s representative, for proper connection , proper alignment, quiet operation and satisfactory ' performance by means of a functional test . Each assembly shall be operated under the full range of conditions that can be expected in this installation . During the function test the mechanical elements shall be observed for excessive vibration and noise and for ' overheating . The Contractor shall furnish and install temporary electric metering equipment to allow observance of the power drawn by the unit under the full range of operating conditions . END OF SECTION ' 044572000 11337 - 11 w.�;.rrz,m.re �e+rs a .:>, � w . ��. yyf ty;. r; 'b3 .... -. :: , . . r ., .. , , .. r� a ¢� z 0 H z w F- � N O h,.a � M � ,�_, 0 •--� w w a w a u SECTION 11507 ' CAUSTIC FEED EQUIPMENT PART1 GENERAL 1 . 01 SCOPE ' A . This section provides for the supply, installation and placing in service caustic metering pumps, bulk caustic tank with heat tracing and insulation and caustic day tank . The equipment shall consist of three caustic metering pumps , 4000- gal steel bulk caustic storage tank with heat trace , 230-gal nominal day tank, associated piping , tubing and connectors, valves, fittings, and bench . The components shall be ' compatible with 50% concentration, by weight, sodium hydroxide . 1 . 02 RELATED SECTIONS 1 A . Section 10400 Identifying Devices ' B . Section 11235 Scrubbers and Recirculation Pumps C . Section 13441 Instrumentation Components ' D . Section 15100 Piping and Valves E . Section 16100 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 1 1 . 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A . Provide quality control in accordance with Section 01400 . B . All components must be products of qualified manufacturers regularly engaged in 1 the manufacturer of these components . C . All components must comply with the applicable codes and standards , as described 1 elsewhere in this specification . ' D . All components shall be made available for inspection at the manufacturer' s facility by the Owner or his representative prior to shipment . i i i 044572000 1 11507 - 1 1 . 04 SUBMITTALS A . Shop Drawings 1 . Manufacturers literature, illustrations , specifications and engineering data including : a. Dimensions :h b . Materials C . Weight d . Motor Information e. Performance Curves 2 . Bill of Materials . B . Operation and Maintenance data, including test reports , maintenance and schedules , and spare parts list shall be provided in accordance with Section 01730 . PART 2 PRODUCTS t= 2 .01 CAUSTIC DAY TANK The caustic day tank shall be an upright tank, with conical molded top and flat bottom. The tank shall be fabricated from cross- linked high density polyethylene (HDPE) with sufficient thickness for structural strength for 1 . 9 specific gravity, minimum . Bulkhead type factory fittings shall be provided and installed . 1 . Inlet from fill line — 1 " 150# flange located 6 " below tank top flange. Fitting to be two flange bulkhead type fitting. Flange fittings shall have 316 stainless steel bolts and EPDM gaskets . 2 . Outlet to pumps and drain - 1 " 150# flange located on vertical centerline below inlet, centerline to be 3 " above bottom of tank . Flange fittings shall have 316 stainless steel bolts and EPDM gaskets . Fitting to have siphon leg . 3 . Tank level transmitter connection - Female NPT with Universal Dome centrally located fitting to suite level switch assembly. Located in top closure . Connection to suit switch assembly . 044572000 11507 - 2 ' 4 . Liquid Level Gage - 1 " Bulkhead fitting for V2 " FNPT for level sight gage isolation valves . 5 . Tank Vent - 2 " NPT PVC bulkhead fitting with 2 " PVC U-tube vent. ' 6 . Tank Overflow - 1 " NPT located just below top closure . 7 . Manway — 17" access way from top , sealable . ' The tank shall be minimum 230allons . The tank g height shall be similar to the existing tank with 6 " of free boad between top fluid level and bottom of tank closure . Tank shall fit through existing door . Tank shall be Poly Processing, Chem-Tainer, Nalgene, or equal . ' 2 . 02 CAUSTIC METERING PUMPS ' A . The Contractor shall provide three caustic metering pumps for the 2 - stage wet scrubber system , as shown on the drawings . Two of the pumps shall be new installations . The third pump shall be a shelf spare . ' B . The caustic injection pumps shall be mechanically- activated diaphragm gm type positive displacement metering pumps, WALCHEM EHE Series Model 35 manufactured by Walden Corporation , Holliston , MA, or equal . ' C . The pumps shall have an acrylic resin coated cast aluminum body . D . The pump shall be equipped with an analog stroke-positioning system, with NEMA ' 4 rated enclosure, 4-20 mA input signal capability, manual/automatic selector, mechanical stroke length indicator, and spring return switch for manual stroke length adjustment . ' E . Maximum stroke frequency shall be 120 strokes/minute . F . The pumps shall have the following materials of construction : 1 . Housing — Acrylic resin coated cast aluminum 2 . Fluid Head - Polypropylene 3 . Diaphragm - PTFE — faced EPDM with steel core 4 . Check Valves — PVDF with ceramic balls G . The injection pumps shall have a capacity at 100% stroke of 8 . 3 gallons per hour for the scrubber system at a rated discharge pressure of 100 psig . 044572000 11507 - 3 The design flow for the Stage 1 caustic metering pump is 6 . 8 gph . The design flow for the Stage 2 caustic metering pump is 2 . 0 gph . Confirm final sizing with scrubber system supplier. H . Provide hand , off, auto capability, where in auto position . A dry contact (remotely controlled) shall control the pump . 2 . 03 PIPE TUBE AND FITTINGS All piping and pipe fittings shall be Schedule 80 CPVC or HDPE in the aPp appropriate riate diameters , in accordance with the piping section of these specifications and the drawings . k Tubing used to connect the pump ports to the suction and discharge headers shall be manufactured from PFA . Tube fittings shall be constructed from PFA and manufactured by Whitey, or equal . All fittings material must be compatible with caustic fluid . 2 . 04 VALVES All valves shall be true union ball valves, fabricated from PFA or CPVC . Seats shall be Teflon, and seals shall be PFA . Valves shall be as manufactured by Whitey . Drain and inlet valves shall be diaphragm valves with flanged connections . Diaphragm to be EPDM or Teflon and manufactured by Asahi , or equal . 2 .05 DAY TANK SIGHT GAUGE The day tank sight gauge shall be supplied as a complete assembly by one manufacturer. All parts in contact with the solution shall be manufactured from CPVC . The sight gauge shall be as manufactured by Ernst Gage Co . , Fig A-2PVC , or equal . 2 .06 BULK STORAGE TANK (INSULATED AND HEATED) The Caustic Bulk Storage Tank shall be 4000 gallon horizontal storage tank for 50% sodium hydroxide by weight, 6 ' 0" Diameter x 19 ' 0" long. Above tank to include Tank constructed of '/4" minimum ASTM A-285 , Grade C Steel, saddles as required, 2 — 2" 150# flange, 1 — 20" above liquid level manway, Interior abrasive blast and epoxy coating for 50% sodium hydroxide @ 70 degrees, Green urethane on exposed carbon steel . Electrical heat tracing on tank and piping as shown on drawings to be designed to maintain 50% sodium hydroxide @ 70 degrees, no heat up , Class I, Div 2 application, Thennostat, 240 Volt, Minimum ambient temp 20° F, 2 " sprayed-in place urethane insulation with Gaco Western white acrylic as manufactured by Tanks Direct in Beltsville, MD or approved equal . 044572000 11507 - 4 ' PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 01 SPARE PARTS A. Meteringwetted arts : pum p p 1 . Complete diaphragm/plunger wetted parts assembly including dual check valve assembly . ' B . Spare Pumps ' 1 . One spare metering pump , as described in this specification . 3 . 02 TESTING ' A . Tank shall be thoroughly flushed out of all debris at least twice, or hand swabbed before placing into service in order to insure tank is clean . ' B . All piping, fittings, valves shall be visual leak tested where pressure testing cannot ' occur. All piping to be completely purged (nitrogen gas purging recommended) from any foreign material prior to filling and testing . C . Pressure testing of new piping shall be at 150 psig for one hour without any drop in pressure (less than 2%) . Any leaks (visual or testing failure) shall be corrected at not cost to Owner. ' D . Filling of the new system with caustic indicates acceptance of system . If leaks develop after filling, contractor is fully responsible for any costs associated with removing ' spent caustic and disposing of properly. ' END OF SECTION 044572000 11507 - 5 , . n . ,� .,. . . , 1. . , . , _ � . .. y. : ..a !1 z 0 H z w H o o �O a N o G-1 � .� w � ~ w a w c7 a x i ; F� u .y ' SECTION 11600 ' LIQUID CHLORINE FEED EQUIPMENT PART1 GENERAL 1 . 01 SCOPE ' A . This section provides for the supply, installation and placing in service liquid chlorine metering pump . The equipment shall consist of one liquid chlorine metering pump , one 5000- gal HDPE self-contained bulk storage tank with dual containment ' and associated piping , tubing and connectors , valves, fittings , and bench . The components shall be compatible with 15 % concentration , by weight, sodium ' hypochlorite . 1 . 02 RELATED SECTIONS ' A . Section 01300 Submittals B . Section 10400 Identifying Devices C . Section 13441 Instrumentation Components ' D . Section 15100 Piping and Valves E . Section 16100 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods ' 1 . 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A . Provide quality control in accordance with Section 01400 . B . All components must be products of qualified manufacturers regularly engaged in ' the manufacturer of these components . C . All components must comply with the applicable codes and standards , as described elsewhere in this specification . ' D . All components shall be made available for inspection at the manufacturer' s facility by the Owner or his representative prior to shipment . 044572000 11600- 1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 01 CHLORINE INJECTION PUMPS A . The Contractor shall provide one liquid chlorine injection pump for the 2 - stage wet scrubber system , as shown on the drawings . The pump shall be a new installation . B . The liquid chlorine injection pumps shall be mechanically- activated diaphragm type positive displacement metering pumps, WALCHEM EHE Model 35 Series manufactured by WALCHEM Corporation , Holliston, MA . C . The pumps shall have an acrylic resin coated cast aluminum body . D . The pump shall be equipped with an analog stroke-positioning system , with NEMA 4 rated enclosure, 4-20 mA input signal capability, manual/automatic selector, mechanical stroke length indicator, and spring return switch for manual stroke length adjustment . E . Maximum stroke frequency shall be 120 strokes/minute . F . The pumps shall have the following materials of construction : 1 . Housing — Acrylic resin coated cast aluminum 2 . Fluid Head - Polypropylene 3 . Diaphragm - PIFE — faced EPDM with steel core 4 . Check Valves — PVDF with ceramic balls G . The injection pumps shall have a capacity at 100% stroke of 8 . 5 gallons per hour for the scrubber system at a rated discharge pressure of 100 psig . Confirm final sizing of pump with scrubber system supplier. The design flow for the Stage 2 chlorine pump is 5 . 1 gph . H . Provide hand, off, auto capability, where in auto position . A dry contact (remotely controlled) shall control the pump . 2 . 03 PIPE TUBE AND FITTINGS All piping and pipe fittings shall be Schedule 80 PVC or HDPE in the appropriate diameters , in accordance with the piping section of these specifications and the drawings . 044572000 11600- 2 ' Tubing used to connect the pump ports to the suction and discharge headers shall be manufactured from PFA . Tube fittings shall be constructed from PFA and manufactured ' by Whitey, or equal . All fittings material must be compatible with caustic fluid . 2 . 04 VALVES ' All valves shall be true union ball valves, fabricated from PFA . Seats shall be Teflon, and seals shall be PFA. Valves shall be as manufactured by Whitey . ' Drain and inlet valves shall be diaphragm� valves with flanged connections . Diaphragm to be EPDM or Teflon and manufactured by Asahi , or equal . 2 . 05 BULK CHLORINE STORAGE TANK ' The bulk chlorine storage tank shall be a HDPE 5 , 000 gal . with dual-wall containment tank . Tank shall be restrained to resist 140 mph wind load . The tanks shall be Model 5630 as ' manufactured by Synder Industries , Inc . in Lincoln, NE , or equal . Provide as a minimum, '/2" tank outlet supply, 1 %2" tank fill line, tank level indicator fitting, ' and hold down straps and bulkhead fittings . ' PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3 . 01 SPARE PARTS A. Metering pump wetted parts : ' 1 . Complete diaphragm/plunger wetted parts assembly including dual check valve assembly. ' B . Spare Pumps ' 1 . One spare metering pump, as described in this specification . 3 . 02 TESTING ' A. Tank shall be thoroughly flushed out of all debris at least twice , or hand swabbed before placing into service in order to insure tank is clean . ' B . All piping , fittings, valves shall be visual leak tested where pressure testing cannot ' occur. All piping to be completely purged from any foreign material prior to filling and testing . ' 044572000 11600 - 3 1 C . Pressure testing of new piping shall be at 150 psig for 1 -hour without any drop in pressure (less than 2 %) . Any leaks (visual or testing failure) shall be corrected at not cost to Owner. D . Filling of the new system with chlorine indicates acceptance of system . If leaks develop after filling, contractor is fully responsible for any costs associated with removing spent chlorine and disposing of properly. END OF SECTION 044572000 11600- 4 SECTION 11900 SUBMERSIBLE WASTEWATER PUMPS ' PART1 GENERAL ' 1 . 01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK The work covered by this section and the related sections consists of providing all ' labor, material , equipment and performing all construction required to install two submersible wastewater pumps complete with pump bases , guide rail assemblies , aluminum hatch cover, control panel and all accessories as specified and shown on ' the drawings . 1 . 02 RELATED SECTIONS ' A . Submittals - Section 01300 B . Piping , Manual Valves And Miscellaneous Piping Appurtenances - Section 15100 ' C . Electrical General Requirements — 16000 D . Instrumentation and Controls — Section 16900 ' 1 . 03 PUMP PERFORMANCE DATA ' Pump performance data (curves) from similar units shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to pump shipment . Submersible motor data such as amperage and voltage of each power leg , efficiency, horsepower is also required . ' 1904 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A . Provide shop drawings in maintenance material in accordance with Section 01300 . Shop drawings shall be provided to show compliance with these specifications, plans ' or other specifications that will influence the proper operation of the pump (s) . Shop drawings for approval must consist of: ' 1 . Pump Performance Curves . 2 . Pump Outline Drawing . 3 . Station Drawing for Accessories . 4 . Electrical Motor Data . 044572000 ' 11900- 1 5 . Control Drawing and Data . 6 . Access Frame Drawing . 7 . Typical Installation Guides . 8 . Technical Manuals . 9 . Parts List . 10 . Printed Warranty. 11 . Manufacturer ' s Equipment Storage Recommendations . 12 . Manufacturer ' s Standard Recommended Start-Up Report Form . Lack of the above requested submittal data is cause for rejection . B . Provide operation and maintenance material and record drawings in accordance with Section 01730 . C . Provide manufacturer's certification of correct installation after manufacturer's inspection . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 01 SUBMERSIBLE WASTEWATER PUMPS A . Requirements The pump(s) shall be heavy duty, electric submersible, centrifugal non-clog units designed for handling raw, unscreened sewage and wastewater and shall be fully guaranteed for this use . The pumps provided shall be capable of continuous operating in an ambient liquid temperature of 104 DEGREES F . The pump and motor unit shall be suitable for continuous operation at full nameplate load while the motor is completely submerged, partially submerged or totally non-submerged . The pump , mechanical seals and motor units provided under this specification shall be from the same manufacturer in order to achieve standardization of operation, maintenance, spare parts, manufacturer ' s service and warranty . Furnish and install submersible non-clog wastewater pump (s) . Each pump shall be equipped with a 5 HP, submersible electric motor connected for operation on 460 volts , 3 phase, 60 hertz, service, with power cable suitable for submersible pump applications , and of adequate length for connection to the control panel . The power cable shall be sized according to NEC and ICEA standards and also meet with U . L . Approval . The pump shall be supplied with a mating cast iron 2 " inch discharge connection and be capable of delivering 35 GPM at 140 ft TDH . An additional point on the same curve shall be 75 GPM at 120 ft TDH . Shut off head shall be 151 ' feet (minimum) . Each pump shall be fitted with 6 feet of stainless steel lifting cable . The 044572000 11900-2 working load of the lifting system shall be 100% greater than the pump unit weight . The wastewater pumps will be ABS , FLYGT Model MF 3127 with 266 HT ' Impeller, or equal . B . Pump Design ' The pump( s) shall be free standing . g ' C . Pump Construction ' Major pump components shall be of grey cast iron , ASTM A -48 , Class 30 , with smooth surfaces devoid of blow holes or other irregularities . All exposed nuts or bolts shall be AISI type 304 stainless steel construction . Sealing design shall ' incorporate metal-to-metal contact between machined surfaces . Critical mating surfaces where watertight sealing is required shall be machined and fitted with Nitrile or Viton rubber O-rings . Fittings will be the result of controlled compression of ' rubber O-rings in two planes and O-ring contact of four sides without the requirement of a specific torque limit . Gaskets requiring specific torque limits to achieve compression shall not be considered as adequate or equal . No secondary ' sealing compounds , elliptical O-rings, grease or other devices shall be used . ' D . Cable Entry Seal The cable entry seal design shall preclude specific torque requirements to insure a ' watertight and submersible seal . The cable entry shall consist of a single cylindrical elastomer grommet, flanked by washers, all having a close tolerance fit against the cable outside diameter and the entry inside diameter and compressed by the body ' containing a strain relief function, separate from the function of sealing the cable . The assembly shall provide ease of changing the cable when necessary using the same entry seal . E . Motor The pump motor shall be induction type with a squirrel cage rotor, shell type design, housed in an air or oil filled, watertight chamber, NEMA L type . The stator windings and stator leads shall be insulated with moisture resistant Class B insulation rated for ' 155 °C (311 °F) . The stator shall be dipped and baked and shall be bolted into the stator housing . The use of fastening devices requiring penetration of the stator housing is not acceptable . The motor shall be designed for continuous duty handling pumped media of 40° C ( 104 °F) and capable of up to 15 evenly spaced starts per hour. The rotor bars and short circuit rings shall be made of cast aluminum . Thermal ' switches set to open at 125 ° C (260 °F) shall be embedded in the stator lead coils to 044572000 ' 11900- 3 monitor the temperature of each phase winding. These thermal switches shall be used in conjunction with and supplemental to external motor overload protection and shall be connected to the control panel . The motor and pump shall be designed and assembled by the same manufacturer. The combined service factor (combined effect of voltage, frequency and specific gravity) shall be a minimum of 1 . 15 . The motor shall have a voltage tolerance of plus or minus 10%. The motor shall be designed for operation up to 40 ° C ( 104 °F) ambient and with a temperature rise not to exceed 80°C . A performance chart shall be provided upon request showing curves for torque, current, power factor, input/output kW and efficiency. This chart shall also include data on starting and no-load characteristics . The power cable shall be sized according to the NEC and ICEA standards and shall be of sufficient length to reach the control panel without the need of any splices . The outer jacket of the cable shall be oil resistant chloroprene rubber. The motor and cable shall be capable of continuous submergence underwater without loss of watertight integrity to a depth of 15 feet. The motor horsepower shall be adequate so that the pump is non-overloading throughout the entire pump performance curve from shut-off through run -out . F . Bearings The pump shaft shall rotate on two bearings . Motor bearings shall be permanently grease lubricated . G. Mechanical Seal Each pump shall be provided with a double mechanical shaft seal system . The seals shall operate in a lubricant reservoir that hydrodynamically lubricates the lapped seal faces at a constant rate. The lower, primary seal unit, located between the pump and the lubricant chamber, shall contain one stationary ceramic and one positively driven rotating carbon ring . The upper, secondary seal unit, located between the lubricant chamber and the motor housing, shall contain one stationary ceramic seal ring and one positively driven rotating carbon seal ring . The seals shall require neither maintenance nor adjustment nor depend on direction of rotation for sealing . The position of both mechanical seals shall depend on the shaft . Mounting of the lower mechanical seal on the impeller hub will not be acceptable . For special applications , other seal face materials shall be available . Each pump shall be provided with an lubricant chamber for the shaft sealing system . The lubricant chamber shall be designed to prevent overfilling and to provide lubricant expansion capacity . The drain and inspection plug, with positive anti -leak seal shall be easily accessible from the outside . The seal system shall not rely upon the pumped media for lubrication . The motor shall be able to operate dry without damage while pumping under load . 044572000 11900-4 Seal lubricant shall be nontoxic . H . Pump Shaft Pump and motor shaft shall be the same unit . The pump shaft is an extension of the ' motor shaft . Couplings shall not be acceptable . The pump shaft shall be AISI type 416 stainless steel . The use of stainless steel sleeves will not be considered equal to ' stainless steel shafts . I . Impeller ' The impeller(s) shall be of gray cast iron, Class 30, dynamically balanced, open style, two vane , non-clogging design having a long throughlet without acute turns . The ' impeller( s) shall be capable of handling solids, fibrous materials, heavy sludge and other matter found in wastewater. A full vaned, not vortex , impeller shall be used for maximum hydraulic efficiency; thus , reducing operating costs . Mass moment of ' inertia calculations shall be provided by the pump manufacturer upon request . Impeller(s) shall be, retained with an Allen head bolt and shall be capable of passing a minimum 3 - inch diameter solid . All impellers shall be coated with acrylic dispersion zinc phosphate primer. ' J . Volute Pump volute(s) shall be single-piece grey cast iron, Class 30, non-concentric design ' with smooth passages large enough to pass any solids that may enter the impeller. Minimum inlet and discharge size shall be 2 inches . PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 01 SUBMERSIBLE WASTEWATER PUMPS A . Install all equipment in strict conformance with the manufacturer's specifications and industry standards . B . Manufacturer's representative for pump shall inspect installation for correctness and compliance with manufacturer ' s specifications and submit written certification that equipment is ready to be placed in service . C . No piping connecting any of the equipment will be jacked , pried or forced in to position in any way . All piping must mate perfectly with the equipment it is attaching prior to installation of flange bolts or other connecting devices . 044572000 11900 - 5 3 . 02 TESTING A . Testing performed upon each pump shall include the following inspections : a. Impeller, motor rating and electrical connections shall be checked for compliance with this specification . b . Prior to submergence, each pump shall be run dry to establish correct rotation . c . Each pump shall be run submerged in water. d . Motor and cable insulation shall be tested for moisture content or insulation defects . B . Upon request, a written quality assurance record confirming the above testing/inspections shall be supplied with each pump at the time of shipment . 3 . 03 START-UP SERVICE A . The equipment manufacturer shall furnish the services of a qualified factory trained field service engineer for 8 -hour working day(s) at the site to inspect the installation, perform start-up and instruct the owner' s personnel on the operation and maintenance of the pumping units . After the pumps have been completely installed and wired, the contractor shall have the manufacturer do the following : a. Megger stator and power cables . b . Check seal lubrication . c . Confirm for proper rotation . d . Confirm power supply voltage . e. Confirm pump flow as measured by storage volumes . f. Confirm pump discharge pressures as measured by calibrated gauges, converted to feet of liquid pumped. g. Based on field test data, confirm pump performance corresponds to the pump performance curve . e . Measure motor operating load and no load current . f . Check level control operation and sequence . 3 . 04 FACTORY SERVICE Factory-Approved service facilities with qualified factory-trained mechanics shall be available for prompt emergency and routine service . 3 . 05 GUARANTEE In addition to the general guarantee required elsewhere in these specifications, the pump manufacturer shall furnish the Owner with a written warranty to cover the 044572000 11900-6 pump ( s) and motor( s) against defects in workmanship and material for a period of five ( 5 ) years or 10 , 000 hours of operation under normal use and service . The pump 1 manufacturer will pay a pro-rated cost of all replacement parts and repair labor from the date of shipment of the pump unit . Pumps repaired under warranty will be returned to the owner freight prepaid . The warranty shall be in printed form and ' previously published as the manufacturer ' s standard warranty for all similar units manufactured . 1 END OF SECTION 1 1 1 1 i i 1 1 1 044572000 1 11900- 7 1 n z 0 H z w o o °O W C� E- o ^' w W W W a x H u SECTION 11930 ' PUMPS-GENERAL ' PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK The work covered by this section and the related sections consists of providing all labor, material, equipment and performing all construction required to install vertical ' pumps, motors, and pump control valves, including all accessories as specified and shown on the drawings . 1 . 02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A . Section 01300 — Submittals B . Section 01730 — Operating and Maintenance Manuals ' C . Section 11235 —Scrubber, Blowers, and Recirculation Pumps D . Section 11936 — Vertical Turbine Transfer Pumps ' 1 .03 PUMP PERFORMANCE DATA A. Certified pump performance data (curves) are to be submitted to the Engineer for the pumps prior to delivery and pump installation . Performance data must be the results ' of actual pump operation of a complete pump assembly before shipment of pump . Also report amperage and voltage of each power leg, efficiency, horsepower. ' B . Pump shall not overload the motor across the entire operating curve of the pump . 1 .04 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' 1 . Provide shop drawings in accordance with Section 01300 . 1 2 . Provide operation and maintenance material and record drawings in accordance with Section 01720 and 01730 . 3 . Provide manufacturer's certification of correct installation after manufacturer's inspection . ' PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not used . 044572000 11930- 1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 Install all equipment in strict conformance with the manufacturer's specifications and industry standards . Perform all work in a workmanlike manner. 3 . 02 Manufacturer's representative for pumps and valves shall inspect installation for correctness and compliance with manufacturers specifications and submit written certification that equipment is ready to be placed in service. 3 .03 No piping connecting for any of the equipment will be jacked, pried or forced into position in any way. All piping must mate perfectly with the equipment it is attaching prior to installation of flange bolts or other connecting devices. 3 . 04 Clean and disinfect the pumps in accordance with Section 02675 , then flush thoroughly before making final connections to any assembly. 3 . 05 Field test pumps for conformance to specified operating conditions . Record initial flow, head, voltage and amperage for each power leg, ramp time to speed, full load speed . Adjust tolerances, if necessary and retest . Test pump and motor for amplitude and frequency of vibration. Measure noise (dBA) adjacent, at 10 ft. , at 50- ft : Tests shall be performed to the satisfaction of the Engineer and meet the requirements of the Hydraulic Institute. 3.06 Store spare pumps , parts, drivers, etc . in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations . Notify the owner in writing of any special storage maintenance required, and provide such maintenance until final acceptance of contract . 3.07 Provide seal water piping as appropriate from nearest supply, including cut-off valve, and/or solenoid valve. All seal water piping to be installed by the qualified pump manufacturer. 3 . 08 Provide seal drain piping to nearest drain, as appropriate. 3 .09 Pump impellers, bowl assemblies , tee head piping and all material of pump assembly must have smooth finish to minimize pitting corrosion potential . 3 . 10 All pumps shall meet or exceed the standards of the National Hydraulic Institute, END OF SECTION 044572000 11930-2 ' SECTION 11933 PERMEATE SERVICE WATER PUMP PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK iThis section furnishes, installs, and tests the permeate service waterum permeate water to the scrubber system complete . p p to supply ' 1902 RELATED SPECIFICATIONS ' A . Section 11930 — Pumps — General (Installation) B . Section 16100 — Electrical 1 . 03 QUALITY CONTROL ' A . Inform the Owner immediately of any defects found in the pump or deviation from specified pump curve . PART 2 - PRODUCTS A . Permeate service water pump : Provide Sta-Rite or equivalent suitable for outside installation . The materials and design are noted as follows : Trap : Do not provide . ' Pum : Pump Body : I Port Size : 1 - 1 /2 " NPT discharge port in pump body. 2 " threaded suction connection . Material : Corrosion resistant reinforced fiberglass pump body. Bolt- on diffuser contains stainless wear ring . Copper heat sink for shaft seal protection . O-ring seal between pump body and seal plate . 304 stainless steel seal plate clamp . ' Shaft Seal : Ceramic and Carbon Shaft Seal with Stainless and Neoprene Bellows . p ' Motor: Frame Size : 48 frame, square flange Shaft : Threaded , 416 grade stainless steel Type : Totally enclosed , continuous duty 3 , 450 RPM Bearings : Sealed , ball - type , permanently lubricated 044572000 11933 - 1 Thermal : Over-Load Protection : Auto reset Design : Capacitor start/induction run Base Mounting : Elevated design, high density polyethylene Electrical Requirement : Motors are dual voltage 115V/230V Horsepower: 2 HP Voltage Range : + 10% of rated volts Design Criteria : Liquid temperature : 125° F (52° C) Ambient Air Temperature : 122° F (50° C) Pressure : 25 PSI, Min . pH Range : 4-9 Discharge : 80 gpm @ 60 ft. head . B . Pressure Regulating Valve Provide a stainless steel pressure regulating valve on the permeate service water line with discharge to permeate header as shown on the drawings. Valve shall be adjustable . C . Provide manifold piping with tees and plugs for addition of a parallel pump similar to proposed . PART 3 - PRODUCTS 3 .01 INSTALLATION A. Conform to Section 11930, Pumps - General . B . Install at location shown on the drawing. 3 .02 CONTROL A. Permeate pump is controlled by remote push button control stations located as follows : 1 . Cleaning System 2 . Lime Plant Filter Walkway B . ON/OFF status indication of the permeate pump shall be indicated at all the remote panel locations . END OF SECTION 044572000 11933 -2 ' SECTION 11936 VERTICAL TURBINE TRANSFER PUMPS PART I — GENERAL 1901 DESCRIPTION OF WORK ' Furnish all labor, equipment and materials necessary to furnish three vertical turbine transfer pumping units . The unit will be complete with pump , discharge head , column assembly, pump can , vertical hollow shaft motor, all nuts , bolts, fasteners , guards , and all ' other appurtenances including necessary field time to perform start-up services . ' L02 RELATED SECTIONS A . Submittals & Progress Schedules - Section 01300 ' B . Painting – Section 09900 ' C . Pumps - General - Section 11930 D . Electrical – Section 16000 ' 1 . 03 MANUFACTURER ' The approved manufacturer is required to have a minimum of 5 years experience with vertical turbine pumps . ' 1 . 04 PUMP PERFORMANCE DATA Certified pump performance curves are to be submitted for the transfer pump . Performance data must be the results of the project pump and shop driver assemblies prior to shipment . Also report amperage and voltage of each power leg , efficiency, horsepower and NPSH . 1 . 05 OPERATION ' The pumps will transfer product water from the clearwell to the two on- site 2 . 0 million gallon storage tanks . 044572000 11936- 1 3 1 . 06 SUBMITTALS The pump manufacturer will submit data and specifications for the pumping unit and will include but not be limited to the following . 1 . Name of Manufacturer 2 . Type and Model 3 . Design Rotative Speed 4 . Number of stages 5 . Type of Bowl Bearings 6 . Size of Shafting 7 . Size of Pump Column 8 . Size of Discharge Outlet 9 . O . D . of Pump Bowls 10 . Weight of Pump l 11 . Shop test performance curve showing capacity versus head, NPSHR, pump efficiency, and pump BHP plotted to scales consistent with performance requirements . Curve must be certified by the pump manufacturer. 12 . Overall pump column dimensions . PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2 . 01 PERFORMANCE A . The pump shall be Model 18GM single stage vertical turbine unit, as manufactured by LayneNerti -Line, or equal , and must meet the following design conditions at full speed : Flow Head Efficiency RPM Horsepower (GPM) (FT) ( %) (Hp) 2400 46 . 4 82 1180 34 3000 36 . 0 83 1180 32 . 5 (Design Point) 3200 30 . 0 82 1180 35 044572000 11936- 2 ' 2 . 02 PUMP DISCHARGE HEAD ' A . The discharge head shall be fabricated steel ASTM A48 - 30 construction with 125 # R . F . ANSI discharge flange . The discharge head shall also have an integral motor stand with register to ensure alignment of the pump driver. B . The discharge head shall have mechanical seals and a two -piece top shaft for connection to vertical hollow shaft motor. Machine bottom of discharge head for mounting to concrete slab as shown on the drawings . 2 . 03 COLUMN ASSEMBLY ' A . The column assembly shall be one piece close coupled design . ' B . The column pipe shall be A53 Grade B steel , Schedule 40 and shall be 12 " diameter. C . The shafting shall be constructed of 416 stainless steel polished precision shafting of ample size to operate the pump without distortion or vibration with a 410 ' stainless steel line shaft coupling to bowl assembly . The shafting shall not be less than 3 /4 " diameter and left hand threaded to tighten during operation . The ends shall be faced parallel to each other and perpendicular to the axis of the threads . The couplings are to be made from solid bar stock material and shall be bored and tapped . ' 2 . 04 PUMP BOWLS ' A . The A48 Class 30 cast iron pump bowl shall accommodate the maximum pressure produced by the pump , and supported by a combination of water lubricated , fluted rubber and bronze bearings in each stage . The water passages shall have a ' porcelain enamel coating to produce optimum efficiency during operation . The pump bowl shall be free from blow holes, sand holes and other faults and have a minimum tensile strength of 30, 000 psi . B . The impeller shall be of the enclosed type , constructed of ASTM B584 silicon bronze, accurately machined and finished , and mechanically balanced . It shall be ' securely fastened to the impeller shaft with 303 stainless steel taper bushings . C . The bowl shaft shall be 416 stainless steel and shall be sized of adequate diameter ' to withstand the maximum torque and tensile forces imposed upon it , and shall be heat straightened to within . 005 " total indicated run out . ' 044572000 11936 - 3 D . The suction bell shall be A48 Class 30 cast iron with a galvanized steel basket strainer. The bowl shaft will terminate inside a bearing housing cavity to allow grease packing of the bronze suction bearing . The bottom side of the reservoir will be sealed with a cast iron plug . E . All pump material shall be NSF, or equal , rated for use in contact with potable water. 2 . 05 MOTORS A . The motor shall be of the exterior duty rated , vertical solid-shaft, squirrel cage induction type, WP- 1 enclosure minimum , premium efficiency, 1 . 15 service factor, suitable for use with a variable frequency drive, and as specified in the electrical specifications . The thrust bearing shall have ample capacity to carry the weigh of all the rotating parts plus the hydraulic thrust of the pump impellers . Motor shall have non-reverse ratchet . B . The motor shall be 50 HP, 3 phase, 60 hertz, 460 volt, and not more than 1180 RPM at no load, and properly sized so that the pump does not exceed the motor full load rating at any head or discharge condition . The motor shall have 120 volt, single phase space heaters and winding thermal protection thermistors . 2 .06 COATINGS A . The pump and motor shall be coated with a two-part epoxy paint as specified in section 09900 . All paint in contact with potable water must be NSF approved . PART 3 — GUARANTEES 3 . 01 GENERAL A . The pump and its components will be complete with a manufacturer's warranty for defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one year from the time the pump is placed into operation . 3 . 02 PERFORMANCE A . The manufacturer will warrant that the performance of the pump will conform with manufacturer's certified pump performance curve . The pump must operate within the tolerances of the Standards of the Hydraulic Institute . Curves published for similar pumps by another manufacturer will not be acceptable for this purpose . 044572000 11936 -4 1 3 . 03 START-UP 1 A . The pump manufacturer will have a qualified representative mate the pump to the motor. Manufacturer must provide a qualified representative on- site for a 1 minimum of five days to certify the pump performance . B . Field test the pump for conformance to specified operating conditions . Record 1 initial flow , head , voltage and amperage for each power leg . Adjust tolerances , if necessary and retest . Confirm that the amplitude and frequency of vibration during pump operation is within the tolerances of the Standards of the Hydraulic 1 Institute . 1 3 . 04 SPARE PARTS A . One set of spare mechanical seals shall be provided . 1 END OF SECTION i 1 ! 1 1 1 1 1 044572000 11936 - 5 i 5t�xs� z 0 z w H o x o � Z � � [� M Q L H w w a w C7 a C x H u ' SECTION 13100 ' LIGHTNING PROTECTION ' PART 1 — GENERAL 1 . 1 WORK INCLUDED A . The Contractor shall furnish all labor and materials and items of service required for the completion of an all functional and unobtrusive system of grounds , conductors and air terminals for protection against damage by lighting of designated structures as approved by the Engineer. Complete installation shall conform in all respects to the current requirements of L . P . I . certified system program and all legal , labor, insurance or other authorities having jurisdiction . The ' installing Contractor shall have a minimum of five ( 5 ) years experience in this specialized work and be a certified master installer of the Lightning Protection Institute . All materials ' used shall be furnished and recommended for their intended use by a reputable lightning protection manufacturer who is a Manufacturer Member of the Lightning Protection Institute . ' All materials shall be provided by Thompson Lightning Protection or an equal . Installer shall be Bonded Lightning Protection System , Inc . , Jupiter, Florida or equal . ' B . As a minimum , the followingstructures shall be provided ' with lightning protection systems . 1 . New Degasifier/Scrubber Area 2 , New Scrubber Blow- Down Wetwell ' 3 . New Liquid Chlorine Tank 4 . New Bulk Caustic Tank 5 , All Elevated Walkways ' 6 . All other elements indicated by Plans ' 044572000 ' 13100 (A1 )- 1 1 . 2 SUBMITTALS A . Submittals for Approval 1 . Refer to Contract General Conditions for additional instructions on submittals and substitutions . Where conflicts occur between the General Conditions and this Section , the more stringent requirements shall apply . 2 . Shop drawings and manufacturer' s data sheets are required for all materials . 3 . Samples are to be supplied for any substitute as requested by the Engineer. 4 . The following numbers of copies are required : a . Shop drawings 6 sets b . Samples 1 each C . Manufacturer' s data 6 sets d . Certification 6 sets e . Test reports 6 sets f. Warranties/Guarantees 6 sets 5 . Submit shop drawings , manufacturer' s data and certifications on all items prior to the time such equipment and materials are to be ordered . Order no equipment or materials without approval from Engineer. Submittals will not be accepted for partial system submittals ; submit all data at one time . Submittals will be promptly returned , approved , approved as noted , or not approved . Items "approved as noted " must be changed to comply with the Engineer' s comments and need not be resubmitted for "approved " status . Items "not approved " are not suitable , requiring complete new submittals . 6 . Time delays caused by rejection of submittals are not cause for extra charges to Owner or time extensions . 044572000 13100 (A1 )-2 7 . Provide scaled plan and elevation views of all ' structures for which lightning protection shall be provided . These plans shall show the proposed location of all air terminals , typical air terminals , size ' and location for ground rods , cable , connectors and proposed methods of bonding . Bond to telephone and power service ground systems . ' 1 . 3 SITE VISIT A . Site visit before bid to evaluate existing conditions is recommended . ' PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2 . 1 TERMINALS ' A . Provide terminals as per material vendor shop drawings . Terminal materials shall be as follows , bronze saddle and ' pressure plate , nickel tip highly polished , pure copper point . Provide mounting type and cable connections as required . ' 2 . 2 CABLE AND ACCESSORIES 1 . Provide stranded copper cable per material vendor. Provide braces , saddle , fittings and connectors as required compatible with materials . ' 2 . 3 GROUND RODS ' A . Provide copper clad ground rods , 5/8 " x 20 ' minimum . Provide bronze compression clamps as required . ' PART 3 —EXECUTION 3 . 1 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS ' A . Locate terminals per vendor shop drawings . All points shall be a minimum of 2 " of outside building edges , corners , and ridge ends . Maximum spacing shall be 20 ' . Maximum protection above object to be protected shall be 10 " . ' B . Maintain horizontal and downward coursing of main conductor and insure that all bends have at least an 8 " radius and do not exceed 90 degrees . ' 044572000 ' 13100 (A1 )- 3 C . Support all exposed roof, downlead and bonding 9 ca tiles at 3 D . Ground electrodes shall be installed per Vendor shop drawings but install at least 1 ' below final grade . E . Interconnect Lightning Protection ground to electric , telephone and other building ground systems per codes . F . System shall be installed per Vendor shop drawings to insure proper code compliance and system certification . Buried ground ring shall consist of a parallel double grounding ring approximately 5 ' - 10 ' separation . Any variance shall entail resubmittal and reapproval and all costs shall be paid by the Contractor. G . As built drawings shall be provided and submitted by the Material Vendor in accordance with certification procedures . H . All materials shall be U . L . approved with "A" labels on conductors at 10 ' intervals and " B " labels on air terminals . I . Complete installation shall bear U . L . Master Label " C " to be secured by the system installer per U . L . 96A , J . Installation shall comply in all respects L . P . I . Code 175 . Installation shall be made by or under the supervision of an L . P . I . Certified Master Installer. The completed installation shall receive system certification including submittal of forms L . P . I . CI -01 , 02 , and 03 . END OF SECTION 044572000 13100 (A1 )-4 ' SECTION 13441 INSTRUMENTATION COMPONENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 SCOPE ' This sectionrovides for instrumentation p system components. The instrumentation components shall be furnished, installed, tested and calibrated complete, as described in this section, relevant other sections and as shown on the drawings . ' 1902 RELATED SPECIFICATIONS A . Section 11235 - Scrubbers, Blowers and Re-circulation Pump ' B . Section 11500 - Chlorination Sytem C . Section 11507 - Caustic Feed System D . Section 13442 - Field Instrument Panels ' E . Section 15100 - Piping and Valves F . Division 16 - Electrical ' 1 .03 QUALITY CONTROL ' A . Instrumentation components shall conform to ISA standards . 1 .04 SUBMITTALS ' A . Submittals shall conform to Section 1300 . ' B . Provide component mounting and/or installation details as per manufacturers requirements . 1 .05 MANUFACTURER CONTINUITY A . Wherever possible, all components shall be furnished from one manufacturer in order to facilitate installation, calibration, system function and Owner operation and maintenance. B . All components furnished herein shall be compatible with other portions of the control ' system specified elsewhere . 044572000 ' 13441 - 1 1 .06 RESPONSIBILITY A . Panel mounted instrumentation shall be the responsibility of the post-treatment System Supplier or electrician . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 .01 FLOW DEVICES — RAW WATER BLEND, PRETREATMENT A . FRP Insertion Venturi Flow Meter 1 . 0 DESIGN CONDITIONS Raw Water Blend . Line Fluid : Brackish Water Max ./Min. Flow rate : 1400/350 GPM Line Size : 12 Inch Diameter Max ./Min . Differential : 10/ 100Inches of Water Line Pressure : 50 PSIG Max . Headloss : 80 Inches of Water . Line Temperature : 72° F Installed Accuracy : + I % of Flow Rate Pretreatment : Line Fluid : Brackish Water Max . /Min . Flow rate : 8000/ 1390 GPM Line Size : 24 Inch Diameter Max ./Min . Differential : 10/ 100 Inches of Water Line Pressure : 50 PSIG Max . Headloss : 80 Inches of Water Line Temperature : 72° F Installed Accuracy : + I % of Flow Rate 2 . 0 METER CONSTRUCTION The center flange shall be constructed of stainless steel (or another steel , if required) . It shall fit between 150 PSIG flanges and shall have 304 stainless steel sleeves in the high and low pressure passages . The throat section shall be made of 304 stainless steel and shall have a cylindrical length equal to at least one half the throat diameter. Pressure connections shall be 0 . 25 NPT up to 24 " "line size and 0 . 50 NPT for 30 " line size and above . The inlet and outlet cones shall be made of polyester resin reinforced with glass , 30% by weight . The included angle of the recovery cone shall be 10° or less . 044572000 13441 -2 ' 3 . 0 METERING DESIGN ' The metering design of the venturi shall sense true static pressure at throat . This criterion is satisfied if the sum of the sensed pressure and calculated velocity head at the throat tap cross section . The inlet pressure shall be sensed through the tap in the ' center flange from the cavity formed by the pipe wall and the outside of the inlet (transition) section of the venturi . Such a design provides a discharge coefficient whose value is the product of the static tap discharge coefficient for the product line ' and a tapping factor that accounts for the effect of the meter transition section on the inlet corner pressure . ' 4 . 0 METERING PERFORMANCE AND SUBSTANTIATION Flow tubes whose throat design magnifies the differential pressure will not be accepted . ' The value of the coefficient shall be no less than 0 . 92 . The fact that the manufacturer ' s product can satisfy the specified accuracy must be substantiated by flow calibration data obtained on meteringly same devices . The flow calibration data must cover a 15 : 1 line size range, 2 : 1 beta ratio range , and the pipe Reynolds number range of the application . The flow calibrations must have been performed in at least three physically independent and recognized flow calibration facilities . The substantiating data for the venturi must indicate that the discharge coefficient is independent of line size and Reynolds number for pipe RD > ' 75000 . ' The effect of upstream piping on the accuracy of the venturi coefficient must be substantiated . ' The headloss characteristics must be substantiated . The manufacturer shall provide certified documentation derived from flow calibrations and properly referred to the proposed design (including beta ratio and recovery cone length) and to the Reynolds ' number of the application . Without substantiating data, a manufacturer ' s product will not be considered . ' The meter shall be HVT-PI as manufactured by Primary Flow Signal , Inc . , Lincoln , R . I . and specifically designed to satisfy the project requirements , or fully approved ' equal . ' 044572000 13441 - 3 5 . 0 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS I The differential pressure transmitters used for translating pressure drop (dp) to flow shall have solid state circuitry . Transmitters shall be suitable for operation at temperatures from -20 ° to 200° F and relative humidity from 0 to 100% . All transmitters shall be constructed of corrosion-resistant Stainless Steel including isolating diaphragms , drain/vent valves , flanges and adapters . O-rings shall be Viton material . The transmitter shall be silicone oil filled and have an aluminum NEMA 4X housing . Transmitter shall have overrange protection up to 3 , 626 psig i on both ports . The transmitters shall be equipped with a 2 " scale meter for local indication in dp inches of water. Accuracy shall be 0 . 075 percent of calibrated range with repeatability of 0 . 1 percent . The transmitter output shall have 4 — 20 mA do signal . The transmitter shall have zero elevation and suppression regardless of output specified . The transmitters shall be factory calibrated from 0- 100" HZO and be coordinated with Venturi flow meter manufacturer. Transmitters shall be Model 3051 C as manufactured by Rosemount . 2 . 02 PRESSURE DEVICES A . Pressure Gauges Pressure gauges shall be liquid- filled, bourdon tube gauges for line or panel mounting, as required . Gauges shall have bourdon tubes of 316 stainless steel , and 316SS connectors . Cases shall be stainless steel , with acrylic or shatter proof glass windows . Gauges shall be 4- 1 /2 " diameter, with 1 /2 " MNPT bottom mount connections . Scales will be black on white background, 270 deg . span, appropriate to the application . Normal reading shall be at 1 /2 -2/3 of full scale . Gauge range shall be 0- 160 psi , 0-30 psi , or 0-60 psig as required by the stream which it is monitoring . Gauges requiring an isolation diaphragm as called for on the drawings shall be supplied with an internal isolator, or external diaphragm seal . In either case, the bourdon tube shall be evacuated and filled with oil prior to assembly of the gauge with the isolator. Gauges and isolators shall be factory assembled and shipped as a unit . All gauges shall be installed with snubbers , isolation tees for testing, and isolation ball valves . Pressure gauges shall be as manufactured by Ashcroft , or U . S . Gauge . 044572000 13441 -4 ' 2 . 03 CONDUCTIVITY ANALYZER/TRANSMITTER ' The conductivity sensor and transmitter shall be products of the same manufacturer . The cable between the sensor and the transmitter shall be supplied by the manufacturer. The conductivity equipment shall be as manufactured by ' Rosemount Analytical . The sensor shall be of a corrosion resistant construction . The sensor assembly shall be designed for flow application with 1 inch NPT process connections . The sensor assembly shall be designed for automatic temperature compensation . Each sensor shall be provided with a maintenance kit, which shall include a spare conductivity ' electrode and other spare parts as recommended by the manufacturer. The transmitter shall be enclosed in a fiberglass NEMA 4 housing . The transmitter ' shall contain an indicator with a 4- inch scale engraved in conductivity units (micro -mhos/cm2 ) . The analyzer shall be powered by a 120 VAC , 10 source . ' The transmitter shall have an isolated 4-20 mA do signal , which is linearly proportional to the measured conductivity range . The analyzer shall be model 54 eC with model 150 sensor as manufactured by Rosemount . 2 . 04 TANK LEVEL DEVICES A . Level Transducer/Transmitter, Clearwell , Bulk Chlorine, Bulk- Caustic Tank and Caustic Day Tank . ' A continuous ultrasonic level monitor/transmitter with non-contacting sensor shall be provided for the day tanks as shown on the drawings . The sensor shall be installed on the tank fitting and the coaxial sensor cable run back to the monitor/transmitter which shall be mounted on the wall near the tank . ' The sensor shall be manufactured of Teflon construction, have a 40 kHz operating frequency, and be flange mounted . A pipe extension shall be provided should the sensor deadband require space between high liquid level and sensor face . ' Provide two SPDT normally dry contacts for low and high level . In addition , program PLC to furnish low and high level alarms from the analog input signal . ' The indicator/transmitter shall be NEMA 4 fiberglass enclosure with 3 - 1 /2 " " LED " display . Power input shall be 120 VAC , 1 0 60 Hz and have a surge protected 4 -20 ' mA output . Enclosure heater shall be provided for thermostatic control for temperatures below freezing ( 320F ) . A linearization circuit shall be provided for volumetric readout for cylindrical tanks . Level transmitter shall be Hydro Ranger as ' manufactured by Milltronics , or equal . ' 044572000 13441 - 5 2 . 05 CHLORINE ANALYZER/TRANSMITTER A . The sensor shall be intended for the continuous determination of free chlorine (hypochlorous acid plus hypochlorite ion) in water. The sensor shall require no acid pretreatment and can measure free chlorine in samples having pH as high as 9 . 5 . The linear range of the sensor is 0 to 10 ppm . The sensor consists of a proprietary porous membrane stretched tightly over a platinum cathode, with a silver anode and an electrolyte solution completing the internal circuit . The sensor shall require no sample pretreatment . The sensor response must be corrected for changes in membrane permeability caused by temperature and the analyzer automatically performs the correction . B . The analyzer shall have a measuring range of 0-20 mg/1 free or total residual chlorine with resolution of 0 . 001 ppm , and automatic pH correction pH 6 . 0 and 9 . 5 . The transmitter shall have a 4-20 mA output span programmable over any portion of the 0-5 mg/l range . The analyzer shall have two alarms selectable for sample concentration , system warning or system shut-down . Each alarm shall be equipped with an SPDT relay with contacts rated for 5A resistive load at 230 VAC . C . The analyzer shall be furnished with a six - foot power cord with strain relief, 125 VAC , 10A, including a Myers hub . The analyzer shall be Rosemount Model 54 eA , with sensor Model 499AC 1 -01 . . 2 .06 LOW RANGE TURBIDITY ANALYZER The sensor analyzer system shall operate with a continuous sample flow through the analyzer sample cell to drain . A strong light beam shall be passed through the sample and a measurement made of the amount of light scattered by the turbidity particles detected by a photo diode . The system shall consist of a microprocessor based analyzer, a sensor with built in pre- amplifier, a flow-through sampling system , and calibration accessories . The analyzer shall have a linear 4-20 mA do output signal which corresponds to the selected turbidity range . The turbidity sensor and analyzer system shall be Rosemount T/ 1054-A2100 . 2 . 07 pH ANALYZER/TRANSMITTER The pH sensor and transmitter shall be products of the same manufacturer. The cable between the sensor and the transmitter shall be supplied by the manufacturer. The pH equipment shall be as manufactured by Emerson Process Mgmt . , Rosemount Analytical , or equal . 044572000 13441 - 6 ' The sensor shall consist of a glass pH electrode and a fouling resistant reference electrode . The reference electrode shall be self contained and shall not require an external electrolyte ' reservoir. The sensor assembly shall be of the flow through design with 1 inch NPT process connections . The sensor assembly shall contain a preamplifier and shall be designed for automatic temperature compensation . Each sensor assembly shall be ' provided with a maintenance kit which shall include a spare pH electrode, a spare reference electrode , and other spare parts as recommended by the manufacturer. Sensor shall be 396VP as manufactured by Rosemount Analytical or equal . The transmitter shall be enclosed in a fiberglass NEMA 4 housing . The transmitter shall contain a back-lit LCD display with fully diagnostic messages and interface (English) in ' pH units . The transmitter range shall be 4 to 10 pH . The analyzer shall have automatic temperature compensation over a range of +32 to 100 ° deg F . The analyzer shall be ' powered by a 120 VAC source . The transmitter shall have an isolated 4-20 mA DC signal which is linearly proportional to the measured pH range . Analyzer shall be microprocessor based , Model 54e pH/ORP , as manufactured by Rosemount Analytical , or equal . ' 2 . 08 RUPTURE DISKS AND FLOW SW ' A . Rupture disk shall be impervious graphite type disk which mates between class 150 ANSI flanges . Disk shall be rated for 40 psi pressure rating and shall be steel armored teflon coated disk with armor ring . Disks shall be TD type as ' manufactured by Zook, and shall conform to ASME Section VIII code . B . Flow indication as a result of rupture disk failure shall be provided using a flow switch or sensor integrally mounted with disk . Flow switch shall be mounted to pipe with welded boss , be 24VDC , low flow type as manufactured by GEMS , Inc . or equal . Flow sensor strip shall be SVTOlA type as manufactured by OXECO compatible with rupture disk assembly . ' PART 3 EXECUTION 3 .01 DRAWINGS AND DATA A . Complete fabrication, assembly, and installation drawings ; wiring and schematic diagrams ; and details , specifications , and data covering the materials used parts , ' devices, and accessories forming a part of the equipment furnished shall be submitted in accordance with submittals section . Submittal data shall be grouped and submitted in three separate stages . Each stage submittal shall be substantially ' complete . Individual drawings and data sheets submitted at random intervals will not be accepted for review . Instrument tag numbers indicated on the contract drawings ' shall be referenced where applicable . ' 044572000 13441 - 7 3 . 02 INSTALLATION A . Installation shall be in complete accordance with manufacturer' s instructions and recommendations . B . All electrical connections shall be made in conformance with the requirements of Division 16 , Electrical . C . Once installation is complete , touch up damaged paint with manufacturer supplied paint . 3 . 03 START-UP AND TEST A . Contractor shall make adjustments required to place system in proper operating condition . Contractor shall field test and calibrate the equipment to assure that the system operates in accordance with these Specifications and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. B . Manufacturer's representative shall check and approve the installation before operation and assist Contractor in performing field tests and in calibration of the equipment . C . Contractor and system supplier shall provide the services of a factory-trained operating specialist for an eight-hour period for the instruction of the Owner ' s operating personnel . 3 . 04 SPARE PARTS AND SUPPLIER A . Conductivity sensor - 1 B . pH Sensor C . Chlorine Sensor END OF SECTION 044572000 13441 - 8 ' SECTION 13442 ' FIELD INSTRUMENT PANELS PART 1 - PRODUCTS 1 . 01 MATERIALS The field instrument panels shall be fabricated from 1 /2 - inch thick PVC sheet, with machine cut openings for instruments , gauges and interconnecting tubing . The panels shall be wall or floor-mounted with mounting stands (or brackets) fabricated from PVC structural shapes , or 316SS 4" pipe . All fasteners shall be 316SS . ' 1 . 02 INSTRUMENTS AND EQUIPMENT The following describes the instruments required in each field panel . Instrument ' specifications are in related sections . ' A . Product Water Panel B . Blend Water Sensor Panel ' PART 2 - EXECUTION ' 2 . 01 All piping used on the finished water panel shall be Schedule 80 PVC , with PVC True union ball valves and check valves . Piping shall be designed with unions so ' that instruments may be easily disconnected and removed from the panel . Tubing used on the panel shall be 1 /2 " OD polypropylene with " Fastite " fittings . 2 . 02 All interconnecting conduit shall be PVC corrugated flexible tubing, with compatible PVC conduit fittings . Separate conduits shall be provided for 4-20mA and 110V circuits . ' END OF SECTION 1 ' 044572000 ' 13442 - 1 r-� F-� z 0 H z w h 0 � N a � M w w a w a.. x H u SECTION 15100 ' PIPING AND VALVES ' PARTI — GENERAL 1 . 01 WORK INCLUDED ' A. Furnish and install all piping, fittings , and valves as shown on the drawings and specified herein. In general , include all piping from tie-ins to and from equipment ' as shown on the drawings, including all piping appurtenances for a complete, operating piping system as specified herein . ' 1 . 02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A . Section 01300 — Submittals B . Section 01720 — Project Record Drawings ' C . Section 01730 — Operating and Maintenance Manuals D . Section 02200 — Earthwork ' E . Section 02670 — Flushing, Testing and Disinfection ' F . Section 05500 — Miscellaneous Metals G . Section 09900 — Painting ' H . Section 11280 - Control Valves ' 1 . 03 REFERENCES ' A. AASHTO T180 - Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using a 10- 1b Rammer and an 18 -in . Drop . ' B . ANSFASTM D2466 - Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings , Schedule 40 . ' C . ANSI/AWWA C104 — Standard for Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water. ' D . ANSFAWWA C105 — Standard for Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile- Iron Pipe Systems ' 044572000 15100 - 1 E . ANSI/AWWA C110 — Standard for Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings , 3 In . Through 48 In . for Water and Other Liquids . F . ANSI/AWWA C111 — Standard for Rubber- Gasket Joints for Ductile- Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings . G . ANSI/AWWA C115 — Standard for Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe with Ductile-Iron or Gray Iron Treaded Flanges . H . ANSI/AWWA C150 — Standard for the Thickness Design of Ductile-Iron Pipe . 1 . ANSI/AWWA C151 — Standard for Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water or Other Liquids . J . ANSI/AWWA C 15 3 — Standard for Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings, 3 In . Through 24 In . and 54 In . Through 64 In. for Water Service , K . AWWA C210 — Standard for Liquid-Epoxy Coating Systems for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines . L . AWWA C220 — Standard for Stainless- Steel Pipe, 4 In . and Larger. M . AWWA C504 — Standard for Rubber- Seated Butterfly Valves . N. AWWA C508 — Standard for Swing- Check Valves for Waterworks Service, 2 In . Through 24 In. O . AWWA C509 — Standard for Resilient- Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service . P . AWWA C511 — Standard for Reduced -Pressure Principle Backflow -Prevention Assembly. Q . AWWA C512 — Standard for Air-Release, Air/Vacuum, and Combination Air Valves for Waterworks Service . R . AWWA C600 — Standards for Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances , S . AWWA C605 — Standard for Underground Installation of Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fittings for Water. T . AWWA C606 — Standard for Grooved and Shouldered Joints . U . AWWA C900 — Standard for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, 4 In . Through 12 In . for Water Distribution . 044572000 15100 - 2 i i V . AWWA C901 — Standard for Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Tubing , '/z In . 1 Through 3 In . for Water Services. W . ASTM D1785 - Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40 , 80 , and 1 120 , X . ASTM D2855 - Making Solvent- Cemented Joints with Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) 1 Pipe and Fittings . Y . ASTM D2922 - Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by 1 Nuclear Methods ( Shallow Depth) . Z . ASTM D3139 - Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes using Flexible Elastomeric Seals . 1 AA , ASTM F437- 82 - Threaded Chlorinated Poly Vinyl Chloride (CPVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings , Schedule 80 . 1 AB . ASTM F439- 87 - Standard Specification for Socket - Type Chlorinated Poly Vinyl Chloride (CPVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings , Schedule 80 . 1 AC . ASTM 493 - 85 - Solvent Cements for Chlorinated Poly Vinyl Chloride (CPVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings . 1 AD . ASME/ANSI B16 . 5 — 1996 — Pipe s .Flanges and Flanged Fittings . g g g 1 AE . ASME/ANSI B 31 . 3 — 1996 — ASME Code for Pressure Piping . AF . ASME/ANSI B 16 . 9 — Pipe Fittings . 1 1 . 04 SUBMITTALS 1 A . Submit under provisions of Section 0 13 00 . ' B . Product Data : Provide data on pipe fittings , valves, and accessories . C . Manufacturer's Certificate : Certify that pipe, fittings , and valves meet or exceed respective ANSI, AWWA , and/or NSF Standards . 1 . 05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 1 A . Accurately record actual locations of piping mains , valves , connections , and invert elevations . ' B . Identify and describe unexpected variations to subsoil conditions or discovery of uncharted utilities . 1 044572000 15100- 3 1 1 . 06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A . Perform Work in accordance with Indian River County Utilities Minimum Design and Construction Standards , where applicable . B . Fabricated piping shall meet all ASME code requirements as specified herein . C. Valves : Manufacturer's name and pressure rating marked on valve body . 1 . 07 DELIVERY, STORAGE , AND HANDLING A . Deliver and store valves in shipping containers with labeling in place. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 01 GENERAL 4 Although they may not be specifically shown on the drawings or called for elsewhere in the Technical Provisions, the Contractor shall include the cost of all fittings, piping supports , and miscellaneous appurtenances needed to provide a secure, workable pipe and valve system . Equipment suction and discharge piping and other exposed piping shall be supported by reinforced concrete pedestals , piers, adjustable pipe supports, thrust restraints , hangers , and tie rods as necessary to insure a stable installation. Adjustable pipe supports or piers shall be arranged to relieve attached equipment of all strain due to the weight of the pipe, fittings, valves, and the contents of the pipe. 2 . 02 PRODUCT LIST All products shall conform to the Approval Product List, of the Indian River County Utilities minimum Design and Construction Standards, latest edition, unless specifically specified herein . 2 . 03 PIPE SCHEDULE — SEE TABLE 15100- 1 2 . 04 PIPE A . Ductile Iron Pipe : Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall conform to AWWA C150, C151 and C153 . 1 . Joints : Buried pipe shall be AWWA approved push-on or mechanical joint pipe (AWWA/ANSI C111 /C21 . 11 ) . Exposed joints shall be AWWA approved flanged joint pipe, in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C115 . 044572000 15100- 4 ' 2 . Fittings : Buried fittings shall be AWWA approved mechanical joint fittings . Exposed fittings shall be flanged fitting . Conform to AWWA C153 . ' 3 . The internal surface of all piping and fittings shall be cement mortar lined and seal coated in accordance with AWWA C104 , A21 . ' 4 . Special linings : Pipe , joints , and fittings designated to be lined shall have an 8 . 0 — 10 . 0 mil (DFT) coating on all wetted surfaces . Material shall be ' ANSI/NSF std 61 certified, polyamide, two-part epoxy for exposure to potable water. Coating shall be Pota-Pox , Series 20 as manufactured by Tnemec, or equal . 5 . Restrained joint pipe shall be ductile iron Class 51 , American Cast Iron Pipe Co . , Lok-Fast or approved equal . 6 . Victaulic fittings shall be ductile iron AWWA cast fittings with rigid radius grooves in accordance with AWWA Cl 10 for center-center dimensions and AWWA C153 or ANSI 21 . 1 for wall thickness . Fittings shall be interior coated with NSF listed coating with a SSPC- SPA equivalent surface preparation prior to coating . Fittings which need to be tapped shall meet ANSI B 16 . 1 dimension locations . B . Stainless Steel Tubing : Tubing for sizes 3/4-inch and smaller shall be seamless austenitic stainless, grade TP 316L conforming to ASTM MA-632 . Furnish Swagelok 316 stainless compression fittings , or equal . ' C . Black Iron Pipe : Extra heavy, schedule 80 black iron pipe with screwed joints and fittings . ' D . Steel Pipe : ASTM A53 , Schedule 20, 40 ' 1 . Steel pipe shall conform to ASTM A53 , Grade B , seamless or electric resistance welded . Pipe shall meet the requirements of ASME B31 . 3 - 1996 Process Piping code edition . 2 . Pipe flanges and fittings shall meet ASME B16 . 5 - 1996 . ' 3 . Flanges to be Class 150 , raised face, serrated finish, forged steel , slip - on with 150- 1b . drilling . 4 . All pipe sizes up to 12 " NPS shall be schedule 40 , 12 " can be schedule 20 minimum . ' 2 . 05 STAINLESS STEEL PIPE , SCHEDULE IOS, 109 40 A . Stainless Steel Pipe : ANSI/ASTM A312 , Schedule l OS , 10 , 40 044572000 15100- 5 1 . Stainless steel pipe shall conform to ASTM A312 Austenitic steel pipe, welded , seamed , grade TP 316L . 2 . Size shall be nominal pipe size (� S ) designation as shown with Schedule I OS , 10, or 40-wall thickness as indicated on the drawings, or specified herein . 3 . Pipe flanges and fittings to meet ASME B16 . 5 - 1996 . 4 . Flanges to be Class 150 or class 300, depending on service, raised face, serrated finish, forged A182 Grade F316L, slip on type . Dimensions shall meet ANSI/ASME B16 . 5 - 1996 . 5 . Flange bolts and nuts shall be ASTM A193 and ASTM A194, Type 316 , respectively . Never Seize shall be used on all stainless steel threaded fasteners . Flange gaskets shall be full faced, elastomeric type rubber (neoprene or EPDM) , and meet the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C207 . B . Victaulic Joints , Fittings, Valves and Couplings 1 . All fabricated fittings shall be A403 WP type, with dimensions meeting ANSI B 16 . 9 . 2 . All victaulic style joints shall be grooved in accordance with ANSFAWWA C606 . All steel joints for schedule 10 pipe shall be roll grooved, whereas steel joints for schedule 40 pipe may be roll or cut grooved . All stainless steel pipe with Victaulic couplings shall have sch 40, cut groove nipples , 6" long, welded to sch 10 ss pipes, for all pipe sizes 8 " and above . 3 . Gaskets shall be suitable for their intended service . For potable water service, gaskets shall be EPDM, Grade E, UL listed in accordance with NSF61 . Gaskets shall be clearly marked with colored striping to indicate material compound . 4 . Bolts shall be 316 SS stainless steel on all Victaulic couplings . 5 . Header pipes shall be designed per pressure class and shall have all side ports installed off of header using the pull -tee method and be counter-bored, sch 40 nipples . All nipples 1 " and smaller shall be 3000# rated FNPT, thredolet type . 6 . All nipples 1 %Z" and smaller shall be seamless . 2 . 06 PVC PIPE A . AWWA C900 and C-905 044572000 15100- 6 1 . All PVC pipe shall meet AWWA C-900 and AWWA C-905 Standards and NSF requirements for potable water application . PVC pipe 4" through 12 " shall be class 150, DR 18 pipe conforming to AWWA C900 . Pipe greater than 12 " shall conform to AWWA C905 , DR 18 or better. ' 2 . Fittings used in conjunction with the C900 PVC pipe shall be epoxy coated ductile iron , or PVC push joint pressure rated fittings ( SDR-35 ' min) as detailed on pipe schedule, mechanical joint . DIP fittings shall meet the requirements as stated in Paragraph 2 . 12 . 3 . PVC for potable watermains shall be blue in color. B . SCHEDULE 40 and 80 PVC PIPE 1 . Rigid PVC (polyvinyl chloride) compound used in the manufacturer of schedule 80 pipe shall be Type 1, grade 1 as identified in ASTM D1784 . The ' pipe shall be NSF rated for potable water. 2 . PVC schedule 80 shall meet the requirements of ASTM standard D1785 for ' physical dimensions and tolerances . 3 . The marking on PVC Schedule 80 pipe shall meet the requirements of ASTM ' D1785 and state the material designation code, nominal pipe size, schedule of pipe, pressure rating in psi for water at 73 ° F . , the ASTM designation number D 1785 and the NSF seal for potable water. 4 . Fittings used shall be PVC Schedule 80 and solvent welded in accordance ' with ASTM D 1785 . 5 . Small Diameter PVC Pipe : PVC pipe smaller than 4- inch shall be schedule 80 PVC plastic pipe with solvent weld fittings in accordance with ASTM D - 1785 . ' 6 . PVC Drain Pipe : PVC drain pipe shall be PVC sewer pipe and fittings , ASTM D-2729 . 7 . Chlorinated Poly Vinyl Chloride (CPVC) Pipe : CPVC pipe and fittings shall be schedule 80 pipe as indicated with threaded or solvent weld fittings in accordance with ASTM F441 and F-437 . All pipe and fittings shall be of the same manufacturer. Use CPVC cement specifically formulated for CPVC pipe as required by the manufacturer. 7 . Chemical Containment Piping : All chemical containment piping shall be provided as a chemical containment pipe system from a single supplier. The 044572000 15100 - 7 supplier shall be Spears Manufacturing , Slymar, CA or IPEX USA , Inc . , New Baltimore, MD , or equal . 2 . 08 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE PIPE AND FITTINGS A . Polyethylene pipe and fittings shall be Plexco/high-density polyethylene PE 3408 for municipal piping systems as manufactured by Chevron or equal . Pipe shall be DIP size SDR 17 or as otherwise noted on the plans and conform to AWWA C906 standards . Pipe shall meet NSF requirements for POTABLE WATER APPLICATIONS . B . Polyethylene pipe and fittings shall be joined by the heat butt fusion process to produce a homogenous , sealed , leak tight joint unless otherwise noted as a flanged connection . Fusion process shall meet the requirements of ASTM D-3261 . At the point of fusion, the outside diameter and minimum wall thickness shall meet the outside diameter and minimum wall thickness specifications of ASTM F- 714 . Polyethylene fittings shall be made from the material meeting the same requirements as the pipe . Polyethylene fittings shall be fabricated by the same manufacturer of the pipe . C . All flanged connections shall be installed with PLEXCO Back-up Rings and shall be AWWA C207 Class D . Back-up rings shall be constructed of epoxy coated steel . All flanged connections shall have a full face Neoprene flange gasket . Bolts shall be standard steel for underground applications and 316 Stainless Steel for above ground applications . D . The manufacturer shall certify that samples of the manufacturers production pipe have been tested in-house, in accordance with ASTM D-2837 , and validated in accordance with the latest revisions of PPI ASTM D -2837 and validated in accordance with the latest revisions of PPI TR-3 . 2 . 09 EPDXY COATED DIP FITTINGS A . All fittings shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C153 . All flanged fittings shall be rated to 250 psi . All flanged fittings shall have a full faced flanged neoprene gasket . Retainer glands will not be permitted . All mechanical joint fittings shall incorporate joint restraint . Mechanical joint restraint shall be incorporated in the design of the follower gland . The restraint mechanism shall consist of a plurality of individually activated gripping surfaces to maximize restraint capability. Glands shall be manufactured of ductile-iron conforming to ASTM A536- 80 . The gland shall be such that it can replace the standardized mechanical joint gland and can be used with the standardized mechanical joint bell conforming to ANSI/AWWA A21 . 11 /Cl 11 and ANSI/AWWA A21 . 53 /C153 of the latest revision . Twist-off nuts , sized same as tee-head bolts , shall be used to insure proper actuating of restraining devices . The restraint shall be Megalug Series 2000PV by EBAA Iron , Inc . or approved equal . 044572000 15100- 8 B . All DIP fittings shall be Epoxy coated on all wetted surfaces . Epoxy coating shall ' be Pota-Pox as manufactured by Tnemec Coatings , Inc . , or equal . The compound shall be applied at 8 - 10 mils dry film thickness as specified in the written manufacturers specifications . ' 2 . 10 VALVES ' A . Butterfly Valves - From 6 inches to 24 inches 1 . Butterfly valves in ductile pipelines shall be ductile iron body, bronze disc , ' resilient replaceable seat , lug style unless otherwise specified in Construction Drawings, and in conformance with AWWA C504 and rated for 150 psi working pressure . Buried valves shall be mechanical joint with 2 -inch wrench ' nut . Exposed valves shall be lug style or flanged joint with operator as specified . Valve shall open when the stem is turned counterclockwise. ' 2 . Butterfly valves in stainless steel or PVC process pipelines which are rated for 150 psi or less shall be lug style with " O " ring shaft seal . Valve body inner lining and shaft seals shall be EPDM . Disc , shaft and bearings shall be 316 stainless steel . Valve body shall be epoxy coated (Rilsan coated) ductile iron . Valve shall be manufactured by Keystone or Durco , Inc . ' 3 . Butterfly valves in stainless steel piping which are rated for greater than 150 psi shall be stainless steel body conforming to ANSI B 16 . 34 . Valve body inner lining shall be TFE, seat shall be Viton . Disc , shaft and bearings shall be 316 stainless steel . Valve shall be lug style, unless otherwise indicated on drawings . ' 4 . Butterfly valves in PVC piping systems , including membrane cleaning and supply piping system , scrubber system, etc . , shall be wafer style for ANSI ' flanges . Valve body and disc shall be PVC . Seats and seals shall be EPDM . The disc shaft be stainless steel and have full engagement with the disc so as to be a non-wetted part isolated from the media by double "O" ring seals on ' top and bottom tru-unions of disc . The valve shall be capable of providing bubble-tight seating . The valve shall have a geared operator capable of providing adequate opening torque at the design 150 psi pressure rating . ' Valve shall be manufactured by ASAHI/America or approved equal . 5 . Actuators : a. Valves 6 " and below not used for throttling - notched plate and handle . b . Valves larger than 6 " on for throttling - gear unit with handwheel . 044572000 ' 15100- 9 6 . Valves shall be manufactured b Keystone, Durco ASAH Y Y I/Amenca or equal . B . Plastic Ball Valves 1 . Ball valves 1 /2 " through 2 " shall be double true union type, CPVC , or PVC 14 ( same material as pipe) fitted for intended service . Valves shall be solvent welded to piping system unless otherwise noted . Valves shall be Nibco Chemtrol , style TU. "f. 2 . Multiport ball valves shall be Chemtrol MP type, with line unions and threaded branch . 3 . Ball check valves - Chemtrol BC series , double true union . C . Stainless Steel Valves (less than 2 " size) 1 . Regulating valves for throttling service for air, ammonia, and other gases Whitey Forged body regulating and shutoff valve, 316 stainless steel . 2 . Ball valves for gas services, Whitey Series 60, swing out style, 316 stainless steel body and ball , viton fitted cadmium plated handle . 3 . Shut off cocks for seal water, gages , instruments, etc . Nupro plug valve, 316 stainless . Check valves - ammonia service - spring loaded in- line check valve, similar to q' Nupro 16C series, 316 stainless steel 2 . 11 GATE VALVES A. Resilient seated gate valves shall be non-rising stem (NRS) type, conforming to the latest revision of AWWA Standard C -509 . The gate valves shall be mechanical joint type, fully enclosed, and suitable for buried service complete with a cast bronze 2 " operating nut that is independent of the stem and wedge . The body shall be of cast iron and fully encapsulated inside and outside with a fusion bonded epoxy coating conforming to the latest revision of AWWA Standard C- 550 . The wedge shall be cast iron and completely encapsulated with a resilient EPDM elastomer permanently bonded to the wedge and have a rubber- tearing bond that meets ASTM D429 . The stem shall be cast bronze and have an integral thrust collar with a Delrin thrust bearing above and below the collar. The gate valve shall have two O-rings set in machined grooves in the seal plate . The stem seal plate shall have an O- ring gasket to seal against the bonnet secured with bolts and nuts . The body, bonnet, and seal plate shall have a factory-applied thermoplastic epoxy coating on all interior and exterior surfaces . All internal parts shall be accessible for repair or maintenance without removing the body 044572000 15100- 10 ' from the line . Valve shall be Style 4067 as manufactured by M&H Valve Co . , Metroseal 250 as manufactured by U . S . Pipe , or equal . B . A geared side-mounted actuator with 2 " operating shall be used where a to p g p mount operator will not have adequate cover. Contractor to confirm prior to ' ordering vlave . 2 . 12 CHECK VALVES A . Transfer Pump Check Valves ' Check valves shall be flanged , swing style, spring return check valves . The valve shall be cast-iron body, bronze seat, bronze disc and stainless steel spring and screws . Valve seat shall be Viton . ' 2 . 13 PRESSURE/VACUUM RELEASE VALVE ' A . Pressure/Vacuum Release Valves shall be the type to automatically exhaust large quantities of air during filling and allow air to re- enter when draining or subject to ' a negative pressure . B . Valve shall be 1 " with N . P . T . threaded inlet and outlet . The valve body shall be ' cast iron . The float, internal float guides and trim shall be 316 stainless steel . The seat shall be BUNA-N . Assembly nuts and bolts shall be 316 stainless steel , and eye bolt not required . ' C . Valve shall be manufactured by Crispin, Valmatic or approved equal . ' 2 . 14 PIPE COUPLINGS A . Couplings shall be EPDM gasketed, sleeve-type, with diameter to fit existing pipe . Coupling shall include a steel middle ring, follower rings, wedge- section gaskets and truck head type steel bolts . Couplings shall be manufactured by Dresser, or equal . ' 2 . 15 TAPPING SLEEVE & VALVE ' A . Tapping sleeve shall be 304 stainless steel with flanged outlet and 304 stainless steel bolts . Sleeve shall be JCM #432 , Smith/Blair (Rockwell) #662 , Ford Fast, or equal . All sleeves shall have a minimum working pressure of 150 psi . All taps shall be machine drilled, no burned taps will be allowed . B . Tapping valves shall be resilient seat type with a flanged joint on the inlet side and a mechanical joint on the discharge side of the valve . Tapping valves shall have a 2 - inch operating nut . Working pressure rating shall not be less than 200 psi . Gaskets between the flange faces of the tapping sleeve and tapping valve 044572000 ' 15100 - 11 shall be 1 /8 " minimum thickness of neoprene rubber. Tapping valves shall be M&H Style #3751 , American #865 , Mueller #687 , Clow or equal . 2 . 16 THRUST RESTRAINT A . All bends , tees, crosses , reducers and dead ends shall be restrained through an approved means of mechanical joint restraint . All branch valves shall be restrained with MEGALUGS or approved equal or anchor tees . Any line terminated as a construction phase that is a known future extension shall have a plugged valve placed at the end and restrained with MEGA-LUGS or approved equal . Thrust restraints shall be placed in accordance with the detail shown in the construction plans . 2 . 17 LOCATOR FOR WATER PIPE } A . On all pipe construction 10 gauge, THHN insulated, solid copper wire shall be laid and secured on top of pipe . Wire shall be continuous from valve box to valve box , wrapped two times around each joint of pipe and extended inside each valve box to enable location devices to be attached without digging up the valve box . B . Service wire shall be laid in the trench with all services , connected to the main wire and wrapped around the service piping or tubing. Wire for raw water mains shall be white in color. Wire for water mains shall be blue in color. C . All wire connections shall be made with Dri - Splice wire connectors , Imperial Snip- Snap fittings filled with waterproof silicone sealant or approved equal . All splices shall be inspected and tested before burial . 2 . 18 CORPORATION STOPS A . Units shall be brass, equipped with connections compatible with the connecting service pipe-type; must have pack joint type connections for polyethylene tubing with locking collars and stainless steel inserts . 2 . 19 VALVE BOXES A . All valve boxes shall be cast iron construction with 5 " shafts , equal to Tyler pipe 6850 series . Valve box lids shall have a I " deep skirt and shall have the words "RAW WATER" , or "WATER", where appropriate, cast in the top . Valve operating nuts shall be brought to within 30 " of the surface using valve extension rods if required . 2 . 20 TAPPING SADDLES A . Tapping Saddles shall be double strap saddles for ductile iron pipe in accordance with Indian River County Environmental Services standards . If pipe is PVC , use 044572000 15100- 12 ' stainless steel wide band . Saddles shall have a heavy duty gasket . Saddles to be by Ford Meter Box , or equal . ' 2 . 21 HOSE BIBBS ' A . Hose bibbs for potable water shall be 3/4 " hose thread , similar to NIBCO , with screw on backflow or vacuum breaker device . ' 2 . 22 REDUCED PRESSURE PRINCIPLE BACKFLOW PREVENTER A . The valves should be constructed of 316 Stainless Steel with 316 SS springs , ' fabricated assembly, have two independently operated, spring loaded cam-check valves with hydraulically operated differential pressure release valve located between and below the cam-checks . The valve shall be ASSE 1013 approved as a ' backflow preventer, and comply with AWWA C511 - 92 . Rated working pressure shall be 175 psi , hydrostatic 350 psi . Valves shall be designed for high hazard cross connection control environments . The valves shall be Model 4000ss, as ' manufactured by Ames Fluid Control Systems Co . 2 .23 GROOVED COUPLINGS ' A . All Grooved Couplings shall be galvanized style 77 flexible couplings , as ' manufactured by Victaulic , or equal . ' PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 EXAMINATION ' A . Verify that building service connection and municipal utility water main size, location and invert are as indicated . ' 3 . 02 PREPARATION ' A . Where applicable , ream pipe and tube ends and remove burrs . B . Remove scale and dirt , on inside and outside , before assembly . ' C . Prepare pipe connections to equipment with flanges or unions . ' 3 . 03 BEDDING A . Excavate trench and install pipe bedding as specified in Section 2200, Earthwork . 044572000 ' 15100- 13 3 . 04 STEEL PIPE FABRICATION A . Stainless steel pipe shall be fabricated by Aerex Industries , Fort Pierce , Florida, or equal , which shall be the minimum standard of fabrication quality for this project . The shop shall carry ASME certifications for performing pipe fabrication and be able to provide pickling of all piping systems . B . Field Joints Flanged joints shall be provided at all connections to valves , equipment, and specialties , and at the locations indicated on the Drawings . To facilitate installation, additional field welded joints may be provided . Additional field joints shall be kept to a minimum and their location shall be acceptable to the Engineer. C . Flanged Joints The diameter and drilling of flanges furnished in the piping shall be coordinated with the flanges for the valves and other equipment to be installed in the piping and conform to the standards specified herein . Blind flanges shall conform in diameter, drilling, and thickness to the flanges to which they attach and shall be reinforced as required to produce an airtight joint . D . Threaded joints Pipe threads shall conform to ANSFASME B1 . 20 . 1 , NPT, and shall be full and cleanly cut with sharp dies . Not more than three threads at each pipe connection shall remain exposed after installation . Ends of pipe shall be reamed, after threading and before assembly, to remove all burrs . Threaded joints shall be made up with Teflon threaded tape applied to all male threads . E . Welded joints All welds shall be sound and free from embedded scale or slag, shall have tensile strength across the weld not less than that of the thinner of the connected sections, and shall be airtight . Butt welds shall be used for all welded joints in line pipe assemblies . All welding shall be in accordance with the Process Piping Code " , ANSI B31 . 3 - 1996 . Welders for all piping shall be qualified per ASME Code Section IX for welding carbon steel and stainless steel piping, positions 2G and 5G . All welders will be required to present current qualification papers . 044572000 15100- 14 The Engineer shall have the right to perform any additional inspection of shop or ' field welds , at not additional cost to the Contractors , provided the welds pass the inspection . The Contractor shall repair all welds that fail inspection and burden the cost of retesting of any failed welds . F . Pickling After shop fabrication, all stainless steel pipe , fittings , and appurtenances shall be completely immersed for a minimum of 15 minutes in a pickling solution of 6 percent nitric acid and 3 percent hydrofluoric acid at 140 F . Parts shall be free from iron particles or other foreign material . A complete neutralizing operation , by immersion in a continuous fresh water bath, shall be required after the pickling operation . Passivate to uniform finish free of defects and scratches or pipe will be ' rejected . Electropolishing is not required . G . Inspection and Testing ' Inspection and testing by an independent laboratory will not be required at the fabricating or coating shop ; however, the pipe manufacturer shall furnish an ' affidavit of compliance certifying that all materials used and work performed comply with the specified requirements . Affidavits shall be furnished in accordance with the submittal section . ' H . Cleaning ' All pipelines shall be clean and free of dirt , rocks , debris , or other foreign material of any kind when placed in service . ' The interior of all pipe and fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned of all foreign matter, grease, oil , or other hydrocarbons before being installed and shall be kept ' clean until the work has been accepted . I . Drawings and Data ' Drawings , specifications , and other data showing complete details of the fabrication, construction, verification that pickling will be performed , weld ' locations , and installation of pipe, fittings, specials , and connections , together with complete data covering all materials proposed for use, shall be submitted in accordance with the submittals section . ' 044572000 ' 15100 - 15 3 . 05 SURFACE CONDITIONS A . Inspection 1 . Prior to all Work of this Section , carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this work may properly commence . 2 . Verify that all equipment may be installed in accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations, the original design, shop drawings , and the reference standards . B . Discrepancies 1 . In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Engineer. 2 . Do not proceed with installation in area of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved . 3 .06 PIPE INSTALLATION - GENERAL A . Take all precautions necessary to insure that pipe, valves , fittings, and other accessories are not damaged in unloading, handling, and installation . Examine each piece of material just prior to installation to determine that no damage has occurred . Remove any damaged material from the site and replace with undamaged material . B . Exercise care to keep foreign material and dirt from entering pipe during storage handling and installation . Close ends of in-place at the end of any work period to preclude the entry of animals and foreign material . C . All pipe shall be laid in a dry trench . D . Use only those tools specifically intended for cutting the size and material and type pipe involved . Make cut to prevent damage to pipe or lining and to leave a smooth end at right angles to the axis of the pipe . 3 . 07 TAPPING WATERMAINS A . Tapping sleeves shall not be installed within 3 ' of any joint or fitting . Before installation of tapping tee, the area to be tapped and the tapping tee shall be cleaned with potable water. After all sand , dirt, and debris have been removed from the main , the tapping tee, the tapping valve and the area where the tapping tee is to be installed on the existing main shall be swabbed with a chlorine or bleach solution with at least 100 ppm of chlorine . After the tapping tee is attached to the main, the gate valve shall be closed and tapping tee and gate valve assembly shall be pressured tested at 150 psi for a minimum of 60 minutes with water. The Engineer or Owner ' s representative shall witness the pressure test . No visible leaks or loss of pressure 044572000 15100 - 16 ' shall be evident . After pressure testing, the main may be tapped . Only shell type cutters shall be used . The coupon from the hole that is cut shall be delivered to the ' Owner . 3 . 08 VALVES AND VALVE BOXES ' A . Install valves with operator stems in the vertical plane through the pipe axis and out of the plane of flow . Locate valves where shown on Drawings . Thoroughly clean before installation . Check valves for satisfactory operation . B . Equip all underground valves without gearing or operator switch valve boxes . Set ' box in alignment with valve stem centered on valve nut . Set the valve box to prevent transmitting shock or stress to the valve . Set the box cover flush with the finished ground surface or pavement . ' 3 . 09 PIPE PENETRATIONS ' A . Use sleeves where pipes , valve stem extensions, or equipment parts pass through poured in place concrete or masonry walls or slabs . Sleeves shall be either cast iron or fabricated steel wall pipe with intermediate flange seep ring of sufficient size to ' allow sealing around pipe and clearance for valve stems or equipment . Extend vertical sleeves through slabs 1 - inch above top surface. B . Provide " Link Seal " pipe to wall closures manufactured by Thunderline Corporation, Wayne, Michigan, where shown on drawings or otherwise required . ' Seals shall be modular mechanical type , consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to fill annular space between pipe and wall opening . C . Where new pipe must penetrate existing concrete walls of water bearing structures or into the top slab of potable water bearing structures, core drill to smooth inside finish and install with Link Seal . Seal any rebar exposure . ' D . Where new pipe must penetrate concrete wall on non-water bearing concrete structures , drill penetration in neat, workmanlike manner, install pipe, grout in place with non- shrink grout, and refinish surface to match adjacent . 3 . 10 THRUST RESTRAINT A . Provide reaction anchors of concrete blocking , metal harness , retainer gland type or restrained joint type at all changes in direction of pressure pipelines and as shown on ' drawings . B . Concrete reaction anchors shall bear against undisturbed earth and shall be of the ' size and shape necessary to resist service conditions of the pipe . C . Use metal harness restraints as shown on drawings . 044572000 15100- 17 D . Where retainerland ed g s are used, extreme care shall be taken so that each set screw is tightened as recommended by the manufacturer before the pipe is backfilled and tested . Retainer glands shall not be used on non- metallic pipe, or on any pipe 10- inch or smaller. 3 . 11 PRESSURE TESTING AND DISINFECTION A. Flush, test, and disinfect system in accordance with Section 02670. 3 . 12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A . Compaction testing shall be performed in accordance with Section 2200 . B . If tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements , remove work, replace , and retest at no cost to Owner. C . Frequency of Tests : Minimum of one test per pipe branch . 044572000 15100 - 18 TABLE 151004 PIPING SCHEDULE Working Type of T e of Protective Coating Service Material Schedule Press yp yp Remarks (PSIG) Joints Fittings Interior Exterior Raw Water Above ground 316SS lOS 100 FLG, VIC 316SS - - Below ground HDPE DR 11 100 FUSION FAB HDPE, - - FL Pretreatment 316SS lOS 100 FLG, VIC 316SS - - RO Product Water Below ground HDPE DR 17 30 FUSION FAB HDPE, - - (Post Treatment) FL Above ground 316SS lOS 30 FLG 316SS - - Product Transfer Water Above ground DI Class 53 30 FLG DI Cement Paint Lined ( CL) Below ground DI Class 53 30 RJ DI ( CL) - HDPE DR 17 30 FUSION FAB HDPE - Concentrate PVC SCH 80 <30 SW PVC - Paint Chemical Lines NaOH HDPE , 80 50 SW HDPE , - Paint if Above Ground CPVC CPVC CPVC Liquid Chlorine PVC 80 30 SW PVC - Paint Scale Inhibitor PVC 80 100 SW PVC - Paint Zinc Ortho (ZO) PVC 80 150 SW PVC - Paint Miscellaneous Piping Permeate Service PVC 80 30 SW PVC - Paint Water END OF SECTION 044572000 15100- 19 [THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY] v 044572000 15100 - 20 L -( l, V) 0009 L ' OOOZLgtVO -aaaul6u3 eq} Aq paalnbai uollewjojui jag10 pue ` saagwnu 1inoalo , ` saxoq - llnd ` sl! npuoo ` s�( eal algeo jo salnoi pue suopool molts � lsnonuiluoo IIIM sbuimeip aqj os siseq � pep a uo paa ui sbuimeip oeqj uo Ind eq o} aae suolllpuoo lenjoy saps qof eqj e plulew mAllnjajeo eq lleg „ paull- pai „ 10 las V ' b' NOl1VMO3Nl iql - na sd gi, -Jaaui6u3 agI10 u0110elsl} es eqj of paiiedaj jo peoeldaj ' aae } uawdinba pue slepajew algeldeooeun gons pun sjuawnooa lroealuo0 eqj jo sjuawa.imbaa eqj jaaw of 6uiliej juawdlnbe pue sleuajew lie asn pue ajejado of }q6u agI sanjasaj aaumo aql 8 ' - suoiIipuo0 lejauaO 1oeajuo0 aqj ui pagiaosep se aoueldaooe ' 10 a}ep aq } woaj aeaA ( L ) auo jo poijad a aol juawdlnbe pue jogel ` digsuewjaom ` sleuajew Ile buljanoo ea} uejenb ueppm gslujn3 • y S331N ` Hvn9 t7 ' L , - ainlJedap of joud ` lenoidde uallpm ' aouenpe BOJ Jaaui6u3 aqj of popwgns eq llegs ajojaaagl suoseei 041 pue sampedap gons jo spe}ap ` tiesseoau pawaap aae suoljeoilioadS ao sbuimeja }oeiluo0 aqj woaj sainijedap �( ue } I • d S3win ] Vcl3a CIL - uoijonjIsuoo jo Ajunoo aqj ui joloealuo0 , leouloa13 pasueoil eq Reqs aoloealuo0 - �laom eq . uo 6uueaq Aouabe oilgnd Aue jo suoijelnbei pue salm ` seoueulpio smoel Ile qj! m Aldwoo pue soollou Ile }iwgnS o lion eqj jo uollnoexe jadoid ' aqj aol tiessooeu sasuaoil pue seal ` sllwaad lie Aed pue ainoeS • d S3011ON (INV S333 ` S1M3d ` SMV-1 Z ' L , • suoijoes ' 0009 L leoploa13 aqj ui poiPoods �jom eqj Ile of Aldde ` suollipuo0 lejauaO 6uipnloui ` loeJIuo0 aqj 10 suoislno.id lejauab aql • d S1N3Wn0Oa a31t/1321 L ' L 1 " 3N39 — L 11JVd ' S1NEIMMinom 1b2i3N39 W311:110313 ' 0009L NO1103S 1 . 6 JOB SITE VISIT A . Visit the project site before submitting a bid . Verify all dimensions shown and determine the characteristics of existing facilities which will affect performance of the work , but which may not be shown on drawings or described within these Specifications . 1 . 7 CLEANUP A . Maintain a continuous cleanup during the progress of the work and use appointed storage areas for supplies . The premises shall be kept free from accumulations of waste materials and rubbish . 1 . 8 CUTTING AND PATCHING A . Cut and prepare all openings , chases and trenches required for }_ the installation of equipment and materials . Repair, remodel and finish in strict conformance with the quality of workmanship and materials in the surroundings . Obtain written permission from the Engineer for any alterations to structural members before proceeding . 1 . 9 MAINTENANCE A . Render all necessary measures to ensure complete protection and maintenance of all systems , materials and equipment prior to final acceptance . Any materials or equipment not properly maintained or protected to assure a factory new condition at the time of final acceptance shall be replaced immediately at no additional cost to the Owner. 1 . 10 WATERPROOFING A . Whenever any work penetrates any waterproofing , seal and render the work waterproof. All work shall be accomplished so as not to void or diminish any waterproofing bond or guarantee . 1 . 11 TESTS A . Conduct an operating test of equipment prior to the Engineer' s approval . The equipment shall be demonstrated to operate in accordance with the requirements of these Specifications . The tests shall be performed in the presence of the Engineer or an authorized representative . The Electrical Contractor shall furnish all instruments , electricity and personnel required for the tests . 044572000 16000 (A1 )-2 t1 . 12 SUMMARY OF ELECTRICAL WORK A . Provide all labor , materials , tools , supplies , equipment and temporary utilities to complete the work shown on the drawings and specified herein . All systems are to be completely installed ' and fully operational . Specifically the work includes , but is not necessarily limited to : 1 . Power and control raceways and wire . 2 . Power distribution including panel , transformers , grounding , surge protection , conduit and wire . 3 . Lightning Protection System 4 . I &C equipment 5 . Power distribution 6 . Site Lighting 7 . Temporary power and telephone service as required . 8 . Grounding 9 . Start- up testing and documentation 10 . Demolition of electrical and I & C equipment ' 11 . Modifications to existing HVAC system . 1 . 13 CODES AND STANDARDS ' A . General Applicable provisions of the following codes and ' standards and other codes and standards required by the State of Florida and local jurisdictions are hereby imposed on a general basis for electrical work ( in addition to specific applications specified by individual work sections of these specifications ) : ' 1 . U . L . : Electrical materials shall be approved by Underwriters ' Laboratories , Inc . This applies to materials which are covered by U . L . standards . Factory applied ' labels are required . 044572000 16000 (A1 )-3 2 . National Electrical Code . 3 , OSHA : Standards of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration are to be complied with . 4 . NEMA : National Electrical Manufacturers Association Standards are to be met wherever standards have been established by that agency and proof is specifically required with material submittals for switchboards , motor control centers , panelboards , cable trays , motors , switches , circuit breakers and fuses . 3 I 5 , ANSI : America National Standards Institute P 6 . NESC : National Electrical Safety Code 1 . 14 ELECTRICAL TEMPORARY FACILITIES A . The Electrical Contractor shall include in his bid the cost of furnishing , installing , maintaining and removing all materials and equipment required to provide temporary light and power to perform his work during construction and until work is completed . B . Safety 1 . All reasonable safety requirements shall be observed to protect workers and the public from shock and fire hazards . Ground fault interrupters shall be employed in accordance with codes . 2 . Ground wires are required in all circuits . Ground poles are required on all outlets . All metallic cases shall be grounded . 3 . Raintight cabinets shall be used for all equipment employed in wet areas . 1 . 15 EXCAVATING FOR ELECTRICAL WORK A . General 1 . Excavation or drilling , backfill and repair of paving and grassing is to be in the bid of the Electrical Contractor. The actual work need not be performed by electrical trades . However, the Electrical Contractor is responsible for all excavation , drilling , dewatering , backfilling , tamping and repair of pavements and grassing required in support of electrical work . All areas disturbed by electrical work 044572000 16000 (A1 )-4 ' shall be repaired to their original condition , or as indicated on the drawings . ' B . Coordination 1 . The Electrical Contractor must check for existing utilities ' before commencing any excavation or drilling . 2 . Contract drawings and other trades are to be consulted to ' avoid interferences with other utilities on this project . 3 . In the event of damage to existing utilities , the Engineer shall be immediately notified , and damage shall be immediately repaired . ' 4 . The Owner is to be consulted to ascertain locations of existing interferences by referring to "As Built" drawings and Owner' s experience . The excavations are to be scheduled at the Owner' s convenience . C . Precautions ' 1 . The Electrical Contractor must take every reasonable precaution to avoid interferences . In the vicinity of a ' suspected interference , excavations shall be dug by hand . 1 . 16 ELECTRICAL SUBMITTALS ' A . Submittals for Approval ' 1 . Refer to Contract General Conditions for additional instructions on the General Conditions and this Section , ' the more stringent requirements shall apply . 2 . Shop Drawings and manufacturer' s data sheets are ' required for all electrical materials . 3 . Submittals will not be accepted for partial systems . ' Submit all materials for each specification section at one time . Submittals must be arranged , correlated , indexed and bound in orderly sets for ease of review . ' 4 . Samples are to be supplied for any substitute as requested by the Engineer . 044572000 ' 16000 (A1 )- 5 5 . The following numbers of copies are required : Shop drawings 6 sets Samples 1 each Manufacturer' s data 6 sets Certifications 6 sets Test reports 6 sets Warranties/Guarantees 6 sets 6 . Submit shop drawings , manufacturer' s data and certifications on all items of electrical work prior to the time such equipment and materials are to be ordered . Order no equipment or materials without approval from the Engineer. Submittals will not be accepted for partial system submittals ; submit all data at one time . Submittals will be promptly returned , approved , approved as noted , or not approved . Items "approved as noted " must be changed to comply with the Engineer' s comments and need not be resubmitted for " approved " status . Items not } approved " are not suitable , requiring complete new submittals . 7 . Time delays caused by rejection of submittals are not cause for extra charges to Owner or time extensions . Contractor shall be responsible for investigating existing systems or shop drawings in order to fully integrate the new equipment into the system . Adequate shop drawings may or may not exist for all existing systems . B . Operation and Maintenance Manuals 1 . Submit to the Engineer five ( 5 ) copies of all manufacturer' s service installation and operation manuals , instructions and bulletins . These manuals shall be subject to review of the Engineer. If acceptable they shall be forwarded to the Owner. If not acceptable they shall be returned to the Contractor for revision and resubmittal . Manuals shall contain , but to be limited to , the following : a . Brief description of system and basic features . b . Manufacturer's name and model number for all components in the system . C . List of local factory authorized service companies . d . Operating instructions . 044572000 16000 (A1 )-6 ' e . Maintenance instructions f. Trouble shooting instructions ' g . Manufacturer' s literature describing each piece of equipment . ' h . Power and control wiring diagrams i . Parts lists 1 . 17 ELECTRICAL PRODUCTS A . Standards Products ' 1 . Unless otherwise indicated in writing by the Engineer, the products to be furnished under this Specification shall be the manufacturer' s latest design . Units of equipment and ' components of the same purpose and rating shall be interchangeable throughout the project . All products shall be newly manufactured . Defective equipment or ' equipment damaged in the course of installation or test , shall be replaced or repaired in a manner meeting with the approval of the Engineer at no additional expense to the ' Owner . B . Delivery , Storage and Handling ' 1 . Deliver products to project properly identified with names , ' model numbers , types , grades , compliance labels and similar information needed for distinct identification ; adequately packaged or protected to prevent deterioration during shipment , storage and handling . Store in a dry , well ventilated , indoor space , except where prepared and protected by the manufacturer specifically for exterior ' instructions for storage locations . C . Substitutions ' 1 . Comply with instructions in the Contract General Conditions and Special Conditions and obtain pre- approval of the Engineer regarding substitutions . 1 . 18 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION ' A . Color Coding Conductor colors shall be in accordance with the N . E . C . and NFPA requirements . Refer also to applicable 044572000 ' 16000 (A1 )- 7 sections of these specifications . Three phase feeder and branch circuits shall be identified as follows : 120/240 480 -3P 120/208 -3P 120/240 -3P A — Black A — Brown A — Black A — Brown B — Red B — Purple B — Red B — Orange N — White C — Yellow C — Blue C — Yellow G — Green G — Green N — White N — White G — Green G — Green B . Nameplates 1 . The following items shall be equipped with nameplates : All motors , motor starters , motor control centers , pushbutton stations , control panels , time switches , disconnect or relays in separate enclosures , receptacles , wall switches , high voltage boxes and cabinets . All light switches and outlets shall carry a phenolic plate with the supply identified . Special Electrical systems shall be identified at junction and pull boxes , terminal cabinets and equipment racks . 2 . Nameplates shall adequately describe the function of the particular equipment involved . Nameplates for panelboards and switchboards shall include the panel designation , voltage and phase of the supply . For example , " Panel A , 277/480V , 3- phase , 4 -wire " . The name of the machine on the motor nameplates for a particular machine shall be the same as the one used on all motor starters , disconnect and P . B . station nameplates for that machine . Normal power nameplates shall be laminated phenolic plastic , white front and back with black core , with lettering etched through the outer covering ; black engraved letters on white background . Lettering shall be 3/ 16 inch high at pushbutton stations , thermal overload switches , receptacles , wall switches and similar devices , where the nameplate is attached to the device plate . At all other locations , lettering shall be '/ inch high , unless otherwise detailed on the Drawings . Nameplates shall be securely fastened to the equipment with No . 4 Phillips , round - head , cadmium plated , steel self-tapping screws or nickel - plated brass bolts . Motor nameplates may be non - ferrous metal not less than 0 . 003 inch thick , die stamped . In lieu of separate plastic nameplates , engraving directly on device plates is acceptable . Engraved lettering shall be filled with contrasting enamel . Equipment nameplate schedule for all equipment shall be submitted with shop drawing submittal for Engineer' s approval . 044572000 16000 (A1 ) -8 ' 1 . 19 SKILLED ELECTRICAL CRAFTSMEN A . Contractor shall employ and staff the project with skilled ' Craftsmen experienced in the project requirements . B . As a minimum , a Licensed Journeyman Electrician shall be ' present on the project at all times . C . Other skilled persons shall be present as the project ' requirements dictate including manufacturers representatives , start-up technicians , Engineers , etc . ' 1 . 20 SCHEMATIC NATURE OF PLANS A . Plan view depiction of equipment and locations are schematic in ' nature unless otherwise detailed . B . Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating with other trades ' in locating equipment and raceways . C . Contractor shall use manufacturer' s shop drawings for laying out ' equipment . ' END OF SECTION 044572000 ' 16000 (A1 )- 9 n (B C C C O Y O � C O Ca O �- m � Q LO O J41:10 O O co ca t u SECTION 16001 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PART 1 — GENERAL 1 . 1 General Requirements ' A . Contractor shall take precautionary and safety measures to assure the safety of his personnel . All wires shall be identified and disconnected from power sources before removal . ' B . Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner Engineer . ' C . The general demolition scope shall also include the following minimum requirements whether indicated on plans or not . ' 1 . Before demolition , Contractor shall verify that the equipment is no longer needed or that the demolition will not adversely ' effect plant operation . 2 . Removal of all exposed unused conduit . Removal of all ' abandoned wire within raceways , cabinets , outlet boxes , trenches and the like associated with equipment shown to be removed on plans . ' 3 . Removal of all hangers and support systems which are not needed as a result of the demolition . 4 . Contractor shall cover all openings as a result of demolition and removals including but not limited to the following : ' a . Cabinets , enclosures , light fixtures . ' b . Wall and masonry openings . C , Cut conduit , instrumentation line , etc . flush with slab , ' fill with concrete . D . Operational Systems 1 . To the fullest extent possible , all required systems shall remain operational . Contractor shall replace and /or repair existing facilities which may be damaged due to equipment removals . 044572000 ' 16001 (A1 )- 1 Z-4V 6009L N01133S 30 ON3 aAli agl pue llnpuoo iaals pazluenleb pl6u ` saanlxg 18611 ` sJanoo hued ` sNoei laued ` sja� eaaq llnojlo ` saxoq - p ` s:poddns ` algeo pue a.ilm ` sAemooei ` slaulgeo ` slaued lie bulpnloul luawdlnba pagsllowap jo Ile to asodslp pue ` :podsuejl ` peol ( legs joloejluoo e •joloeiluo0 agl Aq jo posodsip aq ilegs alggw IId •.ioloeiluoo agl to Apadoid agl awooeq llegs luawdlnba 183140919 pagsllowap Jo panowaa lie ` paleolpul asuvuaglo se lda3x3 d 1N3Wdino3 30 NOI11SOCISICI £ ' L sueid leou40913 aaS L r • uolllsodslp pue lenowaa agl aol 4uawdlnba 10 sooald oUpods aq4 }lwll lou op 4nq apnioul 6uimoliol aql y SIVAOW32j 1N3WdiniD3 31J103dS Z ' L sloiluoo o14ewolne 6ulnowaa ajojaq jaumo aq4 jo uolsslwjad ulelgo Heys .i0loei4u0O • pajolsai sl loaluoo ollewolne pun loiluoo lenuew awil iln4 apinoid llegs jo4oej4uoO ` uo14els aql 10 lo.iluoo o14ewolne lewaou aq4 s4drujap uo! l! lowap aaagM • .V • luawdlnbe bwlsixagl JG:4e o a e 3 I � Alalelpowwl lielsul of Apeaj pue ails uo aq llegs luawdlnba luawooeldaa IIV - uOli4slxa anowajgse4 paleulpa000 pue pauueld ` � ijapio ue ul 4uawdlnbe 6ullegs � oloealuo • O Ic - leuo14ejado su.welsAs asogl doa� of paalnbaj se aaim pue sAemooei apinoid llegs aoloeiluo0 - uo14! lowap jol umogs sAemeoea jo sainsoloua sasn jo gbnojgl sassed buuim paalnbai ajagM Z ' SECTION 16050 ' BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS ' PART 1 — GENERAL 1 . 1 SUBMITTALS ' A . Submit data sheets on all items per Section 16000 . ' 1 . 2 CODES AND STANDARDS A . General applicable provisions of the following codes and ' standards and other codes and standards required by the State of Florida and local jurisdictions are hereby imposed on a general basis for electrical work ( in addition to specific applications specified by individual work sections of these specifications ) : ' 1 . U . L . : Electrical materials shall be approved by the Underwriters ' Laboratories , Inc . This applies to ' materials which are covered by U . L . standards . Factory applied labels are required . ' 2 . National Electrical Code 3 , OSHA : Standard of the Occupational Safety and ' Health Administration are to be complied with . 4 . NEMA : National Electrical Manufacturers Association ' Standards are to be met wherever standards have been established by that agency , and proof is specifically required with material submittals for ' switchboards , motor control centers , panelboards , cable trays , motors , switches , circuit breakers , and fuses . ' S . ANSI : American National Standards Institute ' 6 . NESC : National Electrical Safety Code 044572000 16050 (A1 )- 1 PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2 . 1 GROUNDING MATERIALS A . All ground rods shall be 20 foot 5/8 copperclad , unless otherwise indicated . B . Around wires shall be soft drawn copper sized per National s Electrical Code , unless otherwise indicated . 2 . 2 CONDUIT A . Electrical Metal Tubing (ANSI C80 . 3 ) 1 . Tubing " EMT' shall only be used within finished walls or in ceiling for lighting and receptacle circuits only . B . PVC Conduit 1 . PVC conduit shall be Schedule 80 unless otherwise_ noted and shall be U . L . approved . Comply with Federal Spec WC- 1094 and NEMA TC- 1 . C . Flexible Conduit 1 . All flexible conduits shall be liquidtight , made of corrosion resistant plated steel with extruded polyvinyl covering and watertight connectors . D . Aluminum Conduit 1 . Aluminum conduit shall be used inside buildings for power and control circuits . Comply with UL-6 and Federal Spec WW- C-563A ANSI C80 . 5 . 2 . 3 CABLE , WIRE AND CONNECTORS A . 600 Volt Power Wiring 1 . Cable shall be rated for 600 volts and shall meet the requirements below : a . Conductors shall be stranded . 044572000 16050 (A1 )-2 ' b . All wire shall be brought to the job in unbroken packages and shall bear the date of manufacturing ; not older than 12 months . C ' Type of wire shall be THWN except where ' required otherwise by the contract drawings . d . No wire smaller than No . 12 gauge shall be ' used unless specifically indicated . e . Conductor metal shall be copper. ' f. All conductors shall be meggered after installation . Resistance shall exceed 50 mega ' ohms . B . Instrumentation and Control Cable ' 1 . Process instrumentation wire shall be 16au e g 9 twisted pair, 600 V . , aluminum tape shielded , ' polyvinyl chloride jacketed , as manufactured by the American Insulated Wire Co . , Eaton Corp . , or equal . Multiconductor cables with individually shielded twisted pairs shall be installed where indicated . ' 2 . Multiconductor control cable shall be stranded 14 gauge , 600 V . THWN insulated with PVC jacket , overall shield as manufactured by the American ' Insulated Wire Co . , Eaton Corp . , or equal . 2 . 4 TERMINATIONS AND SPLICES ( 600 VOLTS AND LESS ) A . Terminations of power cable shall be by means of U . L . approved connectors . All connectors shall meet U . L . 486B and shall be compatible with the conductor material . B . Terminate all control and instrumentation cable with fork type compression lugs . C . Splicing of power, control , or instrumentation wiring will not ' be allowed except by written approval of the Engineer . Where splicing is allowed , splices shall be made with approved compression connectors , and splices shall be ' made waterproof regardless of location . ' 044572 000 16050 (A1 )-3 2 . 5 BOXES A . Boxes for wiring devices , switches and receptacles installed outdoors shall be weatherproof fiberglass with polycarbonate cover plates . 2 . 6 PULL BOXES AND SPLICE BOXES A . Location 1 . Units used outdoor or in a damp or corrosive environment shall be 316 ss or fiberglass unless F otherwise indicated on plans . 2 . Units used indoors in dry and clean environments shall be NEMA 1 . B . Size 1 . Units shall be sized per NEC as minimum . C . Required Units 1 . Plans depict minimum requirements . Additional units shall be provided as may be required to complete raceway systems . 2 . 7 MOUNTING AND SUPPORTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT A . Furnish and install all supports , hangers , and inserts required to mount fixtures , conduits , cables , pull boxes , and other equipment . B . Support system shall be 316 stainless steel . C . Perforated straps and wires are not permitted for supporting electrical devices . Anchors shall be of approved types . D . All supports , hangers , hardware , etc . shall be 316 stainless steel . Supports shall be selected to avoid galvanic reactions . Support devices shall be submitted for approval . E . Plans depict minimum requirements . Provide additional support systems as required to complete raceway system . 044572000 16050 (A1 )-4 ' F . Provide trapeze , bridge systems or wall bracketed cantilevered system to support the raceway system . ] ' G . Spacing of support systems shall be per NEC . Provide spacing of conduits according to the NEC and the materials ' used . For PVC conduit , refer to NEC table 347 -8 . 2 . 8 SAFETY DISCONNECT SWITCH A . Fusible and non -fusible disconnect switches shall be heavy- duty , NEMA type H , quick- make , quick- break , visible blades , ' 600 volt , 3 pole with full cover interlock . Switches shall have copper lugs . B . Unless otherwise indicated , disconnects shall be 3 -pole , nonfusible switch in a NEMA 4x , stainless steel enclosure . ' C . Switches shall be horsepower rated , heavy duty as manufactured by the Square D Co . , or equal . ' D . Units provided as main service disconnects , shall be labeled for service equipment . ' E . Provide a minimum of two ( 2 ) auxiliary contacts at motor disconnects as required by plans . For motor heater and ' over-temp circuits . F . Units shall be padlockable . ' G . For small motor loads less than 2HP , such as motor operated valves and the like . U . L . listed motor rated manual switches shall be used ; unless otherwise indicated , provide NEMA 4 enclosures , padlockable . ' 2 . 9 CONTROL STATIONS A . Units installed indoors in clean dry rooms shall be NEMA 1 ; ' all others shall be NEMA 4X . B . 30mm switches and pilot devices shall be provided as ' required . 044572000 ' 16050 (A1 )- 5 PART 3 —EXECUTION 3 . 1 GROUNDING A . Provide ground system as indicated on the drawings and as required by the National Electrical Code . B . All raceways require grounding conductors . Metallic raceways are not adequate grounding paths . Bonding conductors through the raceway systems shall be continuous from main switch ground buses to panel ground bars of the panelboards , and from panel grounding bars of panelboards and motor control centers to branch circuit outlets , motors , lights , etc . THESE GROUND CONDUCTORS ARE REQUIRED THROUGHOUT THE PROJEC REGARDLESS OF WHETHER CONDUIT RUNS SHOW GROUND CONDUCTORS ON THE DRAWINGS , C . All connections made below grade shall be of the exothermic type . 3 . 2 CONDUIT A . Locations : Conduits shall be used as follows : 1 . Aluminum conduit shall be used exposed inside of the building . w ` 2 . Schedule 40 PVC conduit shall be used underground . Where conduit turns up to come out of the ground , Schedule 80 PVC shall be used . Schedule 40 shall not be used for exposed conduit and shall not be used inside buildings . All underground conduit shall have a minimum of 24 inches cover. 3 . Schedule 80 PVC shall be used for all exposed conduits outside of buildings . 4 . EMT shall be used concealed inside buildings for general lighting and receptacles only . It shall be used in control rooms , break rooms or other rooms where personnel regularly occupy work spaces . 044572000 16050 (A1 )- 6 B . Installation 1 . Conduits subjected to rough handling or usage shall ' be removed from the premises . 2 . Conduits must be kept dry and free of water or debris with approved pipe plugs or caps . Care shall be given that plugs or caps be installed before pouring of concrete . 3 . Where conduits pass through exterior concrete walls ' or fittings below grade , the entrances shall be made watertight . 4 . Infurred ceilings , conduit runs shall be supported from structure , not furring . ' 5 . Conduits entering panelboards , pull boxes , or outlet boxes shall be secured in place by galvanized locknuts and bushings , one ( 1 ) locknut outside and ' one ( 1 ) locknut inside of box with bushing on conduit end . The locknuts shall be tightened against the box without deforming the box . Bushings shall be of the ' insulating type . 6 . Field conduit bends shall be made with standard tools ' and equipment manufactured especially for conduit bending . ' 7 . Where embedded conduits cross expansion joints , furnish and install offset expansion joints or sliding expansion joints . Sliding expansion joints shall be ' made with straps and clamps . 8 . Exposed runs of conduits shall be installed with runs parallel or perpendicular to walls , structural members or intersections of vertical planes and ceilings , with right angle turns consisting of symmetrical bends . No ' attempts are made in plans to show required pull boxes , gutters , etc , necessary for the construction of the raceway system but the Contractor shall provide ' these raceways as may be required . ' 9 . Conduits in structural slabs shall be placed between the upper and the lower layers of reinforcing steel , requiring careful bending of conduits . Conduits ' 044572000 16050 (A1 )- 7 embedded in concrete slabs shall be spaced not less than eight ( 8 ) inches on centers or as widely spaced as possible where they converge at panels or junction boxes . Conduits running parallel to slab supports , such as beams , columns and structural walls shall be installed not less than 12 inches from such supporting elements . To prevent displacement during concrete pour, saddle supports for conduit , outlet boxes , junction boxes , inserts , etc . , shall be secured . a 10 . Conduit runs shall always be concealed except where indicated on plans . 11 . Pull lines shall be installed in all empty conduits . All pull wires shall be identified with conduit number at each end . 12 . The use of running threads is prohibited and where some such device is necessary , split couplings , Erickson couplings , or equal shall be used . Where watertight conduit installations are required , watertight conduit unions shall be used. 13 . Where conduits are run individually , they shall be supported by approved pipe straps secured by means of toggle bolts or tapcons on hollow masonry ; tapcons on concrete or solid masonry ; machine screws or bolts on metal surfaces and wood screws on wood . construction . The use of perforated straps or wires will not be permitted . 14 . Wire shall not be installed until all work of any nature that may cause damage is completed , including pouring of concrete . Mechanical means shall not be used in pulling in wires No . 8 or smaller. 15 . Underground conduits not under concrete slabs are to be buried at least two (2 ) feet below finished grade for circuits rated 600 volts or less , except under traffic areas where motor vehicles may cross . Under traffic areas , conduits are to be buried at least three ( 3 ) feet below finished grade . 16 . All conduits shall be cleaned by pulling a brush swab through before installing cables . 044572000 16050 (A1 )- 8 ' 17 . All conduits shall be sealed at each end with electrical putty . Special care shall be taken at all equipment ' where entrance of moisture could be detrimental to equipment . 18 . Where steel conduit penetrates ground or concrete , the conduit shall be painted with two ( 2 ) coats of aphaltic base paint one ( 1 ) foot on each side of penetration . 19 . At least two (2 ) feet of flexible conduit shall be used at ' connections of all motors , transformers , motor operated valve and gates , instruments and other items of equipment where vibration is present . It shall ' be supported where required with stainless steel bands . 20 . PVC conduit shall be supported to walls and slabs using Carlon snap strap conduit wall hangers . Two hole PVC conduit clamps shall not be permitted . ' 21 . EMT shall only be used concealed in finished areas or above the ceiling in attic spaces . 22 . Cut and patch pavement as may be required to allow ' for installation of conduits whether indicated by plans or not . ' 3 . 3 WIRES , CABLES AND CONNECTIONS A . Cables pulled into conduits shall be pulled using pulling eyes attached to conductors . B . Where fireproofing is required , cables shall be wrapped ' using 3M 77 Scotch electrical fireproofing tape or approved equal . Wrapping shall be made using 50 percent lap . ' C . Shields shall be grounded at only one termination point . D . A loop of each conductor shall be provided in each manhole ' to facilitate the addition of future tee splices . 3 . 4 BOXES A . Installation of boxes shall be in accordance with the National Electrical Code requirements . 044572000 ' 16050 (A1 )- 9 B . Boxes shall be mounted plumb and level in accessible locations and mounting shall be secure , vibration resistant and galvanically compatible . Hardware shall be used that is specifically intended for the purpose . When mounted in corrosive , damp or wet locations, stainless steel hardware shall be utilized . 3 . 5 WIRING DEVICES A . Wiring devices shall be installed in device boxes approved for the application . All connections shall be made with screw terminals . Wiring devices shall be Leviton or approved equal . B . Wire devices on UPS systems shall be isolated ground , colored orange . C . Cover plates shall be provided as follows except as otherwise noted . 1 . Air conditioned area — brush alum . 2 . All other areas — gasketed plastic , Arrow- Hart , marine grade , 7879CR Series or equal . D . Outdoor units and units in the Sludge building shall be weather proof with GFI Protection . 3 . 6 SUPPORTING DEVICES A . All items shall be supported from the structural portion of the building and studs , except standard ceiling mounted lighting fixtures and small devices may be supported from ceiling system where permitted by the Engineer. However, no sagging of the ceiling will be permitted . Supports and hangers shall be types approved by Underwriters ' Laboratories . B . All floor- mounted devices (switchboards , motor control centers , transformers , etc . ) shall be securely anchored to the floors . Where recommendations are made by manufacturer, these recommendations shall be followed . 044572000 16050 (A1 )- 10 1 1 3 . 7 CLEANING 1 A . All electrical equipment enclosures shall be thoroughly cleaned before acceptable by the Owner. As a minimum , Contractor shall remove all debris including stripped wire 1 insulation , dirt , empty soda cans or coffee cups , etc . 1 END OF SECTION f 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 044572000 1 16050 (A1 )- 11 f [This Page Left Blank Intentionally] 044572000 16050 (A1 )- 12 ' SECTION 16460 ' DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS ' PART 1 — GENERAL 1 . 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A . The requirements of Section 16000 govern the work specified in this section . 1 . 2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A . The extent of work is defined by the drawings and this specification . 1 . 3 SUBMITTALS ' A . Product Data : Submit manufacturer' s technical data for dry type e ' transformers . Include data on insulation , isolators , sound levels , and impedance . B . Shop Drawings : Submit certified outline drawings and wiring diagrams . 1 . 4 DELIVERY , STORAGE AND HANDLING A . Deliver to the site in factory weathertight containers . ' B . Store in a dry area protected from sun and weather. Maintain the factory weathertight container for dust protection . PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2 . 1 MANUFACTURERS A . Manufacturers : Provide products manufactured by one of the following , or equal . 1 . General Electric 2 . Cutler Hammer 3 . Square D 4 , ITE Siemens 044572000 ' 16460 (A1 )- 1 5 . Heavy Duty 2 . 2 RATINGS A . KVA as shown on the drawings . B . Three phase , 60 Hertz , 480 volt delta primary to 120/208 volt secondary ; or as shown on the drawings . C . Single phase , 60 Hertz , 480 volts primary to 120/240 volts secondary . D . Taps three phase 15 KVA and below — four 2 - 1 /2 % , two FCAN and FCBN . E . Taps three phase 30 KVA and above — six 2- 1 /2 % , two FCAN and four FCBN . F . Taps single phase — two 5 % FCAN . 2 . 3 INSULATION A . NEMA ST20 standards for 220 degrees Centigrade UL component recognized insulation system . B . 15 KVA and below — 115 degrees Centigrade rise above 40 degrees Centigrade ambient . C . 30 KVA and above — 150 degrees Centigrade rise above 40 degrees Centigrade ambient . 2 . 4 ENCLOSURE A . Indoor type , ventilated , drip proof, steel with factory standard gray finish over rust inhibitive primer. B . No metal to metal contact with core and coil assembly . C . Weatherproof single- phase transformers 15 KVA and below shall be contained within a NEMA 3R non-ventilated weatherproof enclosure . D . Provide weathershield for outside units . 044572000 16460 (A1 )-2 2 . 5 SOUND RATINGS ' A . Transformers shall be tested in accordance with NEMA and ANSI standards . ' 1 . 10 KVA to 50 KVA — 45 DB or less . 2 . 51 KVA to 150 KVA — 50 DB or less . ' 2 . 6 SECONDARY NEUTRAL ' A . The secondary neutral shall be extended out with lugs for both the secondary neutral and the grounding conductor. The neutral shall be bonded to the transformer enclosure . ' 2 . 7 LUGS ' A . Provide UL listed compression type lugs on primary and secondary terminals . ' 2 . 8 CONDUCTORS A . Winding conductors shall be copper. ' PART 3 — EXECUTION 3 . 1 MOUNTING ' A . For wall mounted units , provide manufacturer' s standard brackets . Provide additional wall reinforcement as required . B . Floor Mounting Transformers 1 . Provide 3 inch mounting pad with beveled edges . ' 2 . Verify position with Architect- Engineer for access , service , and location . 3 . Transformer installation shall not restrict access to terminal compartments or the flow or air through the transformer vents . C . Outside Mounted Units 1 . Provide steel reinforced concrete pad a minimum of 6 " thick . 044572000 ' 16460 (A1 )-3 2 . Pad shall extend beyond enclosure a minimum of 4 " . D . Transformer installation shall contain the following : 1 . Flexible connection of adequate length to permit flexing by hand . 2 . Neoprene covered flexible conduit where required for water resistant installation . C . The neutral point on all single phase and three phase transformers shall be grounded per N . E . C . Article 250-26 . Bond ground conductor to transformer case . END OF SECTION 044572000 16460 (A1 )-4 ' SECTION 16470 ' PANELBOARDS ' PART 1 — GENERAL 1 . 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A . The requirements of Section 16000 govern the work specified in this section . ' 1 . 2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A . The extent of panelboard work is indicated by drawings and schedules and the requirements of this section . ' 1 . 3 SUBMITTALS ' A . Product Data 1 . Submit manufacturer' s technical data indicating application , ' service , mains , branches and cabinet description . 1 . 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A . Minimum Standards comply with the following : ' 1 . UL 50 : Cabinets and Boxes 2 . UL 57 : Panelboards ' 3 . UL 489 : Brand Circuit and Service Circuit Breakers ' 4 . NEMA AB - 1 : Molded Case Circuit Breakers 5 . NEMA KS - 1 : Enclosed Switches ' 6 . NEMA PB - 1 : Panelboards ' PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2 . 1 MANUFACTURERS A . Product and Manufacturers 044572000 16470 (A1 )- 1 1 . Panelboards shall be GE Spectra or "A" Series as applicable or equal . 2 . 2 CONSTRUCTION A . Box 1 . Unpainted galvanized code gauge steel for interior locations . -P: 2 . Size : Minimum 20 wide x 5-3/4 " deep with a 4 " gutter space Jk on all sides . Where feeder cables supplying the mains are carried through box to supply other electrical equipment , or large branch breakers are used , box shall be sized to include this wiring space . This wiring space shall be in addition to the minimum gutter space specified above and the limiting width shall be increased accordingly . 3 . Interior mounting studs : At least 4 . 4 . Nameplates and Identified Number: Manufacturer' s nameplate and box identification number shall be on box ` 5 . Exterior mounted panels shall be NEMA 4x construction unless otherwise indicated . B . Bussing 1 . Material : 98 % conductivity copper. 2 . Tap Arrangement : Phase sequence type , permitting a two or three pole breaker to be installed at any location . 3 . Plating : All current carrying parts . 4 . Phase Bussing : Full height without reduction . 5 . Neutral Bussing : a . Full size , unless otherwise noted . b . Suitable lug for each outgoing feeder requiring neutral connection . 6 . Ground Bus : Suitable lug for each outgoing feeder requiring ground connection . 044572000 16470 (A1 )- 2 ' 7 . Bolts : All bolts used to connect current carrying parts together shall be accessible for tightening from the front of the panel . C . Wiring Terminals ' 1 . Feeders ( Main Lugs ) ' a . Compression bolted to bus . b . Provide multiple lugs for multiple conductors . ' D . Spaces : Space provisions or spaces for future breakers shall be fully bussed complete with all necessary mounting hardware less ' the breaker. E . Interior: Factory assembled with switching and protective devices , ' wire connectors , etc . ' 1 . Interiors shall be so designed that switching and protective devices can be replaced without disturbing adjacent units and without removing the main bus connectors and shall be ' so designed that circuits may be changed without machining , drilling or tapping . ' 2 . Branch circuit arrangement : Double row construction . F . Trim ' 1 . Material : Code gauge steel . ' 2 . Flush Panels : g/4„ minimum overlap all around . 3 . Surface Panels : Same width and height as box . ' 4 . Mountable by screwdriver without need for special tools . 5 . Adjustable indicating trim clamps shall be concealed inside door. ' 6 . Doors : Doors shall cover all device handles 7 . Hinges : Provide concealed type , 5 - knuckle ( minimum ) , steel hinges . 044572000 ' 16470 (A1 )-3 8 . Auxiliary Fasteners : Unit over 48 " in height shall have auxiliary fasteners at top and bottom of door in addition to flush latch to provide 3- point fastening . 9 . Latches : Latches shall be flush , not protruding beyond front of door, spring loaded type . 10 . Locks : Equip latches with flush , 5- pin cylinder type . Locks shall be keyed alike . In existing facilities , match existing w panelboard locks as directed . 11 . Exterior mounted panels shall have provisions for padlocking close . G . Finish : Except for box , all exterior and interior steel surfaces properly cleaned and finished with industry standard gray baked enamel paint over a rust-inhibiting phosphatized primer coating approved by the paint manufacturer. H . All support channel shall be hot-dipped galvanized after fabrication . All cuts shall be cold galvanized to prevent rusting . 2 . 3 CIRCUIT BREAKERS A . Main breakers 1 . Main breakers shall be individually mounted separate from branch breakers . 2 . Each breaker shall be covered by a metal plate , except for operating handle . 3 . Connection from the load side to the panel bus shall be bus bar. Insulated wire is not permitted . 4 . Trip rating shall be clearly indicated upon opening of panel door. B . Branch Breakers 1 . Connection to Bus : Bolt-on 2 . Breakers shall be molded case with a thermal - magnetic inverse time-current overload and instantaneous magnetic tripping , unless otherwise shown . 044572000 16470 (A1 )-4 ' 3 . Breakers shall be quick- make , quick- break , with tripped indication clearly shown by breaker handle taking a position ' between ON and OFF . 4 . Multi- pole breakers shall have a common internal trip . No ' handle ties between single pole breakers . 5 . Breaker contacts shall be ' SWD ' - rated for switching duty . ' 6 . Trip rating shall be clearly indicated on all breaker handles . ' C . Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters ( GFI ) : Provide UL Class A ( 5 milliamp sensitivity ) ground fault circuit protection on 120 VAC branch circuits where shown . This protection shall be an integral ' part of the branch circuit breaker which also provides overload and short circuit protection for branch circuit wiring . Tripping of a ' branch circuit breaker containing ground fault circuit interruption shall not disturb the feeder circuit to the panelboard . A single pole circuit breaker with integral ground fault circuit interruption shall ' require no more panelboard branch circuit space than a conventional single pole circuit breaker . Provide separate neutral for circuits on GFI breakers whether indicated on drawings or ' otherwise . 2 . 4 INTERRUPTING CAPACITY ' A . The minimum interrupting capacity of the panelboard assembly shall be as indicated on the drawings . ' PART 3 — EXECUTION 3 . 1 INSTALLATION A . Circuit Directory ' 1 . Print information on furnished card with typewriter. ' 2 . Identify areas and equipment items served . Refer to room names and numbers assigned by Owner, not Architect' s construction numbers . B . Keys : Collect all keys upon panel delivery . Store on one ring to be kept by project superintendent . Forward to Owner upon substantial completion . 044572000 ' 16470 (A1 )-5 C . Mounting : Panelboards shall be secured to wall with expansion bolts or to unistrut secured to wall or pipe stand . 3 . 2 PANELBOARD INDENTIFICATION A . Refer to Section 16000 for product description . t B . Location of Nameplates 1 . Panels : Above door on panel trim . 2 . Nameplates to read : PANEL if " with appropriate panel designation . 3 . An additional nameplate shall be installed below the panelboard nameplate to indicate the device from which the panelboard is fed ; current characteristics are to be indicated . r END OF SECTION 044572000 16470 (A1 )-6 ' SECTION 16480 ' MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS ' PART 1 — GENERAL 1 . 1 DESCRIPTION A . This section includes requirements for a motor control center ( MCC ) and all required control devices as shown on the drawings ' and specified to be part of the MCC equipment . The MCC shall be 480V , 3 phase , 3 wire with ground , 60 Hz unless otherwise indicated . ' 1 . 2 SUBMITTALS ' A . Submit with the delivery of the MCC and Installation and Maintenance Manual and six ( 6 ) copies of the manufacturer' s ' drawings per shipping block . B . Submit for approval fully engineered shop drawings including project specific schematics , elevations , dimensional data , etc . as a ' minimum six ( 6 ) sets shall be provided . ' 1 . 3 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A . The MCC must conform to Underwriters Laboratory ( UL ) 8459 ' current revision , the latest version of the National Electrical Code and NEMA ICS 2 . ' 1 . 4 PACKING/SHIPPING A . The MCC shall be separated into shipping blocks no more than ' three vertical sections each . Shipping blocks shall be shipped on their sides to permit easier handling at the jobsite . Each shipping block shall include a removable " lifting angle " which will allow an ' easy means of attaching an overhead crane or other suitable lifting equipment . ' 1 . 5 STORAGE A . If the motor control center cannnot be placed into service ' reasonable soon after its receipt , it should be stored in a clean , dry and ventilated building free from temperature extremes . 044572000 ' 16480 (A1 )- 1 Acceptable storage temperatures are from 0 ° C ( 32 ° F ) to 400 ( 1040F ) . 1 . 6 WARRANTY A . The MCC shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one ( 1 ) year from the date of acceptance by the Owner. PART 2 — PRODUCT 2 . 1 MANUFACTURERS A . Shall be Cutler Hammer, latest model or approved equal . B . Where applicable , additions to existing MCC ' s shall be the same as the original manufacturer. 2 . 2 MATERIALS A . Steel material will comply with UL 845 , B . Each motor control center shall consist of one or more vertical sections of heavy gauge steel bolted together to form a rigid , free- standing assembly . A removable 7 gauge bottom structural steel lifting angle shall be mounted full width of the motor control center line-up at the top . Removable 7 gauge bottom channel sills shall be mounted front and back rear of the vertical sections extending the full width of the line up . Vertical sections shall have structural support members formed from a minimum of 12 gauge hot rolled steel . Internal reinforcement structural parts shall be of 11 gauge steel to provide a strong , rigid assembly . The entire assembly shall be constructed and packaged to withstand all stresses included in transit and during installation . 2 . 3 MCC FINISH A . All steel parts shall be provided with UL listed acrylic baked enamel paint finish , except plated parts used for ground connections . All painted parts shall undergo a multi-stage treatment process , followed by the finishing paint coat . B . Pre-treatment shall include : 1 . Hot alkaline cleaner to remove grease and oil . 044572000 16480 (A1 )-2 ' 2 . Iron phosphate treatment to improve adhesion and corrosion resistance . ' 3 . Non -chrome sealer to enhance corrosion resistance . ' 4 . The paint shall be applied using an electro-deposition process to insure a uniform paint coat with high adhesion . 5 . The standard paint finish shall be able to pass at least 300 hours of salt spray per ASTM B117 with less than 1 /8 " loss of paint from a scribed line . ' 6 . Paint color shall be #49 medium light gray per ANSI standard Z55 . 1 - 1997 . 2 . 4 STRUCTURES ' A . Structures shall be totally enclosed , dead -front , free standing assemblies . Structures will be capable of being bolted together to ' form a single assembly . B . The overall height of the MCC shall not exceed 90 " ( not including base channel ) . Base channels of 1 . 5 " in height shall be removable . The total width of one section will be 20 " (widths of 25 30 " and 35 " can be used for larger devices ) . ' C . Structures shall be NEMA 1A . ' D . Each 20 inch wide standard section shall have all the necessary hardware and bussing for modular plug- in units to be added and moved around . All unused space shall be covered by hinged blank doors and equipped to accept future units . E . Each section shall include a top plate (single piece or two- piece ) on NEMA 12 a bottom plate . Top and bottom plates shall be removable to ease the cutting of conduit entry openings . ' 2 . 5 WIREWAYS A . Structures shall contain a minimum 12 " high horizontal wireway at ' the top of each section and a minimum 6 " high horizontal wireway at the bottom of each section . These wireways shall run the full length of motor control center to allow room for power and control ' cable to connect between units in different sections . 044572000 ' 16480 (A1 )-3 B . A vertical wireway shall be provided in each motor control center section that accepts modular plug - in units . The vertical wireway shall connect with both the top and bottom horizontal wireway . The vertical wireway shall be 4 " wide minimum with a separate hinged door. Access to the wireways shall not require opening control unit doors . Structures that house a single , full section control unit are not required to have vertical wireways . Those control units must open directly into the motor control center horizontal wireways . 2 . 6 BARRIERS A . All power bussing and splice connections shall be isolated from the unit compartments and the wireways . The horizontal bus shall be mounted onto a molded glass filled polyester support assembly that braces the bus against the forces generated during a short circuit . The horizontal wireway by a grounded a steel barrier. This barrier shall be removable to allow access to the bus and connections for maintenance . B . The vertical bus shall be housed in a modular glass-filled polyester support that provides bus insulation and braces the bus against the forces generated during a short circuit . These supports shall have openings every 3 " for unit stab-on connections . Each opening shall have shutters that are attached to the structure so that when they are removed (to allow a stab connection ) they are retained in the structure and are readily accessible for use should a plug -in unit be removed from the motor control center. 2 . 7 BUSSING A . All bussing and connectors shall be tin plated copper. B . The main horizontal bus shall be rated at continuous per the oneline diagram and shall extend the full length of the motor control center. Bus ratings shall be based on 65 ° C maximum temperature rise in a 40 ° C ambient . Provisions shall be provided for splicing additional sections onto either end of the motor control center. C . The horizontal bus splice bars shall be pre-assembled into a captive bus stack which can be easily installed into the end of the motor control center power bus to allow the installation of additional sections . The main bus splice shall utilize bolts on each side of the bus split , for each phase . The splice bolts shall 044572000 16480 (A1 )-4 ' secure to self clenchingnuts installed in the bus assembly , It shall y be possible to maintain any bus connection with a single tool . " Nut ' and bolt" bus connections to the power bus shall not be permitted . D . Each section that accepts plug - in units shall be provided with a ' vertical bus for distributing power from the main bus to the individual plug - in starter units . This bus shall be of the same ' material and plating as the main bus and shall be rated at 600 amp continuous as a minimum . The vertical bus shall be connected directly to the horizontal bus stack without the use of risers or other ' intervening connectors . It shall be possible to maintain the vertical to horizontal bus connection with a single tool . " Nut and bolt" bus connections to the power bus shall not be permitted . When a back- to- back unit arrangement is utilized , separate vertical bus shall be provided for both the front and rear units . E . A tin plated copper ground bus shall be provided that runs the entire length of the motor control center. The ground bus shall be 0 . 25 " x 1 . 0 " and be rated 300 amps . A compression lug shall be provided in the motor control center for a 4/0-250 MCM ground cable . The ground bus shall be provided with ( 6 ) 0 . 38 " holes for each vertical section to accept ground lugs for all loads . ' F . Each vertical section shall have a vertical ground bus that is connected to the horizontal ground bus . This vertical ground bus ' shall be installed so that the plug - in units engage the ground bus prior to engagement of the power stabs and shall disengage only after the power stabs are disconnected upon removal of the plug -in ' unit . G . The power bus system shall be braced for a short circuit capacity of ' 42 , 000 RMS amperes minimum or as indicated on the drawings . 2 . 8 UNIT CONNECTIONS ' A . Units with circuit breaker disconnects through 250 amp frame and fusible switch disconnects through 200 amps shall connect to the ' vertical bus through a spring reinforced stab-on connector. Units with larger disconnects shall be connected directly to the main horizontal bus with approximately sized cable or riser bus . 1 . Stabs on all plug - in units shall be solidly bussed to the unit disconnect . Cabled stab assemblies are not permitted . 044572000 ' 16480 (A1 )- 5 B . All conducting parts on the line side of the unit disconnect shall be shrouded by a suitable insulating material to prevent accidental contact with those parts . C . All plug -on units shall utilize a two stage ADVANCE/RETRACT type operating mechanism which will allow the unit to disengage from the power bus without withdrawing the unit form the motor control center. 1 . In the ADVANCED position , the unit stabs shall engage the vertical phase bus . When the unit door is closed , the mechanism will allow complete "on "/"off' control of the unit disconnect with clear indication of the disconnect' s status . All circuit breaker operators shall include a separate "tripped " position to clearly indicate a circuit breaker trip condition . It shall be possible to reset a tripped circuit breaker without opening the control unit door. A mechanical interlock shall prevent an operator from opening the unit door when the disconnect is in the "on" position . Another mechanical r interlock shall prevent an operator from placing the disconnect in the "on " position while the unit door is open . ` 2 . In the REACT position , the unit stabs shall be disengaged from the vertical phase bus . A non -defeatable mechanical interlock shall prevent the disconnect from being placed in the "on " position . A single standard padlock shall be able to lock the unit in the RETRACT position and simultaneously lock the disconnect in the "off' position . When in this RETRACT position , it shall be possible to close the unit door in order to maintain the enclosure ' s integrity . 3 . A non -defeatable mechanical interlock shall prevent installing or removing a plug - in unit from the structure unless the mechanism is first placed in the RETRACT position . 4 . The plug- in unit shall have a grounded stab-on connector which engages the vertical ground bus prior to , and releases after, the power bus stab-on connectors . D . All non- plug-on units shall utilize a fixed position type operating mechanism which allows complete "on "/"off' control of the unit disconnect with the clear indication of the disconnect' s status . All circuit breaker operators shall include a separate "tripped " position . A mechanical interlock shall prevent an operator form opening the 044572000 16480 (A1 )-6 ' unit door when " the disconnect is in the on position . Another mechanical interlock shall prevent an operator from placing the disconnect in the "on " position while the unit door is open . E . Provisions shall be provided for locking all disconnects in the "off' ' position with up to three padlocks . 2 . 9 COMPONENTS A . Combination Starters ' 1 . All combination starters shall utilize a unit disconnect as specified in the previous article . Square D Company Type S magnetic starters shall be furnished in all combination starter units . All starters shall utilize NEMA rated contactors . Starters shall be provided with a three- pole , external manual reset , overload relay for thermal overload units . 2 . Control circuit transformers shall include two primary fuses ' and one secondary fuse ( in the non -grounded secondary conductor) . The transformer shall be sized to accommodate the contactor( s ) and all connected control circuit loads . ' 3 . When a unit control circuit transformer is not provided , the disconnect will include an electrical interlock for ' disconnection of externally powered control circuits . 4 . Auxiliary control circuit interlocks shall be provided where ' indicated . Auxiliary interlocks shall be field convertible to normally open or normally closed operation . ' 5 . NEMA Size 1 -4 starters shall be mounted directly adjacent to the wireway so that power wiring ( motor leads ) shall connect directly to the starter terminals without the use of interposing terminals . Larger starters shall be arranged so that power wiring may exist through the bottom of the starter cubical without entering the vertical wireway . B . Terminal Blocks 1 . Type B wiring is specified , all starter units shall be provided with unit control terminal blocks . 044572000 ' 16480 (A1 )- 7 2 . Terminal blocks shall be the pull -apart type rated at 20 amps . All current carrying parts shall be tin plated . Terminals shall be accessible from inside the unit when the unit door is opened . Terminal blocks shall be track mounted with the stationary portion of the block secured to the unit divider located below each unit . The stationary portion will be used for field connections and will remain attached to the cubical when the unit is removed . The terminals used for field connections shall be angled outward so that they can be wired without removing the unit or any of its components . The unit saddle or bucket shall be formed so that the unit can be removed without disturbing the stationary portion of the terminal blocks or any of the field control wiring . The removable portion of the terminal blocks shall be used for the unit wiring (factory connections ) . C . Nameplates 1 . Shall be engraved phenolic nameplates for each MCC and unit compartment . Shall be white background with black letters , measuring a minimum of 1 . 5" H x 6 " W total outside dimensions . 2 . 10 QUALITY CONTROL A . The entire motor control center will go through a quality inspection before shipment . This inspection will include : ' 1 . Physical inspection of: a , the structure and b , the electrical conductors , including ( i ) bussing , ( ii ) general wiring , and ( iii ) units . B . Electrical Tests 1 . General Electrical Tests including : a , power circuit phasing , 044572000 16480 (A1 )-8 b . control circuit wiring , ' C . meters and d . device electrical operation . ' 2 . AC Dielectric Tests of: ' a . the power circuit and b . control circuits . ' C . Markings/Labels , including : ' 1 . instructional type , 2 . Underwriters Laboratory ( U . L . ) , and 3 . Inspector' s stamps . ' D . The manufacturer will use integral quality control checks throughout the manufacturing process to maintain the correctness of the MCC . 2 . 11 INTERUPTING RATINGS A . Main and branch device interrupting ratings shall be a minimum of 42 , 000 AIC and shall be increased as required to interrupt fault levels as indicated on drawings . 2 . 12 PHASE MONITORS A . Provide Diversified phase monitor, with phase loss , undervoltage , phase sequence , auto reset , U . L . listed , provide auxiliary relays as may be required to lock out all motor loads . 2 . 13 CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMERS A . Provide CPT . s for motor units with 120 VAC secondaries . Provide primary and secondary fusing . Provide additional capacity for motor space heaters . 2 . 14 PILOT DEVICES A . Provide Square D pilot devices per plans , heavy duty 30mm , with engraved legend plates . All units shall be press to test , transformer type . 044572000 ' 16480 (A1 )-9 2 . 15 MISCELLANEOUS A . Provide all other miscellaneous equipment as indicated by oneline diagrams , schematics , etc . , for a complete and functional system . PART 3 — EXECUTION 3 . 1 LOCATION A . Motor control centers are not to be placed in hazardous locations . The area chosen shall be well ventilated , free from excess humidity , dust and dirt . For indoor locations , protection must be provided to prevent moisture entering the enclosure . B . Motor control centers shall be located in an area which allow a minimum of 42 inches of free space in front of front-of- board construction . An additional 42 inches shall be provided in the rear of back-to- back construction . This free space will give adequate room to remove and install units . A minimum of %2" space should be provided between the back of front-of- board motor control centers and a wall (6 " for damp locations ) . C . The motor control centers will be assembled in the factory on a smooth level surface so that all sections are properly aligned . A similar smooth and level surface will be provided for installation . An uneven foundation will cause misalignment of shipping blocks , units and doors . The surface under a motor control center will be of a non -combustible material unless bottom plates are installed in each vertical section . END OF SECTION 044572000 16480 (A1 )- 10 SECTION 16681 ' VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE PART 1 — GENERAL ' 1 . 1 WORK INCLUDED ' A . Provide a complete Variable Frequency Drive (VFD ) system as specified within and as indicated on the drawings . System shall be provided complete with all necessary accessories and appurtenances as required for a completely functional system ready for immediate use . B . Unit shall be provided as specified below and with additional requirements as indicated on plans . ' C . Like items of equipment provided hereunder shall be the end products of one manufacturer in order to achieve standardization ' for appearance , operation and maintenance . D . See CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and Division 1 , ' GENERAL REQUIREMENTS , which contain information and requirements that apply to the Work specified herein and are mandatory for this project . 1 . 2 SUBMITTALS ' A . Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Section 01300 — Submittals . ' B . Fully Engineered shop drawings specific for this project shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and comment . Vendor shall clearly indicate his conformance to the requirements of this specification . Along with standard literature , a detailed schematic and assembly drawings shall be provided . A recommended statement shall be provided . Vendor shall not release the unit for ' manufacture without approved shop drawings . C . Complete set of Operation and Maintenance Manuals shall be ' submitted in accordance with Section 01730 — Operation and Maintenance Data . O & M Manuals shall be provided prior to start- up . ' D . Warranty information shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01740 — Warranties and Bonds . 044572000 ' 16681 (A1 )- 1 1 . 3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A . All equipment furnished under this specification shall be new and unused , shall be the product of a manufacturer having a successful i record of manufacturing and servicing the equipment specified _ herein for a minimum of five ( 5 ) years . 1 . 4 WARRANTIES A . Provide a full warranty covering labor, materials , the services of a factory authorized technician including all expenses for a period of one year, to begin after Owner' s start-up and acceptance of the drive . During this period , manufacturer shall repair any failures associated with the drive . PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2 . 1 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE (VFD ) A . Provide a separate fully engineered Variable Frequency Drive (VFD ) system for use with the pump/motor shown on plans . Unit shall utilize 6 pulse PWM technology by Saftronics . Units shall be Saftronics Series GP10 . Power input shall be 480 volts , 3 phase . B . Other approved VFD manufacturers shall be limited to GE , Rubicon . C . As a minimum , include the following features : 1 . Exterior front cabinet door mounted equipment shall be as follows : a . Hand -Off-Auto selector switch . b . Programmer/Monitor/Display Module and required appurtenances . Display shall indicate speed in percent . C , Padlockable outside handle connected to disconnect the power supply to the unit before opening door. A defeater shall be provided . d . Pilot/control devices including 800T style lights and switches . Pilot lights shall be transformer type and press to test . 044572000 16681 (A1 )-2 e . Engraved legend plate shall be provided for all ' devices . f. Run time meter hours , non - resettable , Electro- Mechanical Engler 200 Series or an approved equal . 2 . Main disconnect with current limiting fuses or circuit breaker ' connected to the door handle . 3 . Control power transformer with control circuitry and control logic as specified and as indicated on plans . ' 4 . Drive shall be provided with the capabilities to ride through brown outs and to restart on power loss and return after time delay . ' 5 . Discrete output contacts shall be provided and wired to labeled terminal strip . Contacts shall be required as ' indicated per plans ; one form " C " contact shall be provided . Additional slave relays shall be provided as required . ' 6 . Provisions to receive a 4-20 mADC signal for remote speed reference . Signal isolation shall be provided in the drive . ' 7 . Provide self- powered speed indication signal output , fully isolated , 4 -20 mADC , 24 volts . ' 8 . Joslyn lightning arrestors , Surgitron , 1454 -01 or an approved equal wired to the line side of the disconnect . ' 9 . 6-spare fuses of each size and type used shall be provided . 10 . Provide line reactors of 3 % impedance as a minimum to limit ' harmonic distortion to the power system . Line reactor shall be installed within the drive enclosure . 11 . Provide output filters . D . Operation ' 1 . Normal mode of operation shall be as called out in specs and as indicated by plans . ' a . The drive will function using variable frequency to q Y provide speed control . 044572000 16681 (A1 )-3 b . The start/stop string (or functional equivalent ) shall be provided as indicated on plans . This control shall be used to control the drive . Additional logic and equipment shall be provided as required to accomplish the start/stop tasks and to fully integrate the drive with the PLC system . 2 . Hand -Off-Auto mode selector a . Discrete control ( i ) Hand : The drive ramps up to the speed reference per the local potentiometer setting . ( ii ) Off: Drive ramps down and no power is applied to the motor. While in the off position , the drive is no permitted to run . ( iii ) Auto : Drive start/stop control is from the remote control panel . Upon receiving a start ` command , the drive ramps up to the remote speed reference . Upon receiving the stop command , the drive shall ramp down to zero output. ( iv) E-stop : When this condition is required , the VFD output to the motor stops or bypass contactor shall open with no intentional time delay . Manual reset of the drive is required before the drive may resume operation . b . Speed control ( i ) The speed reference shall be from the local keypad with arrows while the local H -O-A is in the hand mode and from the remote 4 -20 mADC analog input signal while in the automatic mode . ( ii ) Adjustable minimum and maximum speed settings shall be provided . ( iii ) Separate adjustable ramp slopes settings shall be provided for both acceleration and deceleration . 044572000 16681 (A 1 )-4 E . Drive shall be provided as the same manufacturer' s product , ' separately enclosed stand alone units as indicated by the drawings . No third party vendor shall be acceptable . PART 3 — EXECUTION 3 . 1 GENERAL ' A . Install equipment in a workmanlike manner utilizing craftsmen 9 ' skilled in the particular trade . Provide work which has a neat and finished appearance . ' B . Coordinate work with the Owner, the Contractor and work of other trades to avoid conflicts , errors , delays and unnecessary interference with operation of the existing plant during construction . C . Follow manufacturers ' installation instructions explicitly , unless otherwise indicated . Wherever any conflict arises between ' manufacturers ' instructions , and these Contract Documents , follow Engineer' s decision , at no additional cost to the Owner. Keep a copy of manufacturers ' instructions on the jobsite available for review at all times . 3 . 2 MANUFACTURER' S SERVICES ' A . Provide the services of a factory authorized service technician to start up , test and place in service the unit . This service shall be ' extended , as required , at the manufacturer' s expense , if problems arise with the drive unit . ' B . Provide separate from the start up , one ( 1 ) man day of training . This time shall be at the convenience of the Owner . Minimum training instructions shall include the following : 1 . Routine Maintenance ' 2 . Programming , including entering the programming mode , changing set points interpreting fault information . ' 3 . Trouble shooting 4 . Fault corrections and resetting actions . ' 5 . Furnish O & M manuals with all setup parameters and settings , include range and settings for each drive . 044572000 ' 16681 (A1 )- 5 3 . 3 CLEAN - UP A . Keep the premises free from accumulation of waste material or rubbish . Upon completion of work , remove materials , scraps and debris from premises and from interior and exterior of all devices and equipment . Touch - up scratches , scrapes , or chips in interior and exterior surfaces of devices and equipment with finishes matching as nearly as possible the type , color, consistency and type of surface of the original finish . END OF SECTION 044572000 16681 (A1 )-6 ' SECTION 16690 ' ELECTRIC MOTORS PART 1 — GENERAL ' 1 . 1 DESCRIPTION ' A . This section specifies the quality criteria , design standards , materials , and installation procedures not otherwise specified , required for electrical motors furnished under these Contract ' Documents . ' 1 . 2 CONTRACTOR ' S RESPONSIBILITY A . Furnish and submit shop drawings , operation and maintenance ' manuals , etc . as per the general conditions . In addition , the submission shall include the following technical information : ' 1 . Motor Efficiency 2 , Motor Torque Speed Curves from zero to full load speed . ' 3 . Nameplate data ' B . The above information shall be supplied as part of the submittal on the equipment which the motor drives . ' 1 . 3 STANDARDS A . Electric motors shall conform to the latest standards of IEEE , ANSI , ' and NEMA except as otherwise specified herein . 1 . 4 CONDITIONS OF SERVICE A . Electric motors shall be designed and manufactured to operate under the following conditions except for specific variations stated in other sections of these specifications : 1 . Continuous Duty ' 2 . Altitude below 3300 feet . ' 3 . Ambient temperature 0 to 40 ° C maximum . 4 . Voltage variation plus or minus 10 percent . 044572000 16690 (A1 )- 1 5 . Unit shall be suitable for starting and running with power and control equipment provide for it . 1 . 5 TESTING A . Motors less than 50 hp : Each motor shall be subjected to a standard short commercial test including the following : 1 , Running light current 2 . Locked rotor current 3 . Secondary voltage at collector rings (wound rotor motors ) . 4 . High potential . 5 . Winding resistance 6 . Bearing inspection B . Motors 50 through 100 hp : Each motor shall be subjected to the above tests and shall be furnished with certified test results . C . Efficiency : Motors rated 25 through 100 hp shall be individually tested for efficiency . D . Motors larger than 100 hp : One motor from each identical order shall be furnished with certified test results . Each motor shall be subjected to a complete factory test consisting of full load heat run , percent slip , running light current , locked rotor current , breakdown torque (calculated ) , starting torque , winding resistance , high potential , efficiencies at 100 , 75 and 50 percent of full load , and bearing inspection . The Engineer and Owner reserve the to witness these tests . E . Test Reports : Seven ( 7 ) copies of all test results shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval . Single copies of witnessed test raw data shall be submitted to the Engineer immediately upon completion of such tests . 1 . 6 TOOLS AND SUPPLIES A . Furnish all special tools necessary to disassemble , service and adjust the equipment . 044572000 16690 (A1 )-2 ' PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2 . 1 GENERAL A . The driven equipment manufacturer shall be responsible for ' supplying the motor and shall factory mount the motor to ensure proper coordination . ' B . Review plans and other specifications . Provide motor suitable for starting method . ' C . Where motors are used with variable frequency drive systems , they shall be provided as inverter duty . ' 2 . 2 DESIGN OF MOTORS ' A . Horsepower: The driven equipment manufacturer shall be responsible for sizing the motors in coordination with the driven equipment so that the nameplate rated horsepowers are not ' exceeded and motors are not required to operate within their service factor at any point within the driven equipment operating range . For variable speed application , the motor shall be designed ' for operation at the rated maximum speed and at reduced speeds down to 30 % without overloading . The Engineer reserves the right to reject driven equipment which requires motors larger than the ' minimums specified in the other sections of these specifications or to require the Contractor to bear additional costs if larger electrical equipment is required . ' B . Temperature rise : Motors shall conform to standards of NEMA Class F Insulation System with a Class B rise unless otherwise ' listed in the other parts of these specifications . C . Voltage and Current : Fractional horsepower motors ( less than Y2 hp ) shall be 115/208V or 115/230V , 60 hz single phase . Motors Y2 horsepower through 600 horsepower shall be 460 volts , 60hz , 3- phase . ' D . Service Factor: Unless otherwise specified , service factor shall be a minimum of 1 . 15 . ' E . Speed : As specified with equipment . ' F . Torque : At least 20 percent greater than the maximum full load torque requirements of the driven equipment throughout the full operating range of the driven equipment from start to full load . 044572000 ' 16690 (A1 )-3 G . Efficiency : 1 . Motors in the range of 1 hp to 200 hp , inclusive shall be designed specifically for energy efficiency and high power factor. In accordance with NEMA Standard MG 1 - 12 . 53b , each motor shall meet the minimum guaranteed efficiency for the specified nameplate efficiency. All motor efficiency test shall be performed utilizing the NEMA preferred test method IEEE 112 method B , Dynamometer. 2 . Motors larger than 20 hp shall have a minimum efficiency , at full load , of 95 % and a minimum power factor of 85 % . Motors shall be manufactured by U . S . Electric Motors , General Electric or an approved equal . H . Inverter Duty 1 . Motor used on VFD systems shall be inverter duty , premium efficiency . 2 . 3 MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION A . Enclosure 1 . The enclosure shall be the type as specified in respective parts of equipment specifications and shall be constructed of cast iron or fabricated steel components in proper position . Fans may form part of the rotor and shall be of non -sparking material on totally enclosed motors . Enclosures for motors not specified elsewhere , shall be TEFC , unless otherwise stated . Fractional horsepower motor enclosures shall be totally enclosed non -ventilated . B . Insulation 1 . Motors shall have inorganic , non - hygroscopic insulation unless otherwise noted in other parts of these specifications . Insulation shall be Class F rating . 2 . Motors used on variable frequency drives shall have 1600V peak winding insulation systems . C . Stator 1 . The stator shall be assembled from high grade electrical sheet steel laminations adequately secured together. 044572000 16690 (A1 )-4 2 . The stator windings shall consist of materials such as ' polyester film , synthetic varnish or glass cloth . Windings shall be random or from wound , adequately insulated and securely braced to resist failure due to electrical stress and ' vibrations . 3 . Any junction in motor insulation , such as coil connections or between slot and end winding sections , shall have protection equivalent to that of the slot sections of coils . The entire ' winding of all motors when finished , shall be epoxy encapsulated , after subjecting to a process which removes all moisture and insures freedom of air pockets . ' D . Rotor 1 . The shaft shall be made of high grade machine steel or steel forging of size and design adequate to withstand the load stresses . The rotor shall be fabricated of high grade electrical sheet steel laminations adequately fastened together and to the shaft . Squirrel cage windings may be cast aluminum ' or bar-type construction with brazed end rings . E . Bearings shall be ball or roller. ' 1 . Motors up to 1 , 000 horsepower shall have grease- lubricated , sealed bearings . Above 1 , 000 ' horsepower, lubrication shall be oil . Unless specified otherwise , the bearings shall have a B - 10 life as follows : Motor hp B - 10 Life ( hrs . ) Less than 50 24 , 000 ' 50 to 200 40 , 000 greater than 200 100 , 000 ' 2 . For vertical motors , thrust bearings shall be Kinsbury type , ball or roller bearings as required for the design thrust load . Guide bearings shall be radical type ball ' bearing . F . Space Heaters ( motor equal or greater than 50 hp ) ' 1 . Unless otherwise indicated , 120-volt , single phase , 9 P , space heaters shall be provided to maintain a motor 044572000 ' 16690 (A1 )- 5 temperature of approximately 10 ° C above a 40 ° C ambient . Maximum wattage shall be 200W . G . Temperature switches ( motor equal or greater than 30 hp ) . 1 . Provide motor winding thermostatic- controlled switch . The switch shall be normally closed and shall open upon high temperature condition . H . Leads and Terminals 1 . Leads shall be suitably marked and identified . Terminal housing locations , which are not shown on the Contract Drawings , shall be NEMA Assembly F- 1 . I . Motor Terminal Boxes 1 . Motor terminal boxes shall be provided separately for the power connections . The thermal switch and heater connections shall be in a common box . All terminal boxes shall be provided with threaded hubs . J . Grounding Means 1 . Each motor shall have adequate means for attaching #4/0 AWG copper grounding conductor to the motor frame near the base . It shall be a mechanical clamp terminal connector located on the same side as the stator lead junction box . K . Direction of Rotation 1 . Motors shall be designed and manufactured for operation in a direction as required for driven equipment . The phase sequence , at the specification rotation , shall be marked permanently and plainly inside the stator lead junction box . L . Noise 1 . All motors shall have an equivalent A-weighted sound level of 80 dp A as determined in accordance with IEEE Standard No . 85 , M . Nameplates 044572000 16690 (A1 )-6 1 . Each motor shall have a stainless steel nameplate including the following minimum amount of 1 information : a . Manufacturer' s type designation ' b . Frame number tC . Output horsepower rating d . Duty (time rating ) ' e . Rated loads speed d ( rpm ) ' f. Temperature rise in degrees centigrade at rated load , rotor and stator. ' g . Stator voltage rating ' h . Stator full load amperes i . Service factor ( marked for operation at 40 ° C ' ambient) j . Frequency ' k . Number of Phases ' 1 . Inrush of locked rotor KVA M . Code letter designation n . Efficiency ' o . Bearing type , size , lubricant PART 3 — EXECUTION 3 . 1 Installation ' A . Motors shall be mounted in accordance with the motor manufacturer' s drawings and instructions . Field installation of the unit shall include final alignment . 044572000 ' 16690 (A1 )- 7 B . Installation shall also include furnishing necessary oil and grease for initial operation and making final adjustments to place the equipment in operable condition . 3 . 2 FIELD TESTS A . A motors , their driven equipment and speed controllers ( if applicable ) shall be tested together after installation as described in - the applicable sections of these specifications . 3 . 3 PAINTING A . Motors shall be assembled with pump at pump manufacturer' s plant and shipped to the site with manufacturer' s standard finishes . After installation and before being placed in final operation , the motors shall be painted in accordance with the requirements of the specifications and consistent with the split case pump finish . END OF SECTION r 044572000 16690 (A1 )-8 SECTION 16900 ' INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS PART 1 — GENERAL 1 . 1 SCOPE OF WORK ' A . The Contractor shall furnish , install and place into service operating p 9 process instrumentation , control systems including accessories , ' related to this facility as shown on plans and specified herein . 1 . 2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE ' A . Section 16000 — Electrical General Requirements ' B . Section 16050 - Basic Materials and Methods ' C . Section 16910 - Programmable Logic Controller D . Section 16950 - Personal Computer ' 1 . 3 SINGLE INSTRUMENT SUPPLIER ' A . The Name I & C Supplier shall be one of the following : 1 . C . C . Control ( 561 ) 478-3737 ' 2 . C21 (404 ) 351 - 1085 t3 . DCR Engineering (863 ) 428-8080 4 . Rocha Controls ( 813 ) 628 - 5584 . B . The Contractor shall assign to the Single Instrument and Control ( I & C ) supplier full responsibility for the functional operation of all new instrumentation systems . The Contractor shall have said supplier perform all engineering necessary to select , to furnish , to ' supervise installation , connection , to calibrate , to place into operation all sensors , instruments , alarm equipment , control panels , accessories , and all other equipment as specified herein . ' C . The foregoing shall enable the Contractor and the Owner to be assured that the full responsibility for the requirements of this 044572000 ' 16900 (A1 )- 1 section will reside in an organization which is qualified and experienced in the water treatment field and its process technology on a functional system basis . D . The I & C supplier shall be UL 508 listed manufacturer. E . Contractor shall coordinate with system packagers before the bid to be sure all control panels and systems are provided . The following is a recommended assignment of work to the I & C Supplier. 1 . R/O Building a . Post Treatment Remote 1/0 control panel 1 b . Chlorine Pump control panel C . Caustic Pumps control panel d . Instrument and control terminal boxes e . All field instruments not associated with other vendor package systems . f. Sequestering meter pump control panel . 2 . Degasifier/Scrubber Area a . Post Treatment Remote 1/0 control panel 2 b . Product Water Status control panel C , Blended water status control panel d . Modifications to the existing main control panel . e . All field instruments not associated with other vendor package systems . 1 . 4 INSTALLATION WORK A . Nothing in this part of the specifications shall be construed as requiring the Contractor to utilize personnel supplied by his assigned instrument manufacturer' s organization or any division there of, to accomplish the physical installation of any elements instruments , accessories or assemblies specified herein . However, the Contractor shall employ installers who are skilled and 044572000 16900 (A1 )-2 experienced in the installation and connection of all elements , instruments , accessories and assemblies ; portions of their work ' shall be supervised or checked as specified herein . 1 . 5 PREPARATION OF SUBMITTAL OF DRAWINGS AND DATA ' A . It is incumbent upon the Contractor to coordinate the work specified in these Sections so that a complete instrumentation and control 1 will be provided and will be supported by accurate shop and record drawings . As part of the responsibility as assigned by the Contractor, the Single I &C supplier shall prepare and submit through the Contractor, complete and organized shop drawings , as specified herein . Interface between instruments , motor starters , flow meters , and existing instruments shall be included in his shop drawing submittal . B . In order to provide a fully coordinated system , shop drawings by other equipment vendors associated with the I & C control panel systems shall be reviewed and approved by the Contractor before ' submittal to the Engineer for approval . C . During the period of preparation of this submittal , the Contractor ' shall authorize direct informal liaison between his single I & C Supplier and the Engineer for exchange of technical information . As a result of this liaison certain minor refinements and revisions in ' the systems as specified may be authorized informally by the Engineer, but these shall not alter the scope of work or cause increase or decrease in the Contract price . During this informal ' exchange no oral statement by the Engineer shall be construed to give formal approval of any component or method , nor shall any statement be construed to grant formal exception to , or variation from these specifications . D . Operation and Maintenance Manual 1 . Submit one preliminary O & M for review and comment by the Engineer . Provide five final O & M . s , bound in a three ring binder. O & M shall minimally include the following : approved submittal data , start up corrected as built shop drawings . O & M shall be neatly and logically arranged with ' a contents page followed by tabbed sections . 044572000 ' 16900 (A1 )- 3 E . Drawing Files t 1 . All engineered drawings shall be prepared using Autocad Release 14 or later. Final as built " drawing files shall be provided to the Engineer. 1 . 6 ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL SERVICES A . At no additional cost to the Owner, the Contractor shall provide the services of qualified technical representatives of the Single I & C supplier: 1 . To supervise installation and connection of all instruments , elements , and components of every system , including connection of instrument signals to primary measurement elements and to final control elements such as pumps ; 2 . To make all necessary adjustments , calibrations and tests ; 3 . To instruct plant operating and maintenance personnel on instrumentation . This time shall be in addition to whatever time is required for other facets of work at the site , and shall be during the Owner' s normal working days and hours . 1 . 7 GUARANTEE A . The Contractor shall guarantee all equipment and installation , as specified herein , for a period of one ( 1 ) year following the date of completion of the work . To fulfill this obligation , the Contractor shall utilize technical service personnel designated by the Single I & C supplier to which the Contractor originally assigned project responsibility for instrumentation . 1 . 8 ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS A . The applicable provisions of the following sections under Electrical Work shall apply the work and equipment specified herein , the same as if stated in full herein : 1 . Codes and Standards 2 . Equipment Materials and Workmanship 3 . Testing 4 . Grounding 044572000 16900 (A1 )-4 5 . Equipment Anchoring 6 . Conductor and Equipment Identification 7 . Terminal Cabinets and Control Compartments 8 . Process Control Devices 1 . 9 NEWEST MODEL COMPONENTS A . All meters , instruments and other components shall be the most recent field proven models marketed by their manufacturers at the time of the submittal of shop drawings unless otherwise specified to match existing equipment . All technical data publications included with the submittal shall be the most recent issue . ' 1 . 10 COORDINATION A . I & C supplier shall coordinate with his supplier and other Contractors on the project . Where large subsystems are provided , the I & C supplier shall coordinate before the bid to be certain all equipment , engineering and labor are provided . Coordination items minimally include : equipment dimensions , heat rejection , power requirements , control and signal requirements and interconnection ' requirements . 1 . 11 TEST PROCEDURE DEVELOPMENT AND DOCUMENTATION A . I & C subcontractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer for review a detailed description of the test procedures that he proposed to perform to demonstrate conformance of the complete system of instrumentation and controls to this Specification . B . It is recommended that the I & C subcontractor develop the test procedures in two steps by first submitting general descriptions and outlines of the tests and then upon receipt of approval , submit the ' required detailed procedures and forms . C . Operational Acceptance Tests 1 . The I & C subcontractor shall prepare check-off sheets ( s ) for each loop and an instrument calibration sheet for each active I & C element ( except simple hand switches , lights , etc . ) . These check-off and data sheets shall form the basis for these operational tests and this documentation . 044572000 ' 16900 (A1 )- 5 2 . Each loop check-off sheet cite the following information and shall provide spaces for sign -off on individual items and on the completed loop by the I & C subcontractor . a . Project name b . Loop number C , For each element : Tag number, description , manufacturer and model number, installation bulletin and Specification sheet number. d . Loop description e . Installation check f. Termination check g . Calibration check h . Adjustment check i . Space for comments j . Space for loop sign -off by I & C subcontractor and date . 3 . Each instrument calibration sheet shall provide the following Information and a space for sign -off on individual items and on the completed units by the I & C subcontractor: a . Project name b . Loop number C , Tag number d . Manufacturer e . Model number f. Serial number g . Calibration range 044572000 16900 (A1 )-6 ' h . Calibration data : Input , output and error at 10 percent , 50 percent and 90 percent of span . i . Switch setting , contact action and dead band for discrete elements . Space for comments ' k . Space for sign -off by I & C subcontractor and date . D . Functional Acceptance Tests ' The I & C subcontractor shall prepare two types of test forms as ' follows : 1 . For those functions that can be demonstrated on a loop-by- loop basis , the form shall include : a . Project name ib . Loop number C . Loop description d . Test procedure description ' e . For each component : Tag number, description , manufacturer and data sheet number . f. Space for sign -off and date by both I & C subcontractor and Engineer. ' 2 . For those functions that cannot be demonstrated on a loop- by-loop basis , the test form shall be a listing of the specific tests to be conducted . With each test description the following information shall be included : a . Spec page and paragraph of function demonstrated b . Description of function c . Space for sign -off and date by both I & C subcontractor and Engineer. 044572000 ' 16900 (A1 )- 7 PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2 . 1 INSTRUMENTATION CRITERIA A . Designation of Components 1 . In these specifications and on the drawings , all system , meters , instruments and other elements are represented schematically and are designated by numbers , as derived from criteria in Instrument Society of America Standard ANSI / ISA S5 . 1 - 1973 . The nomenclature and numbers designated herein and on the drawings shall be employed exclusively throughout shop drawing , data sheets and similar materials . Any other symbols , nomenclature unique to the manufacturer' s standard methods shall not replace these prescribed above , used herein and on the Drawings . B . Signal Characteristics 1 . Signals shall be electrical , as indicated herein , and shall vary in direct linear proportion to the measured variable , except as noted . Electrical signals outside control panels shall be 4 -20 MADC , except as noted . Signals within enclosures may be 1 -5 volts DC . C . Matching Style , Appearance and Type 1 . All instruments to be panel mounted at the control panels shall have matching style and general appearance . Instruments performing similar functions shall be of the same type , model , or class and shall be one ( 1 ) manufacturer. D . Accuracy and Repeatability 1 . The overall accuracy of each instrumentation system or loop shall be as prescribed in the specifications for that system or loop . Each system ' s accuracy shall be determined as a probable maximum error; this shall be the square root of the sum of the squares of the certified "accuracies " of certain designated components in each system , expressed as a percentage of the actual span or value of the measured variable . Each individual electronic instrument shall have a minimum accuracy of + 0 . 7 percent of full scale and a minimum repeatability of + 0 . 4 percent of full scale unless otherwise specified . Instruments which do not conform or improve upon these criteria are not acceptable . 044572000 16900 (A1 )- 8 E . Signal Isolators , Converters and Power Supplies ' 1 . Signal isolators shall be furnished and installed in each measurement and control loop , wherever ' required , to assure adjacent component impedance match or where feedback paths may be generated . Signal converters shall be included where required to ' resolve any signal level incompatibilities . Signal power supplies shall be included , as required by the manufacturer' s instrument load characteristics , to ' insure sufficient power to each loop component . F . Alternative Equipment or Methods ' 1 . Equipment or methods requiring redesign of any project details are not acceptable without prior written approval of the Engineer. Any changes inherent to a proposal alternative shall be at no additional cost to the Owner . The required approval shall be obtained ' in writing by the I & C subcontractor through the Contractor prior to submittal of shop drawings and data . Any proposal for approval of alternative ' equipment or method specified shall include evidence of improved performance , operational advantage and ' maintenance enhancement over the equipment or method specified , or shall include evidences that a specified component is not available . Otherwise , ' alternative equipment (other than direct , equivalent substitutions ) and alternative methods shall not be proposed . G . Special Equipment ' 1 . The I & C Supplier shall provide all necessary equipment to properly interface his system with equipment provided by others . Such equipment shall ' include but not be limited to special sensing relays for seal failures and the like . ' 2 . 2 DETAILED SYSTEMS DRAWINGS AND DATA A . Content ' The Contractor shall submit detailed shop drawings and data prepared and organized by the Single I & C supplier designated at 4 0 4572000 ' 16900 (A1 )- 9 the time of bidding . The quantity of submitted sets shall be no less than 6 sets . These drawings and data shall be submitted as a complete bound package at one time within 30 calendar days after date of notice to proceed . 1 . Drawings showing definite diagrams for every instrumentation loop system shall be provided . These diagrams shall show and identify each component of each loop or system using legend and symbols from ISA standard S5 . 4 , each having the format of ISA Standard S5 . 1 as used on the project drawings . 2 . Data sheet for each component , together with a technical product brochure or bulletin shall be provided . The data sheets shall show : a . Component function description used herein and on the drawings ; b . Manufacturer' s model number or other product designation ; C , Project tag number used herein and on the drawings ; d . Project system loop of which the component is a part ; e . Project location or assembly at which the component is to be installed ; f. Input and output characteristics ; g . Scale range , units and multiplier; h . Requirements for electrical supply ; i . Requirements for air supply ; j . Materials of component parts to be in contact with , or otherwise exposed to process media ; k . Special requirements or features . 3 . A complete index shall appear in the front of each bound submittal volume . A separate technical brochure or bulletin shall be indexed in the submittal by systems or loops , as a separate group for each system or loop . If, within a single 044572000 16900 (A1 )- 10 system or loop , a single instrument is employed more than once , one data sheet with one brochure may cover all ' identical uses of that instrument in that system . Each brochure shall include a list of tag numbers for which it applies . System groups shall be separated by labeled tags . 4 . Drawing shall show both schematic and wiring diagrams for control circuits . Complete details on the circuit ' interrelationship of all devices within and outside each control panel shall be submitted . Control devices and pertinent mechanical relationships including mechanical ' parameters as a minimum shall include instrument ranges , sizes , setpoints and the like . The diagrams shall consist of ' component layout drawings to scale , showing numbered terminals on components together with the unique number of the wire to be connected to each terminal . Piping and wiring ' diagrams shall show terminal assignments from all primary measurement devices , such as flow meters , and to all final control devices , such as pumps . The Contractor shall furnish all necessary equipment supplier' s shop drawings to facilitate inclusion of this information by the 1 & C system supplier. Schematic and wiring diagram criteria shall be ' followed as established in NEMA Standards Publication ANSI /NEMA 1CS - 1 - 1978 , " Industrial Control and Systems" . ' 5 . Assembly and construction drawings for each control panel and for other special enclosed control assemblies for field installation shall be provided . These drawings shall include dimensions , identification of all components , surface preparation and finish data , name plates and the like . These drawings also shall define exactly the style and overall ' appearance of the assembly ; a finish treatment sample shall be provided when requested . ' 6 . Installation anchoring and mounting details for all components and assemblies to be field mounted , including conduit connection or entry details shall be provided . 7 . Complete detailed bill of materials including a master bill of materials listing all field mounted devices , control panels and ' other equipment that will be shipped to the job site and a bill of materials for each control panel listing all devices within the panel shall be provided . 044572000 16900 (A1 )- 11 B . Organization and Binding 1 . The organization of the original shop drawing submittal shall be compatible to the eventual inclusion with the technical manuals submittal and shall include final alternations reflecting " as built" conditions . Accordingly , the initial multiple copy shop drawing shall be separately bound in 3- ring binders . 2 . 3 TECHNICAL MANUALS A . One preliminary O & M manual shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and comment . Assuming a favorable review the I & C supplier shall incorporate comments and forward the five final copies to the Engineer. If the preliminary O & M is not acceptable , the I & C supplier shall resubmit . B . Five ( 5) final sets of technical manuals shall be supplies for the Owner as a condition for final acceptance of the project . Each set shall consist of one ( 1 ) or more volumes , each of which shall be bound in a standard size , 3 - ring , loose leaf, vinyl plastic hard cover binder suitable for bookshelf storage . Binder ring size shall not exceed 3 inches . C . In addition to updated shop drawing information to reflect actual existing conditions , each set of technical manuals shall include installation , connection , operating , trouble shooting , maintenance and overhaul instructions in complete detail . This shall provide the Owner with comprehensive information on all systems and components to enable operation , service , maintenance and repair. Exploded or other detailed views of all instruments , assemblies , and accessory components shall be included together with the complete parts lists and ordering instructions . 2 . 4 SPARE PARTS A . The Contractor shall include , as part of the bid package , a list of recommended spare parts covering items required under these specifications . B . Minimum spare parts shall be provided boxed and identified including the following : 1 . 6 - pilot light lamps of each size and type used . 2 . 1 - signal field surge arrestor of each type used . 044572000 16900 (A1 )- 12 3 . 1 - signal panel surge arrestor of each type used . 4 . 1 - incoming power lightning arrestor of each type used . ' Also provide other spares as noted by the particular sections and paragraphs of these specifications . 2 . 5 CONTROL PANELS A . General ' 1 . I & C supplier shall construct the control panel to properly control internal and external equipment . No attempt is made ' to specify or indicate on plans , all required equipment but rather to set forth the minimum requirements . ' B . Engineering ' 1 . I & C Supplier shall provide system engineering and produce detailed fully engineered , coordinated and completed drawings . ' C . Construction ' 1 . Control panel construction shall be per these specification and plans . ' D . Signal and Control Circuit Wiring 1 . Wire Type and Sizes : Conductors shall be flexible stranded ' copper wire ; these shall be UL listed TFFN , THWN , THHN and shall be rated 600v . Wire for control signal circuits shall be # 16 AWG unless otherwise noted . All instrumentation ' cables shall be shielded # 18 AWG with a copper drain wire unless otherwise noted . All special instrumentation cable such as between sensor and transmitter shall be supplied by ' the I & C supplier . Contractor shall increase wire size per load or impedance requirements . ' 2 . Wire Insulation Colors : Unless otherwise specified , conductors supplying 120vac power on the line side of the disconnecting switch shall have black insulation for the ungrounded conductor. The grounded circuit conductor shall have white insulation . Insulation for 120vac control power within the control panel downstream of the power circuit 044572000 ' 16900 (A1 )- 13 breakers shall be red for the hot and white for the neutral . All wiring for foreign voltages within the control panel shall be yellow . Wiring for DC control circuits shall be Brown for + and Gray for — . 3 . Wiring Instrumentation : All wiring shall be run in plastic 51 wireways except 91 ) field wiring , ( 2 ) wiring between mating blocks in adjacent sections , ( 3 ) wiring run from components on a swing -out panel to components on a part of the fixed structure , (4 ) wiring run to panel mounted components on the door and the like . Wiring run on a swing out panel to other components on a fixed panel shall be made up in nylon wire ties bundles and secured so that bundles are not strained at the terminals . a . Wiring run to control devices on the front panels shall be tied together at short intervals with nylon ties and secured to the inside of the panel using adhesive mounts . b . Wiring to rear terminals on panel mounted instruments shall be run in plastic wares secured to horizontal brackets run above or below the instruments in the same plane as the rear of the instruments . C . Shields of instrument cable shall only be grounded on one side of each circuit. The side to be grounded shall be nearest the source of excitation . d . Care shall be exercised to properly insulate the ungrounded side of the loop to prevent ground loops from occurring . e . Conformance to the above wiring installation requirements shall be reflected by details shown on the shop drawings for the Engineer' s review . 4 . Wire Marking : Each signal , alarm , control , and indicting circuit conductor connected to a given electrical point shall be designated by a single unique number which shall be shown on all shop drawings . These numbers shall be marked on all conductors using white plastic heatshrink sleeves with typewritten characters . Instrument signal conductors shall be tagged with unique multiple digit numbers . Black and White wires from the circuit breaker 044572000 16900 (A1 )- 14 ' panelboard shall be tagged indicating the branch circuit breaker number. 5 . Terminal Blocks : Terminal blocks shall be moldedp lastic with barriers and box lug terminals , and shall be rated 15 ' amps at 600v and mounted securely to rails . White marking strips fastened to molded sections shall be provided and wire numbers and circuit identifications shall be marked thereon with permanent marker. Terminal blocks shall be Buchanan or an approved equal . ' E . Enclosures ' 1 . Unless otherwise indicated , all enclosures shall be provided with the following : ' a . Subplate for mounting equipment . b . Padlockable , pocketed exterior doors . ' C . Where required provide stainless steel piano hinged dead fronts with quarter turn latches . ' 2 . Unless otherwise indicated , enclosures which shall be installed outside shall be NEMA 3R , 316ss . Outer door shall ' be gasketed , piano hinged and provided with 3 point padlockable handle . Where required , all accessories such as stand kits , dripshields , and the like shall be 316 stainless ' steel . 3 . Enclosure dimensions shall be the responsibility of the I & C ' supplier. Dimensions shown on plans are given as a minimum . 2 . 6 CONTROL PANEL EQUIPMENT A . General Purpose Relays 1 . In the control panel shall be the plug in type with contacts rated 10 amps at 120 vac as a minimum . The quantity and type of contacts shall be as required to accomplish the desired control task . Each relay shall be enclosed in a clear plastic heat and shock resistant dust cover. Relays shall ' have manual buttons and pilot lights . Sockets for relays shall have screw type terminals and be installed on mounting rails . Relays shall be Potter and Brumfield or an approved 044572000 ' 16900 (A1 )- 15 equal . Differing mounting sockets shall be used to prohibit improper relay installations . B . Time Delay Relays 1 . Shall be diversified with digital settings or an approved equal . Timers shall be time delay on , interval on or time delay off relays , as required and shall be Diversified or an approved equal . Instantaneous contacts or auxiliary slave t relays shall be provided as required . C . Slave or Interposing Relays 1 . Additional and signal isolators and signal converters shall be installed as required . D . Control Circuit Breakers 1 . Circuit breakers shall be single pole , 120vac , 15 amp rating or as required to protect wires and equipment ; mounted on the inside of the enclosure or equipment remote from the enclosure . E . Name Plates 1 , Name Plates shall be supplied for identification of control panels and all field mounted elements , including flowmeters and their transmitters . These name plates shall identify the instrument or meter, descriptively as to the function of the system . Name plates shall be fabricated from black faced , white centered , laminated engraving plastic . A name plate shall be provided for each signal transducer, signal converter, signal isolator, each electronic trip and the like , mounted inside the control panels . These shall uniquely identify each control component . Adhesives shall be acceptable for attaching name plates . Painted surfaces must be prepared to allow permanent bonding of adhesives . Name plates shall be provided for instruments , function titles for each group of instruments and other components mounted on the front of the control panels as shown . Proposed colors , styles , height and text shall be submitted for approval . 044572000 16900 (A1 )- 16 F . Ground Bus ' 1 . Provide drilled and tapped , size as required , with individual grounding lugs . ' G . Vapor Guard 1 . Moisture absorbing vapor guard shall be provided in each ' control panel . H . Power Circuit Breakers 1 . Square- D orequal , ' 2 . Ratings shall be indicated on drawings . 3 . Units serving motor loads shall be individually padlockable from the dead front . ' I . Fuses 1 , Bussman 600 volt . ' J . Pushbuttons ' 1 . Square- D Class 9001 , Type K . pushbutton or equal . K . Ground Fault Interrupting Receptacle ' 1 . Leviton Duplex Receptacle or equal . ' 2 . AC receptacle box shall be Steel City 58351 - 1 /2 or equal . 3 . Covers shall be Steel City 58-C- 5 or equal . ' L . Selector Switches ' 1 . Square- D , Class 9001 , Type K or equal . 2 . Operators shall be black knob type or key switch , 3 - position ' or 2 -position as noted . 3 . Selector switches shall be spring return where noted . 044572000 ' 16900 (A1 )- 17 M . Surge and Lightning Arrestors 1 . All control panels shall be provided with surge and lightning arresters as specified . 2 . Lightning Surge Suppresser a . Lightning surge suppressers shall be Innovative Technology PTX- 160 Series . 3 . Signal a . Panel surge arrestors shall be Joslyne , 1800 series . b . Field surge arrestors shall be Joslyne , 1660-06 . N . Indicator Lights 1 . Square- D trans type 6 volt , Class 9001 , type K , push to test , or equal . 2 . Lens color shall be as noted . O . Elapsed Time Meter 1 . Hour meter, non -reset type , Cramer 635K , or equal . P . Time Delay Relays 1 . Time delay relays shall be programmable with adjustable ranges , DIP switch settable . 2 . Omron or equal . 2 . 7 FIELD INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS A . General 1 . The materials specified below shall establish the type and quality of materials used . 2 . Refer to Civil , Mechanical , and Electrical plans for additional requirements . 044572000 16900 (A1 )- 18 B . Floats 1 . Provide non - mercury form " C " floats with cable lengths as required . 1 2 . Anchor Scientific or equal . ' C Pressure Switches , where required 1 . Provide Allen - Bradley , 836 Series , 4X pressure switches . ' 2 . Water service with range as required . ' D . Level Transmitter 1 . Miltronics Hydro Ranger, range as required , wall or rack ' mount 4X enclosure , 4-20 MADC output , 4 digit LCD display , sensor, sensor cable , 120V UPS power input , 15 watts . E . Electronic Pressure Indicating/Transmitters ' 1 . See plans and other specification sections . G . Flow Meters 1 . See plans and other specification sections . H . Impulse Systems 1 . Provide impulse tubing , taps , valve , drains , bulkheads , etc . ' for a complete and functional system . 2 . Unless otherwise indicated , impulse tubing shall be soft ' drawn copper with compression fittings . Valves shall be 316ss Whitey or equal . ' 2 . 8 FIBER OPTIC MODULES A . Units shall be Phoenix Digital (480 ) 483 -7393 or an approved ' equal . B . Units shall be panel or rack mounted as may be required . C . Unit shall be suitable for remote 1 /0 applications . 044572000 ' 16900 (A1 )- 19 D . Units shall have diagnostic outputs . E . Units shall be provided with fiber optic connectors as required . F . Units shall be multimode . G . Provide fiber optic patch panels as required . 2 . 9 FIBER OPTIC CABLE A . Fiber optic cable systems and connectors shall be Phoenix Digital or an approved equal . B . Type of fiber shall be selected by the control panel manufacturer and shall be based on the lengths of transmission losses , connector losses , ease of handline , terminating connectors , etc . The following shall be used as a basis for bid and minimum requirements . 1 . Fiber type shall be 62 . 5/ 125 micron 2 . Six strand fiber cable . 3 . EXP extended performance industrial construction 4 . Connectors shall be field terminated by I & C Contractor , C . Cable lengths shall be field measured and specified by the Installation Contractor with a minimum of 10 % spare . Cable lengths shall not be scaled from drawings . 2 . 10 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTORS A . Provide Phoenix Digital or an approved equal . B . Provide and install all connectors for a complete and functional system . C . Provide spare connectors 1 . Provide four spare connector kits of each type provided . 2 . Provide four spare inline waterproof underground splice kits . 044572000 16900 (A1 )-20 ' 2 . 11 NAMEPLATES , NAME TAGS AND SERVICE LEGENDS ' A . All components provided under this section , both field and panel mounted , shall be provided with permanently mounted name tags bearing the entire tag identification of the component . Panel ' mounted tags shall be plastic ; field mounted tags shall be stamped stainless steel . 2 . 12 WIRE MARKERS A . Wire markers shall be permanent ink , machine printer, with clear ' heat shrink tubing . B . Wire numbers shall agree with panel terminal numbers . ' C . The panel drawings refer to nameplates and service legends : nameplates are defined as inscribed laminated plastic plates ' mounted under or near a panel face mounted instrument. Service legends are defined as inscribed laminated plastic integrally ' mounted on a panel face mounted instrument . D . Service legends and nameplates shall be engraved , rigid , ' laminated plastic . Service legends and nameplates shall be fastened to the panel by screws or with a specially applied adhesive . Fastening shall not depend only on the adhesive . ' PART 3 — EXECUTION ' 3 . 1 INSTALLATION , CALIBRATION , TESTING , START UP AND INSTRUCTION A . General 1 . Under the supervision of a Single I & C supplier, all systems ' specified in this section shall be installed , connected , calibrated and tested , and in coordination with the Owner and Engineer shall be started to place the process in ' operation . This shall include final calibration in concert with equipment specified elsewhere in these specifications as well as equipment provided by the Owner. B . Installation and Connection ' 1 . The Contractor shall install and connect all field mounted components and assemblies . The installation personnel 044572000 ' 16900 (A1 )-21 shall be provided with a final reviewed copy of the shop drawings and data . 2 . The instrument process lines , impulse piping lines and air signal tubing shall , in general , be installed in a similar manner to the installation of conduit specified under Section 16000 . 3 . Bends shall be formed with the proper tools and to uniform radii and shall be made without deforming or thinning the walls of the tubing . a . Unless otherwise indicated , all fittings , adapters , impulse piping , valves , etc . shall be 316 stainless . Valves shall be Whitey Series 40 or an approved equal . 4 . The Contractor shall have a technical field representative of the I & C supplier to instruct these installation personnel on any and all installation requirements ; thereafter the technical field representative shall be readily available by telephone to answer questions and to provide clarification when needed by installation personnel . a . Where primary elements (supplied by the I & C supplier) will be part of a mechanical system , the I & C supplier shall coordinate the installation of the primary elements with the mechanical system manufacturer. 5 . After all installation and connection work has been completed , the technical field representative shall check all for correctness , verifying polarity of electric power and signal connections making sure all process connections are free of leaks and all such similar details . The technical field representative shall certify in writing to the Contractor that for each loop or system he has completed such check out and that any discrepancies have been corrected by the installation personnel . 6 . The field representative of the I & C supplier shall coordinate all work required to interface the new equipment, including all required modifications to the existing equipment and related devices . 044572000 16900 (A1 )- 22 C . Calibration All new instruments shall be calibrated . a . All instruments and systems shall be calibrated after ' installation , in accordance with the component manufacturer' s written instructions . This shall provide that those components having adjustable features are ' set carefully for the specific conditions and applications of this installation and that the components and or systems are within the specified ' limits of accuracy . Defective elements which cannot achieve proper calibration or accuracy , either ' individually or within the system shall be replaced . This calibration work shall be accomplished by the I & C supplier. b . Proof of Conformance — The burden of proof of conformance to the specified accuracy and performance is on the Contractor using his designated I & C supplier. The Contractor shall supply necessary test equipment and technical personnel if ' called upon to prove accuracy and performance at no additional cost to the Owner, whatever reasonable doubt or evidence of malfunction or poor performance may appear within the guarantee period . D . Control Panel Manufacture 1 . Control panels shall be manufactured according to these plans and specifications . ' 2 . A fiber and backup metallic system shall be provided for communication systems . a . Fiber optic system shall be the primary source of communication . b . A metallic remote 1 /0 system shall be used as backup to the fiber system . Cables of adequate length shall ' be provided so as to disconnect the fiber modules and reconnect the remote 1/0 metallic cables . 044572000 ' 16900 (A1 )-23 E . Training 1 . Plant operating personnel shall be provided with training prior to start up . 2 . Eight ( 8 ) hour training sessions shall be provided , one for each shift . Training shall be at a time convenient to the Owner. 3 . Operating and maintenance personnel shall be instructed in the functions and operation of each system and shall be shown the various adjustable and set point features which may require readjustment , resetting or checking , recalibration or maintenance by them from time to time . This instruction shall be scheduled at a time arranged with the Owner at least two (2 ) weeks in advance . Instruction shall be given by qualified persons employed by the I & C supplier. F . Start up 1 . When all systems are assessed by the Contractor to have' been successfully carried through complete operational tests with a minimum of simulation , and the Engineer concurs in his assessment , plant start up by the plant operating personnel can follow . 3 . 2 SCRUBBER BLOW DOWN WETWELL CONTROL PANEL A . Provide hardware and logic for control of the wetwell pumps . B . Wetwell pumps shall work off the floats using lead -follow control . C . Provide all other logic and equipment per plans . 3 . 3 CAUSTIC PUMPS CONTROL PANEL A . Provide hardware and logic for control of the caustic metering pumps . B . In the remote mode , the pumps shall work when called by the PLC/SCADA programming . C . Provide all other logic and equipment per plans . 044572000 16900 (A1 )-24 ' 3 . 4 CHLORINE PUMP CONTROL PANEL ' A . Provide hardwire logic for control of the chlorine metering pump control panel . ' B . In the remote mode the pump shall work when called by the PLC/SCADA programming . ' C . Provide all other logic and equipment per plans . i END OF SECTION 044572000 ' 16900 (A1 )-25 [This Page Left Blank Intentionally] 044572000 16900 (A1 )-26 ' SECTION 16910 ' PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER ' PART 1 — GENERAL 1 . 1 WORK INCLUDED A . The Contractor shall furnish , install and place into service the Programmable Logic Control ( PLC ) systems including hardware S only . ' B . Provide complete 1 /0 system including all racks , power supplies , cables , connectors , terminals , interposing relays , signal conditioners , signal isolators and the like . ' C . All hardware and cables shall be provided . All field debugging and testing shall be provided . D . In order to establish sole source responsibility of the Instrumentation and Control ( I & C ) system , the I & C vendor shall be responsible for all hardware systems and subsystems provided . E . Like items of equipment provided hereunder shall be the end products of one manufacturer in order to achieve standardization for appearance operation and maintenance . ' F . See CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and Division 1 , GENERAL REQUIREMENTS , which contain information and requirements that apply to the Work specified herein and are ' mandatory for this project . G . Provide hardware modifications which fully integrates with the PLC ' and computer systems . H . Control functions shall reside in PLC . s . SCADA software , and the ' like shall be used to modify setpoints , display information and the like . ' 1 . 2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A . Section 16900 — Process Instrumentation and Controls . B . Section 16050 — Electrical General Provisions . 044572000 16910 (A1 )- 1 F. C . Section 16950 — Personal Computer, 1 . 3 SUBMITTALS A . Submittals shall be made in accordance with the General Requirements , 1 . It is incumbent upon the Contractor to coordinate the work specified in these Sections so that a complete PLC program will be provided . PLC program shall be provided with other submittal data . 2 . As part of the responsibility as assigned by the Contractor, the Single I & C supplier shall prepare and submit through the Contractor detailed shop drawings of equipment and related control hardware . 3 . During the period of preparation of this submittal , the Contractor shall authorize direct informal liaison between his single I &C Supplier and the Engineer for exchange of technical information . As a result of this liaison certain minor refinements and revisions in the systems as specified may be authorized informally by the Engineer, but these shall not alter the scope of the work or cause increase or decrease in the Contract price . During this informal exchange no oral statement by the Engineer shall be construed to give formal approval of any component or method , nor shall any statement be construed to grant formal exception to or variation from these specifications . B . Four complete sets of Operation and Maintenance Manuals shall be provided . C . Warranty information shall be submitted in accordance with general conditions . 1 . 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A . All equipment software and programming furnished under this specification shall be new and unused , shall be the product of a manufacturer having a successful record of manufacturing and servicing the equipment specified herein for a minimum of five ( 5 ) years . 044572000 16910 (A1 ) -2 1 . 5 WARRANTY ' A . The Contractor shall warrant all equipment and programming for a period of one ( 1 ) year from the date of Owner acceptance of the system . ' B . Contractor shall warrant the software through the service of this appointed I & C supplier for a period of one year. ' PART 2 — PRODUCTS ' 2 . 1 GENERAL A . The new programmable logic controller shall be manufactured by ' Allen - Bradley . All 1 /0 cards and racks shall be manufactured by Allen - Bradley unless otherwise noted . All labor and materials shall ' be provided for a complete and functional system . 2 . 2 POWER SUPPLY ' A . Provide a power supply sized to power all PLC equipment . ' B . UPS systems shall be provided . 1 . UPS power shall be utilized by the PLC system . ' 2 . UPS power shall be utilized by field instrumentation . ' 3 . UPS power shall be utilized by loop power supplies . 2 . 3 SPARE RACKS ' A . Provide Allen - Bradley racks quantity as may be required . Plans indicate minimum schematic requirements . ' 2 . 4 1 /0 MODULES ' A . Discrete input modules shall be 16 point cards as a minimum with input voltage , 120 vac . ' B . Discrete output modules shall be 8 point cards as a minimum with output voltage , 120 vac . Provide slave relays for control of remote equipment . C . Analog output modules shall be 4 point , 24 vDC , 4 -20 mADC , isolated , self powered . Provide spector units . 044572000 ' 16910 (A1 )- 3 D . Analog input modules shall be 4 point , 24vDC , 4 -20 MADC , isolated inputs . Provide spector units . E . Provide base rack . Provide along with each rack power supplies sized to handle maximum number of 1/0 cards per rack . F . In addition to spares shown in plans , provide 25 % spare 1/0 . Discrete 1 /0 shall be wired to field terminals . Analog 1 /0 shall be wired to panel surge arrestor. Spare 1/0 shall be provided in each control panel . 2 . 5 PLC PROGRAMMING SOFTWARE A . No PLC programming software shall be provided to the Owner. The Owner' s programmer shall provide all programming for PLC and SCADA . 2 . 6 PLC SPARES A . Provide the following spares : 1 — 1 /O modules of each type and point count used . 1 — Power supply equal to proposed unit with appurtenant cables . 1 — Remote adapter module of each type used . 1 — Fiber Optic interface module PART 3 — EXECUTION 3 . 1 PLC 1/0 SCHEDULE A . Provide an 1 /0 schedule identifying all 1/0 used and spares . 3 . 2 TESTING A . The I & C supplier shall provide on site instrument technicians for the purposes of start up and testing of the system . Contractor shall coordinate the Owner' s system programmer. 3 . 3 START UP MODIFICATIONS A . Minor modifications shall be required during start up per the Owner/Engineers requirements . Provide an additional 16 man hours of time for these changes . These man hours shall be in addition to time for changes required to integrate and check out the PLC system with other equipment vendors . 044572000 16910 (A1 )-4 ' 3 . 4 GUARANTEE ' A . Contractor shall guarantee the software through the service of his appointed I & C supplier for a period of one year. ' END OF SECTION 044572000 16910 (A1 )- 5 [This Page Left Blank Intentionally] 044572000 16910 (A1 )-6 SECTION 16950 ' PERSONAL COMPUTER PART 1 — GENERAL ' 1 . 1 INTRODUCTION ' A . Products described by these specifications are set forth as a standard of quality and function . The term " OR EQUIVALENT" shall apply . The use of a ' manufacturer' s name , model or catalog number is for the purpose of establishing the quality , reliability , performance and versatility of the product . Products ' of other manufacturers will be considered . A Personal Computer ( PC ) system shall be provided . ' B . All products including hardware and software shall be the manufacturer' s latest design . ' C . Quantities of equipment shall be per plans and specs . ' D . The Owner shall furnish all PC related hardware and Operating System , O . S . , software . The Owner shall install PC . The Contractor shall furnish , install and ' configure SCADA software , and perform all programming of SCADA/PLC software . ' 1 . 2 SCOPE A . All hardware , software , labor, and all documentation ' for a complete system shall be provided as outlined in the specifications . The Owner shall be the licensed Owner of all hardware and software . Major elements ' include : 1 . Computer System , by Owner ' 2 . Windows 2000 Professional , latest release , by Owner 3 . Microsoft Office XP Professional Edition , latest ' release , by Owner 4 . Input/Output subsystem as required , by Contractor ' 5 . Communications equipment for PLC , by Contractor 6 . Cables and Connectors , by Contractor 044572000 16950 (A1 )- 1 i 7 . Training of Owner' s staff, by Contractor 8 . Technical Support , by Contractor 9 , Norton Antivirus Software , latest release with 1 year free subscription to virus definition updates , by Owner. 10 . Two portable external hard disks for backing up data , by Owner. 11 . Surge suppressor power strips for operator consoles , by Contractor. B . The computer system shall exchange data from the PLC and provide dynamic screen displays , reports , alarm handling and alarm logging and all main machine interface the I & C system . C . The PC shall also have the capacity to perform general purpose data processing tasks without interfering with the SCADA software . 1 . 3 MANUFACTURER A . The manufacturer shall be a UL listed systems manufacturer. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2 . 1 HARDWARE - By Owner A . Personal Computer 1 . The PC shall be manufactured by HP , Gateway or Dell and it shall be expandable in all aspects of computer hardware and software . The system shall be designed so that the addition of more memory , mass storage , or input/output devices shall be possible . A minimum of four (4 ) expansion slots shall be available . a . Expansion slots : 4PC1 minimum , 1 AGP b . 533MHZ Data BUS Speed minimum C . 512K level 2 CACHE minimum d . Dual channel integrated UIDE 133 or UDMA 5 e . A minimum of 4 USB ports . 044572000 16950 (A1 )-2 512 MB minimum DDR Memory installed . ' B . CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT ( CPU ) 1 . The CPU shall be an Intel Pentium IV processor , 2 . 3 GHZ , 478 pin processor , minimum speed . C . RANDOM ACCESS MEMORY ' 1 . The PC shall be configured with a minimum of 184 in 512 9 pin , ' mega - bytes of PC2700 ( 333MHZ ) DDR- RAM , minimum rated memory . With at least one available DIMM slot for future memory upgrade . ' D . COMMUNICATIONS INTERFACE ' 1 . The PC shall communicate with the printer, the mouse , etc. , ports , as required . All cables and connectors shall be provided . A minimum of 2 serial ports and 1 parallel ports , ' 1 - 100 MBTS Ethernet RJ45 port , 4 USB ports ( including 2 USB 2 . 0 ) , 1 IEEE 1394 port shall be provided . E . MOUSE 1 . Microsoft Intellipoint , with optical tracking , 3- button wheel ' mouse with all software and cables and connectors shall be provided . USB or PS2 interface . ' F . KEYBOARD 1 . Enhanced 104 keyboard shall be provided . ' 2 . 2 FLOPPY DISK ' A . One 3 . 5 inch device with a minimum of 1 . 44 million bytes of storage Teac or equal . ' 2 . 3 HARD DISK STORAGE A . The hard disks storage shall be of the UDMA 133 MS , 7 , 200 rpm transfer rate and have a 60 GB of storage capacity each as a minimum . Provide a quantity of two . Formatted as ' C ' and ' D' hard disks respectively . Drive C shall hold the operating system . 044572000 ' 16950 (A1 )- 3 1 2 . 4 EXTERNAL HARD DISK A . Provide 2 - 40GIG minimum external hard disk drive and automatic scheduled backup software . Each external hard drive shall be furnished in their own enclosure with built- in power supply and use the Firewire or a USB 2 . 0 as means of interfacing to the computer. 2 . 5 VIDEO DISPLAY A . The video monitor shall be a LCD TFT flat panel monitor, as manufactured by Mitsubishi , Viewsonic , Mag , NEC , or Sony . Minimum requirements : 18 " screen , 1280 x 1024 60 Hz , . 28mm minimum dot pitch monitor, or an approved equal . Monitor shall have a minimum 350 : 1 contract ratio and a rapid response graphics display and a minimum of 160 degrees wide viewing angle . B . Video card shall have a AGP interface with accelerated 2D and 3D 64 bit minimum on board graphics processor and shall be capable to support the maximum refresh rate of the monitor and shall be provided with a minimum of 64MB Video RAM . C . The computer shall be setup with a screen saver that after 60 minutes of no activity it engages to prevent burned images in the LCD monitor screen . 2 . 6 SOUND A . 16 bit PCI based with wavetable sound card and desk top stereo speakers and microphone shall be provided . i 2 . 7 SYSTEM SOFTWARE A . Operating System 1 . The PC shall be provided with Windows 2000 Professional with the latest service release patches . 2 . 8 MODEM A . 56K/33 . 3K modem shall be provided . 2 . 9 CD- RW A . Provide read , write and re-write optical drive in the form of a CDROM/CDR/RW- ROM with typical speed of 40x24xl2 . Drive 044572000 16950 (A1 )-4 ' shall support a buffer under- run technology like burn proof or equivalent . PART 3 — EXECUTION 3 . 1 SUBMITTALS A . Submittals for approval ' 1 . Refer to Contract General Conditions for additional instructions on submittals and substitutions . Where conflicts occur between the General Conditions and this Section , the ' more stringent requirements shall apply . 2 . Shop Drawings and manufacturer' s data sheets are required for all materials . 3 . Submittals will not be accepted for partial systems . Submit ' all materials for each specification section at one time . Submittals must be arranged , correlated , indexed and bound in orderly sets for ease of review . 4 . Samples are to be supplied for any substitute as requested by the Engineer . ' S . The following numbers of copies are required : ' a . Shop drawings 6 sets b . Manufacturer' s data 6 sets ' c . Certifications 6 sets d . Test reports 6 sets e . Warranties/Guarantees 6 sets ' 6 . Submit shop drawings , manufacturer' s data and certifications on all items of electrical work prior to the time ' such equipment and materials are to be ordered . Order no equipment or materials without approval from the Engineer. Submittals will not be accepted for partial system submittals ; ' submit all data at one time . Submittals will be promptly returned , approved , approved as noted , or not approved . Items "approved as noted " must be changed to comply with 044572000 16950 ( A1 )- 5 the Engineer' s comments and need not be resubmitted for "approved " status . Items " not approved " are not suitable , requiring complete new submittals . 7 . Time delays caused by rejection of submittals are not cause for extra charges to Owner or time extensions . B . Operation and Maintenance Manuals 1 . Submit to the Engineer 5 (five ) copies of all manufacturers ' service , installation and operation manuals , instructions and bulletins . These manuals shall be subject to review of the Engineer. If acceptable , they shall be forwarded to the Owner. If not acceptable , they shall be returned to the Contractor for revision and resubmittal . Manuals shall contain , but not be limited to the following : a . Brief description of systems and basic features . b . Manufacturer' s name and model number for all components in the system . C , List of local factory authorized service companies . d . Operating instructions . e . Maintenance instructions . f. Trouble shooting instructions . g . Manufacturer' s literature describing each piece of equipment . h . Power and control wiring diagrams . i . Parts lists . 3 . 2 MANUFACTURING A . All equipment shall be manufactured by a well known PC manufacturer. Equipment shall be shop tested to confirm system performance before shipment . Equipment shall be ready for immediate use upon arrival at the job site . 044572000 16950 (A1 )-6 3 . 3 LICENSING ' A . The Owner shall be the named license holder for all software provided . ' 3 . 4 PROGRAMMING A . All SCADA programming shall be provided by the Owner' s separate ' SCADA programmer apart from the Contractor except that coordination and start up assistance shall be required . ' 3 . 5 START UP , TESTING AND CONTROL POINTS ' A . All 1 /0 interface shall be confirmed by testing by the Contractor. 3 . 6 TRAINING A . Two 1 day training sessions shall be provided , one for each shift . Training shall be at a time convenient to the Owner . END OF SECTION 044572000 16950 (A1 )- 7 [This Page Left Blank Intentionally] 044572000 16950 (A1 )-8